Aeesolar catalog 2017 by aliggett

2 0 1 7 CATALOG & DESIGN GUIDE

Â®

Delivering Success

800.777.6609 aeesolar.com

36th Annual Catalog aeesolar.com

2 0 1 7 CATALOG & DESIGN GUIDE

800.777.6609

Contents

System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Meters & Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Grid-Tie Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

DC Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Battery Backup Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

AC-Coupled Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Grid-Tie System Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Off-Grid Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Solar Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Battery Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Multi-Crystalline (Poly) Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Sealed & Flooded Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Mono-Crystalline Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

High Cycle-Life Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

12 VDC Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Mounting Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 SnapNrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Electrical Distribution Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Roof Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Power Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Commercial Roof and Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Fuses and Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Pole Mounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Trackers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Array Combiners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Wind Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Wind Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Wind Turbines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Grid-Tie Inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Module-Level Power Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 String Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Battery-Based Inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 OutBack Inverters & Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Grid-Interactive Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Off-Grid Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Load Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Wire & Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Battery Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Bulk Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Array Wiring & Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Wire-Management Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Array and Battery Cable Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 System Commissioning Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Safety Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Pre-Wired Power Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Converters & Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Water Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

System Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Submersible Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Generator Start Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Surface Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Relays and Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Pump Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Battery Chargers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Water-Powered Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Diversion Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Charge Controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Maximum Ampacities for Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

OutBack Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Wire Loss Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

MidNite Solar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Solar Insolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Magnum Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average. . . . . . . . . . . 247

Schneider Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Morningstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Blue Sky Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Atkinson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Delivering Success

A f amily of pass i onate, comm i tte d p ro fe ssi o n a l s t h a t l e v e r a g e s o u r r i ch so l a r h e ri ta g e to ens u re th at o u r cu st o me r s a n d p a r t n e r s su cce e d in bui l di n g the sol ar ecosy st e m t h a t w i l l cre a t e a p l a n e t r u n b y t h e s u n .

2017 AEE Solar Renewable Energy Design Guide & Catalog Thank you to all of our valued customers for helping us celebrate our 36th year in the solar industry and another year of double digit growth. 2016 has been a year full of excitement and challenges, from the extension of the ITC and the difficulties in Nevada to the opening of new markets like Florida and an unprecedented drop in modules prices. I guess they don’t call it the “solar coaster” for nothing! All in all, our ability to stay ahead of key trends, leverage our strong supplier relationships and continue to invest in our people and infrastructure has enabled us to grow and prosper. We understand that in this highly competitive industry, our ability to differentiate ourselves is the key to our success. We stay committed to providing excellent pricing, leading edge products for the grid-tie and off-grid markets as well as the best technical support team in the industry. We value your time and are always looking for ways to better serve our customers. Over this last year, we continued to invest in improving the user experience of AEEExpress.com (our online platform) and make it easier and faster for you to place orders and save. On the product delivery front, we opened a new distribution center in Southern California and upgraded our Warehouse Management System (WMS), enabling us to better scale our business and service our customers across the US. We are proud to launch our 2017 Product Catalog and Design Guide. This catalog is filled with new products and updates as well as our system design guide and system sizing worksheets that you won’t find anywhere else. Our technical support team is the most knowledgeable in the industry and we work hard to offer you the biggest selection of vetted products that you and your customers can depend upon. If you haven’t worked with the technical support team recently, reach out and see how we can help you grow your business with new products and applications. Our technical and supply chain teams are leaving no stone unturned to bring you a smart, strategicallysourced portfolio of solar and storage products. We’re proud to be the first US distribution partner for the RESU line of lithium-ion storage products from LG Chem, a strong global company experienced in stationary and mobile storage. We plan to market a full offering of low and high-voltage storage options for off-grid, backup, or self-supply applications. In 2017, we look forward to helping you grow your solar business and make this year the solar industry’s biggest year yet! Sincerely, Antonio Cintra, President, AEE Solar

Help Us Keep This Resource Up-to-Date Keeping this catalog accurate and up-to-date is very important to us. While we do our best, we cannot guarantee that every specification and detail is current since products and specifications can change without notice, as can availability. Please let us know if you suspect any information may be inaccurate. We always appreciate your feedback and can be reached anytime at salessupport@aeesolar.com.

Contact Us for All Your Renewable Energy Needs As questions arise, we look forward to answering them. Please call us at 800-777-6609, email us at salessupport@aeesolar.com, or visit our contact page at www.aeesolar.com/contact. We thank you and look forward to working closely with you to take advantage of all the great opportunities that 2017 has to offer.

System Design

Utility Grid-Tie PV System Design

A grid-connected PV system consists of PV modules, output cables, a module mounting structure, AC and DC disconnect switches, inverter(s), grounding equipment, and a metering system, as shown in the diagram below. The Grid-Tie System Worksheet is designed to help size a PV array to offset a siteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s electrical usage with the largest system that would be cost-effective to install. A smaller system can reduce part of the electric bill, and in locations with tiered or progressive rates, it may have a faster financial payback. Compare the worksheet result with the amount of space available to mount the PV array in order to get a rough idea of the maximum PV array size. Below is a diagram of a typical grid-tie system (utility intertie) without energy storage. Many grid-tie inverters have built-in DC disconnect switches, while some have both a DC and an AC disconnect. Many models also contain a PV array string combiner so a separate one may not be necessary. Separate overcurrent protection for each series string of modules in a PV array (typically provided in the array combiner box) is required only if there are three or more series strings of modules connected to a single inverter input. Inverters with multiple MPPT input channels can have one or two series strings per channel without individual string fusing.

Grid-Tie Systems

Array String Combiner (3 or more strings)

String 1

String 2

String 3

Solar PV Array

AC Disconnect DC Disconnect (typically packaged with inverter)

Grid-Tie Inverter

Utility Service/Load Center

Utility Meter

Utility Grid

AEE Solar was born in 1979, long before grid-tie, when off-grid solar was the only form of domestic solar PV. So when it comes to off-grid know-how and equipment knowledge, AEE Solarâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s experience, expertise, and product selection is unsurpassed.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Determine PV array size for a grid-tied system (no energy storage) Step 1: Determine the daily average electricity usage from the electric bills. This will be in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Due to air conditioning, heating, and other seasonal usage, it is a good idea to add up all the kWh for the year and then divide by 365 to find the average daily usage. Step 2: Find the location's average peak sun-hours per day. See the map below and/or the insolation map in the Reference section near the end of the catalog. For example, the average for Central California is 5 sun-hours. NREL’s PVWatts online sizing program (http://pvwatts.nrel.gov/) can provide this data as well as monthly and yearly expected AC production totals. It can also account for array tilt-angle and azimuth to get more accurate results.

System Design

Worksheet: Grid-Tie PV System Design

Step 3: Calculate the system size (AC watts) needed to offset the average usage. Divide the daily average electricity use by average sun-hours per day. For example, if the daily average electricity use is 30 kWh and the site is in Central California, system size would be: 30 kWh / 5 h = 6 kW AC. Multiply kW by 1,000 to get AC watts. Step 4: Calculate total required nameplate power of the PV array. Divide the AC watts from step 3 by the system derate factor. Use a derate factor of 0.82 for most systems (this is the standard derate used by PVWatts). For example, if an array size of 6,000 WAC is calculated in Step 3, divide 6,000 WAC by 0.82 to get 7,318 WDC based on the module’s STC rating.

Step 5: Calculate the number of PV modules required for this system. Divide the system DC wattage in Step 4 by the nameplate rating of the chosen modules to calculate the number of PV modules needed to provide the desired AC output. Step 6: Select the inverter/module combination available from AEE that will work with the desired system size, and system AC voltage and phase. Generally in most locations the nameplate solar array size can be up to 1.25 times larger than the maximum inverter capacity. Solar radiation is rarely the full 1000 WsqM that is the standard condition. Also it has to be very cold for the PV cells to be operating at 25°C where they are rated for full power. At some locations, particularly at high altitude these conditions may be possible and oversizing the array may not be advised.

Most inverters now have two or more MPPT channels, some of which are limited to one string of modules, so it is best to use series strings at the highest voltage possible so long as the maximum voltage is never exceeded even in the coldest conditions. Because PV modules have the potential to have a voltage output +-10% from the rating, and there is voltage drop in the wiring and connections, and there is about 0.1% drop in power per year, it is best to size strings so that they are at least 10% higher than the minimum input voltage for the inverter in the hottest conditions.

Most inverter manufacturers have online calculators for sizing arrays and strings with their inverters. For assistance in sizing an inverter, you are also welcome to contact AEE technical support. Other factors, such as high or low temperatures, shading, array orientation, roof pitch, and dirt on the modules, will affect the system’s actual output. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Tie Systems

NOTE: System derating factors The overall system derating factor represents losses in the system due to the difference between the PV module’s nameplate DC ratings, and actual expected output in real-world conditions, module mismatch, losses in diodes, connections and wiring, module soiling, array shading, tracking error, system aging, and the inverter efficiency at maximum power. The default derate typically used is 0.82, but specific site conditions and equipment used may cause variations. The 0.82 derate is based on 14% systemic losses and 96% inverter efficiency.

System Design

Grid-Tie with Battery Backup

Many solar customers are surprised and disappointed to learn that their typical grid-tie solar PV system will not power their home during a utility outage. In areas where blackouts and extended weather-related outages are common, a battery backup system, like the one shown in the diagram below, can add substantial value.

Sizing and designing a grid-tie system with battery backup is more complex than designing a typical system without energy storage. They perform two separate functions: offsetting the power purchased from the electric utility, just like a standard grid-tie system, and providing emergency backup power during utility outages. Both of these functions require separate design considerations and calculations. The “grid-tie” part of the system is designed to offset kilowatt-hour energy consumption using the average peak sun-hours available where the PV array is located.

The “battery backup” part of the system is designed to meet the power draw of the critical loads that need to operate during a grid outage for however long the outage is expected to occur. These systems are generally designed to run only specific circuits located in a separate sub-panel. They are not designed to power the whole house; although this can be done, it adds considerable cost and complexity. Battery backup systems require specialized inverters and other components and must be carefully sized, so be sure to call AEE Solar’s Technical Support Team for assistance if you’re unfamiliar with this type of system.

Non-Critical Loads

Grid-Tie Systems

AC Disconnect Combiner Box

Utility Meter

Utility Grid

Utility Service/ Load Center

Solar PV Array

Critical Loads Input AC Breaker

DC Breaker

Charge Controller

DC Inverter Breaker

Output AC Breaker

BatteryBased Inverter

Input AC Breaker

Generator DC Power Center

DC Bus Battery Meter

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OutBack Power GFX and FXR inverters and switch gear, as well as OutBack Power Radian inverters, can power loads individually from 2 to 8 kW and multiple inverters can be combined in a single system up to 80 kW in size. The Schneider Electric Conext XW+ series of inverters offers grid-tie inverters with battery backup capability in 4 kW, 5.5 kW, and 6.8 kW increments. Up to four units can be paralleled for battery backup systems up to 27.2 kW.

The SMA Sunny Island inverters, in conjunction with a SMA Sunny Boy inverter and PV array, can be used to provide backup power in a grid-tied home or business using AC coupling. Backup systems can be configured with up to 24 kW single-phase output using up to four Sunny Island inverters or up to 72 kW of three-phase output with up to 12 Sunny Island inverters and a Multi-Cluster Box.

System Design

Inverters for Grid-Tie with Battery Backup

See Battery-Based Inverters for more information on these inverters.

Follow steps 1-6 on the Grid-Tie PV System Design Worksheet (on page 2) to determine the size of the PV array required to provide the desired percentage of total power, then calculate the inverter size and battery capacity needed using the worksheet below.

Worksheet: Inverter and Battery Sizing for Grid-Tie with Backup System Determine energy storage requirement for backup system.

Step 2: Define how long of an outage the system must accommodate. Power outages last from a few minutes, to a day or more. This decision will greatly affect the system size and cost, so the desired length of time should be traded against the total loads supported. If the system needs to provide power for an indefinite period of time, use the array and battery bank sizing instructions for an off-grid system on the following pages. Step 3: Determine the amount of energy (kWh or watt-hours) that would need to be consumed during the length of the expected outage. Multiply the power requirements (in step 1) by duration in hours (in step 2). The result will be watt-hours. For example, powering a 350 W refrigerator, a 150 W computer, and a 500 W lighting system for 2 hours would require 2,000 watt-hours (or 2 kWh) of energy storage. Step 4: Factor in the inverter losses. Multiply the total watt-hours or kWh to be supplied to the loads by 0.87 to account for inverter losses. Step 5: Calculate the minimum energy storage needed. Divide the Step 3 result by 0.8 (batteries should not be discharged past 80%). For example, if the battery bank needs to supply 2 kWh of energy, at least 2 kWh ÷ 0.8 = 2.4 kWh of nominal battery energy storage is needed. Step 6: Calculate battery capacity needed. Divide the energy storage requirement from step 4 by the DC voltage of the system (usually 48 VDC, but sometimes 24 VDC) to get battery amp-hour (Ah) capacity. Most backup systems use sealed batteries due to their reduced maintenance requirements and because they can be more easily placed in enclosed battery compartments. Flooded batteries are not recommended for backup or standby applications.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Battery Backup Systems

Step 1: Find the power requirements (watts) for the appliances that need power during an outage. Make a list of the loads and appliances that need power during an outage, such as refrigerators, safety lighting, etc. You can use the Load Analysis template on page 8 or create your own. Only list the essential items, since the system size (and cost) will vary widely with power needed. The wattage of individual appliances can usually be found on the back of the appliance or in the owner’s manual. If an appliance is rated in amps, multiply amps by the operating voltage (usually 120 or 240 VAC) to find watts. Add up the wattage of all the items on the list that may need to run simultaneously to arrive at the total amount of watts. This is the “peak wattage” inverter requirement and will determine the minimum size of the dual-function inverter that you will need. If the PV array total wattage is larger than the peak wattage required to run the chosen loads, then ensure that the inverter capacity is equal to or greater than the PV array nameplate capacity.

System Design

AC-Coupled Systems

An AC-coupled power system is another form of battery-based system. It can be used either in a grid-tie system with a battery backup application, or in a completely off-grid system. Instead of using a battery charge controller with the PV array, these systems utilize standard grid-tie inverters that produce AC power (usually 240 VAC), which can be “sold” to the utility grid when the grid is connected or can be used by a separate battery-based inverter to charge a battery bank during a grid outage. Along with the standard grid-tie inverter, a second, bidirectional, battery-based inverter is used with a battery bank to provide AC power during a grid outage. Both the AC output of the grid-tie inverter and the AC output of the battery inverter are connected in the protected loads sub-panel. During normal operation when the grid is “up”, the power from the PV array and grid-tie inverter simply passes through the sub-panel and the battery inverter’s built-in AC transfer switch and on to the utility main panel. From there it is either consumed by house loads connected there or exported to the grid. If a grid outage occurs, the grid-tie inverter will automatically shut off. At the same time, the battery-based inverter will automatically switch off the grid connection and begin to power the loads in the protected loads panel using energy drawn from the battery bank. Since the grid-tie inverter is connected in this sub-panel, it detects the AC power from the battery inverter and, (after a 5-minute delay) will turn back on. The power output from the array and grid-tie inverter will then be used directly by the protected loads connected to the sub-panel or be used to charge the batteries via the battery-based inverter/charger.

The SMA Sunny Island battery inverters are designed to work with SMA Sunny Boy inverters and will communicate with each other to control the battery charging process. Other brands of battery-based inverters, such as OutBack Power, Schneider Electric XW+, and Magnum Energy MS models can be used with most grid-tie inverters in an AC-coupled system; most however have no built-in way to control battery charging from the grid-tie inverter. A relay can be placed in the AC connection to the grid-tie inverter, controlled by a battery voltage activated switch (such as the AUX relay built into many inverters) to disconnect the grid-tie inverter when the battery voltage rises to the full-charge voltage, ending the charge cycle. Alternatively, a diversion controller connected to the battery, can be used with an AC or DC diversion load to consume the excess power and keep the batteries from being overcharged.

Battery Backup Systems Protected Loads SubPanel

Array DC Disconnect

AC Disconnect

Utility Service Panel

Grid-Tie Inverter

Battery Inverter

Protected Loads

Utility Meter

DC Inverter Breaker

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Utility Grid

Off-grid solar PV systems, like the one shown in the diagram below, are one of the most economical ways to provide electricity in the absence of an electrical power grid. Off-grid systems are useful for remote homes and cabins, RVs and boats, and even for industrial applications like remote telemetry, cathodic protection, and telecommunications. The size of an off-grid solar electric system depends on the amount of power that is required (watts), the amount of time it is used (hours), and the amount of energy available from the sun in a particular area (sun-hours per day).

Off-grid power systems are designed differently than grid-tie systems. With a typical grid-tie system, sizing calculations are based on the yearly average peak sun-hours available at the site, and are used to offset the annual power consumption drawn from the utility grid. With an off-grid system design, the calculations are usually based on the peak sun-hour figures for the darkest month of the year, rather than the yearly average, in order to provide sufficient on-site power year-round. In locations where it is not practical to install a PV power system that will provide 100% autonomy during the darkest time of the year, a generator may be used to help run loads and charge the battery bank, or if site conditions allow, other energy producing systems, such as wind or micro-hydroelectric turbines can be used to supplement the PV array.

System Design

Off-Grid System Sizing Information

Off-grid power system design is complex, and these systems require specialized inverters, charge controllers, and battery banks. Please contact the AEE Solar Technical Support Team for system design assistance.

AC-Coupled Systems

Optional Wind Turbine or other Renewable Energy Generator Combiner Box

Solar PV Array

DC Breakers

DC Inverter Breaker

BatteryBased Inverter

Charge Controller

Generator AC Breakers

DC Power Center

DC Bus Battery Monitor

Load Center

AC Loads

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

System Design

Efficiency and Energy Conservation

Energy-efficient appliances and lighting, and non-electric alternatives, can help to reduce the cost of producing and storing energy in off-grid systems. Every watt that doesn’t need to be used is a watt that doesn’t have to be produced or stored. The information below pertains mostly to off-grid systems, but can also help to reduce the size and cost of grid-tied PV systems, with or without battery backup capability.

Cooking, Heating and Cooling

Each burner on an electric range uses about 1,500 W, which is why bottled propane or natural gas is a popular alternative for cooking. A microwave oven has about the same power draw, but since food cooks more quickly in a microwave oven, the amount of kilowatt hours used is typically lower. Propane, wood or solar-heated water are generally better alternatives for space heating than electric baseboards. Good passive solar design and proper insulation can reduce the need for winter heating. Evaporative cooling is a more reasonable load than air conditioning and in locations with low humidity, it’s a great alternative.

Lighting

Lighting requires careful study since type, size, voltage and placement can all significantly impact the power required. In a small cabin, RV, or boat, low voltage DC lighting with LEDs is sometimes the best choice. DC wiring runs can be kept short, allowing the use of fairly small gauge wire. Since an inverter is not required, the system cost is lower. In a large installation with many lights, using an inverter to supply AC power for conventional lighting is more cost-effective. AC LED lights are now common and very efficient, but it is a good idea to have a DC-powered light in the same room as the inverter and batteries in case of an inverter fault. Finally, AC light dimmers will only function properly with inverters that have true sine-wave output.

Off-Grid Systems

Refrigeration

Gas powered absorption refrigerators can work well in small systems when bottled gas is available. Modern absorption refrigerators consume approximately 5-10 gallons of LP gas per month. If an electric refrigerator will be used in a standalone system, it should be a high-efficiency type. High-efficiency DC refrigerators are also available and can offer significant energy savings.

Major Appliances

Standard AC electric motors in washing machines, larger shop machinery and tools, swamp coolers, and pumps, are usually ¼ to ¾ horsepower and consume relatively large amounts of electricity, thus requiring a large inverter. These electric motors can also be hard to start on inverter power, due to the large surge of power they need for starting, which can be as much as three-times or more of the power as they draw while running. Variable-frequency drives can be used with large motors to provide a “soft-start”, reducing the surge load on the inverter system. A standard top-loading washing machine uses between 300 and 500 watt-hours per load, but new front-loading models can use less than half the energy per load. If the appliance is used more than a few hours per week, it is often more economical to pay more for a highefficiency appliance rather than make the electrical system larger to support a low efficiency load.

Small Appliances

Many small appliances with heating elements such as irons, toasters and hair dryers consume a very large amount of power when they are used but, by their nature, require only short or infrequent use. With a sufficiently large inverter system and batteries, they will operate, but the user may need to schedule those activities with respect to the battery charging cycle. For example, by ironing in the morning, the PV system can then recharge the battery bank during the day. Or, if these loads can be run during a sunny day, the energy from the PV array can supply the power to run the appliance without needing to draw energy from the battery bank.

Electronic equipment, such as stereos, televisions, DVD players and computers, draw less power than appliances with heating elements, but these loads can add up, so opt for more efficient models when possible, such as an LED or LCD TV instead of a plasma or CRT design.

Phantom Loads

Many appliances, especially ones with wireless remote controls, draw power even when turned “off”. While each load may be small, the energy consumption of multiple appliances over a 24 hr period can add up and be quite large. Placing these loads on a switchable outlet or plug strip can save a considerable amount of energy.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Determine the total kilowatt-hours (kWh) per day used by the AC and DC loads. Step 1: List all AC loads, wattage and hours of use per week in the table below. (If there are no AC loads, skip to Step 5) Multiply watts by hours/week to get AC watt-hours per week. Add up all the watt hours per week to determine total AC watt-hours per week.

NOTE: Wattage of appliances can usually be determined from tags on the back of the appliance or from the ownerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s manual. If an appliance is rated in amps, multiply amps by operating voltage (120 or 240 VAC) to find watts. Energystar.gov lists annual Wh consumption for Energy Star electrical appliances; divide this number by 52 to get watt-hours per week.

System Design

Worksheet: Off-Grid Load Analysis

Calculate AC loads (If there are no AC loads, skip to Step 3) Description of AC loads run by inverter

watts

hours/week

= =

Off-Grid Systems

watt-hours/week

Total watt-hours per week:

Step 2: Convert to DC watt-hours per week. Multiply the result of Step 1 by 1.13 to correct for inverter loss. Step 3: List all DC loads, wattage and hours of use per week in the table below. Multiply watts by hours/week to get DC watt-hours per week (Wh/Wk). Add up all the watt hours per week to determine total DC watt-hours per week. Calculate DC loads (if applicable) Description of DC loads run by inverter

watts

hours/week

watt-hours/week

Total watt-hours per week:

Step 4: Calculate total DC watt-hours per week. Add the total DC watt-hours per week used by AC loads from Step 2 to the watt-hours per week used by DC loads from Step 3 to get the total DC watt-hours per week used by all loads. Step 5: Calculate your total watt-hours per day consumption. Divide the total DC watt-hours per week from Step 4 by 7 days to get the total average watt-hours per day that needs to be supplied by the battery. You will need this number to begin sizing the PV array and battery bank. Note that the Solar Array Sizing Worksheet in this section, as well as the Battery Sizing Worksheet in the Batteries Section, both begin with this number in their Step 1. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

System Design

Worksheet: Off-Grid Solar Array Sizing Determine how much energy (kWh) the solar array must produce to size the PV array and determine the total number of solar modules required for the system. Step 1: List the total average watt-hours per day needed to power the electrical loads. Obtain this number from the Off-Grid Loads Worksheet on the previous page. Step 2: Calculate the minimum watt-hours needed per day. Multiply the watt-hours per day needed by 1.25 to compensate for PV array and battery charge/discharge losses. This is the minimum total watt-hours that the PV array needs to produce, on average, each day. However, increasing the array size further will allow the system to provide some additional charging during cloudy weather and catch up more quickly after a cloudy period. Increasing the array size can also allow for reduced battery storage requirements. Step 3: List the average sun-hours per day at the system’s location. Check local weather data, look at the map below, or find a city on the Solar Insolation Table in the Reference Section that has similar latitude and weather to your location. If you want year-round autonomy, use the lower winter insolation. If you want 100% autonomy only in summer, use the higher summer insolation. If you have a utility grid-tie system with net metering, use the yearly average figure. Step 4: Determine the minimum nameplate capacity. Divide the result of Step 2 by the average sun-hours per day from Step 3 to determine the minimum nameplate capacity of the PV array.

Off-Grid Systems

NOTE: Sizing Solar Arrays with PWM or MPPT Charge Controllers If you are planning a small low-cost system with a PWM charge controller, with 12 or 24 VDC “nominal” PV modules (36 or 72 cells), continue to Step 5 below. If you are planning a system with an MPPT charge controller, go to Step 5 in “Sizing Solar Arrays with MPPT Charge Controllers”. Information on the different types of PV charge controllers can be found in the Charge Controller section. Step 5: Calculate peak amps. Divide the total solar array wattage required from Step 4 by the system’s DC battery voltage (usually 12, 24, or 48 VDC) to get the total peak amps (A) that the PV array must produce. Step 6: Find the peak-power current (Imp) of the module you will be using from its specifications or Data Sheet. Step 7: Calculate the number of parallel strings. Divide the result of Step 5 by the result of Step 6. Round up to the next whole number. This is the total number of parallel module strings required to produce the total array current needed. Step 8: Use the table below to determine the number of modules in each series string needed to match the DC battery voltage of the power system. Nominal System Voltage

Number of Series Connected Modules per String

Volts

12 V module

24 V module

Step 9: Calculate the minimum number of solar modules. Multiply the number of strings from Step 7 by the number of modules per string from Step 8 to get the total minimum number of solar modules required with a PWM charge controller. Step 10: Calculate minimum PWM charge controller rating. Multiply the number of strings from Step 7 by the module’s short-circuit current (ISC) and then by a 1.25 Code-required safety factor. The current rating of the selected PWM charge controller must exceed this number. 9

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Step 5: Note the minimum solar array nameplate capacity required from Step 4. Step 6: Enter the nameplate power (in watts) of the PV module you plan to use. Step 7: Determine the minimum number of modules needed. Divide the PV array capacity from Step 5 by the module nameplate power from Step 6 to determine the minimum number of modules needed. Round up to the nearest whole number. (NOTE: This number may need to be adjusted in Step 10).

System Design

Sizing Solar Arrays with MPPT Charge Controllers

Step 8: Determine the number of modules in each series string. Use the table below to determine the number of modules needed in each series string based on the system’s battery voltage and PV charge controller used.

72 1 or 2 1 or 2 2 1 or 2 1 to 3 2 or 3 1 to 3 1 to 4 2 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 2 to 4 7 to 11

Off-Grid Systems

MPPT Charge Controller Sizing Table – Range of Modules in Series1 Cell count of PV module used Charge controller Max DC Nominal model input voltage battery voltage 36 54 60 12 VDC 1 to 5 1 to 3 1 to 3 OutBack FM 60 & 80 Schneider XW-MPPT150-60 150 VDC 24 VDC 2 to 5 2 or 3 2 or 3 Morningstar TriStar 45 & 60 48 VDC 4 or 5 3 3 12 VDC 1 to 5 1 to 3 1 to 3 MidNite Solar Classic 150 150 VDC 24 VDC 2 to 6 2 to 4 2 or 3 48 VDC 4 to 6 3 or 4 3 12 VDC 1 to 7 1 to 5 1 to 4 MidNite Solar Classic 200 200 VDC 24 VDC 2 to 7 2 to 5 2 to 4 48 VDC 4 to 7 3 to 5 3 to 4 12 VDC 1 to 9 1 to 6 1 to 5 MidNite Solar Classic 250 250 VDC 24 VDC 2 to 9 2 to 6 2 to 5 OutBack Ultra FM100-300 48 VDC 4 to 9 3 to 6 3 to 5 Schneider XW-MPPT600-80 600 VDC 24-48 VDC 14 to 22 9 to 15 9 to 13 Morningstar TS-MPPT-60600 VDC 48 VDC 5 to 23 3 to 15 3 to 12 600V-48 (DB) 12 VDC 1 to 7 1 to 5 1 to 4 Magnum PT-100 200 VDC 24 VDC 2 to 7 2 to 5 2 to 4 48 VDC 4 to 7 3 to 5 3 to 4

3 to 10 1 to 3 1 to 3 2 to 4

Based on temp range of 14°F to 104°F. Adjustments may be needed in locations with temps outside this range.

Step 9: Calculate the number of series strings needed. Divide the total number of modules from Step 7 by the number of modules per series string from Step 8. Round up to a whole number. This is the total number of array series strings needed. Step 10: Determine the total number of modules needed. Multiply the number of module strings from Step 9 by the number of modules per string from Step 8 to determine the total number of modules needed. Step 11: Find the total number of chosen controllers needed. Multiply the total number of modules needed (from Step 10) by the rated wattage of the module being used. This is the adjusted total PV array nameplate capacity. Using the chart below, find a controller rated for the total array wattage (or more). If the total array wattage is more than a single controller can handle, either use a larger controller or use multiple controllers in parallel. NOTE: Most charge controllers must have their own separate PV array, so larger arrays need to be divided into sub-arrays for each charge controller.

Battery voltage 12 V 24 V 48 V

15 A 216 W 431 W --

Max Array Wattage per Controller Size Controller rated output amps 20 A 30A 45 A 60 A 75 A 265 W 431 W 647 W 862 W 1100 W 530 W 862 W 1293 W 1724 W 2100 W – 1724 W 2586 W 3448 W 4000 W

80 A 1149 W 2299 W 4598 W

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

95 A 1379 W – –

100 A 1437 W 2874 W 5747 W 10

Solar Modules

Photovoltaic (PV) Modules

Solar photovoltaic modules, often referred to as solar panels, convert light energy into a direct electrical current (DC). As solid-state devices, solar modules have no moving parts and are extremely reliable and durable compared to any other generator technology. While solar modules have become somewhat commoditized in recent years, there are important differences in form, quality, and performance that can impact both installation time and long-term system performance. This section of our catalog presents a selection of high-quality crystalline modules with a variety of features and price points to suit virtually any project.

Output Characteristics

The output power, voltage, and current profile of the solar module will dictate the number of modules needed and what inverters or charge controllers can be used. Small off-grid applications often require 12 VDC output modules to directly charge batteries and/ or operate DC loads. Larger modules with output voltages ranging from 24 to 50 VDC are more commonly used in grid-tie systems where a high DC voltage is required to operate the inverter.

Mechanical Characteristics

Basic mechanical characteristics, such as dimensions, frame profile, and static load rating, as well as grounding and mounting locations will need to be understood when designing your system. Frame and back sheet color may also come into play for residential customers, particularly when they are part of a homeowner’s association. Also be sure you know what type of connector the module output has, if any, since this can impact selection of optimizers, microinverters, and cabling.

Solar Modules at a Glance1 Cell type

Frame

Power tolerance

Area efficiency

Dimensions (L" x W" x D")

Weight

Static load rating

Item code

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

32.0 VDC 8.98 A

16.8%

65.7 × 39.4 x 1.38 in

41 lbs

75 psf

011-06537

280 W REC280TP-BLK

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

31.9 VDC 8.78 A

17.0%

65.5 x 39.0 x 1.5 in

40 lbs

75.2 psf

011-02598

285 W REC285TP2-BLK

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

31.9 VDC 8.95 A

17.1%

65.9 x 39.3 x 1.5 in

40 lbs

75.2 psf

011-02604

335 W REC335TP72 (72 Cell)

Poly

Silver

-0/+5 W

38.3 VDC 8.75 A

16.7%

78.9 x 39.4 x 1.8 in

62 lbs

75.2 psf

011-02602

340 W REC340TP72 (72 Cell)

Poly

Silver

-0/+5 W

38.5 VDC 8.84 A

16.9%

78.9 x 39.4 x 1.8 in

62 lbs

75.2 psf

011-02603

285 W Solarworld SW285 MONO Mono

Black

-0/+5 W

31.3 VDC

9.20A

17.0%

65.9 × 39.4 x 1.22 in

40 lbs

113 psf

011-02273

300 W Solarworld SW300 MONO Mono

Black

-0/+5 W

31.6 VDC 9.57 A

17.9%

65.95 × 39.4 x 1.30 in

40 lbs

113 psf

011-02272

System Design

Power 285 W

Brand/model Hanwha Q-Cells Q.PLUS BFR-G3.1 285

Ipeak

340 W

Solarworld SW340 XL (72-cell)

Mono

Silver

-0/+5 W

38.0 VDC 9.01 A

17.0%

78.5 × 39.4 x 1.30 in

48 lbs

113 psf

011-02269

345 W

Solarworld SW345 XL (72-cell)

Mono

Silver

-0/+5 W

38.2 VDC 9.10 A

17.3%

78.5 × 39.4 x 1.30 in

48 lbs

113 psf

011-02270

Mono

Black

-0/+3%

33.2 VDC 9.50 A

19.2%

64.6 x 39.4 x 1.57 in

37 lbs

125 psf

011-00212

315 W LG 315N1C-G4 1

Vpeak2

Module availability may vary - Visit www.AEEexpress.com for latest pricing and availability. See Dasol listing on page 18 for our selection of nominal 12 VDC modules.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

rec TwinPeak More power is now even more more power. Variant REC TwinPeak REC TwinPeak 2 REC TwinPeak 2 Mono

Technology Poly Poly Mono

Rated up to 285 Wp 290 Wp 300 Wp

→ Based on award-winning technologies → With industry-leading product quality → From a leading European brand of solar panels www.recgroup.com

100%

IMProveD PerForMance In shaDeD conDITIons

100% PID Free

PID Free

More PoWer oUTPUT Per FT²

PID Free

100% PID Free

reDUces BaLance oF sYsTeM cosTs

Solar Modules

REC Solar

These modules, made by REC in Singapore, offer exceptional quality and performance at a reasonable price. Rigorous quality control is applied throughout the production process from silicon to cell to module. The -0/+5 W power tolerance guarantees you the power you pay for and minimizes mismatch losses.

NEW! TwinPeak 2 Series PV Modules

Based on a multicrystalline cell platform, the REC TwinPeak Series encompasses a number of new and innovative technologies that provide performance comparable to monocrystalline p-type and n-type modules.

Most visibly, these modules use “half-cut” cells with 60 cells on each side of the module wired in parallel. This keeps the voltage similar to 60-cell modules, while improving shade tolerance and reducing energy loss due to cell resistance. The cells themselves feature state-of-the-art Passivated Emitter Rear Cell (PERC), aka “backside passivation” technology that improves the light capture of the cell, resulting in improved energy harvest in real-world conditions.

The modules are equipped with a novel “split” junction box that places the PV wire cables with MC4 connectors near each side of the module, to better dissipate heat. The PV wire output cables are long enough to enable landscape array layouts.

NEW! REC TwinPeak 72 Series PV Modules

REC is now producing a 72-cell equivalent module of their popular TwinPeak Series, using 144 half cut cells with “split” junction boxes, primarily for commercial applications and larger projects. These modules have clear anodized frames and white back sheets, and MC4 connectors.

Multicrystalline (Poly) Modules

Warranty

REC modules come with a 10-year workmanship warranty and a 25-year linear power guarantee that allows for no more than 0.7% degradation per year. All modules are listed to UL 1703 for the U.S.A. and Canada. REC Solar TwinPeak2 and TwinPeak-72 Series PV Modules Technical Data Cells (qty/size) Power output tolerance

144 / 156 x 78 mm

-0/+5 W

-0/+5 W 112.3 +/-3.6 °F [44.6 °C (±2 °C)]

-0.56%/°F [-0.31%/ °C]

Fire rating/type

Class C / Type 2

Connector type

MC4

35 in (pos) / 47 in (neg)

47 in [1.2 m]

Static load rating

75 psf [3600 Pa]

Quantity per pallet

Quantity per 53' trailer

700

462

Max. system voltage

1,000 VDC

20 A

65.94 x 39.25 x 1.5 in [1675 x 997 x 38 mm]

78.9 x 39.4 x 18 in [1969 x 1001 x 45 mm]

39.5 lbs [18 kg]

61.7 lbs [28 kg]

REC285TP2

REC335PE72

285 W

335 W

31.9 VDC

38.3 VDC

Voltage temperature coefficient

Cable length

Series fuse rating Dimensions (L x W x D) Weight Module Peak power Voltage at peak power Current at peak power

8.95 A

8.75 A

Open circuit voltage

38.6 VDC

46.2 VDC

Short circuit current

9.49 A

9.27 A

Module area efficiency Item code

144-cell TP-72 series

120 / 156 x 78 mm 112.3 +/-3.6 °F [44.6 °C (±2 °C)]

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

120-cell TP 2 Series

17.1%

16.9%

011-02604

011-02602

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Sunmodule Mono Plus and Sunmodule XL Mono Series

SolarWorld manufactures the ingots, cells, and modules in the U.S.A., which ensures high quality, performance and output. These modules use plus tolerance sorting, and every module is factory tested to determine peak power, and sorted in 5 watt bin increments.

These modules can be utilized for grid-tie and off-grid applications (when paired with a MPPT charge controller) and use 6.17 inch monocrystalline cells behind anti-reflective tempered glass placed in an anodized aluminum frame. The SW 285 MONO Black panels have a black frame and black back sheet for superior ascetics, while the SW 300 MONO panels have higher output, with a white back sheet. The SW 340 XL MONO and the SW 345 XL MONO 72-cell modules have silver frame with white back sheets.

Solar Modules

SolarWorld

These modules are designed to withstand heavy accumulations of snow and ice, are rated at 1,000 VDC for commercial applications, and have a 25-year linear performance warranty and a 10-year product warranty. SolarWorld Sunmodule Plus Modules1 Technical data Cells (qty/size)

72-cell XL Series

60 / 156.75 mm

72 / 156.75 mm

-0/+5%

114.8 +/-3.6 °F [46.0 +/-2 °C]

-0.30% / K

UL 1703 Type 1 °C

H4/UTX

Power output tolerance Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT) Voltage temperature coefficient Fire rating Connector type Cable length Static load rating Quantity per pallet / truckload

39.37 in [1.1 m]

113 psf [5400 Pa]

30 per pallet / 840 per truck

29 per pallet / 812 per truck

1,000 VDC

25 A

65.95 x 39.4 x 1.30 in [1675 x 1001 x 33 mm]

78.5 x 39.4 x 1.30 in [1995 x 1001 x 33 mm]

39.7 lbs [18.0 kg]

47.6 lbs [21.6 kg]

Max. system voltage Series fuse rating Dimensions (L x W x D) Weight Module

SW 285 MONO

SW 300 MONO

SW 340 XL

SW 345 XL

285 W

300 W

340 W

375 W

Voltage at peak power

31.3 VDC

31.6 VDC

38.0 VDC

38.2 VDC

Current at peak power

9.20 A

9.57 A

9.01 A

9.10 A

Open circuit voltage

39.7 VDC

40.1 VDC

47.6 VDC

47.8 VDC

Short circuit current

9.84 A

10.23 A

9.69 A

9.75 A

Module area efficiency

17.0%

17.9%

17.0%

17.3%

011-02273

011-02272

011-02269

011-02270

Peak power

Item code 1

Data subject to change without notice.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Monocrystalline Modules

60-cell Plus Series

Solar Modules

Hanwha Q-Cells Q.PLUS and Q.PEAK Series PV Modules

These Korean-made modules represent the latest advances in Q-Cells’s workhorse monocrystalline and multicrystalline module line. These modules feature black anodized frames with white back sheets and are suitable for most residential and commercial applications. As a global manufacturer of a wide variety of products, Hanwha backs these modules with a 12-year product warranty, and a 25-year linear performance guarantee. These modules are listed to UL 1703, IEC 61215, and IEC 61730-Ed 2. They are certified for use in 600 VDC or 1,000 VDC applications. Q-Cells Q.PLUS and Q-PEAK Series PV Modules1 Technical data Cells (qty/size)

60 / 6 in x 6 in [156.75 mm]

Power output tolerance

-0/+5 W

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

113 +/- 5.4°F [45 °C +/-3 °C]

Voltage temperature coefficient

-0.74%/°F [-0.3%/°C]

Fire rating/type

Class C / Type 1

Connector type

MC4

Cable length

39.4 in [1 m]

Monocrystalline Modules

Static load rating

75 psf [3,600 Pa] (max load)

Quantity per pallet

Quantity per 53' trailer

928

Max. system voltage

1,000 VDC

Series fuse rating

20 A 65.7 × 39.4 x 1.38 in [1670 × 1000 × 35 mm]

Dimensions (L x W x D) Weight

41.5 lbs [18.8 kg] Module

Q.PLUS BFR-G3.1 285

Q.PEAK-G3.1 300

285 W

300 W

Voltage at peak power

31.99 VDC

32.41 VDC

Current at peak power

8.91 A

9.26 A

39.22 VDC

39.76 VDC

Peak power

Open circuit voltage Short circuit current

9.46 A

9.77 A

Module area efficiency

17.1%

18.0%

011-06537

011-06538

Item code 1

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NeON2 Series PV Modules

LG's NeON2 monocrystalline PV modules are among the most efficient PV modules available thanks to a host of innovative technologies and enhancements at both the cell and module level. These modules feature high-gloss black frames, white back sheets, and thinner cell busses for a sleek appearance. As a world-leading diversified manufacturer, LG backs these modules with 25-year linear performance guaranty and 12-year product warranty. These modules are listed to UL 1703, IEC 61215, IEC 617301/-2, IEC 62716, and IEC 61701 and produced in an ISO 9001 certified factory.

Solar Modules

LG Solar

LG NeON2 PV Modules1 Technical data Cells (qty/size)

60 / 6 x 6 in [156.75 mm]

Power output tolerance

-0/+3%

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

114.8 +/-5.4 °F [46 °C +/-3 °C]

Voltage temperature coefficient

-0.50%/°F [-0.28%/°C]

Fire rating/type

Class C / Type 2

Connector type

MC4 connectable

Cable length

39.4 in [1 m]

Static load rating

125 psf [6,000 Pa] front load / 113 psf [5,000 Pa] rear load 25

Quantity per 53' trailer

850

Max. system voltage

1,000 VDC

Series fuse rating

20 A 64.57 x 39.37 x 1.57 in [1640 x 1000 x 40 mm]

Dimensions (L x W x D) Weight

37.5 lbs [17 kg] Module

Peak power Voltage at peak power

LG315N1C-G4

LG320N1C-G4

315 W

320 W

33.2 VDC

33.6 VDC

9.50 A

9.53 A

Open circuit voltage

40.6 VDC

40.9 VDC

Short circuit current

10.02 A

10.05 A

Current at peak power

Module area efficiency Item code 1

Monocrystalline Modules

Quantity per pallet

19.2%

19.5%

011-00212

011-00214

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Solar Modules

Dasol Energy DS-A18 Series PV Modules

These 12 VDC nominal modules have an output voltage that is well-suited for charging 12-Volt batteries and can be wired in series for charging 24- or 48-Volt battery banks. They can be used with inexpensive PWM controllers (see Charge Controllers for more information).

These modules, from Dasol Energy, are efficient and robust with tempered glass, tough polymer back sheets, and anodized aluminum frames. The modules offered here are listed to UL 1703, CSA 5311-10 & 90 as well as IEC 61215 and are produced in an ISO 9001 certified facility. The DS-A18-10 has wire leads. The DS-A18-30 has a single-port J-box and can be ordered with a 2-conductor lead. The larger modules feature diode-accessible junction boxes with pre-assembled MC4/H4-style leads. Made in China. Dasol Energy DS-A18 Series PV Modules Technical data Number of cells

Power output tolerance

+/- 5%

Voltageoc temperature coefficient

-0.38%/ Â°C

Fire rating

Class C

Connector type

Wire leads (10-30 W) or J-box with MC4-type leads

Maximum system voltage Module

12 VDC Modules

DS-A18-10

DS-A18-30

DS-A18-60

DS-A18-90

DS-A18-135

10 W

30 W

60 W

90 W

135 W

Voltage at max power

18.0 VDC

Current at max power

0.55 A

1.67 A

3.33 A

5.0 A

7.5 A

Open circuit voltage

22.3 VDC

Short circuit current

0.61 A

1.82 A

3.64 A

5.45 A

8.18 A

12 A

Peak power

Series fuse rating Length

14.6" [370 mm]

27.2" [690 mm]

39.0" [990 mm]

56.7" [1440 mm]

Width

9.8" [250 mm]

13.8" [350 mm]

26.2" [665 mm]

Depth

0.7" [18 mm]

1" [25 mm]

1.38" [35 mm]

Weight

2.4 lbs [1.1 kg]

6.6 lbs [3 kg]

12.8 lbs [5.8 kg]

17.0 lbs [7.7 kg]

24.7 lbs [11.2 kg]

011-08964

011-08960

011-08961

011-08962

011-08965

Item code

600 VDC

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Mounting structures are used to fix PV modules to the roof or to the ground so they aren’t moved by wind or snow. Be sure to consult the PV module manufacturer’s installation manual when selecting and configuring a mounting system as not all modules are compatible with all mounting methods. If the manufacturer doesn’t explicitly allow for the type of clamp and mounting locations or grounding method used by the mounting system, it may not pass inspection. Most modules can be fastened via holes in the bottom flange of the frame but this can be awkward and time-consuming. Some ground-mounting systems fasten to the bottom flange using specialized clips, enabling installers to perform virtually all of their work underneath the modules. Top clamps, which clamp the module frame to a mounting rail or roof attachment, are most popular today as the clamps can double as spacers and clamp two modules simultaneously, reducing the total number of fasteners required. Regardless of clamp type, it is also important to clamp the module in the right places.

Most PV modules are designed to be clamped at the quarter-points where the mounting holes typically are. This ensures optimal loading on the module frame and provides maximum static and dynamic load capacity. Some manufacturers also allow for mounting on the short ends of the module, which can allow two rows of modules to share a rail. However, mounting on the ends typically reduces the load ratings of the module, which is why most manufacturers don’t allow it.

Mounting Structures

Early equipment grounding for module frames was accomplished with a bolt or screw with a star washer attached to the grounding wire. AEE Solar later introduced grounding lugs which provided a faster and more secure method for attaching the ground wire and these have since given way to WEEB clips (See Electrical Distribution Parts) which enabled module grounding through the rail. With the advent of the UL 2703 mounting and grounding standard, many mounting systems, such as SnapNrack, accomplish grounding through the mounting components so that the installer only needs to run a grounding wire to the end of each row. Note that specialized PV products like frameless or flexible modules typically require their own proprietary mounting and grounding components.

Solar Mounting Solutions

SnapNrack was developed by a team of veteran solar engineers working with installers in the field to ensure a quick, efficient installation using modules from virtually any manufacturer. The SnapNrack roof mounting system simplifies and reduces the cost of the solar installation process.

The rail is a lightweight aluminum extrusion that is easy to transport, handle, and install. Snap-in sliding channel nuts ensure quick and easy installation and precise alignment of module clamps. Every bolt in the system uses the same sized wrench, ensuring efficient installations and reducing labor hours on the roof. Standoffs and L-feet connect to the rails using the same snap-in channel nuts as the module clamps and no drilling is required.

SnapNrack is engineered for durability and structural integrity in all environments, providing excellent seismic, wind, and snow loading protection on all products. Its compact and efficient rail design reduces material requirements and ensures a low-profile installation on any roof. SnapNrack has been engineered from the ground up with maximum standoff adjustability for a clean, level installation even on irregular roof surfaces.

Online Configuration Tools for Series 100 and 200 are available on AEE Express or the SnapNrack website (SnapNrack.com), as are installation manuals. The SnapNrack manuals are a complete how-to guide full of color photos, illustrations, and step-by-step instructions. UL 2703 Grounding and Bonding Compliance SnapNrack 100 and 200 systems are fully listed to the UL 2703 Standard for Grounding and Bonding. As of January 1, 2016, all SnapNrack system products offered through AEE Solar have been certified by UL for electrical continuity, eliminating the need for additional grounding hardware. Bonding pins are integrated into product assemblies including module clamps and rail splices, eliminating the need for bonding washers on each PV module or rail splice jumpers. Only one SnapNrack Grounding Lug is required per individual row of modules (not per rail). UL 2703 Class A Fire Rating Compliance In addition to grounding and bonding, SnapNrack’s UL 2703 Certification and Compliance ensures that the Series 100 roof mount system is Class A Fire Rated when installed with Type 1 and Type 2 photovoltaic modules. SnapNrack achieved the Class A fire rating through stringent testing that included the Spread of Flames tests and the Burning Brand tests. The system also meets the requirements of the California building codes set by local jurisdictions and the 2012 International Building Codes which went into effect on January 1, 2015. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SnapNrack

Mounting Structures

Warranty All SnapNrack products are covered by a 20-year limited warranty. For complete details please visit www.SnapNrack.com/.

SnapNrack Series 100 Roof Attachments Black L-Foot, Black Galv Flashing, and Base Kit

SnapNrack offers a variety of roof attachment methods by combining familiar parts with more specialized hardware. The L Foot, Flashing & Base Kit, is recommended for simple flush mounts to a roof with composition shingles only. The Metal Roof Base provides a robust self-sealing EPDM rubber washer and a sealing top cap mounting base for common corrugated metal roof profiles. The Standard and Wide Base Seam Clamps are made from a high tensile strength aluminum that will work with a range of metal roof designs. The Corrugated Straddle Block allows attachment of the L Foot directly to a structural member covered with a corrugated metal roof without collapsing or crushing the ridge in the metal roof material. Units are sold individually, unless otherwise noted, but full case discounts are available when ordering multiples of 20. L Foot Mounts for Composition Roofs

Bonding Metal Roof Base with L Foot

Composition L Foot Flashing Kits Description

SnapNrack

Silver 92 Deg L-Foot

Item code

Black L Foot, Black Galv Flashing, and Base Kit

242-92051

Silver L Foot, Black Galv Flashing, and Base Kit

242-92050

Black L Foot, Black Alum Flashing, and Base Kit

242-92048

Silver L Foot, Silver Alum Flashing, and Base Kit

242-92047

L Foot Base and Black Galv Flashing Kit (no L Foot)

242-92049

Composition L Foot Accessories Description

Standard Base Seam Clamp with L Foot

Item code

L Foot Flashing, 12” x 12”, Black Galv

232-01060

L Foot Flashing, 12” x 12”, Black Alum

232-01151

L Foot Flashing, 12” x 12”, Silver Alum

232-01150

L Foot Base (includes flange nut)

242-00016

Black Composition L Foot (92˚)

242-09015

Silver Composition L Foot (92˚)

242-09005 L Foot Mounts for Metal Roofs Metal Roof Base Description

Wide Base Seam Clamp with L Foot

Item code

Metal Roof Base with L Foot

242-02037

Metal Roof Base

242-02036 Seam Clamp Description

Item code

Standard Base Seam Clamp with L Foot

242-05150

Standard Base Seam Clamp

242-05000

Wide Base Seam Clamp with L Foot

242-05151

Wide Base Seam Clamp

242-05001 Corrugated Straddle Block

Black L Foot 90 Deg Assembly

Description

Item code 242-02046

Corrugated Straddle Block with L Foot Kit

232-02421

Corrugated Straddle Block All Purpose L Foot Description Corrugated Straddle Block with L Foot Kit

Item code

Black All Purpose L Foot (90˚)

242-09020

Silver All Purpose L Foot (90˚)

242-09019

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Tile Roof Hooks All Purpose L Foot Description

Hanger Bolt Clamp

Item Code

Flat Tile Hook

242-02045

Universal Tile Hook

242-02044

Flexible Flashing Kit for 20 Flat Tile Hooks

242-92001

Mounting Structures

Flat Tile Hook & Universal Tile Hook

The Universal Tile Hook is designed to work with Flat, S, and W shaped tile roofs which can typically install with minimal cutting/grinding of tiles. Provides enhanced install flexibility regardless of the rafter location due to the 1.25" vertical adjustability and 6" horizontal adjustability of the tile hook in relation to the large 4" x 8" base. Its 1/4" steel arm is thicker and more rigid compared to competing products on the market, requiring less roof attachments per installation. The Flat Tile Hook offers the most cost effective and efficient solution for mounting on flat concrete tile rooftops. Utilizing many of the same features as the Universal Tile Hook, the design focuses on maximizing speed and efficiency for installing specifically with concrete flat tiles.

The Hanger Bolt Clamp allows a versatile installation on roof surfaces that will not allow for L Feet or standoffs. These can be used with hanger bolts of 3/8” or 10mm diameter. Hanger Bolt Attachments Hanger Bolt Description

Item Code 242-01102

Hanger Bolt Clamp

Standoffs can be used on flat roofs or pitched roofs, comp shingle or tile and include a one-hole base, anodized standoff shaft, rubber rain collar and a standoff clamp assembly. The HD Standoffs are typically used on flat roofs with built up foam insulation where a taller standoff is required. They include a six-hole HD base, anodized HD standoff shaft, rubber rain collar and standoff clamp assembly. Tilt Kits can be used to tilt up arrays on low-slope roofs. The kits include two standoff mounts with base (one-hole for standard and six-hole for HD), anodized standoff shafts, rubber rain collars and the Standoff Clamp and L Foot Assembly. Standoff Mounts for All Roof Types Standoff Kits Description

10° Tilt Kit w/ 5 ½” and 10” Standoffs

Item code

Standoff Kit, 5 ½”

242-92057

Standoff Kit, 7”

242-92059

Standoff Kit, 8 ½”

242-92061

Standoff Kit, 10”

242-92055 Tilt Kits Description

Item code 242-92077

10° Tilt Kit w/ 5 ½” and 10” Standoffs

242-92083

10° - 45° Variable Tilt Hardware Kit Standoff Accessories

10-45 Variable Tilt Hardware Kit

Standoff Clamp and L Foot Assembly

Description

Item code

Standoff Base, 1-Hole

242-00017

Standoff Base, 4-Hole

232-02412

Standoff Shaft, 3”

232-01048

Standoff Shaft, 5 ½”

232-01054

Standoff Shaft, 7”

232-01055

Standoff Shaft, 8 ½”

232-01057

Standoff Shaft, 10”

232-02406

1” Standoff Spacer w/ Connector Screw

232-01057

Rubber Rain Collar

232-01000

Standoff Clamp Assembly

242-04100

Standoff Clamp and L Foot Assembly

242-09002

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SnapNrack

Standoff Kit, 5 ½"

Mounting Structures

HD Standoff Mounts for All Roof Types HD Standoff Kits Description

Item code 242-92073

HD Standoff Kit, 7” HD Standoff Kit, 12”

242-92074

HD Standoff Kit, 18”

242-92075 HD Tilt Kits Description

HD Standoff Kit, 12"

Item code

20° HD Tilt Kit w/ 7” and 18” HD Standoffs

242-92079

10° - 45° Variable Tilt Hardware Kit

242-92083 HD Standoff Accessories Description

Rubber Rain Collar

Standoff Flashing, 4” Offset Cone, 18 ¾” x 15”, Galv

Item code 232-02413

HD Standoff Base, 6-Hole HD Standoff Shaft, 7”

232-01062

HD Standoff Shaft, 12”

232-01063

HD Standoff Shaft, 18”

232-01021

Rubber Rain Collar

232-01000

Standoff Clamp Assembly

242-04100 242-09002

Standoff Clamp and L Foot Assembly

SnapNrack

Standoff Flashings Description

Item code

Standoff Flashing, Verde 1.0STF, Skinny Cone for Tile, 20” x 20” x 3”, Dead Soft Alum

175-05001

Standoff Flashing, Offset Cone for 1-Hole Base on Comp, 12” x 15” x 4”, Galv

175-05012

Standoff Flashing, Offset Cone for 1-Hole Base on Flat Tile, 18 ¾” x 15” x 4”, Galv

131-01216

Standoff Flashing, Oatey 11830, No Caulk Rubber Cone, 12 ½” x 8 ¾”, Galv

015-00162

Standoff Flashing, Verde 1.0SSO, Deck Level for 1-Hole Base, 10” x 12” x 1”, Galv

175-05005

Lag Screws Description

Item code

Lag Screw and Washer, 5/16" x 3 ½”, SS (Pack of 100)

014-06508

Lag Screw and Washer, 5/16” x 5”, SS (Pack of 100)

014-06509

ChemLink Sealants and Adhesive ChemLink Rectangular ECurb

E-Curbs seal penetrations by using a plastic mold and a pour-in-place polymer seal. E-Curbs are designed for use on granulated modified bitumen, asphalt and coal tar B.U.R. (built up roofing), and are specified for PVC, PIB, and TPO single-ply roofing membranes. The service temperature range for the E-Curbs is -40 °F to 200 °F, but should not be applied at temperatures below 32 °F. This rectangular E-Curb was specifically designed to work with SnapNrack one-hole standoff kits and the SnapNrack HD standoff kits. These also make good conduit penetration seals. Round E-Curbs are also available, if needed, but must be special ordered. The M-1 Black Structural Adhesive can be used under standoffs for water protection on roof penetrations. Chem Link E-Curbs Description

ChemLink Round ECurb

Item Code

E-Curb, 4.5" x 3.5" rectangle, Grey - three - E-Curbs, 1.5 gal pouches of one-part pourable sealer, two 10.1 oz cartridge of M-1

131-01357

M-1 Black Structrual Adhesive and Sealant, 10.1 oz. Plastic Cartridge

178-06009

ast, Accurate Shipping to Your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind F drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came straight from you. 21

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

snapnrack.com

Quality.Performance.Innovation. SnapNrack solutions are focused on simplifying the installation experience through intuitive products and the best wire management in the industry.

877-732-2860

www.snapnrack.com

contact@snapnrack.com

Mounting Structures

SnapNrack Series 100 Rails Rail is offered in two lengths, three finishes, and shipped in 2-piece or 6-piece sets and 112-piece bundles. 122” rail can accommodate a single portrait row of three 60-cell or 72-cell modules. 162” rail accommodates four modules. Use the UEC Rail Cutting Tool to protect module frames when cutting rails flush with the module edges when using Universal End Clamps. Standard Rail, Black & Clear

Standard Rail Splices & Accessories Rail Splice Description

Item code

Bonding Standard Rail Splice, Black

242-04015

Bonding Standard Rail Splice, Clear

242-04014 Standard Rail Accessories

Bonding Rail Splice, Black

Description

Item code 232-01023

Standard Rail End Cap

232-02284

UEC Rail Cutting Tool Black Standard Rails Description

SnapNrack

Standard Rail End Cap

Item code

Standard Rail Set, 122”, Black (Box of 2)

015-09816

Standard Rail Set, 122”, Black (Box of 6)

015-09822

Standard Rail, 122”, Black (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-01067

Standard Rail Set, 162”, Black (Box of 2)

015-09818

Standard Rail Set, 162”, Black (Box of 6)

015-09826

Standard Rail, 162”, Black (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-01069

Clear Standard Rail Description

UEC Rail Cutting Tool

Item code

Standard Rail Set, 122”, Clear (Box of 2)

015-09814

Standard Rail Set, 122”, Clear (Box of 6)

015-09813

Standard Rail, 122”, Clear (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-01068

Standard Rail Set, 162”, Clear (Box of 2)

015-09817

Standard Rail Set, 162”, Clear (Box of 6)

015-09824

Standard Rail, 162”, Clear (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-01070

Mill Standard Rail Description

Conduit Support for Composition Shingle Roofs

Item Code

Standard Rail, 122”, Mill (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-02112

Standard Rail, 162”, Mill (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-02113

SnapNrack Conduit Supports The Conduit Support for Tile works with flat and curved tiles, requiring no drilling or cutting to install. These mounts are fully assembled with a captive bolt in the conduit clamp makes installation a snap. The Conduit Support Kit for Comp includes all of the parts necessary to quickly install a fully flashed solution, including the lag screw. Both conduit supports are designed for 3/4" EMT. Mill Standard Rail Description

Conduit Support for Tile Roofs

Item Code

Conduit Support for Comp, ¾” EMT

242-02106

Conduit Support for Tile, ¾” EMT

242-02104

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Module Clamps are available in different sizes to match PV module frame thickness/depth. Universal End Clamps are a unique one-size-fits-all time saver that slips inside the module frame – completely out of sight. The rails are cut flush with the modules and finished with SnapNrack end caps to create a system with a flush, clean line homeowners love. Module Clamps

Bonding Mid Clamp Assembly, Black

Mid Clamps Description

Item code 242-02053

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.20” - 1.48”, Black

Bonding Adjustable End Clamp 1.20”-1.48”, Black

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.20” - 1.48”, Clear

242-02050

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.31” - 1.77”, Black

242-02054

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.31” - 1.77”, Clear

242-02051

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.50” - 2.00”, Black

242-02055

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.50” - 2.00”, Clear

242-02052

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.95" - 2.23", Black

242-02057

Mounting Structures

SnapNrack Module Attachments

242-02056

Bonding Mid Clamp, 1.95" - 2.23", Clear End Clamps Description Universal End Clamp

242-02215

Bonding Adjustable End Clamp, 1.20” - 1.48”, Black

242-02067

Bonding Adjustable End Clamp, 1.20” - 1.48”, Clear

242-02065

Bonding Adjustable End Clamp, 1.49” - 2.00”, Black

242-02068

Bonding Adjustable End Clamp, 1.49” - 2.00”, Clear

242-02066

SnapNrack

Universal End Clamp

Item code

SnapNrack Array Skirt The SnapNrack front Array Skirt easily attaches to the front row of modules on almost any system. Only a ½” socket is required for attaching the Skirt Frame Mount to the modules. Attaching the Skirt to the mounts as well as installing the Splices requires no tools. The Skirt End Cap Pair provides the finishing touch. Array Skirt

Front Array Skirt Description

Skirt Frame Mount

Item code

Skirt Kit, 162” (2) + Mounts (8) + Spice (1) End Cap Pairs (2)

015-11788

Skirt, 162” (Bundles of 60, priced as each)

232-01259

Skirt Frame Mount

242-92211

Skirt Splice

232-01251

Skirt End Cap Pair

232-01250

Skirt Splice

Skirt Cap Pair

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Mounting Structures

SnapNrack Grounding and Wire Management

Junction Box R

SnapNrack’s Ground Lug R is a fully custom solution for grounding arrays. Only one lug is required per individual row of modules, not one per rail. The lug is secured with a single 5/16” bolt and requires no drilling of rails. SnapNrack Wire Management Solutions comprise a set of dedicated components to reliably and cost effectively secure PV module and microinverter leads. All components are made of materials which have been selected for their ability to handle high UV exposure and extreme rooftop temperatures common under solar arrays. With an integrated rail connector the UL-listed Junction Box provides a quick and easy method for concealing and protecting electrical connections. The 6" x 5" x 3" enclosure has a NEMA 4X rating with integrated DIN rail mounts inside. The Four-Wire Clamp and Trunk Cable Clamp offer strong and reliable solutions for securing up to four PV conductor cables or up to two microinverter AC trunk cables along SnapNrack rail channels, transitioning in and out of channels, and even routing across rails. Snap-In Wire Retention Clips allow you to quickly secure PV conductor and AC trunk lines in the rail channels. With materials selected to handle high UV exposure and extreme rooftop temperatures these solutions provide wire management that will last the life of the system after a quick and cost-effective installation. SnapNRack Grounding and Wire Management

Trunk Cable Clamp & 4-Wire Clamp for Rail

Grounding Description

Item code 242-02101

Ground Lug R for 6-12 AWG Lay-in Lug w/ Bolt and Keps Lock Nut, 4-14 AWG (Pack of 10)

051-03418

Wire Management

SnapNrack

Snap-In Wire Retention Clip

Junction Box R

242-01104

Trunk Cable Clamp for Rail

242-02103

4-Wire Clamp for Rail

242-02102

Snap-in Wire Retention Clip

232-01106

48" Rail Cover, Aluminum

232-01033

SnapNrack Attachment Accessories Attachment Accessories Module Level Power Electronics Bonding & Original Channel Nut

Description

Item code 242-92093

MLPE Rail Attachment Kit Channel Nuts Description

Item code

Bonding Channel Nut

232-02009

Original Channel Nut

232-02005

SnapNrack Array Edge Screen

Array Edge Screen Kit, 4”x100’

The Array Edge Screen (a.k.a. Critter Guard) is designed to keep birds and rodents from making their home under new and existing solar arrays. The clips attach to the flanges on the bottom of module frames. The painted steel clips can be "snapped" to the appropriate length to accommodate height variations. Hooks on the clips secure the PVC-coated ½” steel mesh in place. The open mesh screen allows for excellent air flow, ensuring modules remain cool, but is still rigid enough to keep out even the most industrious squirrel. Array Edge Screen Description

Item code

Array Edge Screen Kit, 4” x 100’

015-11176

Array Edge Screen Kit, 8” x 100’

015-11177

Array Edge Screen Clip, 4”

232-03993

Array Edge Screen Clip, 8”

232-03994

Add-A-Lip Box Frame Adapter

242-01101

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Ground Rail Set, 122”, Clear

The SnapNrack 200 Ground Mount system is a solar module installation system that is low profile and visually appealing. This innovative suite of racking products simplifies installation to save time and money. The SnapNrack ground rail and rail-to-pipe clamp creates a multi-pole, fixed-tilt ground mount. The ground rail accepts all Series 100 module mounting clamps and the pipe clamp is designed for 1.5" (1.9" outside diameter) schedule 40 or 80 steel pipe substructures. It can be installed with tilt angles up to 45° and in locations that may see wind speeds up to 170 mph and snow loads up to 120 psf. For module attachment hardware refer to the SnapNrack Module Attachments section. Ground Mount System Ground Rail Description

Item code

Ground Rail Set, 122”, Silver (Box of 4)

015-09839

Ground Rail, 122”, Silver (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-02183

Ground Rail Set, 162”, Silver (Box of 2)

015-09819

Ground Rail Set, 162”, Silver (Box of 4)

015-09855

Ground Rail, 162”, Silver (Bundle of 112, priced as each)

232-01072

Mounting Structures

SnapNrack Series 200 Ground Mount

Ground Rail Accessories

Ground Rail End Cap

Description

Item code 232-01043

Ground Rail End Cap Structural Fittings

Item code

Bonding Pipe Clamp for 1 ½”

242-09004

Single Socket Tee, Hollaender (5E-8), 1 ½”, AL-MG

172-05800

Single Adjustable Socket Tee, Hollaender (17-8), 1 ½”, AL-MG

172-05803

Double Adjustable Socket Tee, Hollaender (19E-8), 1 ½”, AL-MG

172-05804

Rectangular Base Flange, Hollaender (46-8), 1 ½”, AL-MG

172-05807

Plug End, Hollaender (62-8), 1 ½” Sched 40, AL

172-05808

Plug End, Hollaender (62P-8), 1 ½” Sched 40, Plastic

172-05811

Bonding Pipe Clamp for 1 ½”

Double Adjustable Socket Tee, Hollaender (19E-8)

SnapNrack

Description

Single Socket Tee, Hollaender (5E-8)

Rectangular Base Flange, Hollaender (46-8)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Single Adjustable Socket Tee, Hollaender (17-8)

Plug End, Hollaender (62-8)

Mounting Structures

Roof Attachments

These specialized roof attachments can be used with a variety of mounting systems to meet special requirements.

Quick Mount PV All-In-One Waterproof Flashed Mounts

QBase Composition

Quick Mount PV waterproof flashing and mounts are designed by roofing professionals to anchor photovoltaic racking systems to most types of roofs, including composition, tile, shake, and low-slope roofs. All Quick Mount PV flashed mounts are sold in boxes of 12, and are available with a mill, clear anodized, or black anodized finish, unless otherwise noted. All exposed hardware is made from stainless steel to ensure long-term protection against water intrusion.

Flashed Composition Shingle Mounts

Classic Composition

The QMNC QBase Composition Mount is a base-and-post mount designed for use when integrating a solar array into new roof construction. The QBase foundation is protected by a 12" x 12" spun cone aluminum flashing. 12" x 12" QMNC Classic Composition and Classic Shake Mounts are ICC-ES certified (ICC-ESR-2835) and incorporate flashing seamlessly integrated with a standoff block. Stainless steel hardware attaches the block by L-foot to most racking systems, including DPW and SnapNrack, and enables an attractive low-profile array. The QMNC Classic Conduit Mount is similar to the Classic PV mounts but has a narrower flashing and accepts a standard conduit clamp. The QMNC E-Mount is a smaller, lighter more economical version of the Classic Mount. The QMNC Conduit Penetration Flashing provides an easy method to install conduit through the roof while protecting against water intrusion.

Roof Attachments

Quick Mount PV Shingle Mounts Model Classic Conduit

Description

QMNC A 12

QBase Composition Mounts - 12", mill finish, 12-pack

Item code 014-06313

QMSC-A 12

Classic Composition Mounts - 12" x 12", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06315

QMCC-A 12

Classic Conduit Mounts - 9" x 12", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06222

QMSE-A 12

E-Mount Composition Mount – 9” x 12”, mill finish aluminum, 12-pack

014-06332

QMPC-A 12

Conduit Penetration Flashing – 12” mill finish, 12-pack

014-06359

Flashed Shake Mounts Conduit Penetration

Similar to the composition shingle mount, the QMLC Classic Shake Mount uses larger 18" x 18" aluminum flashing to integrate with most wood shake roofs. The QMLCC Classic Shake Conduit mounts for shake roofs are similar to the PV mounts but have a narrower flashing and accept a standard conduit clamp. The QMNS QBase Shake and Slate mount is utilized when installing solar on a new shake roof. Quick Mount PV Flashed Shake Mounts Model

Classic Shake

Classic Shake Conduit

Description

Item code

QMLC-A 12

Classic Shake Mounts – 18" x 18", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06319

QMLCC-A 12

Classic Shake Conduit Mounts – 12" x 18", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06225

QMNS-A 12

QBase Shake and Slate Mount – 18” x 18”, mill finish, 12-pack

014-06360

Quick Mount PV Flashed Tile Mounts

The QMUTM Universal Tile Mount incorporates Quick Mount PV's new QBase foundation and two aluminum cone flashings. The malleable top flashing conforms to fit virtually any tile roof, including curved tile. Quick Mount PV Flashed Shake Mounts

QBase Shake

Model QMUTM-A 12

Description QBase Universal Tile Mounts - 18" x 18", mill finish, 12-pack

QBase Universal Tile

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 014-06328

QMEXT Height Extensions work with any of the Classic Composition and Classic Shake Mounts to adjust the angle or clearance between the array and roof. Longer QMHS Hanger Bolt Sets are also available to accommodate extra thick roofing or insulation material.

Quick Mount PV's unique QMRB Shingle Ripper is ideal for cleanly removing nails, shingles, or shakes without damaging the roof shingles or other shakes. Height Extensions

Quick Mount PV Accessories Model

Hanger Bolts

QMEXT-2.5 A 12

Height Extension - 2 ½", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06338

Height Extension - 3 ¼", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06339

QMEXT-4.0 A 12

Height Extension - 4", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06340

QMHS-6 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 6", stainless steel, 12-pack

014-06344

QMHS-8 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 8", stainless steel, 12-pack

014-06345

QMHS-10 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 10", stainless steel, 12-pack

014-06346

QMHS-12 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 12", stainless steel, 12-pack

014-06347

24" Shingle Ripper – nail removal tool

094-00143

Quick Mount PV Low Slope Roof Mounts

Quick Mount PV's new QMLSH Low Slope Roof Mount, which also incorporates the new QBase foundation, is one of the strongest base-and-post PV mounts available for mechanically attaching commercial PV systems to TPO, PVC, EPDM, built-up asphalt, and virtually all other non-metal low slope roofs. For built-up asphalt roofs (BUR) and other bituminous and modified bitumen roofs, conical aluminum flashings are available in 4" and 8" heights (sold separately). When installing the Low Slope Roof Mount on membrane roofs, Quick Mount PV strongly recommends utilizing the roofer of record to flash the mounts using their QMLSF flashing. Quick Mount PV Low Slope Roof Mounts Model QMLSH-3.75 A 12 QMLSH-7 A 12

Description

Item code

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 3.75", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06300

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 7", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06301

QMLSH-9 A 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 9", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06302

QMLSF-4 A 12

QBase Low Slope Flashing - 17" x 4", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06309

QMLSF-8 A 12

QBase Low Slope Flashing - 17" x 8", mill finish, 12-pack

014-06310

Quick Hook Tile Mounts QBase Low slope Flashing

Quick Mount PV's Quick Hook line features the QMHSS 6" (Flat or Curved Tile) sliding base and hook to provide a low profile roof attachment. Included is a unique 9" x 12" (Flat Tile) or 9" x 14" (Flat or Curved Tile) all aluminum sub-flashing. Quick Hooks can be installed without cutting or drilling tiles, resulting in fewer broken tiles and less dust. Quick Mount PV Quick Hook Tile Mounts Model QMFTH A 12

Description Quick Hook for Flat and Curved Tile, Side Mount Rails, Mill-finish aluminum, 12-pack

Item code 014-06331

Quick Hook Tile Mount and Included Flashing

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Roof Attachments

Installed QBase on Membrane Roof

Item code

QMEXT-3.25 A 12

QMRB-12 Shingle Ripper

Description

Mounting Structures

Quick Mount PV Accessories for Composition and Shake Mounts

Mounting Structures

Commercial Roof and Ground Mounting Structures

Commercial PV systems tend to be significantly larger than residential ones, but also more price sensitive, requiring installers to achieve economies of scale to keep the price per watt or kilowatt-hour as low as possible. In addition, commercial rooftops are seldom the sloped composition or tile roofs so common in residential settings, so specialized mounting systems can be make-or-break for a commercial PV project. Most of the systems presented here are highly customizable and must be specifically engineered for each building or site so you'll need to contact your AEE Solar representative with the particulars of your project for a custom quote.

NEED NEW IMAGE

Aerocompact Aerocompact 2.1 and Aerocompact+ Flat Roof Ballasted Racking System Aerocompact offers an affordable, highly aerodynamic, fast to assemble, and fully engineered ballasted racking system for flat commercial roof mounts. Improvements have been made, including new wire management, clamps, and roof protection to the 2.1 Version. Each racking system is designed with sitespecific information, and a detailed layout, ballast plan, and engineering report are provided for every project. The reports generated are very detailed, and can be used in sales presentations, and in obtaining permits for your projects.

Aerocompact 2.1 South System

Roof Attachments

Aerocompact 2.1 with Ballast Trays

Aerocompact+ with ballast and trays

NEW! Aerocompact 2.1 is a South-oriented aerodynamic racking solution for framed modules on flat roofs. It is ETL listed to UL 2703, TUV Certified; wind tunnel tested up to 150 mph, and is provided with a 25-year limited warranty. It is fast and easy to install, and can be designed with 5°, 10°, and 15° tilt angles. Module clamps come with integrated grounding, and an Alpine Version is available in areas with high snow loads. Adding ballast trays can accommodate more ballast to allow the system to be installed in high wind areas. Aerocompact+ is a 10°, East/West mounting system. This racking solution allows more modules to be placed on a roof surface by eliminating the inter-row shading that occurs with a south facing system. The East/West solution allows the placement of up to 30% more modules on a given roof surface with a minimal loss in production per module, resulting in more generated kWh to the end customer. It also benefits from having fewer components, thus less racking cost per module. Since the modules are placed edge to edge, there is less wind loading, thus lower the ballast requirements for this system. Therefore, it can be deployed on more roofs with less roof loading. An Alpine Version is available for the Aerocompact+ where high snow loads are expected. Both versions of Aerocompact racking can be fully ballasted with no penetrations, or with limited penetrations for reduced ballast requirements, or where required due to seismic concerns. Contact your AEE Solar representative with your array layout and site information to receive a custom quote and engineering report with ballast recommendations. Be prepared to supply site information such as building height, roof material, module quantity and type, wind and snow load requirements, and exposure category.

NEW! Aerocompact South G15 and AerocompactG+ East/West Ballasted Ground Mount Racking System

Aerocompact G15 and Aerocompact G+ Ground Mount Racking

The Aerocompact G and Aerocompact G+ offers commercial and utility ground mount installations quicker install times, without the need for piles, concrete or large machinery. The system can be designed to be completely ballasted, or with optional anchors. Up to 1 MW of racking can ship to a jobsite in a single truck load. Ideal for areas that have soil issues like landfills or brownfields, areas that cannot support deep piles or excavation due to rocks, or for areas of sensitive ecological nature where excavation is discouraged. Fleece mesh can be supplied to prevent vegetation growth around the module field. This ground mount system can be designed with either a 15° tilt, or with a 10° tilt East/West layout to maximize module fill in a given area. Contact your AEE Solar representative with your array layout and site information to receive a custom quote and engineering report with ballast recommendations. Be prepared to supply site information specific to the project, including system size, module quantity and type, terrain conditions, wind and snow load requirements, and exposure category.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NEW Ballasted-Groundmount

NEW Metal-roof Portfolio

www.aerocompact.com

ast, Accurate Shipping to Your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind F drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came straight from you. Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609.

Mounting Structures

NEW! Schletter Ground Mount Racking FS System Commercial and Utility Ground Mount Racking The FS System from Schletter is designed to be a very cost-competitive solution for larger ground mount arrays. Aluminum extrusions, integrated grounding components, and component pre-assembly allow this commercial racking system to be quickly installed. System is ETL Classified, allows for easy access to panels for ground and system maintenance, and comes with a 20-year warranty. Project specific engineering is available, with complete structural calculations assuring compliance with building codes and regulations. Wet stamps engineering documents are available in most states.. Contact AEE Solar with the details of the array layout for your project to get a custom quote for the FS Ground Mount System.

Commercial Roof and Ground

PVMax Ballasted Ground Mount System

The PVMax is a ballasted ground mount system which offers an attractive design with long-lasting and durable system components. The system offers mounting solutions in areas where pier driven posts are not possible, as is the case in residential locations or on landfill sites.

The core strength of the PVMax lies in the large spans achieved using the uniquely designed S-Profile rails. The Schletter S-Profile rails enable long spans, resulting in a low number of required supports, thereby reducing the number of concrete foundations needed. Made of aluminum, the PVMax is easily installed requiring no heavy machinery. Contact AEE Solar with the details of the array layout for your project to get a custom quote for a PVMax Racking System.

PARK@SOL CARPORTS Schletter offers several carport options for both commercial and residential applications. These structures are designed for site specific conditions, and can be constructed with either cast in place concrete, concrete pillars, or micro-pile foundations. Single and double row vehicle arrangements can be designed, either with a south tilt or an East/West orientation, with up to a 20Â° tilt. These are compatible with most module types, and are constructed of corrosion resistant aluminum. Purlins can accommodate spans of up to 30 ft. Contact AEE Solar with the details of your project to get a custom quote for the Park@Sol Carport solutions.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DPW Solar products are made in the U.S.A. and can be ordered to fit virtually any module. DPW offers a variety of made-to-order DPW Roof/Ground Mounts, Top-of-Pole Mounts, Side-of-Pole Mounts, MultiPole Mounts, and Ballasted Roof Mounts. Compare the dimensions of the module you plan to use with the sizing chart below to determine the module series. DPW Ballasted Flat Roof Mount

When ordering, be sure to include a copy of the data sheet for the module you plan to use. For modules having dimensions that fall outside of the chart, use the next larger size. Some DPW mounting systems fasten to the modules using the mounting holes on the module frame rather than top clamps. If you are working with modules that lack a bottom flange, be sure to check for compatibility when ordering. The High Wind Version upgrade (not available for MPM's) is made for winds up to 130 mph, class C Wind Zones. Stainless steel module mounting hardware is provided with all mounts. Stainless steel hardware for the racking assembly is available as an option.

DPW Ground Mount

Mounting Structures

DPW Solar Racking

Use the Module Sizing Chart below to determine the frame size of the DPW racking needed. While only options for frame size G and H modules are listed, other sizes are available upon request. Call your AEE Solar representative for more details. Note: DPW products are built to order and cannot be returned nor exchanged. Module Series Sizing Chart

DPW Side-of-Pole Mount *

DPW module series

19"-23" x 35"-44"

20"-26" x 39"-53"

22"-27" x 56"-63"

31"-33" x 60"-67"

38"-40" x 51"-56"

38"-40" x 58"-61"

37"-42" x 61"-67"

G or GL*

38"-40" x 77"-82"

H or HL*

50"-52" x 65"-79"

Commercial Roof and Ground

DPW Top-of-Pole Mount

Module size range (W x L)

GL or HL â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Includes longer module rails for module widths greater than 39.45" (i.e. SunPower 327, 335, 345)

DPW Multi-Pole Mount

DPW RAD Mid and End Clamp are shown in the table below. These are specific to module frame heights, so be sure to check current module data sheets for frame dimensions prior to ordering. These units are made from Type 304 stainless steel, and the mid clamps are 3/8" wide. Please be sure to provide a module data sheet with any orders. RAD Roof/Ground Mount Mid and End Clamps DPW part #

Description

Item code Clear

Black

EC-XX-RAD

Module End Clamps w/ RAD Hardware (specify module thickness)

013-10961

013-10962

MC-28-33-RAD

Module Mid Clamps w/ RAD Hardware for 28-33 mm (1.1" - 1.3")

013-10963

013-10964

MC-34-39-RAD

Module Mid Clamps w/ RAD Hardware for 34-39 mm (1.31" - 1.54")

013-10965

013-10966

MC-40-46-RAD

Module Mid Clamps w/ RAD Hardware for 40-46 mm (1.55" - 1.81")

013-10967

013-10968

MC-47-52-RAD

Module Mid Clamps w/ RAD Hardware for 47-52 mm (1.85" - 2.0")

013-10969

013-10970

MC-53-59-RAD

Module Mid Clamps w/ RAD Hardware for 53-59 mm (2.1" - 2.32")

013-10971

013-10972

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Mounting Structures

Pole Mounts

Pole mounts represent a simple, cost-effective approach to mounting small PV arrays without the need for complex foundations or leveling. A Schedule 40 or 80 rigid steel pole with a deep concrete anchor is typically sufficient. However, specific requirements may vary due to soil type and expected wind loads. Most pole-mount systems are made-to-order so be sure to include a module data sheet and double-check your requirements as they typically cannot be returned.

DPW Solar POWER-FAB® Side-Pole Mounts (SPM)

Power-FAB SPM mounts are made from mill-finish aluminum. Upgrades to anodized or powder-coated aluminum are available for an additional charge. Stainless-steel module mounting hardware is provided with all mounts, and tamper-resistant hardware kits are also available for installations that may be left unattended for long periods. Stainless-steel fastener kits and high-wind upgrades are also available for the mounting structure itself. All single-module mounts, and the two-module mounts for size A-C modules come with stainless-steel band clamps for 2-3.5” diameter pole sizes. All other SPM mounts come with stainless-steel clamps for 3-4.5” diameter poles. Upgrade clamps sized for larger diameter poles are listed below. Most SPM mounts can also be attached to flat vertical surfaces using installer-supplied lag bolts or through-bolts. Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 37 to determine module series.

Pole Mounts

Module size DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code

A B C D E F G H

POWER-FAB Side-Pole Mounts (SPM) Number of modules One Two Three DP-SPM1-A DP-SPM2-A -013-11101 013-11102 -DP-SPM1-B DP-SPM2-B DP-SPM3-B 013-11201 013-11202 013-11203 DP-SPM1-C DP-SPM2-C DP-SPM3-C 013-11301 013-11302 013-11303 DP-SPM1-D DP-SPM2-D DP-SPM3-D 013-11401 013-11402 013-11403 DP-SPM1-E DP-SPM2-E DP-SPM3-E 013-11501 013-11502 013-11503 DP-SPM1-F DP-SPM2-F DP-SPM3-F 013-11601 013-11602 013-11603 DP-SPM1-G DP-SPM2-G DP-SPM3-G 013-11701 013-11702 013-11703 DP-SPM1-H DP-SPM2-H DP-SPM3-H 013-11801 013-11802 013-11803

DP Solar Side-Pole Mounts (SPM) – Optional Upgrades Description High-Wind Version (add 25%) Powder-Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%) Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%) Band Clamp Upgrade 3-4.5" 4-5.5" 5-6.5" 6-7.5" 7-8.5" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 013-11930 013-11931 013-11932 013-11933 013-11934 -013-11938 013-11939 013-11940 013-11941 Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules One Item code 013-11921 Tamper-resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules One Item code 013-10941

Four --DP-SPM4-B 013-11204 DP-SPM4-C 013-11304 DP-SPM4-D 013-11404 ---------

DPW part # HWV PCA AA Upgrade to DPW part # From 2-3.5" From 3-4.5"

Item code 013-04000 013-11910 013-11915 9-9.5" 9" 013-11935 013-11942

9-11" 11" 013-11936 013-11943

10-12" 12" 013-11937 013-11944

Two 013-11922

Three 013-11923

Four 013-11924

Two 013-10942

Three 013-10943

Four 013-10944

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DPW POWER-FAB TPM standard mounts have heavy steel mounting sleeves, elevation pivots, and strongbacks that are coated with durable outdoor paint. The module rails are 6061-T6 mill-finish structural aluminum angles. Stainless steel module mounting hardware is provided. Standard top-of-pole mounts are adjustable from 15° to 65°, in 10° increments, and fit on Schedule 40 or 80 steel pipe. For harsh environments, upgrades to hot-dip-galvanized steel or anodized aluminum rails are available. Use the tables below to determine the layout and minimum pipe size. ®

Module size

POWER-FAB Top-Pole Mounts (TPM) Module size

DPW part #

# of modules

TPM1-A

TPM2-A

TPM3-A

TPM4-A

TPM6-A

TPM8-A

TPM10-A

TPM12-A

TPM14-A

TPM16-A

TPM1-B

TPM2-B

TPM3-B

TPM4-B

TPM6-B

TPM8-B

TPM10-B

TPM12-B

TPM14-B

TPM16-B

Pole size Configuration 2"SCH40 2.5"SCH40 3"SCH40

Item code

DPW part #

# of modules

TPM1-C

2"SCH40

TPM2-C

TPM3-C

TPM4-C TPM6-C TPM8-C

Pole size Configuration

Item code

1H x 1W-P

013-10301

2.5"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10302

3"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10303

4"SCH40

1H x 4W-P

013-10304

4"SCH80

2H x 3W-P

013-10306

4H x 2W-L

013-10308

3H x 3W-P

013-10309

5H x 2W-L

013-10310

TPM9-C

TPM10-C

6"SCH40

TPM12-C

6"SCH80

6H x 2W-L

013-10312

TPM14-C

8"SCH40

7H x 2W-L

013-10314

8H x 2W-L

013-10316

3H x 6W-P

013-10318

TPM16-C

TPM18-C

TPM1-D

2"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10401

TPM2-D

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10402

TPM3-D

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10403

TPM4-D

4"SCH80

2H x 2 W-P

013-10404

2H x 3W-P

013-10406

TPM6-D

TPM8-D

TPM9-D

TPM10-D

TPM12-D

8"SCH80

6"SCH40 6"SCH80 8"SCH40

4H x 2W-L

013-10408

3H x 3W-P

013-10409

5H x 2W-L

013-10410

3H x 4W-P

013-10412

TPM14-D

7H x 2W-L

013-10414

TPM15-D

3H x 5W-P

013-10415

TPM16-D

4H x 4W-P

013-10416

TPM18-D

6H x 3W-L

013-10418

TPM1-E

2"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10501

TPM2-E

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10502

1H x 1W-P

013-10101

1H x 2W-P

013-10102

TPM3-E

1H x 3W-P

013-10103

TPM4-E

1H x 4W-P

013-10104

TPM6-E

2H x 3W-P

013-10106

2H x 4W-P

013-10108

5H x 2W-L

013-10110

6H x 2W-L

013-10112

7H x 2W-L

013-10114

8H x 2W-L

8"SCH80

4"SCH40 6"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10503

2H x 2 W-P

013-10504

3H x 2W-L

013-10506

4H x 2W-L

013-10508

3H x 3W-P

013-10509

5H x 2W-L

013-10510

3H x 4W-P

013-10512

TPM8-E

TPM9-E

TPM10-E

TPM12-E

TPM14-E

7H x 2W-L

013-10514

TPM15-E

5H x 3W-L

013-10515

013-10116

TPM16-E

4H x 4W-P

013-10516

1H x 1W-P

013-10201

TPM18-E

6H x 3W-L

013-10518

1H x 2W-P

013-10202

2.5"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10203

3"SCH40

1H x 4W-P

013-10204

2H x 3W-P

013-10206

2H x 4W-P

013-10208

5H x 2W-L

013-10210

6H x 2W-L

013-10212

7H x 2W-L

013-10214

8H x 2W-L

013-10216

4"SCH40

6"SCH40 6"SCH80 2"SCH40

4"SCH40 6"SCH40 6"SCH80

6"SCH80 8"SCH40

8"SCH80

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pole Mounts

The DPW Online Configurator at dpwsolar.com can be used to generate the specific configuration and bill of materials needed based on module number and type, array location, and environmental conditions (wind, snow, desired tilt, etc.). A DPW Request for Information Form provides the TPM’s foundation specifications including the correct pipe length, schedule, and foundation size requirements, and is available online at www.dpwsolar.com. An Engineering Stamp can be included from DPW through a third -party engineer for additional cost.

POWER-FAB Top-Pole Mounts (TPM)

Mounting Structures

POWER-FAB Top-of-Pole Mounts (TPM)

Mounting Structures

POWER-FAB Top-Pole Mounts (TPM) Module size

Pole Mounts

DPW part #

# of modules

TPM1-F

POWER-FAB Top-Pole Mounts (TPM) DPW part #

# of modules

013-10601

TPM1-H

1H x 2W-P

013-10602

1H x 3W-P

013-10603

4"SCH80

2H x 2W-P

013-10604

6"SCH40

3H x 2W-L

013-10606

4H x 2W-L

013-10608

3H x 3W-P

013-10609

TPM9-H

5H x 2W-L

013-10610

TPM10-H

Pole size Configuration

Item code

2"SCH80

1H x 1W-P

TPM2-F

3"SCH40

TPM3-F

4"SCH40

TPM4-F

TPM6-F

TPM8-F

6"SCH80

Module size

Pole size Configuration

Item code

2.5"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10801

TPM2-H

3"SCH80

1H x 2W-P

013-10802

TPM3-H

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10803

TPM4-H

TPM6-H

TPM8-H

6"SCH40 8"SCH40

TPM9-F

TPM10-F

TPM12-F

3H x 4W-P

013-10612

TPM12-H

TPM14-F

7H x 2W-L3

013-10614

TPM1-I

3"SCH40 4"SCH80

8"SCH40

5H x 3W-L

013-10615

TPM2-I

4H x 4W-P2

013-10616

TPM3-I

6H x 3W-L4

013-10618

TPM4-I

1H x 1W-P

013-10701

TPM6-I

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10702

TPM8-I

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10703

TPM9-I

4"SCH80

2H x 2W-P1

013-10704

TPM10-I

6"SCH40

3H x 2W-L

013-10706

6"SCH80

4H x 2W-L

013-10708

3H x 3W-P

013-10709

5H x 2W-L

013-10710

TPM15-F

TPM16-F

TPM18-F

TPM1-G

2"SCH80

TPM2-G

TPM3-G

TPM4-G TPM6-G TPM8-G TPM9-G

TPM10-G

TPM12-G

TPM14-G

TPM15-G

8"SCH80

8"SCH40

8"SCH80

3H x 4W-P

013-10712

7H x 2W-L3

013-10714

5H x 3W-L

013-10715

8"SCH80

2H x 2W-P

013-10804

3H x 2W-L

013-10806

4H x 2W-L

013-10808

3H x 3W-P

013-10809

5H x 2W-L

013-10810

013-10812

1H x 1W-P

013-10901

2H x 1W-L

013-10902

3H x 1W-L

013-10903

3H x 4W-P

6"SCH40

2H x 2W-P

013-10904

8"SCH40

3H x 2W-L

013-10906

4H x 2W-L

013-10908

8"SCH80

3H x 3W-P

013-10909

5H x 2W-L

013-10960

Configuration: Array Layout and Module Orientation (P= Portrait L=Landscape) All pipe recommendations conform to ASCE 7-05, IBC2006, and are based on 90mph, Exposure C, 65-degree max tilt, 12" max front edge ground clearance except for those noted: 1

6" max front edge clearance

55-degree max tilt

6" max front edge clearance nad 55-degree max tilt

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

45-degree max tilt

Alternative Layouts Based on Wind Speed DPW part #

90 mph standard

130 mph HWV

TPM6-D

2H X 3W-P

3H X 2W-L

TPM12-D

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-E

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-F

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-G

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-H

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM15-D

3H X 5W-P

5H X 3W-L

Mounting Structures

All standard TPM mounts are available for locations with higher wind speeds of up 130 mph or snow loads up to 60 psf by adding the High-Wind Option (adds 25% to the price). This upgrades the mount with sturdier rails, and may require changes to the pole and foundation specifications. See the table below for some configurations which require a change in the module layout.

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Upgrade Options Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules

One

Two

Three

Four

Six

Eight

Nine

Ten

Item code

01310921

01310922

01310923

01310924

01310926

01310928

01310929

01310930

Number of modules

One

Two

Three

Four

Six

Eight

Nine

Ten

Item code

01310941

01310942

01310943

01310944

01310946

01310948

01310949

01310950

Twelve Fourteen Fifteen

Sixteen Eighteen

01310932

01310936

01310934

01310935

01310938

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Sixteen Eighteen

01310952

01310956

01310954

Description

01310955

01310958

Item code

High-Wind Version (add 25%)

013-04000

HGS

Hot-dip Galvanized Steel Components (add 60%)

013-10905

PCS

Powder-Coated Steel Components (add 25%)

013-10907

PCA

Powder-Coated Aluminum Components (add 20%)

013-10910

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 20%)

013-10915

HWV

Mounting sleeve upgrade Upgrade to:

Standard Mounting Pole

2.5"

013-03069

013-03070

013-03071

013-03072

013-03073

2.5"

013-03074

013-03075

013-03076

013-03077

013-03078

013-03079

013-03080

013-03081

013-03082

013-03083

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pole Mounts

DPW part #

Twelve Fourteen Fifteen

Mounting Structures

Multi-Pole Mounts

The DPW Multi-Pole Mounts (MPM) are designed to mount on 3, 4, or 6" Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe (installer supplied), Multi-Pole Mounts (MPM) support two to four modules high in landscape orientation. These mounts can be horizontally expanded as far as necessary by installing additional vertical pipe supports. This type of mount requires fewer ground penetrations than traditional ground mounts and offers a full range of seasonal elevation adjustability.

MPMs use a 4" x 4" square or 4" x 5" rectangular steel horizontal tube (also installer supplied) as well as DPWâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Power Rail for module mounting. Multi-Pole mounts are ideal for shade and carport structures because the design is capable of significant ground clearance. Please complete a DPW MPM Request for Quote Form in order to properly obtain the foundation design and to generate a bill-of-materials. The form can be found at www.dpwsolar.com . Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 33 to determine module series. Order the appropriate number of End and Mid Clamps from the RAD Mid and End Clamp table on page 33. Multi-Pole Mounts For 4" x 4" square steel horizontal tube

Module size

# of modules two three four two three four two three four two three four two three two three

Pole Mounts

G or GL H or HL I

DPW part # MPM2-D-4x4 MPM3-D-4x4 MPM4-D-4x4 MPM2-E-4x4 MPM3-E-4x4 MPM4-E-4x4 MPM2-F-4x4 MPM3-F-4x4 MPM4-F-4x4 MPM2-G-4x4 MPM3-G-4x4 MPM4-G-4x4 MPM2-H-4x4 MPM3-H-4x4 MPM2-I-4x4 MPM3-I-4x4

Item code 013-13442 013-13443 013-13444 013-13542 013-13543 013-13544 013-13642 013-13643 013-13644 013-13742 013-13743 013-13744 013-13842 013-13843 013-13942 013-13943

For 5" x 4" square steel horizontal tube # of modules two three four two three four two three four two three four two three two three

DPW part # MPM2-D-5x4 MPM3-D-5x4 MPM4-D-5x4 MPM2-E-5x4 MPM3-E-5x4 MPM4-E-5x4 MPM2-F-5x4 MPM3-F-5x4 MPM4-F-5x4 MPM2-G-5x4 MPM3-G-5x4 MPM4-G-5x4 MPM2-H-5x4 MPM3-H-5x4 MPM2-I-5x4 MPM3-I-5x4

Item code 013-13452 013-13453 013-13454 013-13552 013-13553 013-13554 013-13652 013-13653 013-13654 013-13752 013-13753 013-13754 013-13852 013-13853 013-13952 013-13953

DPW part # PC -3V4x4H PC-4V4x4H PC-4V5x4H PC-6V4x4H PC-6V5x4H

Item code 013-02093 013-02094 013-02095 013-02096 013-02097

Multi-Pole Mount Pipe Caps (includes U-Bolts) Description For connecting 3" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube For connecting 4" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube For connecting 4" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 5"x4" horizontal steel tube For connecting 6" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube For connecting 6" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 5"x4" horizontal steel tube Multi-Pole Mount â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Optional Upgrades DPW part # DP-MPM-PCA DP-MPM-AA DP-MPM-HGS

Description Powder-Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%) Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%) Hot-dip Galvanized Steel Components (add 60%)

Item code 013-11911 013-10913 013-10914

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH

Number of modules

Two

Three

Four

Item code

013-10942

013-10943

013-10944

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Tamarack Side-Pole Mounts (SPM) Tamarack Solar Side of Pole Mounts support pole diameters of 2” to 4” and modules with center-center distribution of 19” to 39”. Side of Pole Mounts are manufactured using heavy-duty corrosion-resistant 5000 series aluminum. To configure based on your specific pole mounting needs, please use the Tamarack Solar Pole Mount Modeling Spreadsheet available at www.tamaracksolar.com. Schedule 40 pipe not included. The Tamarack Single Arm Mounts are simple mounting solutions for poles, walls and other flat surfaces. This an incredibly versatile mount that has been used on the sides of shipping containers, buildings, as an awning, and mounted to just about any flat surface. This system mounts also to poles of 2” to 4” diameter, and module widths between 5.26" and 25.5". Single Arm Mounts are manufactured using heavy-duty corrosion-resistant 5000 series aluminum. Schedule 40 pipe not included. Tamarack Top of Pole mounts are also available, and mount on 4” or 6” diameter poles. These mounts are manufactured using powder coated steel and heavy-duty corrosion-resistant 5000 series aluminum. Contact your AEE Solar representative for details.

Mounting Structures

NEW! Tamarack Solar

Tamarack Solar Side Pole Mounts Model

Description

UNI-SP/01

Side Pole Mount 25”

Item code 013-01004

Side Pole Mount 27.5”

013-01005

Side Pole Mount 27.5”

013-01006

UNI-SP/01XX

Side Pole Mount 30”

013-01007

UNI-SP/02

Side Pole Mount 45”

013-01008

UNI-SP/02A

Side Pole Mount 55”

013-01009

UNI-SP/02X

Side Pole Mount 55”

013-01010

UNI-SP/03

Side Pole Mount 70”

013-01011

Pole Mounts

UNI-SP/01A UNI-SP/01H

Tamarack Single Arm Mounts Model

Description

Item code

UNI-SA/14.0

Single Arm, Side Pole 14”

013-01001

UNI-SA/21.5

Single Arm, Side Pole 21.5”

013-01002

UNI-SA/26.0

Single Arm, Side Pole 26”

013-01003

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Mounting Structures

MT Solar Top-of-Pole Mount (TPM) Solar Rack 8 Panel Pole Mount

12 Panel Pole Mount

16 Panel Pole Mount

The MT Solar Top-of-Pole Mount Racking system is designed to be assembled and wired at ground level then lifted to final position via a chain hoist – This eliminates the need for cranes, scaffolding, or dangerous ladder work. Once installed, the mounts are fully adjustable from 0° to 90° from ground level with a hand crank. Single-pole mounts are available supporting from 2 to 16 60-cell modules and from 8 to 12 72-cell modules. Installers realize cost savings without needing to schedule a crane or scaffolding to install these mounts. The mounts attach to a Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, which is locally sourced and not supplied by MT Solar. Standard engineering supports up to 130 mph wind speeds, with 30 psf. snow load. Foundation recommendations are provided, and stamped engineering documents are available for an additional fee for all 50 States. Custom engineered solutions are also available for conditions outside those listed. Top down clamping provides a truly universal mount for most solar modules. Options are available for 10’ pipe for the larger TPM mounts. Two-pole mounts may be linked together to support larger multi-pole mounts for up to 32 modules. This racking solution is manufactured, assembled, and ships direct from the manufacturer in the state of Montana. Larger arrays requiring three or more pole mounts, and linked arrays for 72-cell modules available upon request. Contact AEE Solar for details. MT Solar Top of Pole Mount

Pole Mounts

MT Part #

Single Pole Mounts for 60-Cell Modules

24 Panel Pole Mount

Item code

2-TOP-1-60

TPM Mount for one 60-cell modules, on 2” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00033

4-TOP-2-60

TPM Mount for two 60-cell modules, on 4” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00006

4-TOP-3-60

TPM Mount for three 60-cell modules, on 4” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00007

4-TOP-4-60

TPM Mount for four 60-cell modules, on 4” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00008

6-TOP-6-60

TPM Mount for six 60-cell modules, on 6” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00009

6-TOP-8-60-LIGHT

TPM Mount for eight 60-cell modules, on 6” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00034

6-TOP-8-60-STND

TPM Mount for eight 60-cell modules, on 6” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00010

8-TOP-9-60

TPM Mount for nine 60-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00011

8-TOP-10-TALL-60

TPM Mount for ten 60-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00035

8-TOP-12-60

TPM Mount for twelve 60-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00013

8-TOP-14-60

TPM Mount for fourteen 60-cell modules, on 8" dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00036

8-TOP-15-TALL-60

TPM Mount for fifteen 60-cell modules, on 8" dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00014

8-TOP-16-60

TPM Mount for sixteen 60-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00015

8-TOP-20-TALL-60

TPM Mount for twenty 60-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00037

MT Part #

Two Pole Mounts for 60-Cell Modules

Item code

8-TOP-20-60

TPM Mount for twenty 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

013-00016

8-TOP-24-60

TPM Mount for twenty-four 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

013-00017

8-TOP-28-60

TPM Mount for twenty-eight 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

013-00018

8-TOP-32-60

TPM Mount for thirty-two 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

013-00019

MT Part # CHAIN-HOIST-BASIC SM-MICRO PEWETSTAMP

MT Solar Accessories

Item code

1 Ton Chain Hoist – can be used on multiple installs

013-00020

MT Solar Microinver ter/Optimizer attachment kit

013-00021

Wet Stamp Engineering for MT Solar TPM Mounts

013-00028

4IN-SCREW-ADJUSTER

Screw Adjustor for 4” Dia. Pole Mounts

013-00031

4IN-LIFT-BRACKET

Lifting Bracket for 4” Dia. Pole Mounts

013-00047

HD UPGRADE 39

HD Frame Upgrade Option?

Heavy Duty Frame Upgrade for Select Mounts, (25% price increase)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

CALL

MT Part #

Single Pole Mounts for 72-Cell Modules

HD Frame Upgrade Option?

Item code

2-TOP-1-72

TPM Mount for one 72-cell modules, on 2” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00038

4-TOP-2-72

TPM Mount for two 72-cell modules, on 4” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00039

4-TOP-3-72

TPM Mount for three 72-cell modules, on 4” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00040

6-TOP-4-72

TPM Mount for four 72-cell modules, on 6” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00041

8-TOP-6-72

TPM Mount for six 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00026

8-TOP-8-72

TPM Mount for eight 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00024

8-TOP-9-72

TPM Mount for nine 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00025

8-TOP-10-TALL-72

TPM Mount for ten 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00042

8-TOP-12-72

TPM Mount for twelve 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00025

8-TOP-15-TALL-72

TPM Mount for fifteen 72-cell modules, on 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipe

013-00043

MT Part #

Two Pole Mounts for 60-Cell Modules

Mounting Structures

MT Solar Top of Pole Mounts for 72-cell modules

Item code

8-TOP-16-72

TPM Mount for twenty 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

CALL

8-TOP-20-72

TPM Mount for twenty-four 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

CALL

8-TOP-24-72

TPM Mount for twenty-eight 60-cell modules, on two 8” dia. Schd. 40 pipes

CALL

Pole Mounts

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Mounting Structures

Trackers

Tracking can increase a PV array's power production up to 40% depending on the season and location. Trackers are particularly useful when energy demand peaks during the summer months, such as for solar-powered irrigation systems. Trackers can also maximize net-metered electricity production in the summer, building up a credit toward high winter power bills.

Array Technologies Active Trackers Array Technologies DuraTrack® trackers use electronic sensors to track the sun from East to West. Dual Axis adds elevation tracking as well. The tracker fixes on the brightest area of the sky, capturing the maximum amount of sunlight available. Each night it returns to the morning sunrise position, ready to start tracking when the sun rises again. These trackers are durable, and come with standard corrosion-resistant coatings on major components for harsh environments. All frames are made of galvanized steel tubing and anodized aluminum rails. Manual controls are now standard on all trackers. These exterior switches on the controller cover plate allow the owner to turn off automatic tracking. They can then rotate the tracker East or West and/or up and down. This is useful for shedding snow, or to lay the tracker flat in extremely high wind conditions.

Trackers

The DuraTrack®-AZ single-axis tracker automatically tracks the sun's path by rotating the PV array around the post, providing greater stability for larger arrays. The bottom edge of the array remains parallel to the ground and, therefore, requires less ground clearance than tilt-and-roll trackers. Array Technologies' azimuth trackers provide nearly 270° of rotational movement and can adjust from 5° to 60° of elevation tilt. The DuraTrack®-DA gear drive, dual-axis tracker can hold up to twelve 60-cell solar modules. It is powered by a 24 VDC motor running a heavy-duty ball bearing/ worm-gear drive. Dual-axis operation ensures the maximum energy harvest. The DuraTrack®-DA mounts on a 8" Schedule 40 or 80 steel pole. If your system's voltage is other than 24 VDC, an additional voltage converter is required to supply 24 VDC at 5 A maximum output to power the tracker and controller. See power supply option below to power the array from a 120 or 240 VAC source. This power supply can also be used with DC input for PV-direct water pumping applications in some situations. Dual Axis (DA) trackers are available with galvanized corrosion-resistant components for harsh climates. All AZ trackers come with the galvanized finish. Trackers include a 10-year standard warranty on all structural materials, with two years on electronic controller and all moving parts Array Technologies DuraTrack Single and Dual-Axis Trackers Cell and module size

5" (72-cell) 32" x 62" 5" (96-cell) 41" x 62" 6" (60-cell) 39" x 66" 6" (72-cell) 39" x 77"

Module quantity

Layout (Rows x columns) landscape

4x3

Single axis - AZ corrosion resistant

Dual axis - DA corrosion resistant

Array technologies part #

Item code

Array technologies part #

Item code

15009-004

014-08270

15022-004

014-08265

4x4

15009-002

014-08268

15022-002

014-08263

4x5

15009-101

014-08272

3x3

15022-004

014-08265

4x3

15009-002

014-08268

15022-002

014-08263

4x4

15009-101

014-08272

3x3

15009-004

014-08270

15022-004

014-08265

4x3

15009-001

014-08267

15022-001

014-08262

4x4

15009-102

014-08273

3x3

15009-005

014-08271

15022-005

014-08266

3-4-3

15009-003

014-08269

15022-003

014-08264

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model

Description

Item code

IDEC PS5R-SF24

Accepts 120 or 240 VAC input or 100-350 VDC input and outputs 24 VDC at 5 A maximum. One power supply unit required for each motorized tracker. Power supply unit needs to be mounted in a rain-tight box if located outside.

014-07115

Seasonal Adjustable Rack (DR-LA)

The Array Technologies Seasonal Adjustable Rack is an adjustable single-axis ground-mount system with a tilt range from 0° to 60°. Each rack holds up to 4 kW in portrait over its typical 50' length. The DRLA is easily adjustable in order to maximize seasonal production, or to aid snow removal. One person can adjust the rack with a cordless drill in minutes. All parts are made from galvanized steel and anodized aluminum. Installer must provide one 5" and four 4" vertical pipes. Above-ground height is typically 5-6' above grade. Foundation requirements are site specific, so be ready to provide wind speed and exposure category, snow load, and soil conditions.

Mounting Structures

Array Technologies Tracker Power Supply Option

Array Technologies Single-Axis Row Tracker (DT-HZLA) Module size (approximate)

Description

Module Item code quantity

1 (32" x 62")

Array Technologies DT-HZLA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 32" x 62" modules

014-08301

2 (39" x 66")

Array Technologies DT-HZLA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 39" x 66" modules

014-08302

3 (39" x 78")

Array Technologies DT-HZLA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 39" x 78" modules

014-08303

Universal Track Rack™ - Passive Solar Tracker for PV Modules UTRK040

UTRF72

The Zomeworks passive Track Rack™ uses no motors, no gears, and no controls, eliminating common failure modes. The sun's heat moves liquid from side to side so that gravity naturally turns the Track Rack™ to follow the sun. The Zomeworks Universal Track Rack™ system allows for adjustment in both the East-West and North-South directions. Available in six standard sizes, Universal Track Racks are designed to fit all common photovoltaic modules for holding multiple modules. (NOTE: this based on module surface area) The F-Series Track Racks ship partially assembled for easy installation. The UTRF168HD comes with heavy-duty rails. Both UTRF168 trackers come with a high-wind kit. All of these mounts come with stainless steel and zinc-plated hardware and a 10-year standard warranty.

Please specify number of modules to be mounted on the tracker and include the module data sheet with your order. The tracker will be customized with the correct hardware, and in some cases the rail length will be adjusted for a better fit. Some module quantities require an additional rail set at an extra charge. These racks are made-to-order and cannot be returned or exchanged. Passive Solar Tracker for PV Modules

UTRF120

Model

UTRK020

UTRK040

UTRF72

UTRF90

UTRF120

UTRF168-2

Item code

014-09020

014-09043

014-09072

014-09090

014-09120

014-09130

Pole size SCH40 steel

2.5"

Min. pole height

76"

84"

96"

108"

120"

144"

Min. pole depth

38"

42"

48"

54"

60"

72"

Shipping weight

101 lbs

170 lbs

400 lbs

490 lbs

525 lbs

650 lbs

Module type

Number of modules that fit each Zomeworks model (top row) REC

UTRF168

REC Twin Peak (60-cell modules)

one

two

three

four, five1

six1

seven1, eight, nine1

REC Twin Peak (72-cell modules)

N/A

one, two1

two, three

four

five1, six1

seven1, eight1

four, five1

six1

seven1, eight, nine1

Solarworld Solarworld SW MONO (60-cell modules)

one

two

three

1 Additional rail required for this number of modules (add Item code: 014-09155 - ZOMEWORKS, ADDITIONAL RAIL SET) For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Trackers

Zomeworks

Wind Power

Wind-power systems can be cost-effective if the average wind speed is 9 mph or more at the location of the wind generator. Adding a secondary charging source, like wind power, to PV can make an off-grid power system more stable by increasing the amount of time that energy is being produced, reducing dependence on energy stored in the batteries. Using off-grid wind to supplement solar photovoltaic power can be cost effective even if good wind is only partially available throughout the year, especially if the solar potential is low at that time.

Siting Considerations

The amount of power generated by a wind turbine is dependent on wind turbulence, wind speed, and tower height. Like water, air is a fluid, and is subject to the same fluid dynamics principles, such as turbulence created by obstructions in the flow. A stream flowing over boulders becomes turbulent, creating wakes and eddies, and is robbed of much of its energy by friction.

Similarly, wind blowing over a landscape with trees and buildings obstructing its flow also becomes turbulent and loses energy to friction. Turbulence degrades the wind resource, both upwind and downwind of obstructions. Wind turbines placed in turbulent air wear out prematurely and produce little usable power.

To avoid air turbulence, wind turbines should be placed on a tower high enough that the bottom of the turbine rotor’s swept area is at least 20’ to 30’ higher than any buildings, trees, or other obstructions within a 300’ to 500’ radius. If the wind at the site primarily comes from a particular direction, and the obstructions are not in the wind path, then less clearance may be allowable as long as the flowing air is laminar. In the illustration below, a kite with long streamers tied to the line at 10’ intervals can be used to find the height above ground level where the air flow smooths out. Look for the first streamer to be fully furled out. 150

120

Tower Height (ft)

System Design

The power available in the wind increases with the cube of the wind speed. This means that there is nearly twice as much power available in a 10 mph wind as there is at an 8 mph wind. Wind speed increases as you get higher above the ground due to the loss of friction between the air and the ground. You can expect that the wind speed at 30’ above the ground will be about 25% greater than at eye level (at 60’, it’s about 37% greater; at 90’ about 45% greater; and at 120’, about 50% greater). And since power output increases exponentially with increases in wind speed, a turbine mounted on a 60’ tower can produce about 40% more power than the same turbine would on a 30’ tower (75% more power at 90’ and 100% more power at 120’ compared to 30’). Therefore, increasing tower height can be a cost effective way to get more power out of a wind turbine.

The power output of a wind generator decreases roughly 3% for every 1,000’ of elevation above sea level due to lower air pressure.

Measuring Wind Speed

40%

75%

100%

125%

Percentage Increase in Available Wind Energy Compared to 30ft Tower Before installing a wind-power generator, measure the wind-power resource at the site. Local weather data will be helpful, but wind is very site-specific based on local terrain, site elevation, wind direction, and any obstructions such as trees or buildings. Average wind speeds should be calculated along with peak wind speeds during storm events. Installing a wind data logger and monitoring site conditions for a year, or for the target season, will yield enough information to predict the amount of power that can be produced by a wind turbine.

Prevailing Wind

Region of highly disturbed airflow 2H

20H For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Wind Data Loggers

The Wind Data Logger is an affordable and easy-to-use tool for wind site evaluation and wind generator performance analysis. It records wind speed, time, and date directly to a Secure Digital (SD) card for convenient data downloads. The logging interval is adjustable from 10 to 60,000 seconds (16.6 hours). The two gigabyte SD card (included) will store a year of data at 30-second intervals or more at longer logging intervals. Common spreadsheet software (i.e. MS Excel™) can be used to view, graph, and analyze your wind data. Easy to use web-based software is provided. Simply upload the data, and the software will automatically plot the data as well as provide basic statistics. A 16-character two-line backlit LCD screen displays current information and is used for configuring the data logger. A simple menu-driven interface using the LCD and three front panel buttons makes setup easy. A bright backlight makes the data logger easy to use at night. The data logger is housed in a waterproof enclosure. The solar powered models work well for wind data logging in remote areas without access to AC power. The included 10 W solar panel and sealed battery will run the data logger almost indefinitely. They come with a 10 W PV module, a side-of-pole mount for the module, a charge controller, and a 7 Ah battery. The AC model comes with a Universal AC power supply that accepts 90–264 VAC, 125-370 VDC, 47-63 Hz instead of a solar module and battery; however, it does have a space for eight D-cell alkaline batteries for 30-day power backup (batteries not included). The optional #40 R anemometer is a more rugged, extra heavy duty version of the standard three-cup anemometer. Both AC and DC models are housed in a weatherproof Pelican™ case with self-resetting fusing, and have lightning protection for all sensor channels and solar input. Description

APRS Wind Data Loggers

Item code 016-00270 016-00271 016-00273 016-00274

Kestrel

Wind and Weather Meters

The Kestrel 1000 measures instantaneous maximum and average wind speeds in knots, meters per second, kilometers per hour, miles per hour, feet per minute, and Beaufort. Hold it up to measure wind speed. It offers a large, easy-to-read liquid crystal display with ±3% accuracy, and measures down to 0.3 m/s (0.67 mph). Its impeller and protective housing pop out for easy and inexpensive replacement, and it includes a slip-on hard case that protects the impeller, buttons, and display from damage in your pocket or toolbox. It is waterproof and it floats. The replaceable battery provides up to 400 hours of use. The standard warranty is five years. The Kestrel 2000 has all the features of the Kestrel 1000, and is also capable of measuring temperature. The Kestrel 2000’s external temperature sensor and waterproof casing allow you to gauge the temperature of water and snow, as well as open air. Includes hard slip-on case and standard 5-year warranty. The Kestrel 4000 has all the features of the Kestrel 2000, plus the capability to store up to 2,000 points of weather data in order to track changes over time with data storage, and analyze with graphing functions, and computer interface technology. You can view data as graphs on the Kestrel 4000 display, or with Kestrel’s Communicator Software and a Kestrel interface. Data can be downloaded to a PC or Mac for long-term storage, in-depth analysis, and detailed charting. Kestrel Interface kits are available with either a serial or USB port connection, and include an interface cradle unit, serial or USB cable, and CD with easy-to-use software. The Kestrel 4000 is also available with integrated Bluetooth® wireless data transfer, allowing both real-time and logged data to be transferred wirelessly and automatically to a laptop or PDA, eliminating the need for a separate interface and cabling. The 4000 comes with a soft carry pouch. Carry case optional. The standard warranty is five years. Kestrel Wind and Weather Meters Description Kestrel 1000 pocket wind meter Kestrel 2000 pocket thermo/wind meter Kestrel 4000 pocket weather station Kestrel 4000 pocket weather station with Bluetooth Kestrel 4000 computer interface - USB Kestrel 4000 computer interface – serial port Kestrel 4000 K4000 carry case Kestrel replacement impeller for all models For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 016-00253 016-00256 016-00259 016-00258 016-00260 016-00261 016-00263 016-00255 44

Wind Measurement

APRS 6060 wind data logger - solar powered APRS 6063 #40 R wind data logger - solar powered APRS 6061 wind data logger - AC powered APRS 6062 #40 R wind data logger - AC powered

Wind Power

APRS

Wind Power

Primus Wind Power AIR Wind Turbines

AIR wind turbines harness the wind’s energy to charge an off-grid battery bank. AIR turbines are extremely popular and frequently used in sailboats, RVs, remote cabins, and offshore platforms. The AIR wind turbine incorporates a three-phase brushless permanent magnet alternator and integrated microprocessor-based charge controller to optimize power production capability. The microprocessor continuously adjusts the loading of the alternator to keep the turbine operating efficiently in most wind regimes.

The AIR Breeze is designed for battery-charging applications in coastal areas, on boats, and for other marine uses. Corrosion-resistant for use in coastal and nautical applications, it has a white powder-coated housing and sealed electronics designed to prevent damage from salt spray. The rated power is 160 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s). The AIR 40 provides energy for off-grid homes, water pumping, lighting, telecom, and anywhere you need electricity and have average annual wind speeds under 15 mph. It has a bare aluminum finish for use in non-corrosive environments, so it is not suitable for marine use. The AIR 40 israted for 160 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s).

The AIR 30 provides reliable battery-charging in areas where average annual wind speed is above 15 mph. (The AIR Breeze or the AIR 40 should be used for slower average wind speeds). It has a bare aluminum finish for use in non-corrosive environments, so it is not suitable for marine use. The AIR 30 is listed by CSA to UL 1004 and C22.2 No. 100 for the U.S.A. and Canada and rated for 400 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s).

Wind Turbines

The AIR X Marine is the marine version of the AIR 30. It has a white powder-coated housing and sealed electronics designed to prevent damage from salt spray. The AIR X Marine is designed for the most rugged, high-wind applications, such as SCADA, telecom, security, cathodic protection, etc.

Both the AIR Breeze and AIR 40 are designed to be very quiet and are recommended for residential use. The AIR 30 and AIR X Marine, due to the different blade design, produce more noise, and are not recommended for use in residential areas. Select the corresponding AIR wind turbines for use in 12, 24, and 48 VDC battery systems.

All units weigh 13 lbs, have a 46” rotor diameter (11.5 ft2 swept area) and mount on a 1.5” Schedule 40 steel pipe (1 7/8” [48 mm] outer diameter). Made in U.S.A. All AIR models have a five-year limited warranty. AIR Wind Turbines Approximate monthly kWh production vs. average annual wind speeds Model

mph →

m/sec →

3.57

4.5

4.9

5.36

5.8

6.25

7.15

13 kWh

17 kWh

22 kWh

28 kWh

38 kWh

43 kWh

50 kWh

13 kWh

17 kWh

22 kWh

28 kWh

38 kWh

43 kWh

50 kWh

7 kWh

10 kWh

14 kWh

20 kWh

25 kWh

31 kWh

35 kWh

50 kWh

60 kWh

7 kWh

10 kWh

14 kWh

20 kWh

25 kWh

31 kWh

35 kWh

50 kWh

60 kWh

AIR Breeze

AIR 40

AIR 30

AIR X Marine

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DC battery voltage

Item code

016-00987

016-00989

016-00990

016-01038

016-01039

016-01040

016-01032

016-01035

016-01037

016-01042

016-01043

016-01044

The Primus AIR Silent X wind turbine utilizes the proven, AIR X turbine with a quiet carbon fiber â&#x20AC;&#x153;blue bladeâ&#x20AC;? set. Intended primarily for the marine market, the AIR Silent X is designed to be quiet and lightweight while providing up to 400 W from a 1.2 m rotor diameter. As with all the other AIR models, the AIR X Silent has a built-in charge controller, so no additional battery charging controller is needed. Available for 12 VDC systems only. Made in U.S.A. with a standard 5-year warranty. CSA listing is pending.

Wind Power

NEW! AIR Silent X Wind Turbine

Midnite Solar Stop Switch Model

Description

DC Voltage

Item code

AIR Silent X

AIR Silent X with carbon fiber blade set

12 VDC

016-01048

Wind Turbines

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Wind Power

NEW! Wind Control Panel

The Primus Wind Control Panel (WCP) is a low cost analog control panel for use with AIR Breeze and AIR 40 12, 24, and 48 VDC and AIR X Marine/AIR 30/Silent X 12 VDC wind turbines. The WCP controls and monitors the AIR wind turbine and is equipped with a power On/Off circuit breaker, analog ammeter (indicating wind turbine current production) and a Stop/Run switch (for direct control of the turbine). A clearly marked rear terminal block is provided for easy interconnect of the two turbine wires and two battery power wires. It is available in a 25 A version for 12 VDC systems, a 10 A version for 24 VDC systems, and a 5 A version for 48 VDC systems which are fully calibrated and ready for installation. The panel measures 3.5” x 5” and the Surface-mount black plastic enclosure allows for mounting of the WCP on a flat surface. Primus Windpower Wind Control Panels Model

Description

Item code

2-ARAC-103 Primus Windpower Wind Control Panel for 12 VDC AIR Breeze/AIR 40, 25 A breaker, 15 A meter 016-01352 2-ARAC-104 Primus Windpower Wind Control Panel for 24 VDC AIR Breeze/AIR 40, 10 A breaker, 8 A meter 016-01353 2-ARAC-107 Primus Windpower Wind Control Panel for 48 VDC AIR Breeze/AIR 40, 5 A breaker, 8 A meter 2-ARAC-108

Primus Windpower Wind Control Panel for 12 VDC AIR X Marine / AIR 30 / Silent X, 40 A breaker, 30 A meter

2-ARAC-106 Surface-mount enclosure for Wind Control Panel

016-01355 016-01356 016-01354

AIR Accessories Wind Turbines

The Primus AIR Stop Switch is a simple panel-mount inline brake switch used for stopping the movement of the blades.

The 30 A ammeter is an analog meter for measuring the output current of the AIR turbines. Analog meters are recommended for wind turbines as digital meters tend to scroll too fast in uneven wind to read properly. The Primus Circuit Breakers are self-resetting DC breakers that can be used as simple over-current protection for mobile and marine applications. If using an AIR turbine in a power system that has a DC power center or load center in it, it’s recommended to use a DC circuit breaker of the proper rating that will fit in the DC power center (OutBack Power GSLC or FLEXware-DC, MidNite E-Panel, Magnum Energy MP, etc.). Air Turbine Accessories Model

Description

Item code

2-ARAC-101

AIR Stop Switch (not code compliant). No enclosure included

016-01351

2-ARAC-102

Amp Meter Kit (30 Amp) for all AIR units

016-01223

3-ELOT-1147-01

5 A circuit breaker kit - for 48 V AIR Breeze / AIR-40

053-17005

3-ELOT-1147-02

10 A circuit breaker kit - for 24 V AIR Breeze /AIR-40 ; 48 V AIR-30

053-17006

3-ELOT-1147-03

20 A circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR Breeze /AIR-40 ; 24 V AIR-30

053-17007

3-ELOT-1147-04

40 A circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR-30

053-17008

3-ELOT-1147-05

50 A circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR-30 (very high wind area)

053-17009

MidNite Solar Stop Switch

MidNite Solar’s Stop Switch allows you to stop an AIR wind generator and disconnect it from the battery, all in one motion. The MN-Stop Switch comes with a neutral bus bar and ground box terminal. Rated for wind turbines up to 63 A at up to 150 VDC. The switch is listed for the U.S.A. and Canada, and measures 9”H x 5”W x 4”D and weighs 3 lbs. Midnite Solar Stop Switch Description MidNite Solar Stop Switch (code compliant)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-00121

AIR tilt-up tower kits are available as hardware kits (not including the tower pole) in 27’ (8.1 m) and 45’ (13.5 m) heights, and in a 29’ (8.8 m) EZ Tower™ kit that includes the pole for the tower. All towers use a four-guy-wire set-up, and are assembled on the ground with the wind generator and tilted up into place. The 27’ and 45’ tower kits come with all the hardware necessary to install a tower, except guy-wire anchors, pipe, and concrete. All parts bolt or clamp together, and no welding is required. Purchase 1 7/8” steel tubing from a local chain link fence supplier (for up to 90 mph at 27’, or 70 mph at 45’), or use 1.5” Sch 40 Galvanized water pipe (1 7/8” OD and up to 120 mph at 27’ and 90 mph at 45’), to build the tower. These tower kits include a simple elbow/tee for its base that, when combined with a short length of pipe, eliminates the need for a concrete pad, swivel, and base plate. Two people can erect one of these towers without using winches or vehicles. AIR towers are PE stamped. Contact us for engineering “wet stamps” (additional cost).

Wind Power

AIR Turbine Tower Kits and Accessories

The 29’ EZ Tower™ kit comes with all the parts you’ll need, including Galvanized tubing, cable and hardware. This tower uses lightweight tubing while providing plenty of strength to withstand winds up to 110 mph. Two people can easily erect the EZ Tower™ without winches or vehicles. The EZ Tower™ includes a simple, yet effective, tower base and anchoring system which eliminates the need for a concrete pad. The kit comes with guy-wire anchors that are driven into the ground (depending on the soil conditions, concrete may be necessary for proper guy anchoring). Can ship via UPS in one 74” (1.9 m) box weighing 80 lbs.

The AIR Roof Mount Kit allows a short pole to be mounted to a vertical surface. The included vibration mounts help to reduce noise and vibration.

Earth Auger Sets

Screw-in “auger” type guy anchors can be used in loamy and gravelly soils. Other soil types may require concrete footings or expansion bolts. Consult an engineer or geologist if you have questions about guy supports. Air Turbine Tower Kits and Accessories Model

Description

Item code

1-TWA-20-03

AIR Marine Tower hardware kit

016-01128

1-TWA-20-02

9’ AIR Marine aluminum mast and two stays

016-01131

1-TWA-19-02

Roof Mount kit without roof seal

016-01134

1-TWA-19-01

Roof Mount kit with roof seal

016-01137

2-TWA-100

Roof seal – for Roof Mount kit

016-01140

1-TWA-10-01

27’ AIR guyed tower kit

016-01086

1-TWA-10-02

45’ AIR guyed tower kit

016-01092

1-TWA-11-01

29’ EZ Tower kit including pipe and anchors

016-01081

1-TWA-12-02

36” Galvanized Auger - set of four; use with 24' & 27' towers

016-01116

1-TWA-12-04

48” Galvanized Auger - set of four; use with 32'-50' towers

016-01122

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Wind Turbines

The AIR Marine Tower is the easiest way to mount your AIR Breeze Marine turbine on a boat and is designed to withstand even hurricane-force winds. It’s simple to install on wood or fiberglass decks. The 9’ (2.7 m) white powder-coated aluminum mast has an outside diameter of 1.9” (48 mm) and two 9’ (2.7 m) long fully-adjustable stays with a 1” (25.4 mm) outer diameter. The Hardware Kit contains stainless-steel hardware with self-locking nuts, and vibration mounts to minimize sound transmission. Order the mast and hardware kit separately.

GRID-TIE Inverters

Grid-Tie Inverters

Often referred to as the “brains” of a renewable energy system, an inverter is an electronic device that converts direct current (DC) from batteries or solar modules into alternating current (AC) at the voltage and frequency required to run electrical loads or feed into the grid. Grid-tie, or utility intertie, inverters convert DC power from photovoltaic (PV) modules directly into AC power to be fed into the utility grid. Batteries are not needed, as any power that is not consumed by the owner’s electrical loads is fed into the utility grid to be used elsewhere. Due to the high voltages involved, grid-tie inverters should be installed and serviced only by qualified personnel.

Grid-tie PV systems typically use the utility grid for energy storage. Whenever the PV array is generating more power than the loads are using, excess energy is fed into the grid, turning the meter backward. When the loads require more power than the PV array can supply, the utility makes up the difference. Known as “net metering,” this arrangement is the most efficient and cost-effective for grid-tied applications since there are no batteries to maintain. However, most grid-tie inverters are required by law to shut down during a utility outage per IEEE 1547, which is incorporated into UL 1741. Battery-based grid interactive inverters (See Battery-Based Inverters) are required for back-up power applications. Most batteryless grid-tie inverters are called “string” inverters because the PV modules must be wired together in series to obtain a higher input voltage. String Inverters are designed to run at voltages up to 600 VDC in residential systems and up to 1,000 VDC for commercial and industrial systems. String wiring is quick and easy to install, and the higher voltage helps to minimize line losses and required wire size. However, in string wiring, maximum power point tracking (MPPT), along with any monitoring output, is performed at the string or array level.

Module-Level Power Electronics

An important trend to note is that most string inverter manufacturers have introduced Transformerless (aka non-isolated) inverters due to the higher efficiency and lower manufacturing costs of that topology. While transformerless inverters have dominated the European market and are arguably even safer than their isolated counterparts, they do impose special “ungrounded system” requirements according to NEC 690.35. This includes the use of PV-Wire for DC connections, including the module outputs, as well as fusing and switching on both output legs. The term ungrounded should not be confused with the equipment ground, which is still required; it means that neither the positive nor negative outputs are connected to ground. Some jurisdictions will also require special circuit labels noting that both conductors are “hot”. See Electrical Distribution Parts for compliant combiners, switches, and Tools for labels.

Module Optimizers can be deployed behind each module to provide individual module-level MPPT tracking and monitoring, optimizing the DC output that is connected to a string inverter for very high efficiency. Systems that combine optimizers with low-cost high-efficiency string inverters can simplify system design and maximize safety and energy harvest with minimal impact on cost. Microinverters are typically mounted behind each solar module. They convert the DC output of each module to AC, replacing the high DC voltages (up to 1,000 VDC) with comparatively lower AC potentials (240 VAC or less) and simplifying system design. The microinverter output connects directly to the breakers in the AC load center using conventional wiring. Since microinverters provide MPPT tracking and monitoring for individual modules, the impact of differences in orientation or shading between modules is eliminated. Microinverters are a popular solution for electrical contractors that are new to solar as DC wiring is essentially eliminated. Three-Phase String Inverters are used in larger commercial grid-tie systems, and output at 208 VAC or 480 VAC, which is more common in larger buildings. Most of these 10 to 50 kW inverters are available with input voltage ratings of 1,000 VDC. This higher input voltage enables longer module strings, which can improve design flexibility and eliminate external combiners. These inverters can be mounted on building walls, or they can be placed on ballast racked skids alongside the array to comply with NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown requirements. Traditional, pad mounted Central Inverters are rarely used anymore for systems under several megawatts in scale.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Tie Single-Phase Microinverter System

The Enphase Microinverter System consists of microinverters, Engage trunk cables, the Envoy Communications Gateway, and the web-based Enlighten monitoring and analysis service.

Through individualized MPPT, Enphase microinverters help mitigate the effects of shading, dust, debris, module mismatch, and thermal differences. With module-level monitoring, performance issues can be traced to individual modules to expedite troubleshooting. Each PV module is connected directly to its own microinverter, typically mounted on the racking underneath. The microinverters’ AC wire harnesses are connected to form an AC branch circuit that leads to the AC utility distribution center. System safety is enhanced since all of the output wiring from the PV array is AC and no high-voltage DC is present once the AC power is shut down, reducing risk for maintenance personnel or firefighters. Microinverters are inherently compliant with the NEC 690.12 rapid shutdown requirement. Enphase M250 Microinverter

GRID-TIE Inverters

Enphase

The Engage Trunk Cable allows Enphase Microinverters to be used for both 240 VAC single-phase and 208 VAC three-phase output. Each Enphase branch circuit is protected by a 20 A circuit breaker, and multiple circuits can be used for larger installs. Features: • Module-level monitoring - requires Envoy Communications Gateway

• Integrated grounding feature eliminates need for separate equipment ground wire

• Operates at full power in ambient temperatures from -40 °C (-40 °F) to 65 °C (149 °F) • NEMA6 sealed enclosures

• Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada

• Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 Class B, CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO. 0-91, .4-04, and 107.1-01

Enphase M250-72 Microinverters

The M250 microinverter is recommended for 60-cell and now 72-cell modules up to 325 Watts. The maximum number of M250 microinverters in an AC branch circuit is 16 for 240 VAC single-phase systems. They are offered either with MC4 or H4 connectors.

Enphase M250 Microinverters Model

Max AC Output

DC module voltage

MPPT range

CEC efficiency Max AC current Weight

M250-72-2LL-S22-IG

250 W

<60 VDC

27 to 48 VDC

96.5%

1.15 A @ 208 V 1.0 A @ 240 V

3.4 lbs

MC4

030-07756

M250-72-2LL-S25-IG

250 W

<60 VDC

27 to 48 VDC

96.5%

1.15 A @ 208 V 1.0 A @ 240 V

3.4 lbs

030-07757

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Connector Item code

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

• 25-year warranty

Engage Cable Inverter Attachment

Branch Terminator

The Enphase Engage Cable is a continuous 12 AWG (2.5 mm²) outdoor-rated cable with integrated connectors for Enphase microinverters. The connectors are preinstalled at intervals to accommodate PV module widths or lengths. The microinverters plug directly into the connectors, and the Engage cable can be terminated into a junction box that feeds electricity back to the system’s AC disconnect. Engage cables are specific to portrait (ET10) or landscape (ET17) module orientation as well as 208 VAC or 240 VAC output. The gap between connectors on a portrait cable of either voltage is 40” while the landscape cable has a 67” connector spacing to accommodate the width and length of a standard 60-cell module.

The Engage cable is attached directly to the solar racking using Enphase Cable Clips. One cable end is wired directly into a junction box connected to the branch circuit array wiring. The other end is sealed using an Engage Cable Branch Terminator. The AC output cable from the Enphase microinverters are plugged directly into the regularly-spaced Engage Cable connectors. Any unused connectors must be protected with an Enphase waterproof sealing cap. (The plastic covers that ship with the cable are not weather tight and cannot be used in place of a sealing cap).

GRID-TIE Inverters

Enphase Engage Cable System

Both types of Engage cables are available in bulk lengths with 240 connectors. Accessories can be ordered individually or as an ET-INSTL and ET10-240. The ET10-240 portrait cable and the ET17-240 landscape cable can be ordered cut to specific lengths. The ET10-208 and ET17-208 can only be ordered in the bulk pack. Sealing Caps

A watertight Sealing Cap (ET-SEAL) is used to seal any unused trunk cable connectors to IP67 weatherproofing standards. Unused trunk cable connectors generally occur where the trunk cable transitions to another module row or needs to span a gap in the array.

The Engage Coupler (ET-SPLK) is used to connect cut ends of Engage cable together or to join it to a lower cost standard cable without a junction box.

Stainless Steel Cable Clips (ET-CLIP) are used to fasten Engage trunk cable to racking or to secure looped cabling and are available in packs of 100. Engage Truck Cable clips

The Disconnect Tool (ET-DISC) is required to safely disconnect the microinverter AC-output cable from the Engage Trunk Cable connector. The tool is reusable, so one per job is usually sufficient.

The Enphase Frame Mount Adapter (EFM) is used for rail-less mounting systems to attach an Enphase Microinverter directly to a solar module. There are currently two versions available, for use with 35mm and 40mm module frames. Sold as single units.

Engage Cable Disconnect Tool

The Enphase Connector Clip (EFM-CC) is a convenient method for attaching the Enphase Engage Cable directly to a module frame for use especially with rail-less racking systems. It is designed to be used with any module frame size. It is made from anodized aluminum, and engineered to be used with the Enphase Engage Cable. Sold as single units.

Frame Mount Adapter (EFM)

Enphase Connector Clip

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

Engage Coupler

A Branch Terminator (ET-TERM) is used to seal the cut ends of an Engage Cable. The terminator separates and insulates the individual conductors contained in the Engage trunk cable. One terminator is needed per branch circuit. NOTE: The terminator is intended for one-time use only. The latching mechanism will be damaged if the terminator is removed after installation.

GRID-TIE Inverters

Enphase Installation Cable Kits and Accessories Model

Description

Item code

Trunk Cable, Single Connector, Portrait, 240 VAC

052-10106

ET10-240-BULK

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Portrait, 240 VAC

030-07739

ET17-240

Trunk Cable, Single Connector, Landscape, 240 VAC

052-10107

ET10-240

ET17-240-BULK

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Landscape, 240 VAC

030-07741

ET10-208-BULK

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Portrait, 208 VAC

030-07743

ET17-208-BULK

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Landscape, 208 VAC

030-07745

ET-INSTL

Install Kit for M215 (includes four Branch Terminators, one Cable Disconnect Tool, and five Sealing Caps)

030-07721

ET-TERM

Branch Terminator for M215 Trunk Cable

030-07711

ET-DISC

Cable Disconnect Tool - for Disconnecting Inverter Cable from Trunk Cable

030-07715

ET-SEAL ET-CLIP-100

Sealing Cap, watertight cap for unused Trunk Cable connector socket

030-07717

Cable Clips, pack of 100

030-07719

Engage Cable Coupler - Splice Kit

030-07713

EFM-35MM

Frame Mount Adapter for use with 35mm framed modules, each

300-00190

EFM-35MM

Frame Mount Adapter for use with 40mm framed modules, each

300-00186

Connector Clip, for attaching Engage Cable to module frame, each

300-00187

ET-SPLK

EFM-CC

Coming Soon! The NEW Enphase IQ System

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

Arriving in 2017, the new IQ 6 and IQ 6+ microinverters are designed for higher power modules, and are smart grid ready. With increased efficiency and a 25-year standard warranty, the lightweight microinverters utilize a simple two-wire cable system that will reduce installation time. And as with all Enphase microinverters, the IQ 6 and IQ 6+ are NEC2014 rapid shutdown compliant. Compatible with both 60-cell and 72-cell modules, the IQ micros have a 97% efficiency rating. The IQ 6 microinverter can be used with modules from 195 W to 300 W, and will output 240 W. The IQ 6+ microinverter can be used with 235 W to 400 W modules. Both can be used in both 240 VAC single phase applications, and in 208 VAC three-phase applications.

Unique to these microinverters is an exchangeable cabling system, where you can change the input connectors from MC4 to H4 if needed. AEE Solar will be stocking the MC4 variant as standard, but will offer the H4 connector adapters, and ship them upon request.

The new Q-Cable is 50% lighter than the previous Engage Cable, and has only two conductors, thus lowering system material costs. It is available in Portrait Cable (Q-12-10-240) for both 60-cell and 72-cell panels, in Landscape for 60-cell panels (Q-12-17-240) and in Landscape for 72-cell panels (Q-12-20-200). The Q-Cable connects directly to the microinverters, simplifying and speeding installation. The new Q Aggregator (Q-BA-3-1P-60) further speeds and simplifies the process, by allowing direct connection of up to three Enphase branch circuits, and including a spring wire connector for the output conductors. This combines the function of junction box and subpanel directly on the roof, and supports up to 13.7 kW array with a single component.

Various DC Adapters will allow the IQ microinverters to accept different input connectors, such as Amphenol UTX/H4 (Q-DCC-5) to be substituted for the standard MC4 connector. Sealing Caps are used for unused Aggregator (Q-BA-CAP-10) and Q Cable connections (Q-SEAL-10) and Terminator Caps (Q-TERM-10) are used to seal the unused cable ends. New Cable Clips (Q-CLIP-100) are made to support the smaller diameter cable.

Fast, Accurate Shipping to Your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came straight from you.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Enlighten Portal view showing PV Production and Home Consumption

The Envoy-S Energy Management Unit is required to interface with the Enphase microinverters, and works through powerline communications. It allows access to the Enphase Enlighten online monitoring service and for Enphase to remotely update the firmware of the microinverters. The Envoy plugs into any standard AC outlet and collects microinverter performance information over the existing power line circuits. The Envoy-S can be connected to the internet through WiFi, powerline adapters, or hardwired to the existing network. Once online, the Envoy will automatically access the Enphase Enlighten web service. One Envoy is required for monitoring on each installation of up to 600 microinverters. The Envoy-S is listed to UL 916.

Envoy-S Communications Gateway

Enphase Envoy-S Gateway Device

GRID-TIE Inverters

Enphase Module-Level Monitoring

The Envoy-S Gateway collects and delivers solar and energy consumption data to the Enphase Enlighten monitoring platform, for monitoring and remote maintenance and management of an Enphase system, and can monitor up to 600 connected M-series or S-series microinverters. The Envoy-S (ENV-S-AB120-A), Standard is a +/-5% accurate reporting device used in many situations. Where revenue grade, +/-2.5% accurate reporting is required, grid export limitations are in place, or where optional consumption monitoring is needed, the Envoy-S, Metered (ENV-S-AM1-120) version is used. The Envoy-S, Metered should also be installed if the customer is planning to install the Enphase Battery Storage System. Networking to the Enlighten Monitoring Portal can be through Ethernet, WiFi, or optional cellular connections by installing the plug and play Enphase Mobile Connect (CELLMODEM-01) cellular modem, which has an included 5-year data plan.

CT-200-SPLIT Consumption Monitoring CT

The Enphase AC Combiner Box with Envoy-S Metered Gateway (XAM1-120) simplifies and consolidates interconnection to the utility into a single enclosure and streamlines PV installations with a pre-wired solution for residential applications. The advanced Envoy-S Metered is included and prewired. It allows flexible networking support through WiFi, Powerline adapters, wired Ethernet, or optional Enphase Mobile Connect allows cellular connection to the Enlighten Monitoring Portal. Three pre-installed 20 A / 240 VAC breakers allow up to three Enphase branch circuits to be quickly wired with a common output to the main interconnection point. Adding two Consumption Monitoring CTs will allow Enlighten to also monitor home energy consumption. The enclosure is NEMA 3R rated, and has a 5-year warranty. Enphase Module Level Monitoring Model

XAM1-120 AC Combiner Box with Envoy-S

Description

Item code 300-00175

ENV-S-AB-120-A

Envoy-S, Standard

ENV-S-AM1-120

Envoy-S, Metered (revenue grade reporting, zero export to grid, or Enphase Storage)

300-00176

CELLMODEM-01

Enphase Mobile Connect cellular modem with five-year data plan option for Envoy-S

300-00177

EPLC-01

Enphase Power Line Carrier â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Ethernet Bridge Pair

030-03752

XAM1-120

AC Combiner Box with prewired Envoy-S, Metered

300-00178

Consumption Monitoring CT, allows whole home consumption metering for XAM1-120 (Note: Two CTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s are required for consumption monitoring)

300-00179

CT-200-SPLIT

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

CELLMODEM-01 Enphase Mobile Connect

AC Combiner Box with Envoy-S Metered

GRID-TIE Inverters

SolarEdge Distributed MPPT Grid-Tie Inverter System

The SolarEdge distributed grid-tied inverter system combines module-level maximum power point tracking (MPPT), DC-DC power optimizers, and monitoring with high-efficiency transformerless string inverters to maximize the energy yield of a PV installation. The SolarEdge system provides design flexibility by mitigating shading, module mismatch, uneven soiling, and aging variance losses. It automatically maintains a fixed string voltage so the inverter operates at peak efficiency regardless of string size, shading, or temperature. This allows flexible string lengths ranging from 8 to 25 modules for single-phase and 16 to 50 for three-phase inverters as well as various module sizes, tilts, and orientations. The system is scalable and simplifies expansions and replacements since future modules need not electrically match existing ones. Fewer, but longer, strings can also reduce DC-side balance-of-system (BOS) requirements. SolarEdge inverters are ungrounded (non-isolated) on the DC side, so all PV array wiring must use PV Wire. The SolarEdge power optimizers have a 25-year warranty, and the SolarEdge inverters have a 12-year warranty (extendable to 20 or 25 years). Warranty extensions can be obtained directly from SolarEdge. Power optimizers and inverters are listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

P-Series Power Optimizers

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

All SolarEdge power optimizers can be used with crystalline silicon PV modules to provide module-level MPPT and performance monitoring, and are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge inverters. All power optimizers have 99.5% peak efficiency and are backward compatible with older SolarEdge products. The P300, P320, and P400 optimizers can be used with any SolarEdge inverter, while the P600, P700 and P730 dual-module optimizers are compatible only with SolarEdge three-phase inverters. The P320 is specifically designed for use with 60-cell modules that have nameplate ratings of between 300 and 320 W DC. SolarEdge optimizers can be attached to most PV mounting systems using a single fastener; grounding can be accomplished via the included star washer, a WEEB, or through a lug, depending on racking. AEE Solar maintains stock of optimizers with MC4 input and MC4 output connectors. Optimizers with H4 connectors are available upon request.

Features:

• Module-level shutdown (1 VDC per module) inherently compliant with NEC 2014 690.12 requirements • NEMA 6P, IP68 environmental protection rating • Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +185 °F (-40 °C to +85 °C) • Available for 60-cell PV modules up to 320 W and 72-cell modules up to 400 W • 99.5% efficiency • 25-year warranty • Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada • Compliant with: IEC61000-6-2, IEC61000-6-3, FCC Part 15 B, IEC62109-1 Class II SolarEdge Power Optimizers

Model

Max DC input

Max input voltage

MPPT range

Module type

Input/Output connector

Item code

P300-5 SERIES-N

300 W

48 VDC

8 - 48 VDC

60-cell

MC4-Type

300-00118

P320-5 SERIES-N

320 W

48 VDC

8 – 48 VDC

60-cell

MC4-Type

300-00153

P400-5 SERIES-N

400 W

80 VDC

8 – 80 VDC

72-cell

MC4-Type

300-00119

P600-5 SERIES-N

600 W

96 VDC

12.5 – 80 VDC

two 60-cell

MC4-Type

300-00090

P700-5 SERIES-N

700 W

125 VDC

12.5 – 105 VDC

two 72-cell

MC4-Type

300-00108

P730-5 SERIES-N

730 W

125 VDC

12.5 – 105 VDC

two 72-cell

MC4-Type

300-00223

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SolarEdge inverters are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers. MPPT tracking and voltage management is handled by the power optimizers allowing for a very highefficiency, low cost inverter. These inverters operate at a fixed voltage supplied by the SolarEdge Power Optimizers, are lightweight, and have built-in Module-Level Monitoring. This connection can be hardwired, or connected with the Zigbee Gateway Device and Antenna or through cellular communication utilizing a GSM Cellular Card. They include an integrated code-compliant DC disconnect, Ethernet interface, and RS-485 serial port. All SolarEdge inverters are listed to UL 1741 and UL 1699B for the U.S. and Canada and are NEMA 3R rated. The inverters are rated for use from -13 °F to +140 °F temperatures. The optimizers automatically limit the DC voltage to 1 VDC per module when detecting excessive heat, or when the inverter is not connected to the grid, improving installer and firefighter safety.

GRID-TIE Inverters

SolarEdge Single-Phase Inverters

Features:

3,000 W to 11,400 W AC output Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011: 690.11 Inherently compliant with NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown requirement RS485 and Ethernet Communications interface included Optional ZigBee Wireless Communication Kit Optional GSM Cellular Card Kit Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) NEMA 3R Enclosure Available from 3 kW to 11.4 kW sizes 12-year inverter warranty, extendable to 20 or 25 years through SolarEdge Listed to UL 1741, UL1998 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 B, CSA 22. 2

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

• • • • • • • • • • • •

SolarEdge Single-Phase Inverters Model

Max AC output

CEC efficiency

SE3000A-US

3,000 W

SE3800A-US

Max AC current

Weight

Item code

12.5 A

51 lbs

030-09469

16 A

51 lbs

030-09470

98.0%

24 A

21 A

55 lbs

030-09471

97.5%

25 A

55 lbs

030-09472

97.5%

32 A

55 lbs

030-09443

10,000 W

97.5%

48 A

42 A

88 lbs

030-09445

11,400 W

97.5%

47.5 A

88 lbs

030-09446

208 V

240 V

97.5%

3,800 W

98.0%

SE5000A-US

5,000 W

SE6000A-US

6,000 W

SE7600A-US

7,600 W

SE10000A-US SE11400A-US

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE Inverters

NEW! SolarEdge HD-Wave Single-Phase Inverters

SolarEdge has released their next generation HD-Wave technology inverters which are half the size and weight of the previous generation, and raise the CEC efficiency up to record breaking 99%. Weighing only 25 lbs, these inverters have taken advantage of recent gains in electronics, magnetics, and cooling components to minimize the size, footprint, and reduce cost of these inverters. Increased reliability is achieved through the use of thin film capacitors instead of using more traditional electrolytic capacitors. Like the previous SolarEdge inverters, they are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers. As with all SolarEdge inverters, the DC optimizers operate at a fixed voltage of 380 VDC (400 VDC for the SE7600H-US), and automatically limit the DC voltage to 1 VDC per module when detecting excessive heat, or when the inverter is not connected to the grid, improving installer and firefighter safety.

Features: • • • • • • •

3,000 W to 7,600 W AC output Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011: 690.11 Inherently compliant with NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown requirement Built-in module-level monitoring RS485 and Ethernet Communications interface included Optional ZigBee Wireless Communication Kit Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) SolarEdge HD Wave Single-Phase Inverters

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level 57

Model

Max AC output

CEC efficiency

Max continuous AC outputcurrent per phase 208 V

240 V

Weight

Item Code

SE3000H-US

3,000 W

99.0%

12.5 A

25 lbs

030-09528

SE3800H-US

3,800 W

99.0%

16.0 A

25 lbs

030-09529

SE5000H-US

5,000 W

99.0%

24.0 A

21.0 A

25 lbs

030-09530

SE6000H-US

6,000 W

99.0%

25.0 A

25 lbs

030-09531

SE7600H-US

7,600 W

99.0%

32.0 A

25 lbs

030-09532

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The StorEdge SE7600A-USS hybrid grid tie inverter has the capability to use energy storage to enhance self-consumption of solar energy. This is useful when net-metering, or grid feed is not available, or not advantageous financially. This system uses DC coupling for both the solar and the connection to the battery system for greater overall efficiency. The system features export control, time-of-use shifting, maximized self-consumption, and peak shaving capabilities. These features can use any of the loads in the house, including those on the main service panel. Backup power is also available with the addition of the Auto-transformer. Backup power is only available to the loads connected to the backup critical loads panel. Backup power capacity is 5 kW. Switchover upon a power outage can take up to 2 seconds. The StorEdge inverter is compatible with certified high voltage battery systems. Like SolarEdge inverters, they are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers for use with solar modules. Both the optimizer strings and battery system operate at a nominal 400 VDC. The inverter and optimizers have ground fault and arc fault protection, and automatically limit the DC voltage to 1 VDC per module, and the battery is disabled when the inverter is not connected to the grid, improving installer and firefighter safety.

GRID-TIE Inverters

NEW! SolarEdge StorEdge™ Hybrid Inverters

When used for export control, time-of-use shifting, self-consumption, or peak shaving capabilities, the SE Electricity Meter is needed and comes with CT’s to be installed on the house AC lines. For backup power capability the SEAUTO-TX-5000 auto-transformer must be installed as well as a backup loads panel for the critical loads.

Features:

5,000 W backup, 7,600 W grid-tie output Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011: 690.11 Inherently compliant with NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown requirement Built-in module-level and battery system monitoring RS485 and Ethernet communications interface included NEMA 3R outdoor rated Inverter operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C). SolarEdge StorEdge Inverters Model

Max AC output

CEC efficiency

Max continuous AC outputcurrent per phase

Weight

Item Code

SE7600A-USS2

7,600 W

97.5%

32 A

58.5 lbs

030-09441

SE-MTR240-2-200-S1

SolarEdge Electricity Meter, 200 A

029-01656

SE-MTR240-2-400-S1

SolarEdge Electricity Meter, 400 A

029-01657

SolarEdge Auto-transformer

300-00180

SEAUTO-TX-5000

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

• • • • • • •

Truth is, you’ve already

WON THE LOTTERY

The Original

POWERBALL

We simply invented a better way to collect your winnings.

www.solaredge.us ≤ 7.6 kW | ≤ 25 lbs | 99% CEC Weighted Efficiency

Industry's highest kW/lb ratio

SolarEdge offers three models of three-phase commercial inverters. The SE9kUS and SE14.4kUS model can be used at 208 VAC 3-P WYE or Delta configurations, and the SE10kUS, SE20kUS, and SE33.3kUS inverters can connect to 480 VAC 3-P WYE configuration grids. The SolarEdge inverters are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers, and can use either single-module optimizers, or P600/P700 dual-module optimizers. MPPT and voltage management is handled by the power optimizers, allowing for a very high-efficiency, low-cost inverter.

The SE9kUS and SE14.4kUS inverters have a fixed input voltage of 400 VDC, while the SE10kUS, SE20kUS, and SE33.3kUS inverters operate with fixed input voltage of 850 VDC. The fixed input voltage from the optimizers allows for longer module string lengths, resulting in less wire line losses and fewer system components. These wall-mountable inverters are lightweight, and have built in module-level monitoring. They include an integrated code-compliant DC disconnect, Ethernet interface, and RS-485 serial port. All SolarEdge inverters are listed to UL 1741 and UL 1699B for the U.S.A. and Canada and are NEMA 3R rated. The inverters are rated for use from -4 °F to 140 °F temperatures. The SE14.4kUS and the SE33.3kUS inverters also come with three fused DC+ and DC- inputs, eliminating the need for a third-party fused combiner box, and factory installed rapid shutdown upgrade kits.

GRID-TIE Inverters

SolarEdge Three-Phase Inverters

The optimizers automatically shut down the DC current and voltage when detecting excessive heat, or when the SolarEdge inverter is turned off or disconnected from the grid, to ensure installer and firefighter safety. The high fixed voltage of a SolarEdge commercial system enables longer DC strings to be wired, lowering installation, connection, and wiring costs over typical commercial string inverter systems.

Features: • • • • • • • • • •

Five Models: SE9kUS and SE14kUS with 208 VAC output, SE10kUS, SE20kUS, and SE33.3kUS with 408 VAC Output Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011: 690.11 RS485 and Ethernet Communications interface included Optional ZigBee Wireless Communication Kit, and slave cards for additional inverters Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) NEMA 3R Enclosure 12-year inverter warranty, extendable to 20 or 25 years through SolarEdge Listed to UL 1741, UL1998 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 B, CSA 22. 2 Meets NEC 2014 rapid shutdown requirements, either with Factory Installed upgrade or through a field installed Rapid Shutdown Upgrade Kit SolarEdge Three-Phase Inverters

Model

Max AC output 208 WYE or 208 Delta

480 WYE

CEC efficiency

Max continuous AC outputcurrent per phase 208 WYE or 208 Delta

480 WYE

Weight

Item Code

SE9kUS

9,000 W

96.5%

25.0 A

80 lbs

030-09481

SE14.4k-USR (Factory installed Rapid Shut Down Upgrade)

14,400 W

97.0%

40.0 A

106 lbs

030-09516

SE10kUS

10,000 W

98.0%

12.0 A

80 lbs

030-09478

SE20kUS

20,000 W

98.0%

24.0 A

80 lbs

030-09500

SE33.3k-US R (Factory installed Rapid Shut Down Upgrade)

33,000 W

98.5%

40.0 A

106 lbs

030-09517

SE1000-RSD-S2-B

Rapid Shutdown Upgrade Kit – SE9k-US, SE10k-US and SE20k-US Inverters (Pack of 5) 300-00209

SE1000-RSD-S3-B

Rapid Shutdown Upgrade Kit – SE14.4k-US and SE33.3k-US Inverters (Pack of 5)

300-00212

Single Input Kit for SE14.4k-US and SE33.3k-US Inverters (Pack of 5)

300-00214

DCD-3PH-1TBK

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

Monitoring through the SolarEdge monitoring portal can be enabled by connecting the inverter directly to an Internet router or switch, or using the wireless SolarEdge Zigbee Gateway Kit and Slave Modules. Commercial systems also can be equipped with the SolarEdge Environmental Sensors (irradiance, module and ambient temperature, and wind), as well as the Firefighter Gateway to improve safety in an emergency if needed or required.

GRID-TIE Inverters

SolarEdge Module-Level Monitoring

Web-based Monitoring

SolarEdge provides free web-based monitoring for the first 25 years. The system provides PV performance monitoring, fault detection, and troubleshooting at module, string, and system levels. Web-based software provides real-time monitoring, facilitating increased system uptime, and lowering maintenance costs. Remote fault detection pinpoints the location of underperforming modules on a virtual PV site map. The monitoring sensors and transmitters are built-in and data is transmitted over the DC power lines. Connection between the inverter(s) and the Internet can either be by Ethernet or a wireless connection using a ZigBee gateway with connections between multiple inverters using their RS-485 connection ports.

The ZigBee Gateway Kit includes the ZigBee home gateway and a single ZigBee card with extended- range antenna for connecting a single inverter wirelessly to an existing network router. Additional inverters can be added using a Zigbee wireless slave module, and wired to the master unit. A ZigBee Slave module can be used to connect each additional inverter to the master inverter. The ZigBee Repeater can be installed and used to extend the range of the Gateway Kit network by up to 800’. SolarEdge ZigBee Gateway Kit

String InvertersPower Electronics Module-Level

SE1000-CCG-G Control and Communications Gateway

SE1000-CGG-F Firefighter Gateway

For residential systems that lack internet connection, SolarEdge has GSM Cellular Network Cards that will connect a single inverter to the SolarEdge monitoring portal through a cellular network. Systems with multiple inverters will need one card installed in each inverter.

A free monitoring iPhone app is available as a download from the Apple iTunes Store. Registered users can monitor multiple sites from their iPhone. The application provides an at-a-glance view of past and present energy production. Current weather conditions and forecasts are also presented to aid in assessing the system’s performance. For commercial systems, the monitoring portal is easily configured for display in a public display through a public web address. The display is refreshed every five minutes and shows the site production, and environmental benefits, along with the installer logo and the site image. The Site Mapping Tool software is also available free on the SolarEdge website, which allows barcode scanning for creation of a virtual site map using an iPhone. The Site Designer software and an Inverter Configuration Tool for on-site configuration and module-level installation verification are available free online as well.

Commercial installations that require weather station data can install the optional Control and Communications Gateway and then connect up to three environmental sensors that will then display the data on the SolarEdge monitoring portal. Add and link additional Gateways if more sensors are needed. The Firefighter Gateway can increase first responder safety by triggering a shutdown through a E-Stop button or through connection to the fire alarm system present at site, and offers real time indication of system voltage. Monitoring Accessories for SolarEdge

SE1000-R12-XX-S1 GSM Cellular Card

Model

Description

Item code

SE1000-ZBGW-K5-NA

ZigBee-to-Ethernet gateway kit with extended range antenna and one slave module

029-01641

SE1000-ZB05-SLV-NA

ZigBee wireless slave module – one per each additional inverter

029-01642

SE1000-ZBRPT05-NA

ZigBee repeater – range extender

029-01643

SE-GSM-R12-XX-S1

Cellular GSM KIT, with included 2-year service data plan (for use with a single SolarEdge residential inverter, and two meters)

300-00198

SE-GSM-R12-XX-S2

Cellular GSM KIT, with included 2-year service data plan (for use with a single StorEdge System, and up to two batteries, and two meters)

300-00199

SE1000-RS485-IF-NA

RS485 Expansion Card Kit – adds second RS485 port

300-00219

Control and Communications Gateway (required for adding environmental Sensors) (Inputs for up to three sensors)

029-01644

Irradiance Sensor

300-00154

SE1000-SEN-TAMB-S2

Ambient Temperature Sensor

300-00155

SE1000-SEN-TMOD-S2

Module Temperature Sensor

300-00156

SE1000-SEN-WIND-S1

Wind Velocity Sensor

300-00157

SE1000-CCG-F

Firefighter Gateway

029-01641

SE1000-CCG-G SE1000-SEN-IRR-S1

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OutBack Power’s ProHarvest TrueString Inverter System is a small, flexible, reliable, roof-mounted, three-phase commercial inverter solution for both three-phase 208 VAC and 480 VAC installations. The modular ProHarvest inverters have NEMA 6 enclosures, and can be mounted on the solar racking under the PV array. Each inverter has two MPPT inputs and can be strung at either 600 VDC or 1,000 VDC, due to the wide MPPT tracking window. Strings may be different lengths, increasing layout flexibility. Each unit weighs just 24 lbs.

GRID-TIE Inverters

ProHarvest by Outback TrueString Inverters

Each inverter allows for two strings of modules on separate DC inputs to the dual MPPT circuits. These inverters are ideal for new or retrofit installs, for installation in desert and coastal environments, and do not require any wall space or prepared concrete pads. They have arc-fault protection and are NEC 690.12 rapid shutdown compliant when mounted under the solar array. Solar Gateway

Installers will utilize the ProHarvest AC Trunk Cables, offered in 5, 15, and 30’ lengths, to connect the inverters to the ProHarvest AC Splice Box. The ProHarvest Solar AC Splice Box enables combining up to three ProHarvest Solar Inverters into one common AC home run, which then terminates in a subpanel on a 40 A three-phase breaker. Multiple combiners can be used for larger solar arrays, each landing on a dedicated breaker in a PV Subpanel.

Features: AC Splice Box

• • • • • • • •

Three-phase 208 VAC or 480 VAC output transformerless inverter with dual-MPPT DC inputs NEC 690.11 compliant arc-fault protection NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown compliant 10-year standard warranty, extendable to 25 years Monitoring Gateway over powerline communications with plant, inverter, and MPPT level visibility High reliability with NEMA 6 enclosure, and no electrolytic capacitors, operating temperature range of -40 °F to 145 °F (-40 °C to +65 °C) No high-voltage DC-wiring runs outside of array, and utilizes common AC branch-circuit wiring from inverters to interconnection. Listed to UL 1741, and designed and manufactured in the U.S.A.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String Inverters

The ProHarvest Gateway Device connects to a 120 or 277 VAC power source and auto-discovers any connected inverters then communicates via data over power line technology. The entire ProHarvest Inverter System is fast and easy to install and commission, and can easily track performance and detect issues on each module string.

GRID-TIE Inverters

ProHarvest TS480-8k TrueString Three-Phase 480 VAC Inverter and Accessories Description

Max AC output

DC array voltage

Full Power MPPT voltage range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

Weight

Item code

ProHarvest PRO480-8k TrueString Inverter

Roof Mounted, 8 kW, 480 VAC, isolated string inverter

8.0 kW

200 to 1000 VDC

425 to 850 VDC

98.0%

9.6 A

24 lbs

030-12000

AC Trunk Cables

CBL-480A-05, 5’ AC Trunk Cable CBL-480A-15, 15’ AC Trunk Cable CBL-480A-30, 30’ AC Trunk Cable

300-00163 300-00164 300-00165

AC Splice Box

PROSPL-60, AC Combiner Splice Box, NEMA 4X Enclosure (Used to combine up to three HiQ Solar Inverters to common AC output)

300-00162

Proharvest Gateway Communications Device

PROGW-A-120, ProHarvest Gateway with 120 VAC 6’ plug PROGW-A-277, ProHarvest Gateway with 277 VAC 6’ plug

300-00167 300-00168

Warranty Extension

Extended warranty for Proharvest PRO480-8K-W25 TrueString inverter from 10 to 25 years (15-year warranty extension)

100-04156

AC Connector Unlatching Tool

Tool for unlatching ProHarvest Solar AC cables

300-00169

Ballast Roof Mounting System

Ballast Roof Mounting System. Hardware to mount 1 ProHarvest Inverter. Includes 4 feet and associated hardware.

014-06100

Model

ProHarvest TS208-5k75 TrueString Three-Phase 208 VAC Inverter and Accessories

String Inverters

Description

Max AC output

DC array voltage

Full Power MPPT voltage range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

Weight

Item code

ProHarvest PRO208-5k75 TrueString Inverter

Roof Mounted, 5.75 kW, 208 VAC, isolated string inverter

5.75 kW

200 to 1000 VDC

325 to 550 VDC

98.0%

16.0 A

24 lbs

030-12001

AC Trunk Cables

CBL-208A-05, 5’ AC Trunk Cable CBL-208A-15, 15’ AC Trunk Cable CBL-208A-30, 30’ AC Trunk Cable

300-00181 300-00182 300-00183

AC Splice Box

ACSPL-40, AC Combiner Splice Box, NEMA 4X Enclosure (Used to combine up to three HiQ Solar Inverters to common AC output)

300-00162

Proharvest Gateway Communications Device

PROGW-A-120, ProHarvest Gateway with 120 VAC 6’ plug

300-00167

Warranty Extension

Extended warranty for Proharvest TS208-5k75 TrueString inverter from 10 to 25 years (15-year warranty extension)

100-04179

AC Connector Unlatching Tool

Tool for unlatching ProHarvest Solar AC cables

300-00169

Ballast Roof Mounting System

Ballast Roof Mounting System. Hardware to mount 1 ProHarvest Inverter. Includes 4 feet and associated hardware.

014-06100

Model

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NEW! SMA Sunny Boy SB3.0-US-40 to SB7.7-US-40 Grid-Tie Inverters

SMA has updated their residential inverter line with their all new Sunny Boy transformerless single-phase residential inverters. These new inverters now have up to three separate MPPT channels, allowing even more stringing choices. These inverters also now have an integrated DC disconnect, that simplifies and speeds installation.

SMA’s unique Secure Power Supply feature has been improved, and now can supply up to 2,000 W (15 A / 120 VAC) of power to a protected outlet during a grid outage, for recharging portable devices or a small UPS directly from the PV array.

SMA US-40 Inverter

GRID-TIE Inverters

SMA America

Connection to the SMA’s Sunny Portal for solar array monitoring has also have been simplified. These inverters now ship with an included datalogger, allowing both WiFi and Ethernet wired connection options for monitoring the solar array. These SMA inverters are listed to UL 1741, UL 1998, UL 1699B, and are compliant with IEEE-1547, and FCC Part 15 (Class A & B), as well as both ground and arc fault detection per NEC 2011. They are covered by a standard 10-year warranty, with 5 and 10-year extensions available. Features: SMA Secure Power Supply

CEC Rated Efficiencies of 96.5% 2,000 W Secure Power Supply (requires dedicated outlet) Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +140 °F Up to three MPPT input circuits –10 A max usable current (18 A max Isc) per MPPT input Integrated AFCI for arc-fault protection Available in sizes from 3 kW to 7.7 kW Field selectable 240 VAC Single-Phase or 208 VAC three-phase output 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, IEEE 929, FCC Part 15 A& B , CSA C22.2 107.1-1

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • • •

SMA Sunny Boy TL-US-40 Inverters Model

Max AC output

AC voltage

SB3.0-US

3,000 W 3,000 W

SB3.8-US SB5.0-US

MPPT inputs Max usable / inputs per input current MPPT per MPPT

Rated MPPT

Est CEC

240 VAC 208 VAC

155-480 VDC

97.0% 96.5%

2/1

10 A

12.5 A 14.5 A

030-02996

3,800 W 3,330 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

195-480 VDC

97.0% 96.5%

2/1

10 A

16.0 A 16.0 A

030-02997

5,000 W 5,000 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

220-480 VDC

97.0% 96.5%

3/1

10 A

24.0 A 24.0 A

SB6.0-US

6,000 W 5,200 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

220-480 VDC

97.0% 96.5%

3/1

10 A

25.0 A 25.0 A

SB7.0-US

7,000 W 6,660 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

245-480 VDC

96.5% 96.5%

3/1

10 A

29.2 A 32.0 A

030-02998

SB7.7-US

7,680 W 6,660 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

270-480 VDC

96.5% 96.5%

3/1

10 A

32.0 A 32.0 A

030-02999

DC array

125-600 VDC

Max AC current

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight

Item code

030-03131 57 lbs

030-03132

BOTTOM LINE SAVINGS. FROM THE FACTORY TO THE FIELD.

Solar installers, we understand that your bottom line matters more than ever. That’s why we’ve designed a superior residential PV inverter that delivers reduced costs across your entire business model: »

Hundreds of stringing combinations provide simple, ﬂexible system design

Integrated DC disconnect simpliﬁes order processing, equipment stocking and installation

Direct access via smartphone and SMA’s new Installation Assistant minimize time spent in the ﬁeld

An economical solution for effective shade mitigation

Secure Power Supply now offers 2000W of daytime power when the grid goes down!

The new Sunny Boy 3.0-US / 3.8-US / 5.0-US / 6.0-US / 7.0-US / 7.7-US from SMA Same name, new game.

SMA offers five three-phase commercial inverter options, ranging from 12 kW to 30 kW. All inverters connect to 480 VAC three-phase utility service. The detachable CU1000-US-10 DC connection unit has fusing for both MPPT inputs, and allows for easy swap out of the inverter for servicing. Tripower inverters all feature integrated DC AFCI. MPPT Circuits and a wide MPPT operating voltage range, combined with a low startup voltage, allows for very high efficiencies. They can be configured for either 600 DC or 1,000 VDC installations. SMA Tripower Three-Phase Commercial Inverter

CU1000-US-10 Combiner/ Disconnect

The Tripower inverters can be mounted on the roof, next to the array. This allows compliance with NEC 2014 rapid shutdown requirements without additional components. The optional SMA ReadyRack™ allows for simplified installation of the inverter, combiner, disconnects and cabling on flat commercial rooftops. The ReadyRack must be ordered at the same time as the Tripower inverter and CU1000 combiner/ disconnect, and these ship fully assembled directly to the job site.

GRID-TIE Inverters

SMA Tripower Three-Phase Inverters

Monitoring through the free SMA Sunny Portal can be easily configured, as these inverters come preinstalled with the SMA Speedwire Card. Up to four inverters can be daisy chained together and viewed as a plant. For larger installations, the optional SMA Cluster Controller can be added for plant-level monitoring of up to 75 SMA inverters, and communication to third-party devices through Modbus protocol. The cluster controller enables multiple inverters to be viewed and reported on at the plant level, and enables remote operation of reactive power adjustments as well as remote shutdown of the PV Plant, if required. NOTE: The Cluster controller requires a 24 VDC power supply, which is not included. Features:

SMA Cluster Controller

SMA ReadyRack for Tripower Inverters

Three-phase 480 VAC output Five models: 12 kW, 15 kW, 20 kW, 24 kW , and 30 kW 600 VDC or 1,000 VDC input configuration Dual MPPT DC inputs DC reverse polarity indicator Internal Arc-Fault Detection (AFCI) and Ground Fault Detection (GFCI) per NEC 2011 Integrated SMA Speedwire Card for access to Sunny Portal monitor platform Optional SMA Cluster Controller for plant-level monitoring of multiple Tripower inverters Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Listed to UL 1741, UL1998, UL 1699B Compliant with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, FCC Part 15 A&B, CAN/CSA C22. 2 No. 107.1-01 SMA Tripower Three-Phase 480 V Inverters Max AC output

Model Tripower 12000TL-US

12 kW

Tripower 15000TL-US

15 kW

Tripower 20000TL-US

20 kW

Tripower 24000TL-US

24 kW

Tripower 30000TL-US

30 kW

DC array voltage

150 to 1,000 VDC

MPPT range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

300 to 800 VDC

97.5%

14.4 A

300 to 800 VDC

97.5%

18.0 A

380 to 800 VDC

97.5%

24.0 A

450 to 800 VDC

98.0%

29.0 A

030-03047

500 to 800 VDC

98.5%

36.2 A

030-03039

Weight

Item code 030-03055 030-03056

121 lbs

030-03044

SMA String Combiner w/ Disconnect (CU1000-US-10) Four strings per channel, 8 total.

030-03160

SMA Cluster Controller (CLCON-10)

300-00076

SMA, Readyrack for Tripower STP12000 , with included 60A-480 VAC Disconnect

014-10008

SMA, Readyrack for Tripower STP15000 , with included 60A-480 VAC Disconnect

014-10007

SMA, Readyrack for Tripower STP20000 , with included 60A-480 VAC Disconnect

014-10006

SMA, Readyrack for Tripower STP24000 , with included 60A-480 VAC Disconnect

014-10005

SMA, Readyrack for Tripower STP30000 , with included 60A-480 VAC Disconnect

014-10004

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • • • •

GRID-TIE Inverters

NEW! SMA Rapid Shutdown Box

The SMA Rapid Shutdown System consists of the Rapid Shutdown Controller and one or more Rapid Shutdown Boxes, and allows SMA residential inverters to achieve compliance with NEC 2014 690.12 Rapid Shutdown requirements. The system is DC powered, and will allow the use of the SMA Secure Power Supply in the event of a power outage. The Rapid Shutdown Box is installed on the roof and can accommodate up to 4 DC strings, with two combined DC outputs. The Rapid Shutdown Controller provides a visible indication of when safe conditions exist, and emergency shut off button with LED indicators. One Rapid Shutdown Controller can be used with multiple Rapid Shutdown Boxes for larger arrays. Both the Rapid Shutdown Controller and the Rapid Shutdown Box are rated NEMA 4X, maximum system voltage 600 VDC, and come with a 10-year warranty. MC4 Sealing Caps should be used on any connectors that are not wired to the array. SMA Rapid Shutdown System for SMA Inverters Description

Item code

SMA Rapid Shutdown Box – Up to four DC input circuits (MC4 connectors), and up to two output circuits.

053-01820

SMA Rapid Shutdown Controller – For use with the SMA Rapid Shutdown Box

053-01821

MC4 caps, for unused input connectors - Male sealing caps (Pack of 25)

097-01406

MC4 caps, for unused input connectors - Female sealing caps (Pack of 25)

097-01405

String Inverters

SMA Sunny Boy Data Monitoring and Communications Accessories SMA offers free monitoring for their entire line of inverter solutions through the SMA Sunny Portal. The Sunny Portal (www.sunnyportal.com) can be accessed by computer, smartphone or tablet, allowing users to access key data at any time. Users can configure the portal to analyze data in many ways. Multiple inverters at a site can be monitored and tracked, and reporting functions can provide updates via e-mail to help ensure yields. Connection to the portal via a customer-supplied Internet access point varies by the SMA inverter used.

The new SB3.0-US to SB7.7-US inverters ship with factory installed WiFi capable data loggers that enable fast and easy connection to the Sunny Portal platform. SMA Tripower commercial inverters have factory installed SpeedWire SWDM-US-10 modules that allow for up to four inverters to be connected and viewed as a single PV system. Systems with more than four inverters can utilize the SMA Cluster Controller for plant level monitoring. SMA Webconnect Cards for SMA US, TL-12, TL-22 Inverters Description SpeedWire SWDM-US-10 WebConnect card for TL-22 inverters

Item code 300-00069

Coming Soon! SMA CORE1 50 kW Commercial Inverter

The SMA Tripower CORE1 is a new commercial inverter that will be available in late Q1 of 2017 for commercial roof, ground and carport applications. This new inverter will have 50 kW AC output, at 3P-480VAC. It is a free standing inverter, which delivers exceptional features to simplify and speed installations. The inverter has a total of six MPPT circuits, and each has two direct DC String Inputs, eliminating the need for combiner or pass through boxes. Since the inverters are mounted next to the panels, it complies with NEC 2014 rapid shutdown requirements. This compact unit weighs just 180 lbs, and measures 24.4” x 28.8” x 22.4”. • • • • • • • •

Six MPPT circuits, each with two input strings with UTX/H4 Connectors Integrated AC and DC Disconnect 50 kW AC Output, at 480VAC-3P Optional AC and DC surge suppression OptiCool Active Cooling system Built in WiFi Access from mobile devices for inverter configuration and commissioning WiFi enabled from mobile device for commissioning. Two Ethernet Ports provided for Modbus TCP Communications (including Sunspec)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Primo Single Phase Inverters

The Fronius Primo is a lightweight, transformerless, single-phase inverter that allows for fast installation and easy setup. The Primo utilizes the Fonius SnapINverter™ hinge mounting system, which allows for tool-free attachment and removal of the inverter from the wall mounting plate and integrated disconnect, making it practical for one person to install. The NEMA 4X enclosure allows installation in harsh environments. Dual MPPT circuits and wide voltage windows allow for flexible design on two exposures with different module-string lengths. Larger Primo inverters have been introduced this year, in 10.0 kW, 11.4 kW, 12.5 kW, and 15.0 kW configurations. These inverters feature four DC inputs with integrated fuse holders for MPPT 1 and two DC inputs for MPPT 2, eliminating the need for third-party combiner boxes.

GRID-TIE Inverters

Fronius

The built-in WiFi Fronius Datamanager 2.0 card enables Internet monitoring via the Fronius Solar.web portal on computer or smartphone. The RS485 port can also be used when a WiFi network is not available All Primo Inverters are designed to work with the Fronius Rapid Shutdown box for NEC 2014 690.12 compliance. Rapid shutdown is triggered whenever AC is not present, and the DC voltage and current between the array and the inverter is quickly discharged. One box is required per DC string. Fronius Primo inverters are covered by a ten-year warranty, which can be extended to 15 or 20 years. These transformerless inverters work with an ungrounded PV array topology so the requirements of NEC apply; including use of PV Wire for exposed array string wiring.

Features:

Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 Inverter sizes available from 3.8 kW to 15.0 kW Easy-to-mount SnapINverter concept and NEMA 4X enclosure Dual MPPT inputs WiFi, wired Ethernet, or Serial monitoring through preinstalled Datamanager 2.0 Card Monitoring included via Fronius Solar.Web Portal Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +140 °F 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741-2010 and UL1699B-2013 for U.S.A. and Canada

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • •

Fronius Primo Inverters Model

Max AC output

AC voltage

Primo 3.8-1

3,800 W

Primo 5.0-1

MPPT range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

240 VAC 208 VAC

200-480 VDC

95.0%

15.8 A 18.3 A

030-08514

5,000 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

240-480 VDC

95.5%

20.8 A 24.0A

030-08515

Primo 6.0-1

6,000 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

240-480 VDC

96.0%

25.0 A 28.8 A

Primo 7.6-1

7,600 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

250-480 VDC

96.0%

31.7A 36.5 A

030-08517

Primo 8.2-1

8,200 W

240 VAC 208 VAC

270-480 VDC

96.5%

34.2 A 38.0 A

030-08518

Primo 10.0-1

10 kW

240 VAC 208 VAC

220-480 VDC

96.9%

41.7 A 48.1 A

030-08528

Primo 11.4-1

11.4 kW

240 VAC 208 VAC

240-480 VDC

96.9%

47.5 A 54.8 A

260-480 VDC

96.9%

52.1 A 60.1 A

320-480 VDC

96.9%

62.5 A 66.1 A

Primo 12.5-1

12 kW

240 VAC 208 VAC

Primo 15.0-1

13.75 kW 15 kW

240 VAC 208 VAC

DC array voltage

80-600 VDC

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight

47.0 lbs

76.7 lbs

Item code

030-08516

030-08529 030-08530 030-08531

GRID-TIE Inverters

Fronius Symo Three-Phase Commercial Inverters

The Fronius Symo three-phase commercial inverter utilizes the Fonius SnapINverter™ hinge mounting system, which enables tool-free attachment and removal of the inverter from the wall mounting plate and integrated disconnect, making it easier than ever to install large solar arrays. Power ranges from 10 kW to 24 kW. A wide MPPT voltage range, two MPPT input circuits (note: only one MPPT circuit on Symo 15.0-208-3), and the NEMA 4X enclosure provides greater flexibility in system design even in extreme environments. Fuse holders ship with slugs, so appropriate fuses must be ordered separately (See Electrical Distribution Parts).

Fronius Symo inverters can be equipped with the WiFi Fronius Datamanager 2.0 card that enables Internet monitoring via the Fronius Solar.web portal on computer or smartphone. Only one card is required for multiple Symo inverters installed in the same location. The inverters also support a Modbus interface for third-party monitoring and datalogging. The Fronius.Web monitoring portal can also utilize the free Fronius Solar.TV service, to transmit monitoring data to a public display, which includes system yield, energy production, and environmental benefits. Fronius Symo inverters are covered by a 10-year warranty, which can be extended to 15 or 20 years. These transformerless inverters work with an ungrounded PV array topology so the requirements of NEC apply, including use of PV Wire for exposed array string wiring.

Features:

String Inverters

• Dual-MPPT DC inputs • Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 • Inverter sizes available from 10.0 kW to 24.0 kW • Easy-to-mount SnapINverter concept and NEMA 4X enclosure • WiFi, wired Ethernet, or Serial monitoring through preinstalled Datamanager Card • Monitoring included via Fronius Solar.Web Portal • 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years • Listed to UL 1741-2010, UL 1699B Issue 2-2013 and CSA TIL M-07 Issue 1-2013 for U.S.A. and Canada. • Complies with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, ANSI/IEEE C62.41, FCC Part 15 A & B, C22.2 No. 107.1-01 (Sept 2001) Fronius Symo Inverters

Model

Max AC output

SYMO 10.0-3 208/240

9,995 W

SYMO 10.0-3 480

9,995 W

SYMO 12.0-3 208/240

11,995 W

SYMO 12.5-3 480

12,495 W

SYMO 15.0-3 480

14,995 W

AC voltage

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

96.5%

24.0A

96.5%

27.7 A

96.5%

12.0 A

96.5%

28.9 A

96.5%

33.3 A

350-800 VDC

97.0%

350-800 VDC

DC array voltage

MPPT range

200-600 VDC

300-500 VDC

200-1,000 VDC

300-800 VDC

200-600 VDC

300-500 VDC

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

240 VAC 208 VAC 480 VAC 240 VAC 208 VAC

Weight

Item code

91.9 lbs

030-08424

76.7 lbs

030-08425

91.9 lbs

030-08426

15.0 A

76.7 lbs

030-08427

97.0%

18.0 A

95.7 lbs

030-08428

SYMO 15.0-208

15,000 W

208 VAC

325-1000 VDC

325-850 VDC

96.5 %

41.6 A

95.7 lbs

030-08423

SYMO 17.5-3 480

17,495 W

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

400-800 VDC

97.5%

21.0A

95.7 lbs

030-08429

SYMO 20.0-3 480

19,995 W

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

450-800 VDC

97.5%

24.0 A

95.7 lbs

030-08430

SYMO 22.7-3 480

22,727 W

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

500-800 VDC

97.5%

27.3 A

95.7 lbs

030-08431

SYMO 24.0-3 480

23,995 W

480 VAC

200-1,000 VDC

500-800 VDC

97.5%

28.9 A

95.7 lbs

030-08432

Inverter technology is complex and constantly evolving. Get the best inverter tech support in the industry – give us a call at 800-777-6609.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

/ Perfect Welding / Solar Energy / Perfect Charging

SOLAR SOLUTIONS YOU CAN BANK ON THE FRONIUS SOLAR PORTFOLIO COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL SNAPINVERTERS AVAILABLE NOW FROM 1.5 - 24.0 KW / Experience high quality power conversion from a privately owned, bankable technology leader. / Fully integrated features include Wi-Fi, SunSpec Modbus, free lifetime monitoring, AFCI, and DC disconnect. / Maximize system design and flexiblity with dual MPPT, streamlined technology and multiple grid connections. / The only truly field serviceable option for long-term sustainability and security. / Conveniently installed in under 15 minutes on a pole, rooftop, or ground mount. / Fronius SOS online troubleshooting tool helps identify issues and request service any time, any where. / Follow us on Twitter @FroniusUSASolar #24hoursofsun or visit www.fronius-usa.com.

GRID-TIE Inverters

Fronius Monitoring and Accessories

The Fronius Datamanager 2.0 Card is a plug-in card that sends data directly to the free Fronius Solar.web online portal. The connection from the Datamanager card to the site router can be made with either WiFi or Ethernet cable. Open interfaces allow connection to third-party monitoring solutions. Only one Datamanager card is needed for up to 100 Fronius inverters. Datamanager Card

Additional Fronius inverters can be connected by adding a Fronius Com Card, and daisy chaining them together with Ethernet Cable to the inverter with the Datamanager Card. Alternatively, each inverter can have a Datamanager card for all wireless communications.

(Note: the Fronius Primo inverters have factory-installed DM 2.0 Cards, and therefore have built in WiFi and Ethernet connectivity. Symo inverters instead ship with a Com Card instead of the DM 2.0 card, as only one DM 2.0 card is required for a bank of Symo commercial inverters.) Com Card

The Fronius Modbus Card is required for some third-party monitoring systems utilizing Modbus RTU protocol. One Modbus Card is required for each inverter to be monitored. Fronius Inverter Accessories

Modbus Card

Model

Mfg. #

Datamanager 2.0 Card

4,240,038,Z

Datamanager 2.0 Card for Galvo, Primo, and Symo inverters

Description

300-00132

Item code

Modbus Card

4,240,021,Z

Modbus card for third-party monitoring

300-00066

Cat 5 cable 3.3 feet

43,0004,2435

Connects inverters to each other or to Sensor Box and Datalogger Box

030-03455

Smart Converter USB

4,240,119

Converts the DATCOM system interface into USB interface

030-03447

String Inverters

Fronius Rapid Shutdown Box Fronius Solar Web Portal

The Fronius Rapid Shutdown Box enables compliance with NEC 2014 article 690.12 which requires a rapid shutdown function for PV systems on buildings. The box is reliable and easy to install for Fronius Primo single-phase inverters from 3.8 kW to 15 kW.

The box is triggered whenever AC is not present, and the voltage and current within the DC wiring between the array and the inverter is quickly discharged. The box is NEMA4X rated, and can accommodate a single string with a maximum rating of 600 VDC and 20 A. Fronius Rapid Shutdown Box for Fronius Inverters Description

Item code

Fronius Rapid Shutdown Box, one string input, one string output,12 A max, 600 VDC max (4,240,151)

300-00137

Fronius Rapid Shutdown Box, two input strings, two output strings, 25 A max, 600 VDC max (4,240,152)

300-00191

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NEW! Solis Series Grid-Tie Inverters

Solis Inverters by Ginlong Technologies offer exceptional value with sizes up to 5 kW AC output with integrated AFCI and Ground Fault protection. All Solis inverters feature low start-up voltages, with wide MPPT operating ranges. The power output for these inverters range from 3.0 kW to 10 kW. The smaller 3.0 kW to 5 kW inverters have two MPPT operating channels, with a 600 VDC max input limit, while the larger inverters have three or four MPPT circuits. These inverters can also be configured for 208 VAC three-phase output, when used in groups of three inverters to balance phases. The Solis inverters come with an integrated DC Disconnect switch, and a standard 10-year warranty. The inverters feature a RS485 output jack that can connect to an Internet router or switch to connect to the Solis monitoring portal. The optional WiFi Datalogging Stick can connect a single inverter to the monitoring portal through an existing WiFi network. Alternatively, the Data Logging Box WiFi Internet Gateway can connect up to ten daisy-chained inverters to the monitoring portal through a WiFi or wired connection to the Internet.

Solis 4kW Inverter

GRID-TIE Inverters

Ginlong Solis

The new Solis Rapid Shutdown Boxes enables these inverters to meet NEC 2014 rapid shutdown requirements. There are two versions, for one or two DC input strings. Multiple boxes can be used for larger arrays. These boxes are NEMA4X rated for installation on the roof with a maximum voltage rating of 600 VDC.

WiFi Datalogging Stick

Features:

Datalogging Box WiFi Internet Gateway

Ginlong Rapid Shutdown Box

Multiple MPPT input circuits CEC efficiencies on inverters range from 96.0% to 97.5% NEMA 4X enclosure Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140°F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Configurable for 240 VAC single-phase or 208 VAC three-phase output Integral Arc Fault Detection (AFCI) and Ground Fault Detection (GFCI) Integrated Wi-Fi communications or RS485 port monitoring connection Listed to UL 1741, UL 1998, and UL 1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: --FCC Part 15 Class A and B --CAN/CSAC22.2 No. 107.1

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • •

Ginlong Solis Inverters Model

Nominal Max AC DC input Full power MPPT AC output output voltage range voltage range power current (startup to max)

# of MPPT inputs / # of inputs per MPPT

Max usable CEC efficiency input current per MPPT 240 V / 208 V

Weight

Item code

Solis-3K-2G-US

3,000 W

15.7 A

120 to 600 VDC

150 to 500 VDC

2/2

10+10 A

96.0% / 97.0%

33.1 lbs

030-11004

Solis-3.6K-2G-US

3,600 W

16.0 A

120 to 600 VDC

180 to 500 VDC

2/2

10+10 A

96.5% / 96.5%

33.1 lbs

030-11005

Solis-5K-2G-US

5,000 W

23.8 A

120 to 600 VDC

180 to 500 VDC

2/2

10+18 A

97.0% / 97.0%

38.6 lbs

030-11008

Solis-6K-4G-US

6,000 W

25.0 A

120 to 600 VDC

200 to 500 VDC

3/1

10 A

97.5% / 97.5%

43.2 lbs

030-11024

Solis-7.6K-4G-US

7,600 W

31.7 A

120 to 600 VDC

253 to 500 VDC

3/1

10 A

97.5% / 97.5%

43.2 lbs

030-11026

Solis-9.0K-4G-US

9,000 W

37.5 A

120 to 600 VDC

225 to 500 VDC

4/1

10 A

97.5% / 97.5%

43.7 lbs

030-11028

Solis-10K-4G-US

10,000 W

41.7 A

120 to 600 VDC

250 to 500 VDC

4/1

10 A

97.5% / 97.5%

43.7 lbs

030-11029

Ginlong Solis Inverter Accessories

Item code

Ginlong Solis Data Logging Box WiFi (GL-WE01)

300-00161

Ginlong Solis Datalogging WiFi Stick (GINLONG-DLS)

300-00160

Ginlong Rapid Shutdown Box (Solis-RSD-1G 1:1), one DC string input / one DC string out, 20 A maximum (31.2 A Isc Maximum)

300-00210

Ginlong Rapid Shutdown Box (Solis-RSD-1G 2:2), two DC strings input / two DC strings output, 20 A maximum per circuit (31.2 A Isc Maximum)

300-00211

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE Inverters

NEW! Solis Series Three-Phase Commercial Inverters

Solis is now offering larger commercial inverters compatible with three-phase-480 VAC utility connections. These inverters are an exceptional value, and feature multiple MPPT circuits, wide MPPT tracking ranges, and high CEC efficiency ratings. AFCI and Ground Fault detection is integrated into the unit. The compact and light designs speed installation and lower labor costs. The enclosures are NEMA 4X rated for outdoor ground level or rooftop installation. If installed on the roof within 10’ of the solar array, then they meet NEC 2014 rapid shutdown requirements. Monitoring can be accomplished with either RS485 connection or WiFi interface, and can be viewed on the Solis monitoring portal over computer or smart phone. These inverters have a 5-year warranty that can be upgraded to 10 years.

Features: Solis Commercial Inverter

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • • • •

Three-phase 480 VAC output Eight models: 6.0 kW, 10.0 kW, 15.0 kW, 20.0 kW , 25.0 kW, 30.0 kW, 36.0 kW and 40.0 kW Optimal for 1,000 VDC input, with MPPT tracking circuits Wide MPPT voltage tracking range Internal Arc-Fault Detection (AFCI) and Ground Fault Detection (GFCI) per NEC 2011 Optional monitoring through WiFi Datalogging stick or WiFi Datalogging Box. Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) NEMA 4X Enclosure 5-year standard warranty, optional 10-year warranty Listed to UL 1741, UL1998, UL 1699B Compliant with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, FCC Part 15 A&B, CAN/CSA C22. 2 No. 107.1-01v Ginlong Solis Inverters # of MPPT Mac AC DC input Max usable Full power MPPT inputs / # of CEC output voltage range input current voltage range inputs per efficiency current (startup to max) per MPPT MPPT

Model

Nominal AC output power

Solis-6K-US-LV

6,000 W

7.2 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

2/2

15.0 A

Solis-10k-US-LV

10,000 W

12.0 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

2/4

Solis-6K-US

6,000 W

7.2 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

Weight

Item code

97.5%

63.9 lbs

030-11009

18.0 A

97.5%

63.9 lbs

030-11010

15.0 A

97.0%

63.9 lbs

030-11011

Solis Three-Phase 208-208 VAC Commercial Inverters

Solis Three-Phase 480 VAC Commercial Inverters 200 to 800 VDC

2/2

Solis-10K-US

10,000 W

12.0 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

2/4

18.0 A

97.0%

63.9 lbs

030-11012

Solis-15K-US

15,000 W

18.0 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

2/4

18.0 A

97.0%

70.5 lbs

030-11013

Solis-20K-US

20,000 W

24.0 A

330 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

2/4

18.0 A

97.5%

70.5 lbs

030-11014

Solis-25K-US

25,000 W

30.1 A

350 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

4/2

18.0 A

98.3%

147.7 lbs

030-11015

Solis-30K-US

30,000 W

36.1 A

350 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

4/2

18.0 A

98.3%

147.7 lbs

030-11016

Solis-36K-US

36,000 W

43.3 A

350 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

4/2

18.0 A

98.3%

147.7 lbs

030-11017

Solis-40K-US

40,000 W

48.1 A

350 to 1,000 VDC

200 to 800 VDC

4/2

18.0 A

98.3%

147.7 lbs

Ginlong Solis Inverter Accessories

030-11018 Item code

Ginlong Solis Data Logging Box WiFi (GL-WE01)

300-00161

Ginlong Solis Datalogging WiFi Stick (GINLONG-DLS)

300-00160

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

ABB Inverters

ABB inverters offer wide voltage ranges, and two MPPT circuit inputs, increasing flexibility in module installation and string sizing. Most inverters are configurable for 240 VAC single-phase, 208 VAC threephase, or 277 VAC single-phase output.

ABB PVI Series grid-tie inverters feature high energy yield and performance efficiencies of up to 97%. These inverters have a field-adjustable “start-up voltage” point that allows low-end PV operating voltage down to 90 VDC. While there is some loss of efficiency at lower voltage settings, inverters can operate with as few as five standard 60-cell modules in series. Please see the inverter sizing chart in the System Design section for configurations that work in most areas. All ABB inverters come with a 5-year warranty that can be extended to 10 years.

GRID-TIE Inverters

ABB

ABB PVI and UNO Transformerless Inverters

ABB PVI Series Inverter

The ABB PVI and UNO series of inverters are some of the most flexible string inverters available. These ABB inverters have two separate MPPT inputs, allowing for two sub-arrays to be configured with differing string lengths, orientations, or even different PV modules. Conditions on one MPPT will not affect the other. Additionally, the 5 kW and larger inverters have two input terminals for each separate MPPT section allowing as many as four strings of modules (two on each MPPT) to be connected without separate string fusing. Both MPPT inputs can also be paralleled for use with a single array. A wide input voltage range allows for smaller installations with reduced string sizes where needed.

Where NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown code requirements have been adopted, ABB has introduced two new versions of the ABB Rapid Shutdown Box which cuts off DC voltage and current between the array and the inverter when activated. ABB UNO Series Inverter

ABB transformerless single-phase inverters are available in sizes covering most common residential requirements, and can be used in groups of three for commercial three-phase applications. The transformerless design reduces internal power losses for high efficiencies. Output voltage can be set to 240 VAC split-phase, or 208 VAC or 277 VAC (480 VAC WYE) for three-phase systems.

Features: • • • • • • • • •

Available in sizes from 3 kW to 8.6 kW with dual-MPPT DC intputs Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 Field selectable 208, 240 or 277 VAC output RS485 Communications interface included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +131 °F (-25 °C to +55 °C) Active and reactive power control, low voltage ride-through 5-year warranty, extendable up to 10 years Listed to UL 1741-2010 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, UL1699B-2013, ANSI/IEEE C62.41, FCC Part 15 A & B, C22. 2 No. 107.1-01 (Sept. 2011)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String Inverters

An integrated LCD displays real-time operating parameters, and RS-485 and USB interfaces can connect remote monitoring systems. An integrated DC disconnect is standard on all models shown here. ABB inverters can produce full-rated power at ambient temperatures up to 122 °F (50 °C). The fan-less design and NEMA 4X enclosure enable deployment in extreme environments. Output voltage can be set for 240 VAC split-phase, or 208 VAC or 277 VAC (480 VAC WYE) for three-phase systems (three inverters required for phase balancing).

GRID-TIE Inverters

ABB PVI Aurora and UNO Transformerless Inverters Model

Max AC output

DC array voltage

CEC efficiency

MPPT range

PVI-3.0-OUTD-US-A

3,000 W

160 to 530 VDC

PVI-3.6-OUTD-US-A

3,600 W

120 to 530 VDC

PVI-3.8-OUTD-US-A

3,800 W

120 to 600 VDC

140 to 530 VDC

PVI-4.2-OUTD-US-A

4,200 W

PVI-5000-OUTD-US-A

5,000 W

200 to 530 VDC

PVI-6000-OUTD-US-A

6,000 W

200 to 530 VDC

UNO-7.6-TL-OUTD-S-US-A

7,600 W

UNO-8.6-TL-OUTD-S-US-A

8,600 W

200 to 600 VDC

Max AC current 240 V

14.5 A 96.0%

17.2 A

200 to 480 VDC

12.0 A 16.0 A

96.5%

Item code

47 lbs

030-09705

47 lbs

030-09706

47 lbs

030-09707

47 lbs

030-09708

27.0 A

23.0 A

20.0 A

60 lbs

030-09709

30.0 A

28.0 A

24.0 A

60 lbs

030-09710

20.0 A 96.5%

Weight 277 V

16.0 A

140 to 530 VDC

200 to 480 VDC

240 V

36.5 A

32.0 A

27.5 A

81.5 lbs

030-09719

36.0 A

31.0 A

81.5 lbs

030-09720

ABB Monitoring Options

String Inverters

Aurora Vision Portal and Mobile App

ABB offers direct monitoring of their residential and commercial inverters via the ‘Aurora Vision’ monitoring portal, and offers free monitoring over the inverter warranty period. To connect wirelessly to the portal, one WiFi Logger card must be purchased for each inverter. This card can be used with all ABB inverters, both single and three-phase. Wired connections can be enabled by purchasing one of the ABB Data Logger units, depending on the number of inverters that are to be monitored. One Data Logger can monitor multiple inverters through an RS485 modbus wired connector by daisy chaining the inverters to the logger, and then connecting to a wired Ethernet router port. Optional third-party Ethernet wireless bridges or Ethernet-over-powerline adapters can be used if direct wired Ethernet connections are not available. ABB Residential Data Monitoring and Communications Accessories

VSN300 WiFi Logger Card

Description

Item code

VSN300 WiFi Logger Card (300’ range line-of-site, one required per inverter)

029-07009

VSN700-01 ‘Aurora Logger - Residential Data Logger’, up to five single-phase inverters per site

029-07008

NEW! ABB GEN 2 Rapid Shutdown Box

VSN700-1 Residential Data Logger

ABB has redesigned their Rapid Shutdown Boxes. These devices allow the ABB residential inverters to meet NEC 2014 690.12 rapid shutdown requirements. The shutdown occurs at the rooftop when utility power is lost or when the PV Inverter disconnect switch is opened. This box can mount directly on solar racking systems, and lay parallel to the roof surface, and is NEMA 4X rated, and have MC4 connectors for both input and output circuits.

The RS1-1PN6-MC4-KIT is for use with a single DC circuit, while the RS2-2PN6-MC4-KIT can be used for two DC Strings. Multiple boxes can be used for larger systems. These boxes are rated for 600 VDC maximum, and each DC string has a maximum input current of 25 A, allowing two strings to be paralleled, thus allowing for up to four strings with a single RSD box. ABB Rapid Shutdown Box for ABB Inverters

ABB Rapid Shutdown Box with Disconnect Switch

Description

Item code

ABB, Rapid Shutdown Box, one DC strings input – one DC string output, RS1-1PN6-MC4-KIT

300-00215

ABB, Rapid Shutdown Box, two DC strings input – two DC string output, RS2-2PN6-MC4-KIT

300-00221

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

A battery-based inverter converts direct current (DC) from batteries into alternating current (AC) at the appropriate voltage and frequency to operate lights, appliances or anything else that normally operates on electricity supplied by the utility grid. All battery-based inverters can be used in off-grid systems and some can also feed power back into the utility grid using net metering, similar to the more common grid-tie inverters. All of these battery-based inverters require a battery bank to function.

Grid-Interactive Inverters for Backup Power Applications

Grid-interactive inverters, also called dual-function or hybrid inverters, can export power to the utility grid, but can also supply backup power to protected loads during a grid outage. These inverters use a battery bank for energy storage, will not operate without batteries, and include an automatic transfer switch that enables them to safely operate off-grid during a blackout.

The grid-interactive inverter is connected to the battery bank (usually 24 or 48 VDC), an AC sub-panel for protected loads, and the building’s utility entrance load center. The battery bank is charged by the PV array connected through a charge controller (see Charge Controllers) or through the battery inverter via AC coupling. Under normal conditions, it will export surplus power produced by the PV array. During a grid outage, the inverter will automatically disconnect from the grid and supply AC power to the protected load subpanel by drawing energy from the battery bank and solar array. When the outage is over, the inverter will automatically switch back to grid-tie operation and recharge the batteries.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Battery-Based Inverters

It is important to note that a significant amount of energy is used to maintain the battery bank. For this reason, systems with battery backup typically provide 5 to 10% less energy (kWh) per kW of PV array than equivalent grid-tie systems that don’t include batteries.

Just recently coming into the market, are grid-tie hybrid inverters that can operate with or without a high voltage battery bank connected to the DC side of the inverter. These inverters are made for applications where there is grid power, but net metering is not available or it is better to self-consume the solar power instead of feeding it back to the utility at a reduced rate. Another use for these is for peak load shaving applications, where supplying the peak load from the battery instead of the utility prevents the high peak load rates charged by the utility. These systems run the battery system at between 350 VDC and 450 VDC into the inverter, either with a battery of that voltage or with a DC-DC converter. This increases the efficiency and reduces the size of the inverter, and makes installation easier. Another option is the use of micro-inverters packaged each with its own battery bank. These can be used for the same applications as the high voltage battery grid-tied inverters, but are more modular so that the system can be built up as needed. These inverters are listed in the grid-tie inverter section in their respective manufacturers section.

Off-Grid Inverters

Off-grid battery-based inverters convert DC electricity from a battery bank to AC. In this case, the PV array and/or wind generator is used to charge the batteries via a charge controller (see Charge Controllers for more information) and only the power demanded by the loads is inverted to AC. Because these systems do not have access to the electrical grid, it is important to properly size the inverter and battery bank (see System Design and Batteries for more information on sizing inverters and battery banks). The nameplate capacity of an inverter is measured by its maximum continuous output in watts. The inverter capacity limits the sum of all AC loads you can operate simultaneously. Most AC appliances list their consumption on a tag located near the power cord and/or in the owner’s manual. You will need to add up the consumption of all the appliances you may need to operate at once – that will represent your minimum inverter size. If your appliances include induction motors, like washers, dryers, dishwashers, furnace electronic controls, and large power tools, be sure to select an inverter with sufficient surge capability to accommodate the higher start-up loads.

Off-grid inverters will output either sine-wave or modified-sine-wave (modified-square-wave) AC waveforms. Sine-wave inverters can closely mimic utility-grid power and will run virtually any AC appliance. Modified-sine-wave inverters are an economical choice when waveform is not critical. They often have a high surge capacity for motor starting and generally retain good efficiency when partially loaded. Unfortunately, this type of inverter may damage or fail to operate some sensitive appliances, such as rechargeable tools and flashlights, laser printers, copiers, variable speed drives, and any equipment with silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs). Some audio equipment will have a background buzz when operated with a modified-sine-wave inverter. 76

System Design

Grid-Interactive Inverters for Self-Consumption Applications

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Output Voltage

In the past, most battery-based inverters supplied only 120 VAC 60 Hz single-phase outputs. Now, many of the more popular residential-sized inverters, like the OutBack Radian, Schneider XW, and Magnum MS-PAE inverters, deliver 120/240 VAC power from one inverter. These inverters can also be wired in parallel for greater power output. Pairs of some 120 VAC output inverters like the OutBack FXR series and Sunny Island inverters can also be wired in series for 120/240 VAC split-phase, or 120/208 VAC three-phase output. Inverters that supply 50 Hz power are also available for most product lines for export to other countries. Please contact us with any special requirements you may have.

Interference

Battery-based inverters may interfere with radio and television reception, causing noise on telephones or buzz in audio equipment. Interference can be minimized by using sine wave inverters and by locating the inverter as close to the batteries as practical, twisting together the cables that connect the inverter to the battery, running AC lines separate from other wiring (such as telephone wires), and locating the inverter away from appliances that are susceptible to interference. All inverters can cause interference with AM radio reception.

Wiring Considerations

System Design

Battery-based inverters require high current from a battery bank to operate large loads. A 2 kW inverter will draw nearly 200 A from a 12 VDC battery bank. Large cables and good connections are required for safe operation. Use caution when plugging a small inverter into a lighter outlet in a vehicle, as these outlets are usually not robust enough to handle high current for long periods of time. All battery-based inverters require proper overcurrent protection between the battery and the inverter.

Pre-wired power systems are available with most battery-based inverters to minimize design and wiring issues. Custom configurations are available for most OutBack FLEXware-based power systems. Prewired power systems with Schneider Electric, Magnum Energy and SMA Sunny Island inverters are also available. Please contact us for additional information.

Radian Grid-Hybrid™ Inverters

OutBack Power Radian inverters work equally well as a grid-tie or off-grid inverter. There are two separate AC inputs, one for the bi-directional grid connection and one for a backup generator. There is a built-in 50 A transfer switch at 120/240 VAC. The output is 120/240 VAC split phase in each unit for easy tie-in to US standard wiring and grid connections.

The Radian features 4 kW (GS4048A) or 8 kW (GS8048A) of continuous output power and can support large dynamic load variations and surge loads, making it well suited for demanding commercial applications as well as residential use. With two power stages (one on the GS4048A), it is able to provide high efficiency and redundancy for critical applications, and the modular design is field serviceable. Radian inverters can be parallel stacked with up to ten inverters for 80 kW total output. The Radian inverters also have auxiliary controls that include a contact closure, a 12 VDC output signal, and terminals for a remote on/off switch as well as a remote temperature sensor (RTS) for the battery bank. Each GS8048A inverter requires dual 2/0 AWG battery cables (two positive and two negative) for connection to the battery bank. In fully off-grid applications, the minimum recommended battery size is 175 Ah for the GS4048A and 350 Ah for the GS8048A for each inverter installed in a power system (See Batteries).

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power

The GS4048A and GS8048A inverters are made to work in off-grid, grid-tied, or grid-supported systems using OutBack Power’s “GridZero” mode, optimizing solar production where net metering is not available. The “A” inverters also have an adjustable input-voltage range so they can be made to work with most lithium-ion, aqueous sodium-ion and other advanced battery technologies. The GS3548E and GS7048E include a built-in 50 A transfer switch at 230 VAC. The output is 230 VAC 50 Hz (or 60 Hz) single-phase in each unit for easy tie-in to most international standard wiring and grid connections. These inverters feature 3.5 kW or 7 kW of continuous output power and can support large dynamic load variations and surge loads up to 11.5 kW. The Radian can be parallel stacked with up to ten inverters for 70 kW total output. The Radian also has auxiliary controls which include a contact closure, a 12 VDC output signal and terminals for a remote on/off switch. Each inverter comes with a standard 5-year warranty. The Radian is not rated for outdoor use. Dimensions are 28"H x 16"W x 8.7"D. Weight is 84 lbs for the GS4048A/GS3548E and 125 lbs for the GS8048/ GS8048A/GS7048E. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. A MATE3, HUB10, and an appropriate GSLC are needed to complete a Radian system.

OutBack Radian Inverters Model

CEC rating

CEC grid-tie Continuous output output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge

Weight

Item code

GS4048A

92.5%

3,600 W

4,000 W

48 VDC

124/240 V 60 Hz

34 W

57 A

6,000 W

82 lbs

030-04058

GS8048A

92.5%

7,200 W

8,000 W

48 VDC

124/240 V 60 Hz

34 W

115 A

12,000 W

125 lbs

030-04060

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

5,800 W

84 lbs

030-04059

11,500 W

125 lbs

030-04038

Model

Continuous output

GS3548E

3,500 W

Battery voltage 48 VDC

GS 7048E

7,000 W

48 VDC

EXPORT OutBack Radian Inverters AC out Charger No load draw volts/hertz amps 230 V/50 Hz 34 W 50 A 230 V/50 Hz

34 W

100 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

EXPORT Radian Grid-Hybrid Inverters

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Radian GSLC Load Centers

The GS Load Center (GSLC) is a wiring and circuit-protection enclosure that mounts under the Radian inverter. It is available in multiple versions:

The base GSLC includes positive and negative main inverter busbars, a 500 A 50 mV shunt with negative terminal bar, the main DC positive breaker plate, ground and neutral terminal bars, and two PV-positive terminal bars. It can also accommodate up to 18 AC or DC panel-mount breakers (ten top, eight bottom), two main 175 A DC breakers and a FLEXnetDC, which can be purchased separately. Up to two charge controllers can mount on the right side (mounting brackets sold seperately), and either the HUB4 or HUB10 can mount on the left side.

The GSLC175-120/240 includes the base unit plus two 175 A DC main breakers, an AC output and bypass breakers with interlock plate, AC grid and generator-input breakers (50 A two-pole), and six AC terminal bars (three black, three red). It can also accommodate ten additional panel-mount breakers, (purchased separately). The GSLC175-120/240 includes the base unit plus two 175 A DC main breakers, an AC output and bypass breakers with interlock plate, AC-grid and generator-input breakers (50 A two-pole), and six AC terminal bars (three black, three red). It can also accommodate ten additional panel-mount breakers, (purchased separately).

The GSLC175-PV-120/240 works with the GS8048A inverters, or the GS4048A inverter with an extra 175 A breaker, and includes items in the 175-120/240 unit plus two 80 A PV array breakers, a two-pole GFDI 80 A breaker, three 500 A 50 mV shunts with shunt bus, and a FLEXnetDC. The GFDI acts as the breaker between the control and positive bus; there are no other breakers added for this purpose. It can also accommodate five additional panel-mount breakers, (purchased separately).

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

The GSLC175-PV1-120/240 works with the GS4048A inverter and one charge control, and includes one 175 ADC main breaker plus one 80 A PV breaker, one two-pole GFDI 80 A breaker, two 500 A 50 mV shunts with shunt bus, and a FLEXnetDC. The AC bypass assembly is only for use with a single Radian inverter. For multiple inverters, use the base GSLC with added DC and AC breakers as needed (no bypass) and use external transfer switches for bypass and external AC load centers for output combining and input distribution. One GSLC is required for each Radian inverter. Each 8 kW inverter requires two 175 A main DC breakers and each 4 kW inverter requires one.

Outback Power's GSLC175-AC-120/240 load center simplifies installation of Radian inverters into an AC-coupled system. It has all of the connections, breakers and relays needed for adding a battery-based backup system to an existing or new grid-tie system utilizing a Radian inverter and battery bank. There are controls and relays to manage battery charging from the grid-tie system with battery-temperature compensation. A second AC input is available for a backup generator to assist in powering the loads during an extended outage if there is not enough sun or there are more loads than expected. There is an auto generator start relay with grid-tie inverter lockout when under generator power. No diversion loads or other external relays are required. There are connection points for the utility grid, the protected loads panel, the grid-tie inverter, an optional backup generator, and the battery bank. The required MATE3 now has a new AC-coupling function which should be used with this GSLC. The rating of the grid-tie inverter should not exceed 6 kW when used with a GS8048A, and not more than 3 kW when used with the GS4048A. You will also need a GS inverter, MATE3, battery bank, protected load center, and the existing GT inverter system to complete an AC-coupled Radian system. The GSLC is not rated for outdoor use. Dimensions are 17"H x 16"W x 8.5"D. Weight is 26, 37, or 38 lbs. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. More accessories for OutBack Power can be found on the following pages.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model GSLC

Description GS Load Center with inverter bars, breaker bus, shunt, neg, ground, neutral, and PV-pos busbars

Item code 053-02250

GS Load Center with all items above plus two main 175 A breakers, AC IO/Bypass, and 6 AC busbars

053-02251

GSLC175-PV-120/240

GS Load Center with all items above with three shunts, FNDC, two-pole GFDI, and dual PV-input breakers

053-02252

GSLC175-PV1-120/240

GS Load Center with one 175 A main breaker with two shunts, FNDC, single-pole GFDI, and single PV-input breakers

053-02256

GSLC175-AC-120/240

GS Load Center for AC Coupling, with generator & GT inverter inputs & lockouts

053-02255

GS-IOB-120/240 VAC

GS AC input/output/bypass kit split phase 120/240 VAC for single inverter only

053-07818

GS-IOB-AC-120/240

GS AC Coupling parts kit , one ROCB, one 12 VDC relay, one 48 VDC relay

053-07816

DC shunt bus for GS Load Center

053-00130

GSLC175-120/240

GS Load Center Accessories

GS-SBUS STBB-BLACK STBB-RED STBB-WHITE PNL-50D-AC-120/240 PNL-175-DC

Short busbar kit with black insulators for GS Load Center

053-00132

Short busbar kit with red insulators for GS Load Center

053-00133

Short busbar kit with white insulators for GS Load Center

053-00134

Circuit breaker, 50 A, 120/240 VAC, two-pole, panel mount for GSLC (takes two ¾" spaces)

053-17004

Circuit breaker, 175 A, 125 VDC, single-pole, main DC breaker for GS inverter (two required per inverter)

053-01053

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

GS Load Centers

EXPORT GS Load Centers 053-02250

GS Load Center with all base items plus two main 175 A breakers, single-leg 230 VAC IO/Bypass, and three AC busbars

053-02253

GSLC175-PV-230

GS Load Center with all items above plus three shunts, FNDC, two-pole GFDI, and dual PV-input breakers

053-02254

GSLC175-PV1-230

GS Load Center with one 175 A main breaker plus two shunts, FNDC, single-pole GFDI, and single PV-input breakers

053-02257

GSLC175-230

EXPORT GS Load Center Accessories GS-IOB-230VAC GS-SBUS STBB-BLUE STBB-BROWN PNL-30-AC PNL-50-AC-240 PNL-175-DC

GS AC input/output/bypass kit, one-leg 230 VAC for single inverter only

053-07817

DC-shunt bus for GS Load Center

053-00130

Short busbar kit with blue Insulators for GS Load Center for EXPORT GSLC

053-00135

Short busbar kit with brown Insulators for GS Load Center for EXPORT GSLC

053-00136

Circuit breaker, 30 A, 250 VAC, single-pole, panel mount for 230 VAC GSLC (takes one ¾" space)

053-16998

Circuit breaker, 50 A, 250 VAC, single-pole, panel mount for 230 VAC GSLC (takes one ¾" space)

053-16999

Circuit breaker, 175 A, 125 VDC, single-pole, main DC breaker for GS inverter (two required per inverter)

053-01053

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

GS Load Center with inverter bars, breaker bus, shunt, neg, ground, neutral, and PV pos busbars

GSLC

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power VFXR and FXR Hybrid Inverters

The OutBack Power FXR series inverters are a more advanced version of the venerable FX series. These new inverters are a good choice for off-grid or, with the 24 VDC and 48 VDC inverters, can be used in a grid-tied system. They have expanded voltage ranges for use with advanced-technology batteries, and have the advanced OutBack features including Grid Zero and Offset modes.

The ventilated OutBack Power VFXR inverters offer more power in high ambient-temperature applications, and more throughput for generator-powered battery charging. The sealed, externally fan-cooled FXR is designed to be used in coastal or dusty environments.

Each inverter/charger is a multi-mode power conversion unit that includes an inverter, battery charger, and an AC transfer switch. Up to ten inverters can be stacked in parallel (120 VAC), up to eight inverters can be stacked in a series configuration (120/240 VAC), and up to nine inverters can be stacked for three-phase (120/208 VAC WYE) configurations. The 50 Hz export inverters can be stacked up to ten in parallel (230 VAC), and up to nine inverters in a three-phase configuration (230/400 VAC WYE). When stacking, all of the inverters must be the same model. The X-240 and similar transformers are not used with the FXR inverters. Due to the added control features, FXR series inverters should be deployed with the MATE3 controller (or AXS Port) and the Hub10.3. These inverters, with the MATE3 or AXS port, are compatible with OpticsRE. VFXR inverters have a programmable, auxiliary relay output connection (AUX) that provides 12 VDC output to run cooling or ventilation fans or to operate an external relay for other functions, such as remote generator starting (two-wire). Sealed FXR inverters use this relay to power the external cooling fan, so it is not available for other uses.

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

The internal transfer switch is rated for 60 A. When an external source of AC power (either a generator or the utility grid) is detected at the â&#x20AC;&#x153;AC inâ&#x20AC;? terminal on the inverter, the switch operates to transfer the loads to the external power source, and then activates the battery charger to recharge the battery bank depending on what mode is programmed. An RTS remote temperature sensor and other accessories are listed on the following pages.

Use the FlexWare 250, 500, or 1000 components with these inverters or refer to the pre-wired FLEXpower systems featuring FXR series inverters. Dimensions: 16.25"L x 8.25"W x 11.5"H. Listed to UL 1741 (2nd edition) and CSA 22.2 by ETL for the U.S.A. and Canada and covered by a 5-year warranty. OutBack VFXR and FXR Inverters Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

US Models - can be connected in series 120/240, parallel or three-phase WYE 120/208 VAC Ventilated Cooled Inverters VFXR2812A

2,800 W

12 VDC

VFXR3524A

3,500 W

24 VDC

VFXR3648A

3,600 W

48 VDC

120 V/60 HZ

34 W

125 A

4,800 W

61 lbs

030-04064

34 W

82 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04065

34 W

45 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04066

Sealed/Turbo-Cooled Inverters FXR2012A

2,000 W

12 VDC

FXR2524A

2,500 W

24 VDC

FXR3048A

3,000 W

48 VDC

120 V/60 HZ

34 W

100 A

4,800 W

62 lbs

030-04061

34 W

55 A

6,000 W

62 lbs

030-04062

34 W

35 A

6,000 W

62 lbs

030-04063

EXPORT Models - can be connected in parallel or three-phase WYE 230/400 VAC Ventilated Inverters VFXR2612E

2,600 W

12 VDC

VFXR3024E

3,000 W

24 VDC

VFXR3048E

3,000 W

48 VDC

FXR2012E

2,000 W

12 VDC

FXR2024E

2,000 W

24 VDC

FXR2348E

2,300 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 HZ

34 W

120 A

4,600 W

61 lbs

030-04070

34 W

80 A

5,750 W

61 lbs

030-04071

34 W

40 A

5,750 W

61 lbs

030-04072

Sealed/Turbo-Cooled Inverters

230 V/50 HZ

34 W

100 A

4,600 W

62 lbs

030-04067

34 W

55 A

5,750 W

62 lbs

030-04068

34 W

35 A

5,750 W

62 lbs

030-04069

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Any Simpler and It Would Install Itself INTRODUCING SYSTEM EDGE FROM OUTBACK POWER.

OutBack pioneered the concept of pre-configured and pre-wired systems with the acclaimed FX-based FLEXpower Series—and solar installers responded by making it a best seller in the demanding off-grid market. Now, OutBack is doing it again with SystemEdge, a line of advanced solutions that bundle a purposefully designed integrated system and energy storage with system management that takes the guesswork out of any installation. Available in 4 or 8kW models, solutions are UL1741 listed from OutBack’s rooftop FLEXware ICS combiner box to EnergyCell Nano-Carbon batteries. SystemEdge is based on OutBack’s FLEXpower Radian with Grid/Hybrid technology and advanced features including GridZero and Advanced Battery Charging. When optimized with OPTICS RE system monitoring and control— FLEXtime settings allow a user to master any utility situation. Your customer has the choice to use, sell or store their generated solar electricity. Your time is valuable—with SystemEdge from OutBack Power you can spend less time on balance-of-system, and more time adding value to all of your installations. Visit www.outbackpower.com or contact your local sales representative or to learn more.

SystemEdge-420NC 20kWh Indoor Solution

F O R M O R E I N F O R M AT I O N

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power Inverter Accessories

Use the FX-DCA to connect 2" conduit to the DC side of the inverter or to connect inverters to the FW- 500DC or FW-1000DC. Use the FX-ACA or SP-ACA to connect to the AC side of the inverter.

The FW-SP-ACA can be used in place of the FXACA and offers surge protection. Use either one to connect inverters to the FW-500DC or FW-1000DC. Use the FW-SP-250 to replace the lid on the FW250. These surge protectors offer protection on both input and output AC and inverter DC surge protection. A separate SP should be used with each inverter. OutBack Inverter Accessories Model

Description

Item code

2" conduit adapter – required to mount inverter to FLEXware 500 or 1000

030-04163

AC wiring compartment extension – required to mount FX or VFX to FLEXware 500 or 1000

030-04169

FW-SP-ACA

AC wiring compartment extension with AC and DC surge arrestor

030-04290

FW-SP-250

Surge arrestor for FW250 - replaces the lid of the FW250

030-04292

Replacement surge protector board for FW-SP-ACA and FW250

030-04294

DCA FW-ACA

FW-SP-R

MATE Remote Monitors Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

The MATE3 system display and controller is the latest generation communication interface – providing control of every aspect of an OutBack Power System. Program and monitor your power system with an intuitive user interface and integrated configuration wizard. An easy-to-read backlit graphical LCD display, a user-set favorite key, and scroll-wheel operation allow easy adjustment of system set points. Expandable SD card memory allows you to increase data-logging capacity as well as upgrade units in the field. Built-in clock and calendar enable timer-based programming, permitting the user to set the system up to work with time-of-use utility rates, or set up a generator to only run at certain times of the day or week. The MATE3 has permanent memory and includes OutBack Power’s best-in-class OPTICS Internet monitoring platform.

The MATE3-USB card can be installed in the MATE3 so it can be connected to a local PC via a USB port. This enables PC command and control of the MATE3 system. The USB cable is included. The USB driver and manual are available for download at www.outbackpower.com. The SunSpec-compliant AXS Port Modbus/TCP Interface provides similar functionality to the MATE3, including access to OutBack Power's OPTICS RE platform, but must be accessed via Ethernet. Custom user interfaces can be developed if an independent monitoring system is used. System data logs can be downloaded using Modbus-read or FTP transfer. OPTICS RE is a user-friendly online monitoring and control system that displays instantaneous and historical system performance via the Internet as well as provides remote troubleshooting and control functionality. Automated e-mail alerts can be set up to notify when faults or other events occur, enabling proactive maintenance. Most MATE3 system settings can be viewed and adjusted remotely via OPTICS RE, minimizing the need for on-site troubleshooting. OpticsRE is included with the MATE3.

The original MATE is able to connect multiple inverter/chargers to OutBack Power FM charge controllers and to other OutBack power conversion and control products. The MATE2 has a flush-mount black face for panel or in-wall mounting, but offers the same functionality as the MATE. NOTE: The original Mate does not work with all the functions and modes in the current OutBack Power inverters. MATE Remote Monitors Model MATE3 MATE3-USB AXS Port MATE

Description

Item code

System Control with full graphical display and CAT 5 cable

030-04178

MATE3 USB card for PC connection to a MATE3

300-00065

AXS MODBUS interface for Internet control of selected OutBack devices

029-06500

Original MATE, grey oval housing with a CAT 5 cable

030-04180

MATE-B

Black version of original MATE, oval black housing with cable

MATE2

Flush-mount version of original MATE, black square housing with cable

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-04180-B 030-04181

The FLEXnet DC System Monitor integrates the OutBack MATE communications device, providing data concerning system health, performance and efficiency. Easily see your system’s current condition with this at-a-glance display. The FLEXnet DC shows battery state-of-charge and monitors the amount of power your system is currently producing and consuming as well as the amount of power going in or out of your battery bank. It allows the MATE3 to display real-time production monitoring of DC sources, such as a solar array or small wind turbine, as well as consumption by loads. It also displays the cumulative energy your system has produced and consumed as well as the total amount of energy that has gone to charging your batteries each day. You can also view each day’s lowest state-of-charge, see how your overall system production compares to system consumption, review historical energy production and consumption data for the most recent 128 days, including the minimum battery stateof-charge reached for each day, and watch power system production and consumption trends. A HUB is required to use the FLEXnet DC. A HUB is required to connect inverters, MATEs, FLEXnet DCs and FLEXmax charge controllers to allow programming and monitoring of the entire system by the MATE3 as well as deploying multiple inverters in the same system.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power FLEXnet DC System Monitor

The remote temperature sensor (RTS) is important for accurate battery charging, especially if the batteries get very warm or cold. If used with a HUB, one temperature sensor can be shared by all connected OutBack Power inverters and FM charge controllers. HUB and The FLEXnet DC System Monitor Model

HUB10.3 RTS

Item code

Advanced DC System Monitor, uses one DC breaker space, requires a MATE

030-04187

Communications HUB for up to ten devices (inverters, charge controllers, FNDC) in addition to a MATE

030-04188

Remote temperature sensor for inverter or charge control with 20' cable

030-04190

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

FLEXnet DC

Description

Prepare for the New Grid... B Y T R A I N I N G W I T H T H E M A S T E R S O F T H E O F F - G R I D.

OutBack Power’s industry-acclaimed Certificate Training Program: a NABCEP-registered comprehensive course that covers all aspects of designing and installing energy storage-based PV systems—and puts you well on your way to NABCEP PV installer certification or Solar PV re-certification. There are two west coast training locations—Washington and Arizona. For scheduling and registration information: • Visit www.outbackpower.com and click on “Certificate Training” under the resources tab • Email training@outbackpower.com • Call (360) 435-6030 and ask for Certificate Training Program AEE customers—Train your entire team and save! Mention code AEE CTP 17 when you call or send in your registration, and sign-up two attendees for the price of one. Seats are limited, reserve your space now. For more information, please visit www.outbackpower.com

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power FLEXware FLEXware 250 The FW250 offers a low-cost solution for single-inverter installations where space and budget are of primary concern. Use one FLEXware250 on each end of the inverter, one for DC and one for AC. There is space for an array breaker and single-pole GFDI for one charge controller. Use panel-mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution Parts) for both DC and AC circuits, and one 175 A or 250 A breaker for the main inverter breaker. FLEXware 500 and 1000 The FW500 supports up to two inverter/chargers and two charge controllers in an attractive, versatile, and code-compliant package for installations where more power is needed. The FW1000 accommodates up to four inverter/chargers and four charge controllers. Multiple power panels can be used for systems up to 36 kW. Both the FLEXware 500 and 1000 systems provide ample locations for AC and DC breakers, DC current shunts, an autotransformer, and other items required in higher kW systems. The FW-MP mounting plate is used with both FW500 and FW1000 enclosures. Use two mounting plates for the FW1000. Use ¾" panel-mount breakers for DC circuits up to 100 A and 1" or 1 ½" panel-mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution Parts) for 125, 175, or 250 A inverter breakers. For AC, use DIN mount breakers. FLEXware Integration Hardware FW250, FW500, and FW1000 Model FW250

FLEXware 250 Power System Box and IOB Kits

FXR Inverter Quantity

FLEXware 250 enclosure with TBB-ground, for one inverter (one for DC and one for AC) and one charge control

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

FW-IOBS-120VAC

IOB kit includes three 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate

FW-IOBS-230VAC

IOB kit includes three 30 A 230 VAC breakers and breaker bypass slide plate - EXPORT

Item code 030-04205

one

030-04230 030-04233

FLEXware Mounting Plate FW-MP

FLEXware Mounting plate for FLEXware 500 and 1000 enclosures (two required for FW1000 systems)

two

030-04260

FLEXware 500 Power System Boxes and IOB Kits FW500-AC

FLEXware 500 enclosure with TBB-ground, DIN rail for AC breakers

030-04215

FW500-DC

FLEXware 500 enclosure with DC breaker bracket, TBB, BBUS, 500 A shunt

030-04212

FW-IOBD-120/240VAC

IOB kit includes six 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire

FW-IOBD-120VAC

IOB kit includes six 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire

030-04240

FW-IOBD-230VAC

IOB kit includes six 30 A 230 VAC breakers and breaker bypass slide plate, TBB, wire - EXPORT

030-04243

one or two

030-04237

FLEXware 1000 Power System Boxes and IOB Kits FW1000-AC FW1000-DC FW-IOBQ-120/240VAC FW-IOBQ-230/AC FW-IOBT-120/208VAC FW-IOBT-230/400VAC

FLEXware 1000 enclosure with TBB-ground, DIN Rail for AC breakers FLEXware 1000 enclosure with DC breaker bracket, TBB, two SBUS, BBUS, 500 A shunt IOB kit includes twelve 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire IOB kit includes twelve 30 A 230 VAC breakers and bypass slide plate, TBB, wire EXPORT IOB kit includes nine 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire IOB kit includes nine 30 A 230 VAC breakers and bypass slide plate, TBB, wire - EXPORT ONLY

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-04223 up to four

030-04221 030-04247

four

030-04251 030-04253

three

030-04255

FLEXware Options Model

Description

Item code

FW-X2401

4 kVA 120/240 VAC autotransformer with 20 A two-pole breaker. Use w/ one inverter only, not used for balancing FXR or VFXR inverters.

030-04270

Relay 16 A maximum 30 VDC/250 VAC rated DIN-rail mount

030-04193

PNL-GFDI-80

PV ground-fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, one-pole, panel mount

053-03144

OBR-16-30 VDC250 VAC-DIN PNL-GFDI-80D

PV ground-fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, two-pole, panel mount

053-03145

PNL-GFDI-80Q

PV ground-fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, four-pole, panel mount

053-03146

FW-SHUNT250

500 A 50 mv current shunt for top of vented inverter under top cover, with busbar to connect to negative post

030-04275

FW-SHUNT500

500 A 50 mv current shunt for FW500 and FW1000 includes terminal busbar with white insulator

030-04277

TBB-GROUND

Ground/neutral terminal busbar with mounting screws (no insulators)

030-04356

TBB-WHITE

Busbar with white insulators for grounded conductors (usually negative or neutral)

030-04354

TBB-BLACK

Busbar with black insulators

030-04353

Busbar with red insulators

030-04355

Busbar with blue insulators (for three-phase and EXPORT versions)

030-04359

Busbar with brown insulators (for EXPORT versions)

030-04352

FW-BBUS

FLEXware Breaker Bus connector two 175-250 A, three 100-125 A, four 1-80 A DC breakers or three 500 A DC shunts

030-04280

FW-SBUS

FLEXware shunt bus connector allows up to four high-current cable connections on same side of DC shunt

030-04284

FW-CCB

FLEXmax charge-controller mounting bracket for one side-mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04263

FW-CCB2

FLEXmax charge-controller mounting bracket for two side-mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04265

FW-CCB2-T

FLEXmax charge controller mounting bracket for two top-mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04267

TBB-BROWN

FW-MB1

MATE mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04182

FW-MB2

MATE2 mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04183

FW-MB3

MATE3 mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04175

FW-MB3-F

MATE3 flat mounting plate for flush mounting

030-04176

FW-MB3-S

MATE3 surface-mounting bracket

030-04177

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

TBB-RED TBB-BLUE

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

FLEXware Options When adding charge controllers, additional inverters or circuit breakers, these components may be necessary.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired Power System

The FLEXpower One (FP1) pre-wired power panel integrates one inverter/charger, one charge control, and all the essential protective devices in a small space at a low installed cost. They are ideal for applications with modest power requirements, such as cabins, chalets, homes, remote communication sites, and backup-power systems. Utilizing a compact design all on one back panel, they are fully pre-wired and factory tested as well as NRTL marked for streamlined inspections. The FP1 with VFXR and FXR inverters can be used for either grid-tied or off-grid systems and have the capacity to use and charge a variety of battery types, and have the advanced OutBack features including Grid Zeroâ&#x201E;˘ and Offset modes.

Each FP1 power panel includes a single inverter/charger, AC and DC wiring boxes, and a single FM80 charge controller, MATE3, HUB, FLEXnet DC, and AC-DC surge protector. The system is also equipped with an inverter breaker, PV array breaker, PV GFDI breaker, and AC input-output-bypass assembly. There are mounting locations for both AC GFCI Type B and EU Type F style outlets and additional AC breakers. FP1 components are listed to applicable UL standards for a code-compliant installation. Dimensions are 33.44"H x 19.69"W x 12.88"D. Weight is 98 lbs.

FXR FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired Model

Description

Inverter

Item code 033-04090

FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

FP1 VFXR3524A

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.5 kW 120 VAC, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

VFXR3524

FP1 VFXR3648A

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.6 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

VFXR3648A 033-04091

FP1 FXR2524A

Pre-wired inverter system, 2.5 kW 120 VAC, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

FXR2524A

033-04088

FP1 FXR3048A

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

FXR3048A

033-04089

EXPORT FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired

FP1 VFXR3024E

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control VFXR3024E 033-04082

FP1 VFXR3048E

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control VFXR3048E 033-04083

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The FLEXpower pre-wired power panels integrate inverter/chargers, FM80 charge controls, and all of the essential protective devices in an easy-to-install, fully pre-wired and factory-tested system. The FLEXpower is applicable for either grid-tied or off-grid applications with modest power requirements, such as homes, light commercial or larger backup-power systems. Utilizing a compact all-on-one mounting plate design, they are fully pre-wired and factory tested. A FLEXpower can be mounted in either a horizontal or vertical orientation to allow installation in space-limited locations. There are also mounting locations for an AC GFCI Type B outlet and additional DC and AC breakers. FP systems with VFXR or FXR inverters can be used for either grid-tied or off-grid applications and have the capacity to work with a variety of batteries, as well as advanced OutBack features including Grid Zero and Offset modes.

Each FP2 is designed for 120/240 VAC single-phase output. Each power panel includes two inverter/chargers, two FM80 charge controllers, FlexNetDC, AC and DC wiring boxes, a MATE3, HUB10, and an AC/DC Surge Protector, X-240 transformer (not on FXR systems), inverter and controller breakers with GFDI, and an AC Input-Output-Bypass Assembly. Dimensions are 59"W x 21"H x 13"D. Weight is 260 lbs.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

FLEXpower Multi-inverter Pre-Wired Power Systems

Each FP3 is designed for 120/208 VAC three-phase output. Each power panel includes three inverter/ chargers, three FM80 charge controllers, FlexNetDC, AC and DC wiring boxes, a MATE3, HUB10, and an AC/DC Surge Protector, inverter and controller breakers with GFDI, and an AC Input-Output-Bypass Assembly. Dimensions are 59"W x 46"H x 13"D. Weight is 430 lbs.

FLEXpower components are listed to applicable UL standards for code-compliant installation. FXR FLEXpower Pre-Wired Model

Description

Inverter

Item code

FLEXpower TWO Pre-Wired FP2 VFXR3524A

Pre-wired dual-inverter system, 7.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 24 VDC

VFXR3524A

033-04094

FP2 VFXR3648A

Pre-wired dual-inverter system, 7.2 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

VFXR3648A

033-04095

FP2 FXR2524A

Pre-wired dual-inverter system, 5.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 24 VDC

FXR2524A

033-04092

FP2 VFXR3648A SINGLE

Pre-wired single inverter sytsems, 3.6 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

VFXR3648A

033-04229

FP2 VFXR3024E

EXPORT pre-wired dual-inverter system, 6 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 24 VDC

VFXR3024E

033-04284

FP2 VFXR3048E

EXPORT pre-wired dual-inverter system, 6 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 48 VDC

VFXR3048E

033-04285

FP3 VFXR3648A

Pre-wired triple-inverter system, 10.8 kW 120/208 3Ø VAC, 48 VDC

VFXR3648A

033-04097

FP3 FXR3048A

Pre-wired triple-inverter system, 9.0 kW 120/208 3Ø VAC, 48 VDC

FXR3048A

033-04096

FP4 VFXR3648A

Pre-wired quad-inverter system, 14.4 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

VFXR3648A

033-04099

FP4 FXR3048A

Pre-wired quad-inverter system, 12.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

FXR3048A

033-04098

EXPORT FLEXpower TWO - System Description

FLEXpower THREE - System Description

FLEXpower FOUR - System Description

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories

Each FP4 is designed for 120/240 VAC single-phase output. Each power panel includes four inverter/ chargers, four FM80 charge controllers, FlexNetDC, AC and DC wiring boxes, a MATE3, HUB10, and an AC/DC Surge Protector, X-240 transformer (not on FXR systems), inverter and controller breakers with GFDI, and an AC Input-Output-Bypass Assembly. Dimensions are 59"W x 46"H x 13"D. Weight is 520 lbs.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

New! OutBack Power FLEXpower Radian Pre-Wired Power Systems

The FLEXpower FPR pre-wired power panels integrate Radian inverter/chargers, FM80 charge controls, and all of the essential protective devices in an easy-to-install, fully pre-wired and factory-tested system. FLEXpower FPR systems are available with either 4.0 kW or 8.0 kW inverter sizes. The Radian inverters can be used for either grid-tied or off-grid systems and have the capacity to use and charge any technology batteries, as well as advanced OutBack features including Grid Zero and Offset modes. Dual AC inputs allow connection to both the utility and a backup generator set. Compatible with system monitoring and control via OpticsRE. Utilizing a compact all-on-one mounting plate design, they are fully pre-wired and factory-tested. Each FPR is designed for 120/240 VAC single-phase output. Each power panel includes one inverter/ chargers, one or two FM80 charge controllers, FlexNetDC, AC and DC wiring box, a MATE3, HUB10, inverter and controller breakers with GFDI, and an AC Input-Output-Bypass Assembly. FLEXpower components are listed to applicable UL standards and the assemblies are marked for streamlined inspections. Dimensions are 47"H x 33.5"W x 9.84"D. Weight is 195 lbs for the FPR-4048A and 250 lbs for the FPR-8048A FLEXpower Radian Pre-Wired Model

Description

Item code

FPR-4048A

Pre-wired inverter system, 4.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC, single FM80

GS-4048A

033-04080

FPR-8048A

Pre-wired inverter system, 8.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC, dual FM80

GS-8048A

033-04081

Grid-Interactive OutBack Inverters Inverters & Accessories 89

Inverter

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Take the Guesswork Out of Your Best Work W I T H C U S TO M S Y S T E M S F R O M O U T B A C K P O W E R .

OutBack Power based its FLEXpower platform on proven customer designs to provide a factorybuilt, pre-configured, pre-wired and pre-tested alternative to designing individual projects from scratch. FLEXpower quickly became a best seller in the demanding off-grid market. Now there are FLEXpower solutions for all renewable energy projects, including the NEW FLEXpower Radian— based on OutBack’s Grid/Hybrid Radian Series. All advanced Radian Series features, including GridZero Energy Blending, Advanced Battery Charging and Dual AC Inputs, are available in 4kW or 8kW systems designed to take the guesswork out of your installations. OutBack’s industry-leading FX-based FLEXpower systems are also now available with the advanced FXR, putting the latest Grid/Hybrid technology into OutBack’s classic FX form factor. Your time is valuable—with FLEXpower you can spend less time on balance-of-system, and more time adding value to all of your installations.

FLEXpower Radian

Optimize Your System with OPTICS RE It’s a powerful advantage…the ability to see the electricity you produce and consume. Now with FLEXtime programming, a user can master any utility situation—choose to use, sell or store generated solar electricity.

FLEXpower ONE

FLEXpower FOUR

F O R M O R E I N F O R M AT I O N

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Island Battery-Based Inverter

The Sunny Island inverters are bi-directional battery-based inverter/chargers that can be used completely off-grid, or for battery backup in grid-tie systems either with charge controllers or with grid-tie inverters using AC coupling. The Sunny Island includes sine-wave output power at 120 VAC only. Two or four Sunny Island inverters can be stacked for 120/240 VAC input and output. Three Sunny Islands can also be stacked for a 120/208 VAC three phase input and output. They have low idle losses as well as a 100 A battery charger, and a battery disconnect. State-of-charge metering helps with battery management to ensure maximum battery life. In off-grid systems, the Sunny Island can be used with any standard PWM or MPPT charge control, but will communicate with the MidNite Classic using the MNSICOMM box. It can also work with the US-40 Sunny Boy inverters in an AC-coupled system so long as the Sunny Boy inverter is set for off grid function. The frequency shift algorithm will work to make the Sunny Boy inverter back off power output to prevent the battery from too much charge. A generator can be connected to the Sunny Islandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s AC input to provide backup and battery charging.

Grid-Interactive Inverters

For grid-tied systems, the newest US-40 Sunny Boy inverters do not have RS485 capability so cannot communicate with the Sunny Island to change grid tie parameters to off grid. This means that the system will not be able to use frequency shift for battery charge control in a grid-tied backup system. The frequency shift in the Sunny Island will work with the newer Sunny Boy inverter in the same manner as with any other grid-tie inverter, causing it to turn on and off as the batteries are charged. In an off-grid only system, the US-40 Sunny Boy inverters can be set for off-grid use independently of the Sunny Island and will work with the frequency shift algorithm. See the Electrical Distribution Parts section for additional Sunny Island integration equipment from MidNite Solar. Data Monitoring The Sunny Island utilizes removable SD cards to store performance data from the integrated data logger and to perform firmware upgrades. The Sunny Island works with the SMA Sunny WebBox monitoring. The Sunny Island inverters are 24"H x 18"W x 9"D, listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada and carry a 5-year warranty.

Multicluster Box for the Sunny Island

The Multicluster Box MC-12U for Sunny Island inverters enables easy installation of three-phase hybrid off-grid systems. Connect up to four parallel three-phase clusters, each consisting of three Sunny Island battery inverters, for up to 72 kW of inverter capacity. The Multicluster Box is pre-wired with 300 A main disconnect breakers for the grid or generator connections, loads, Sunny Boy inverters, plus 70 A AC input breakers for up to 12 Sunny Island battery inverters. The Multicluster Box also includes a load shedding contactor and communication cables. Each Multicluster Box requires a Piggyback card and each Sunny Island cluster master inverter requires an RS485 card.

SMA Sunny Island Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

SI4548-US

94.5%

4,000 W

4,500 W

48 VDC

120 VAC/60 Hz

25 W

100 A

11,000 W

139 lbs

030-03068

SI6048-US

94.0%

5,000 W

5,750 W

48 VDC

120 VAC/60 Hz

25 W

100 A

11,000 W

139 lbs

030-03069

SI-485PB-NR

RS 485 card, terminator, and RJ45 cable for Sunny Island

310-00113

MC-12U

SMA Multicluster Box, three-phase only, up to 72 kW

030-03152

MC-PB

SMA Multicluster Piggyback Board, one per cluster

030-03153

MidNite communication modules for use with Sunny Island

020-02434

Sunny WebBox - RS-485 connection port

030-03141

MNSICOMM WEBBOX

CEC rating

CEC grid-tie output

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Conext XW+ Grid-Tie or Off-Grid Inverters and Systems

The Conext XW+ Series hybrid inverter/charger has an innovative, integrated design that minimizes external balance-of-system components allowing for quick and easy installation as either a grid-tie battery backup system or a fully off-grid power system. The XW+ offers split-phase 120/240 VAC output from a single inverter. Up to four inverters can be paralleled for up to 27 kW of total output in a 120/240 VAC split-phase system. The XW+ inverters can be converted to 120 VAC only and three inverters can be configured into a 120/208 VAC three-phase system. Charge controllers, such as the Schneider Electric XW-MPPT60-150 or the XW-MPPT80-600, are required for use with any PV array (see Charge Controllers). Dual AC inputs enable AC generator input as well as grid interaction. An optional automatic generator start (AGS) unit is also available. A configurable auxiliary relay with an output of 250 mA at 12 VDC is included in each inverter. A battery-temperature sensor is included with each inverter, but only one is needed per system. The inverter is field-serviceable on the wall.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Schneider Electric

The XW+ Mini Power Distribution Panel mounts under an XW+ inverter and has all AC/DC disconnects and AC bypass with wiring to support a single inverter. This distribution panel has enough space to install two DC breakers for charge controllers.

The XW+ Connection Kit and XW+ split phase 120/240 VAC breaker kit contain everything needed to add a second inverter. For a third inverter, use one more Connection Kit and one of the AC breaker kits depending on split or three-phase configuration, plus a pair of 5 ft 4/0 AWG inverter cables (see Wire and Cable). An external transfer switch will be required to enable the inverter bypass function. For four inverters, use two Power Distribution Panels and two Connection Kits. Use the XW+ conduit box to retrofit XW+ inverters into existing systems that already have AC/DC disconnects .

The XW+ comes with a 5-year warranty and is listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Dimensions of the inverter are 23"H x 16"W x 9"D. A Conext System Control Panel, is needed to complete a Schneider Electric system. This and other accessories are on the next page. Schneider Electric Inverter/Charger System Model

CEC rating

CEC gridtie output

Continuous output

Battery voltage

XW+5548NA

93.5%

4,800 W

5,500 W

48 VDC

XW+6848NA

92.5%

6,480 W

6,800 W

48 VDC

AC out volts/hertz 120/240 VAC 60 Hz 120/240 VAC 60 Hz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Inverter weight

Item code

26 W

110 A

9,840 W

118 lbs

030-01227

28 W

140 A

12,480 W

122 lbs

030-01228

EXPORT Schneider Electric Inverter/Charger System XW+7048E

N/A

5,500 W

48 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

26 W

110 A

9,500 W

118 lbs

030-01229

XW+8548E

N/A

6,800 W

48 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

28 W

140 A

12,000 W

122 lbs

030-01230

RNW865101301

XW+ Mini Power Distribution Panel for only one XW+ inverter

030-01185

RNW865101501

XW+ Power Distribution Panel with conduit box for one XW+ inverter (add a connection kit for each additional inverter)

030-01168 030-01170

XW Accessories

RNW865102002

XW+ Connection Kit is needed for each additional inverter, includes DC breaker and conduit box, add AC breaker kit

RNW865102501

XW+ empty conduit box raceway

030-01174

RNW865101401

XW+ Power Distribution Panel with conduit box for one XW inverter, without any AC breakers

030-01171

RNW865131501

XW+ three-phase 120/208 VAC breaker kit

030-01173

RNW865121501

XW+ split-phase 120/240 VAC breaker kit

030-01180

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Interactive Inverters

The XW+ Power Distribution Panel includes a conduit box and all AC/DC disconnects with wiring to support a single inverter. The distribution panel has enough space and knockouts to add up to three inverters and/or four charge controllers. A field-reversible door with a magnetic catch simplifies access to wiring. Each charge controller requires the input breaker, or DC disconnect, and output breaker listed in the table below.

Predictable power.

Grow your business in a new light — with Conext solar solutions. When your customers are looking for full off-grid solar power or energy backup and storage, connect them with solar inverters from Schneider Electric™. Our Conext™ solutions provide homeowners with greater uptime and investment satisfaction — while your business grows. Conext SW and XW+ solutions: reliable power for assured peace of mind.

solar.schneider-electric.com

©2016 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric | Life Is On is a trademark and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries, and affiliated companies. • 998-19768954_GMA-US

Proven technologies.

Conext SW with DC and AC breaker panels, and SCP

The Conext SW is an economical sine wave, off-grid or backup-power inverter/charger. The SW series offers generator support for loads larger than the generator can power on its own. The US version has split-phase 120/240 VAC output from each inverter, while the EXPORT version has 230 VAC 50 Hz output. Use the stacking kits for two inverters to double the power output per system. The XW System Control Panel (SCP), Automatic Generator Start (AGS), and Conext CM Communication devices work with these inverters. Compatible with XW and other charge controls. Comes with a battery temperature sensor. 16.5"H x 13.4"W x 7.6"D. Listed to UL 1741, CE for EXPORT versions and covered by a 2-year standard warranty. Conext SW Inverters and Accessories

SW 2524

Continuous output 2,400 W

Battery voltage 24 VDC

AC out volts/hertz 120/240 VAC 60 Hz

No load draw 38 W

Charger output 65 A

AC surge output 4,000 W

49 lbs

030-02059

SW 4024

3,400 W

24 VDC

120/240 VAC 60 Hz

27 W

90 A

7,000 W

62 lbs

030-02060

SW 4048

3,400 W

48 VDC

120/240 VAC 60 Hz

27 W

45 A

7,000 W

62 lbs

030-02058

Model

Weight

Item code

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Conext SW Off-Grid Inverters and Systems

Conext SW Inverters - EXPORT SW 2524 E

2,500 W

24 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

38 W

65 A

5,000 W

49 lbs

030-02061

SW 4024 E

3,400 W

24 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

27 W

90 A

7,000 W

62 lbs

030-02062

SW 4048 E

3,400 W

48 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

27 W

45 A

7,000 W

62 lbs

030-02057

Conext SW Accessories Conext SW DC Breaker Panel, 250 A main breaker, Positive and Negative busbars

RNW8651017

Conext SW AC Breaker Panel, 120/240 VAC output/bypass and input breakers, pre-wired

053-00051

Conext SW Export AC Breaker Panel, 230 VAC output/bypass and input breakers, pre-wired

053-00052

RNW865101761 RNW8651019 RNW865101961 RNW8651052

Conext SW AC Breaker kit stacked 120/240 VAC

053-00053

Conext SW Export AC Breaker kit stacked 230 VAC

053-00054

Conext SW Remote On/Off switch

053-00055

Off-Grid Inverters

053-00050

RNW8651016

Conext XW and SW Accessories

The Conext SCP System Control Panel plugs into the Xanbus network and provides a central user interface to configure and monitor all components in the system. One is used per XW+ or SW system.

The Conext Battery Monitor can be used in the Xanbus network to keep track of the battery state of charge (not for Li or AHI batteries). The Conext AGS auto generator start can be used in the Xanbus network to supply the logic to remotely start a backup generator. The Conext ComBox can be used to view, datalog, and control XW and SW inverters over the Internet. With a web browser or Android device, the user or installer can view current and historical system performance, see system alerts, and remotely change settings. A Micro-SD card provides additional data storage. 6.7"W x 4.5"H x 2.1"D. 5-year warranty. The Conext Modbus Converter links the Conext devices to a third-party monitoring system.

NEW! The Conext Bridge is used as a communications interface between selected Li-ion batteries and a Conext Xanbus system. It can be used with Conext SW and XW+ inverters and other components of a Conext system. It supports backup installations and self-consumption with the option for time-of-use settings. The Conext ComBox is used to configure the Conext Bridge. Auto-configuration of charge parameters based on battery detection makes for a simple installation. Battery parameters and status are accessible through the Conext monitoring portal. At launch this item will work with a single SW or XW+ inverter and two Conext MPPT charge controls. It will be applicable for residential backup, DC coupled off grid, and DC coupled self-consumption with time of use support. There are two dry relays that can be programmed for load shedding or load management based on battery or system status. Currently supports the LG Resu series of batteries at 48 VDC nominal. Additional and enhanced features will be available with future firmware releases. For more information on the Schneider Electric charge controls listed here, see the Charge Controllers section.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Schneider SW and XW Accessories Model

Description Conext SCP System Control Panel central user interface for XW and SW systems

300-00128

RNW865108001

Conext Battery Monitor for XW and SW systems

030-01182

RNW865106001 RNW8651058

Conext AGS automatic generator start module for XW and SW systems

030-01183

Conext ComBox for XW and SW inverters

300-00073

RNW8651059

Conext Modbus Converter

300-00074

808-0232-02

Replacement BTS Battery Temperature Sensor for XW and SW

300-00129

XW 60 A MPPT charge controller with built-in ground fault protection - 150 VDC max input voltage

020-08040

BREAKER 60A

Input circuit breaker for MPPT60-150 charge controller; 60 A 160 VDC

053-01038

BREAKER 80A

Output circuit breaker for MPPT60-150 charge controller; 80 A 125 VDC

053-01039

XW 80 A MPPT charge controller with built-in ground fault protection - 600 VDC max input voltage

020-08048

XW-MPPT60-150

XW-MPPT80-600 SQD HU361RB

Input disconnect for MPPT80-600 charge controller; 30 A 600 VDC 3 pole

053-02312

BREAKER 100A

Output circuit breaker for MPPT80-600 charge controller; 100 A 125 VDC

053-01034

CONFIGURATION TOOL CONEXT BRIDGE

Tool for updating the firmware on XW and SW systems

030-01184

Li-ion battery Communications interface for Conext systems

300-00226

Off-Grid Inverters

Expand the possibility of energy independence, self-consumption, and secure backup power.

Conextâ&#x201E;¢ XW+ Hybrid inverter

The scalable hybrid solution for off-grid solar, self-consumption, and long-term backup for homes, small businesses, and remote communities. solar.schneider-electric.com

Item code

RNW865105001

True Sine-Wave Off-Grid Inverter/Chargers MMS-Series Sine-Wave Inverter/Charger The MMS Series sine-wave inverters provide a cost-effective solution for smaller power needs in mobile applications. The MMS is smaller, lighter, and less expensive, while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of the larger ME and MS models. The MMS charger has an 85% efficient PFC (power factor corrected) charger. The MMS1012G model comes with a flexible cord on the AC input and a GFCI outlet for easy connection to AC appliances. Optional MMS-RC-25 remote control available. The MMS Series is listed to UL 458 for the U.S.A. and Canada. MMS units have a 2-year warranty. Made in U.S.A.

MSH-Series Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers The Magnum MSH Series inverters are similar to the MS Series, but add the generator-support feature. When the generator is supplying power through the inverter, and the load is too large for the generator alone, the inverter will add battery power to help power the loads. There are two AC inputs, one for generator and for grid. The inverter can offset grid power when PV power is available and the battery is fully charged. The RE version is listed to UL 1741 and the M versions are listed to UL 458 for mobile applications. The MSH inverters use the same options and accessories as the MS inverters. Magnum Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers Model MMS1012 MMS1012G MS2012 MS2012-20B MS2812 MS2024 MS4024 MS4048 MS4024-PAE MS4448-PAE

Continuous Battery output voltage 1,000 W

12 VDC

2,000 W

12 VDC

2,800 W 2,000 W 4,000 W 4,000 W 4,000 W 4,400 W

MSH4024RE MSH3012M MSH4024M

4,000 W 3,000 W 4,000 W

MMS912E MS1512E MS2712E MS4124PE MS4348PE

900 W 1,500 W 2,700 W 4,100 W 4,300 W

AC out volts/hertz

120 VAC / 60 Hz

No load Charger draw output

AC surge output Weight (5 sec)

Item code

19 W

50 A

1,750 W

23 lbs

25 W

100 A

3,300 W

42 lbs

3,900 W 5,800 W 5,800 W 8,500 W 5,800 W 8,500 W

55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs

030-02320 030-02321 030-02332 030-02334 030-02336 030-02335 030-02338 030-02363 030-02342 030-02341

5,800 W 3,900 W 5,800 W

58 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs

030-02347 030-02348 030-02349

1,600 W 3,100 W 4,100 W 6,300 W 7,500 W

23 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs

030-02346 030-02345 030-02344 030-02343 030-02331

12 VDC 30 W 125 A 24 VDC 25 W 105 A 24 VDC 25 W 105 A 48 VDC 25 W 60 A 24 VDC 27 W 105 A 120/240 VAC / 60 Hz 48 VDC 25 W 60 A Magnum Sine Wave MSH Inverter/Chargers 24 VDC 25 W 110 A 120 VAC / 60 Hz 12 VDC 30 W 125 A 24 VDC 25 W 110 A Magnum Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers - EXPORT 12 VDC 19 W 40 A 12 VDC 20 W 75 A 230 VAC / 50 Hz 12 VDC 34 W 125 A 24 VDC 30 W 105 A 48 VDC 28 W 55 A

Off-Grid Inverters

MS-Series Sine-Wave Inverter/Chargers The MS Series inverter/charger is a sine-wave inverter designed for the most demanding mobile and off-grid applications. The powerful easy-to-use MS Series inverters are available in 12, 24, and 48 VDC versions. The MS4024 can be series stacked, using the ME-SSI, for 120/240 VAC operations, and 8 kW total output. The MS2012-20B has two 20 A AC breakers built-in. The M4024-PAE and MS4448-PAE have 120/240 VAC split-phase output and can power 240 VAC loads without stacking. As many as four MS-PAE inverters can be paralleled for larger systems up to 17.6 kW with 120/240 VAC split-phase output (ME-RTR router required). The PAE inverters have the ability to transfer to AC input on low battery voltage, or state of charge if the BMS is installed. The ME-RC50, ME-ARC50, or ME-RTR controller is required for inverter programming. The MS Series is listed to UL 458 for mobile use and UL 1741 for off-grid installations. The MS-PAE series is listed to UL1741. Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.65"W x 8"D. MS units have a 3-year warranty, which is extended to five years when installed with the Magnum panels. Made in U.S.A.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy Modified-Square-Wave Inverter/Chargers MM-Series Inverters for Mobile Use The MM Series inverter and inverter/charger are designed for small appliances in mobile systems, boats and RVâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. The MM is smaller, lighter, and less expensive than the ME while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of ME models. The MM1212 model uses an efficient PFC (powerfactor- corrected) charger. The MM612 model comes with an AC transfer switch but does not have a battery charger. The easy-to-use MM Series are cost-effective and come with a 2-year warranty. Listed to UL 458. Dimensions: 16.6"H x 8.4"W x 4.7"D. ME-AE Series Inverters for Residential Use The MM-AE Series inverter/charger is designed for entertainment systems and small appliances in smaller remote homes. The MM is smaller, lighter, and less expensive than the ME while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of ME models. The MM models use an efficient PFC (powerfactor-corrected) charger and the same charger topology as all Magnum models. The 600 and 1,500 W models have a 12 VDC input; a 1,500 W model with a 24 VDC input is also available. The powerful, easy-to-use MM-AE Series are cost-effective and come with a 2-year warranty. Not listed. Dimensions: 16.6"H x 8.4"W x 4.7"D.

Off-Grid Inverters

ME-Series Inverters for Mobile Use Designed for RV use, the ME Series 12 VDC inverter/charger charges batteries efficiently even at low AC voltage from low-cost generators. The modified-square-wave inverter keeps the cost down and a battery-temperature sensor optimizes charging. ME inverters have three power levels and built-in ground switching required for mobile inverters that may connect to utility power. ME inverters are listed to UL 458 in the U.S.A. and Canada for RV, marine and mobile use and come with a 2-year warranty. Dimensions: 13.8"H x 12.7"W x 8"D. RD-Series Inverters The RD Series 12 VDC inverter/charger is designed specifically for off-grid use with the same chassis as the MS sine-wave inverters. Includes power-factor-corrected charger, modified-square-wave inverter and battery-temperature sensor. The RD inverters are listed to UL 1741 and include a 2-year warranty. Dimensions: 13.8"H x 12.7"W x 8"D. Magnum Modified-Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers

Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

MM612

600 W

MM1212 MM612-AE

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

Peak AC surge

Weight

Item code

12 VDC

10 W

N/A

1,100 W

14 lbs

030-02308

1,200 W

12 VDC

16 W

70 A

2,100 W

20 lbs

030-02309

600 W

12 VDC

10 W

30 A

1,100 W

16 lbs

030-02302

MM1512-AE

1,500 W

12 VDC

18 W

70 A

2,100 W

22 lbs

030-02306

MM1524-AE

1,500 W

24 VDC

35 A

2,650 W

22 lbs

030-02303

ME2012

2,000 W

12 VDC

20 W

100 A

3,700 W

37 lbs

030-02305

ME2512

2,500 W

12 VDC

23 W

120 A

5,000 W

41 lbs

030-02311

120 VAC / 60 Hz

ME3112

3,100 W

12 VDC

25 W

160 A

6,000 W

46 lbs

030-02315

RD2212

2,200 W

12 VDC

20 W

110 A

3,700 W

37 lbs

030-02326

RD1824

1,800 W

24 VDC

12 W

50 A

4,000 W

35 lbs

030-02322

RD2824

2,800 W

24 VDC

19 W

80 A

6,000 W

42 lbs

030-02324

RD3924

3,900 W

24 VDC

25 W

105 A

9,000 W

53 lbs

030-02328

The optional ME-RC50 remote control is simple to use yet enables use of all the set-up features of the ME, MS, MS-ME, and RD Series inverters. The ME-RC50 controls the ME-AGS automatic generator start using a network connection to the inverter. This remote has convenient fingertip operation, including one-knob programming. The ME-ARC50 advanced remote offers even more control of the setup including custom battery-charge set-points. The ME-RTR has all of the functions of the ME-ARC50 and is required for paralleling PAE inverters. An ME-RC50 can be used with the ME-RTR as a remote display. The MM-RC25 provides on/off control and a quick indication of inverter and charger operation for the MM and MMS inverters. The ME-BMK monitors battery percentage state-of-charge (SOC), along with amps, voltage, amp-hours and min/max DC volts, and then provides this information in an easy-to-understand display via the MEARC50, or ME-RTR remotes. Kit includes a sense module, shunt, and wiring.

The ME-MW-E Magweb with Ethernet connects the Magnum Energy system to the Internet for remote monitoring via the data.magnumenergy.com site. This unit connects to your broadband router via Ethernet cable. It monitors the inverter, battery monitor and generator-start module. The ME-MW-W is similar to the Ethernet version except that it will communicate to your broadband router via a wireless bridge. Maximum range for the wireless is up to 300' if unobstructed. There is both a transmitter and receiver gateway that wires to your network. The receiver gateway requires 120 VAC power. Both units are supplied with all the needed cables. They are compatible with the ME-RC50, ME-ARC50, and ME-RTR. With the ME-RTR it can only monitor one inverter in the system.

The ME-AGS-S is the stand-alone version of Magnum Energy's Automatic Generator Start controllers and can be used in power systems that don't have a Magnum inverter.

The ME-AGS-N is the network version of Magnum Energy's Automatic Generator Start controllers and is set up and operated via a Magnum Energy Inverter and ME-RC50 or ME-ARC50 remote panel. When using the ME-RC50 remote control, the ME-AGS-N has basic adjustments starting on battery voltage or temperature. When using the ME-ARC50 remote control, the ME-AGS-N has advanced start and stop settings based on: time of day, battery State-of-Charge, battery voltage, high temperature, or inverter load amps. The ME-AGS-N also includes the ability to manually turn the generator on and off, generator exercise, warm-up and cool-down. The optional ME-SSI allows a series connection of two MS4024 inverters for 120/240 VAC split-phase output at 8 kW total output power. Magnum Accessories and Options Model

Descriptions

Weight

Item code

MM-RC25

Remote control for MM, MM-AE, and MMS inverters

2 lbs

030-02355

ME-RC50

Remote control for Magnum inverters with 50' cable for all inverters

2 lbs

030-02351

ME-ARC50

Advanced Remote for Magnum inverters with 50'cable for ME, MS, MS- PAE, RD

2 lbs

030-02352

ME-RTR

Magnum Router for parallel stacking of MS-PAE inverter, Stacking cables included

2 lbs

030-02350

ME-BMK

Battery monitor kit - ME-ARC50 or ME-RTR required with this item

4 lbs

020-06379

Battery monitor kit without Shunt- ME-ARC50 or ME-RTR required with this item

2 lbs

020-06380

ME-BMK- NS ME-MW-W

Magweb Web-based monitoring kit - Wireless

3 lbs

029-08000

ME-MW-E

Magweb Web-based monitoring kit - Ethernet

3 lbs

029-08001

ME-AGS-N

Automatic generator start â&#x20AC;&#x201C; network version for use with Magnum inverters and ME-RC50

4 lbs

020-06377

ME-AGS-S

Automatic generator start â&#x20AC;&#x201C; standalone version

4 lbs

020-06375

Series stacking cable kit for MS-4024 ONLY

10 lbs

030-02362

Conduit Box for ME, MS, ME-AE, and RD inverters

4 lbs

030-02360

Bezel for RC50 (standard on the ARC50)

1 lb

310-00115

13.6 lbs

020-06371

20 lbs

020-06372

1 lb

020-06373

ME-SSI ME-CB ME-RC-BZ PT-100

Magnum 100 A MPPT charge control

ACLD-40

Magnum 4 kW AC Load Diversion Control

BTS-15

Magnum battery temperature sensor w/ 15' cable

Off-Grid Inverters

The optional Auto Generator Start (ME-AGS) module automatically starts and stops most majorbrand generators. The generator can automatically start based on low battery voltage or on the inside temperature, starting a generator to run an air conditioner when the temperature of an RV or cabin rises to a user-defined level.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy Accessories and Options

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy MMP Mini Magnum Panel

The MMP - Mini Magnum Panel is an inclusive, easy-to-install panel designed to work with one Magnum Energy MS-AE, MS, RD or other inverter/charger. The MMP features a small footprint and comes prewired for fast installation. Circuit breakers and the optional remote control mount on the front of the cabinet. Dimensions are 12.5"W x 18"H x 8"D. They are listed to UL 1741 and CSA C22.2 107-01.

Each MMP includes one DC breaker – 175 A or 250 A, one AC bypass breaker – 30 A two-pole or 60 A single-pole, one AC input breaker – 30 A two-pole or 60 A single-pole, a 500 A/50 mV shunt, DIN rail provided for up to eight DC ½" DIN-mount breakers, or if the DIN rail is removed, four 1" wide surface-mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution Parts). Panels are available for inverters with 120 VAC output and 120/240 VAC output. The MP-ODE is an outdoor enclosure that holds one MS or RD inverter, the MMP, and one PT-100 charge control. It lockable, has screened vents, and is UL listed as a NEMA 3R rated enclosure. 39.25" H x 31.52" W x 13" D, 56 lbs. MMP Mini Magnum Panel Model

DC main breaker

AC output breaker

Use with

Item code

MMP250-30D

250 A

30 A @120/240 VAC

MS4024-PAE

030-02380

MMP250-60S

250 A

60 A @ 120 VAC

All ME, MS4024, MS2812, MS2012, RD3924

030-02381

MMP175-30D

175 A

30 A @120/240 VAC

MS4448-PAE

030-02382

60 A @ 120 VAC

MS2024, MS4048, RD2824, RD1824

030-02383

MMP175-60S

Off-Grid Inverters

BP-MMP

175 A

030-02396

Back Plate MMP (fits 1 - MMP) Export MMP Mini Magnum Panel

MMP250-30S-E

250 A

30 A @ 230 VAC

MS1512E, MS2712E, MS4124E

030-02390

MMP175-30S-E

175 A

30 A @ 230 VAC

MS4348E

030-02391

Magnum Panel Parts BR-DC175 BR-DC250 MP-ODE

Replacement main inverter breaker, 175 A

053-01059

Replacement main inverter breaker, 250 A

053-01060

MP Outdoor Enclosure

048-03300

The MP Magnum Panels are available in three sizes, each with either a 30 A two-pole 120/240 VAC output breaker or a 60 A 120 VAC output breaker. They are designed for use with two series-stacked MS4024 inverters, or up to four parallel-connected MS-PAE inverters.

The MPSL (Magnum panel, single enclosure, low capacity) accommodates one or two inverters with the use of an MPX Extension Box. It includes a 175 or 250 A DC breaker, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 500 A/50 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and all AC/DC wiring for dual inverters (source/ load wiring not included). There is space for five 1" back-mount breakers or ten ½" DIN-mount breakers on the DC side.

The MPSH (Magnum panel, single enclosure, high capacity) accommodates a maximum of three inverters. One inverter can be connected directly to the MPSH. Each additional inverter requires an MPX. The MPSH includes one 175 or 250 A DC breaker, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 1,000 A/100 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and AC/DC wiring for dual inverters (source/load wiring not included). NOTE: There are no spaces for extra DC breakers in the MPSH, so it may be limited to backup systems. Use the MPDH for three or four-inverter systems with solar or other DC input.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy MP Magnum Panels

The MPDH (Magnum panel, dual enclosure, high capacity) accommodates as many as four inverters with two enclosures – one for AC and one for DC connections. Two inverters can be connected to the MPDH. The third and fourth inverters require one MPX for each. The MPDH includes two 175 or 250 A DC breakers, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 1,000 A/100 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and all AC/ DC wiring for dual inverters (source/load wiring not included). There is room for seven 1" back-mount breakers or fourteen ½" DIN-mount breakers on the DC side.

MP Magnum Panels Model

DC main breaker quantity

Main breaker spaces

AC bypass breaker assembly

Use with

Item code

MPSL175-30D

1 - 175 A

two

60 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02406

MPSL250-30D

1 - 250 A

two

60 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02384

MPSL250-60S

1 - 250 A

two

60 A

MS4024

030-02385

MPSH175-30D

1 - 175 A

three

125 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02407

MPSH250-30D

1 - 250 A

three

125 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02388

MPDH175-30D

2 - 175 A

four

125 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02408

MPDH250-30D

2 - 250 A

four

125 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02389

MPXS175-30D-L

1 - 175 A

LEFT-side mounting

030-02409

MPXS175-30D-R

1 - 175 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPSL175-30D, MPSH175-30D

MPXS250-30D-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXS250-30D-R

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPSL250-30D, MPSH250-30D

030-02399

MPXS250-60S-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXS250-60S-R

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPXD175-30D-L

1 - 175 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXD175-30D-R

1 - 175 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPXD250-30D-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXD250-30D-R

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPSL-60S MPHD175-30D MPHD250-30D

030-02410 030-02400 030-02401 030-02402 030-02411 030-02412 030-02403 030-02404

BP-S

Back plate single (fits 1 MPSL, 1 MPSH, 1 MPX)

030-02394

BP-D

Back plate double (fits 1 MPDH, or 1 MPSL + 1 MPX, or 1 MPSH + 1 MPX)

030-02395

MP-CCB

Charge-controller bracket for mounting controller on MP or MMP

030-02405

MPX-CB

Panel-extension conduit box (conduit box only – no AC or DC breakers, no wiring)

030-02397

MP-RFC

Router front-cover for MP enclosures

310-00117

100

Off-Grid Inverters

Mount and connect additional inverters to MP Series Systems Panels using MPX Series Extension Boxes. They mate to the bottom of Magnum MS4024 or the MS-PAE inverters. The boxes include a 175 or 250 A DC breaker and wiring for an additional inverter. Left and right-hand versions mount on either side of an MP Panel. An MP-HOOD inverter hood (not shown) allows vertical mounting. Choose the extension box model that corresponds to the MP enclosure and which side it will be installed on.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Morningstar SureSine™ 300 W Off-Grid Inverters

The Morningstar SureSine™ SI-300 pure-sine-wave inverter is designed to meet the needs of rural PV electrification requiring AC power. This inverter is also a good choice for small PV systems for telecom, remote cabins and weekend homes, as well as RV/caravans and boats. The SureSine handles a 200% surge to a maximum of 600 W. The SureSine uses epoxy encapsulation, conformal coating, stainless-steel hardware, and an anodized aluminum enclosure to protect against harsh tropical and marine environments. AC output connection does not have an AC receptacle and must be hardwired. These inverters are covered by a two-year warranty.

Dimensions are 8.4"H x 6"W x 4.1"D. The 115 VAC inverter is UL listed for the U.S.A. and to CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 for Canada. Morningstar SureSine 300 W Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Standby AC surge Weight draw output

SI-300-115VUL

300 W

12 VDC

115 VAC/60 Hz

450 mA

55 mA

600 W

10 lbs

030-08022

SI-300-220V

300 W

12 VDC

220 VAC/50 Hz

450 mA

55 mA

600 W

10 lbs

030-08033

Item code

Samlex Off-Grid Inverters

NEW! EVO Off-Grid Inverter/Chargers

The EVO is a new line of robust true sine-wave output inverter/chargers. There are two AC inputs for grid and generator with priority given to the grid input. Online mode gives priority to the battery and solar input over the grid, connecting to the grid only when the battery is low. Battery charging is based on the battery condition rather than just charging time. There is external DC charging input terminals for solar charging from a separate solar charge control. This is limited to 50 A, and when used, the inverter will limit its charging from an AC source to the total battery charging limit programmed.

Nine points of internal fault protection ensures reliable operation. Programmable power save mode allows the inverter to sleep when there are no loads, drawing <8 W from the battery. Operating temperature range is -4°F (-20°C) to 140°F (60°C). These inverters are covered by a 2-year warranty. See page 218 for MidNite Solar balance of systems for these inverters.

Dimensions are 16.8"L x 12.8"W x 8.15"H. The 120 VAC inverters are listed to UL1741 and 458, CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01, and the export inverters are CE marked. Samlex EVO inverters Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

EVO-2212

2200 W

12 VDC

EVO-3012

3000 W

12 VDC

EVO-2224

2200 W

24 VDC

EVO-4024

4000 W

24 VDC

AC out volts/hertz

120 V/60 Hz

No load draw

Charger Output

AC surge output

Weight

30 W

100 A

3300 W

59 lbs

030-07252

30 W

130 A

3900 W

64 lbs

030-07253

25 W

70 A

3300 W

57 lbs

030-07254

25 W

110 A

6000 W

64 lbs

030-07255

Item code

Samlex EVO Inverters -EXPORT EVO-2212E

2200 W

12 VDC

30 W

100 A

3300 W

59 lbs

030-07252

EVO-3012E

3000 W

12 VDC

30 W

130 A

4500 W

64 lbs

030-07253

EVO-2224E

2200 W

24 VDC

30 W

70 A

3300 W

57 lbs

030-07254

4000 W

24 VDC

30 W

110 A

6000 W

64 lbs

030-07255

1 lb

300-00133

EVO-4024E EVO-RC

101

230 V/50 Hz

Digital remote control for EVO inverters

Samlex PST sine-wave inverters offer a small, affordable, sine-wave inverter for remote homes, RVs and boats. The 120 VAC output is overload protected. All of these inverters have AC receptacles and low-battery alarms. If you plan to use these inverters with reactive loads, such as motors and compact fluorescent lights or other ballasted light, size the inverter for four times the continuous watts required. Listed to UL 458 (except PST-15S-12A). Each inverter includes a 2-year warranty. The Samlex RC-15A is a remote control panel for the PST-600 and PST-1000 inverters. It has three LED indicators for overload, over-temperature, and power and includes an on/off switch. The Samlex RC-200 is a remote control panel for the PST-1500 and PST-2000 inverters. It has three LED indicators for overload, over-temperature, and power. It has an LCD display showing AC Voltage (V), AC current (A), frequency (Hz), active power (Watts), apparent power (VA) and power factor (PF) in addition to the LED indicators. Both remotes are flush-mount and come with a 15' cable to connect to the inverter. Each unit is covered by a 2-year warranty. Samlex Sine Wave Inverters No load Surge watts watts 7W 250 W

PST-150-12

Continuous output 150 W

Battery voltage 12 VDC

AC out volts/hertz 120 V/60 Hz

PST-300-12

300 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

500 W

Model

Dimensions (H" x W" x D") 8.3 x 5.8 x 2.5

Weight

Item code

4.2 lbs

030-07123

8.3 x 5.8 x 2.5

4.2 lbs

030-07126

600 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

10 W

1,000 W

11 x 9.5 x 3.5

6.8 lbs

030-07129

1,000 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

10 W

1,500 W

15.5 x 9.5 x 3.5

8.2 lbs

030-07130

PST-1500-12

1,500 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

12 W

3,000 W

16 x 11.3 x 4

12.6 lbs

030-07128

PST-600-24

600 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

11 W

1,000 W

11 x 9.5 x 3.5

6.8 lbs

030-07132

PST-1000-24

1,000 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

14 W

1,500 W

15.5 x 9.5 x 3.5

8.2 lbs

030-07134

PST-1500-24

1,500 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

19 W

3,000 W

16 x 11.3 x 4

12.6 lbs

030-07127

2,000 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

19 W

3,500 W

18.5 x 10.4 x 4.2

15.6 lbs

030-07125

RC-15A

Remote for PST-600 / PST-1000

3.54 x 2.54 x 1.1

0.1 lbs

310-00111

RC-200

Remote for PST-1500 and PST-2000

4.33 x 2.56 x 0.97

0.12 lbs

310-00112

PST-2000-24

Off-Grid Inverters

PST-600-12 PST-1000-12

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Samlex PST Sine Wave Off-Grid Inverters

102

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

MidNite Solar

MidNite Solar offers pre-assembled and tested power panels using Magnum, SMA, and Schneider inverters. These power panels offer a space-saving fully-integrated power-panel system. All assemblies are thoroughly tested and crating is included.

Pre-Wired Magnum Power Panels

Magnum inverters are installed on the MidNite MNE250(175)STM-L gray steel E-Panel with an ME-RC50 remote display, a WhizBang Jr, a MidNite Classic 150 charge controller with built in DC-GFP and arc-fault detector, an MNDC array breaker, an MNDC charge- control breaker, two or three MNSPD surge arrestors, and battery-temperature sensors. (See Electrical Distribution Parts for details on these components) Also available with CL200 and CL250 charge controls. (See Charge Controllers) The MidNite MND3R4024PAE-UPS is a battery-based backup system in a battery and equipment enclosure. It is made specifically for AC backup power. It has 120/240 VAC output, and is fully assembled and tested. Includes a Magnum MS4024 PAE inverter, Magnum ARC50, and MidNite Enclosure. It can hold four Group 31 or GC2 or GC2 tall batteries (batteries not included). 49”H x 39”W x 21”D.

The MidNite MNEMS4024PAEACCPL is a Magnum battery-based inverter system, made for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter. It is available with 120/240 VAC output, and is fully assembled and tested. Includes a Magnum MS4024 PAE inverter, Magnum RTR router, MidNite E-Panel, two SPD surge arrestors, and GT-inverter-circuit relay. The maximum size grid-tie inverter that can be installed with this system is 3.6 kW. 30”H x 16”W x 12”D.

Pre-Wired Power Panels

The MidNite MND3RACCPLME is a Magnum battery-based inverter system, made for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter, in an outdoor enclosure with room for batteries. It has 120/240 VAC output, and is fully assembled and tested. Includes a Magnum MS4024 PAE inverter, Magnum RTR router, MidNite E-Panel, two SPD surge arrestors, and GT-inverter-circuit relay. This is all installed inside a MidNite MNBE-D3R battery enclosure which, in this configuration, can hold four Group 31 or GC2 or GC2 tall batteries (batteries not included). The maximum size grid-tie inverter that can be installed with this system is 3.6 kW. 49”H x 39”W x 21”D. The dimensions and weights are approximate and do not include crating. Please note that not all grid-tie inverters are suitable for AC coupling; check with the inverter manufacturer. MidNite Pre-Wired Magnum Power Systems Model MNEMS4024CL150

Description Magnum 120 VAC Off-Grid 4,000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

Inverter

Weight

Item code

MS4024

140 lbs

033-04301

MNEMS4024PAECL150

Magnum 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 4,000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

MS4024PAE

140 lbs

033-04303

MNEMS4448PAECL150

Magnum 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 4,400 Watt 48 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

MS4448PAE

140 lbs

033-04305

MND3R4024PAE-UPS

Magnum 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 4,000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter backup system, outdoor equipment and battery enclosure

MS4024PAE

200 lbs

033-04330

Magnum 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 4 kW/24 VDC Inverter system, GT inverter not included

MS4024PAE

140 lbs

033-04322

Magnum 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 4 kW/24 VDC Inverter system, outdoor equipment and battery enclosure, GT inverter not included

MS4024PAE

200 lbs

033-04323

MidNite Pre-Wired Magnum AC Coupled Power Systems MNEMS4024PAEACCPL MND3RACCPLME

104

The MidNite MNSMA SMA Sunny Island systems are available with 120 VAC, 120/240 VAC, or 120/208 VAC three-phase output, fully assembled and tested.

The MNSI6048-CL150 single-inverter system includes one SMA SI6000-US inverter, MidNite E-Panel, one Classic 150 charge controller, SPD surge arrestors, all on a mounting plate. The Classic 150 charge controller and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. 50”W x 27”H x 12”D. The MNSI6048-240V-CL150 single inverter system includes one SMA SI6000-US inverter, one MN-X240 autoformer for 120/240 VAC output, MidNite E-Panel, one Classic 150 charge controller, SPD surge arrestors, all on a mounting plate. The Classic 150 charge controller and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. 66”W x 27”H x 12”D. The MNSI6048D-2CL150 dual inverter system includes two SMA SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, two Classic 150 charge controllers, SPD surge arrestors, all on two mounting plates. The Classic 150 charge controllers and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. Two panels at 50”W x 27”H x 12”D each.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

MidNite Pre-Wired SMA Power Panels

Also available with CL200 and CL250 charge controls. (See Charge Controllers)

The MNSI6048D-ACCPL is a dual-inverter system with 120/240 VAC output and grid connection. Includes two Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on two mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Two panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each. The MNSI6048D-ACCPL-SMARB also includes a relay board for up to 18 kW of grid-tie inverter input.

The MNSI6048-3PHASE is a three-inverter system with 120/208 VAC three-phase output and grid connection. Includes three Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on three mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Three panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each. The MNSI6048-QUAD is a four-inverter system with 120/240 VAC output and grid connection. Includes four Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on four mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Four panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each. Dimensions and weights are approximate and do not include crating. MidNite Pre-Wired SMA Power Systems Model MNSI6048-CL150 MNSI6048-240V-CL150 MNSI6048D-2CL150

Description

Inverter

Weight

Item code

SMA Sunny Island, Classic 150, 120 VAC 6 kW 48 VDC system

SI6048-US

225 lbs

033-04320

SMA Sunny Island, Classic 150, 120/240 VAC 6 kW 48 VDC system

SI6048-US

400 lbs

033-04356

2x SI6048-US

450 lbs

033-04336

SMA dual Sunny Island, dual Classic 150, 120/240 VAC 12 kW 48 VDC system

MNSI6048-ACCPL

SMA Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 6 kW 48 VDC AC-coupled system

SI6048-US

375 lbs

033-04321

MNSI6048-ACCPLSMARB

SMA Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 6 kW 48 VDC AC-coupled system w/ SMARB for 12kW GT input

SI6048-US

375 lbs

033-04324

MNSI6048D-ACCPL

SMA dual Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 12 kW 48 VDC AC-coupled system

2x SI6048-US

450 lbs

033-04337

MNSI6048D-ACCPLSMARB

SMA dual Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 12 kW 48 VDC AC-coupled system w/ SMARB for 18kW GT input

2x SI6048-US

450 lbs

033-04363

MNSI6048-3PHASE

SMA triple Sunny Island, 120/208 VAC three-phase 18 kW 48 VDC AC-coupled system

3x SI6048-US

675 lbs

033-04339

SMA quad Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 24 kW/48 VDC AC-coupled system

4x SI6048-US

900 lbs

033-04340

MNSI6048-QUAD

105

Pre-Wired Power Panels

The MNSI6048-ACCPL is based on the SMA Sunny Island battery-based inverter setup for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter. This system can be retrofitted to an existing Sunny Boy grid-tied system, or many other grid-tie inverter systems, for battery-backup power during an outage. It comes with 120/240 VAC output and connection to the grid-tie inverter, but only 120 VAC for the grid connection. Includes a Sunny Island SI6000-US, MidNite E-Panel, MidNite Autoformer, all on a mounting plate, and is fully assembled and tested. 66”W x 24”H x 12”D. The MNSI6048-ACCPL-SMARB also includes a relay board for up to 12 kW of grid-tie inverter input.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

MidNite Pre-Wired Schneider-Electric Power Panels

The MidNite Schneider Electric XW+ power panels are available as either single or dual-inverter systems. The MNXWP6848-CL150 includes one XW+6848 inverter, MidNite E-panel, SCP, four MNSPD, and one MidNite Classic 150 charge control. The MNXWP6848D-2CL150 includes two XW+6848 inverters, two MidNite E-panels, SCP, five MNSPD, and two MidNite Classic 150 charge controls. This system is partially pre-wired and will require 6 AWG wire between the E-panels. Also available with the XW+5548 inverter. The MidNite MNXWPAC6846 and MNXWPAC6848D power panels are set up for AC-coupled systems with an existing grid-tie inverter; similar to the off-grid power panels above, but without a charge control. Each XW+6848 inverter can have up to 5,400 W of grid-tie inverter capacity connected. These are also available with XW+5548 inverters and/or CL200 and CL250 charge controls. The MNXWP6848-CL150 is 50”H x 27”W x 12”D. The MNXWP6848D-2CL150 is two panels, each 50”H x 27”W x 12”D. MidNite Pre-Wired Schneider-Electric Off-Grid Power Systems Model

Description

Inverter

Weight

Item code

Pre-Wired Power Panels

MNXWP6848-CL150

Schneider XW+ single 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 6,800 W 48 VDC Inverter

XW+6848

200 lbs

033-04343

MNXWP6848D-2CL150

Schneider XW+ dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 13,600 W 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW+6848

400 lbs

033-04344

MNXWP5548-Cl150

Schneider XW+ single 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 5,500 W 48 VDC Inverter

XW+5548

200 lbs

033-04360

MNXWP5548D-2CL150

Schneider XW+ dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 11,000 W 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW+5548

400 lbs

033-04361

MidNite Pre-Wired Schneider-Electric AC-Coupled Power Systems MNXWPAC6848

Schneider XW+ single 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 6,800 W 48 VDC Inverter

XW+6848

215 lbs

033-04374

MNXWPAC6848D

Schneider XW+ dual 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 13,600 W 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW+6848

440 lbs

033-04375

MNXWPAC5548

Schneider XW+ single 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 5,500 W 48 VDC Inverter

XW+5548

215 lbs

033-04388

MNXWPAC5548D

Schneider XW+ dual 120/240 VAC AC-Coupled 11,000 W 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW+5548

440 lbs

033-04389

The MidNite MNSW off-grid power panels are available with any of the SW inverters and either a KID or Classic charge controller. They come with one Schneider Electric SW inverter, Conext SCP, MidNite SW E-panel with DC breakers and AC bypass, either KID or Classic 150 charge control, WhizBangJr, and MNSPD. Also available with CL200 and CL250 charge controls. MidNite Pre-Wired Power Systems for Schneider SW Model

106

Description

Inverter

Weight

Item code

MNSW2524-KID-B

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 2,400 W 24 VDC Inverter, KID control

SW2524

120 lbs

033-04378

MNSW4024-KID-B

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 3,400 W 24 VDC Inverter, KID control

SW4024

120 lbs

033-04379

MNSW4048-KID-B

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 3,400 W 48 VDC Inverter, KID control

SW4048

120 lbs

033-04381

MNSW2524-CL150

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 2,400 W 24 VDC Inverter,CL150 control

SW2524

130 lbs

033-04366

MNSW4024-CL150

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 3,400 W 24 VDC Inverter, CL150 control

SW4024

130 lbs

033-04367

MNSW4048-CL150

Schneider SW single 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 3,400 W 48 VDC Inverter, CL150 control

SW4048

130 lbs

033-04382

Use an autotransformer as a step-down to connect the 240 VAC output of a generator to the 120 VAC input on an inverter. This allows full output power of a 240 VAC generator to be used for battery charging. Autotransformers can also step-up voltage to operate 240 VAC appliances and motors from the 120 VAC output of an inverter.

OutBack Power PSX-240 Autotransformer

The PSX-240 Autotransformer can be used for step-up, step-down, generator, and split-phase output balancing. The PSX-Relay version has a relay assembly, which is required when split-phase stacking with 120/208 VAC power sources. Both units have a built-in two-pole 20 A AC breaker and cooling fan.

Converters & Controls

AC Transformers

OutBack Power PSX-240 Autotransformer Model PSX-240 PSX-240-Relay

Description

Item code

6 kW autotransformer

030-04429

6 kW autotransformer with relay

030-04430

DC-DC converters are used to power appliances requiring a different voltage than the battery bank supplies. For example, powering a 12 VDC appliance that needs to be run from a 24 VDC or 48 VDC battery bank. Using a DC-DC converter is preferred for powering loads that require a different voltage than the battery bankâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s system voltage as center-tapping causes cell imbalances that shorten the useful life of the battery bank.

Samlex DC-Step-Down Power Converters

These switching DC-DC step-down power converters are designed to decrease DC voltage. They operate at high efficiency and provide regulated 13.8 VDC output from an input of 20-30 VDC. Use them to power 12 VDC lights and appliances from a 24 VDC system. Covered by a 2-year warranty. Samlex DC-Step-Down Power Converters Model

13.8 VDC output max amps

Item code

SDC-15

12 A

030-08720

SDC-23

20 A

030-08725

SDC-60

60 A

030-08729

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

107

Transformers

DC-DC Converters

Converters & Controls

Isolated DC-DC Converters

These isolated, enclosed DC-DC converters are designed to increase or decrease DC voltage. 100 W, 200 W, and 360 W versions are available. Samlex Isolated DC-DC Converters Model

Input voltage

Output voltage

Max output amps

Item code

IDC-100A-12

9-18 VDC

12.5 VDC

030-08740

IDC-100B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

030-08741

IDC-100C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

030-08742

IDC-100A-24

9/18 VDC

24.5 VDC

030-08744

IDC-100C-24

30-60 VDC

24.5 VDC

030-08746

IDC-200A-12

9-18 VDC

12.5 VDC

16 A

030-08747

Converters

IDC-200B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

16 A

030-08748

IDC-200C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

16 A

030-08749

IDC-200A-24

9-18 VDC

24.5 VDC

030-08751

IDC-200C-24

30-60 VDC

24.5 VDC

030-08753

IDC-360A-12

9-18 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08755

IDC-360B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08756

IDC-360C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08757

IDC-360A-24

9-18 VDC

24.5 VDC

15 A

030-08758

IDC-360C-24

30-60 VDC

24.5 VDC

15 A

030-08760

IDC-360B-48

20-35 VDC

48 VDC

7.5 A

030-08770

Solar Converters Inc. DC-Step-Down Power Converters

These high-efficiency DC to DC converters can be used to step down from a higher voltage battery to power lower voltage loads. The output voltage is set at the factory but can be user adjusted. These are covered by a 1-year warranty. Solar Converters DC-DC Converters

108

Model

Nominal Input Voltage

Minimum input voltage

Output voltage

Output amps

Item code

PPT 12/24-2 R5

24 VDC

22 VDC

5 VDC

038-08738

PPT 12/24-5 R9

24 VDC

22 VDC

9 VDC

038-08739

PPT 12/24-20 R13.8

24 VDC

22 VDC

13.8 VDC

20 A

038-08740

PPT 12/24-30 R13.8

24 VDC

22 VDC

13.8 VDC

30 A

038-08764

PPT 12/24-40 R13.8

24 VDC

22 VDC

13.8 VDC

40 A

038-08765

PPT 36-20 R13.8

36 VDC

33 VDC

13.8 VDC

20 A

038-08741

PPT 48-10 R12

48 VDC

44 VDC

12 VDC

10 A

038-08744

PPT 48-10 R13.8

48 VDC

44 VDC

13.8 VDC

10 A

038-08742

PPT 48-10 R27.6

48 VDC

44 VDC

27.6 VDC

10 A

038-08743

PPT 48-20 R13.8

48 VDC

44 VDC

13.8 VDC

20 A

038-08766

PPT 48-20 R27.6

48 VDC

44 VDC

27.6 VDC

20 A

038-08767

PPT 48-30 R13.8

48 VDC

44 VDC

13.8 VDC

30 A

038-08768

PPT 48-30 R27.6

48 VDC

44 VDC

27.6 VDC

30 A

038-08769

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

It is very important to prevent battery banks from being discharged too far. These specialized controllers send a start-up signal to a backup or remote power generator when the battery bank reaches a given voltage set point. It is important to note that not all start controllers work with all generators. Please contact AEE Solar to assess or confirm compatibility.

Magnum Energy AGS - Auto Generator Start

The Magnum Automatic Generator Start (AGS) is designed to automatically start a generator based on low battery condition or the inside temperature of RV and is compatible with most major generators, including Onan, Powertech, Generac, and Weterbeke.

Battery start voltage can be set from 10-12.2 VDC or 20-24.4 VDC or 40-48.8 VDC, the start temperature from 65-95 °F, the run time from 0.5 to 25.5 hours, and the quiet time with an easy-to-set clock. Automatic Generator Start settings do not interfere with the manual start/stop operation of the generator.

Converters & Controls

Generator Start Controls

Two models are available. The standalone AGS-S works well for installation and operation without an inverter. The networked AGS-N allows operation of the AGS via the ME Series remote panels. Magnum Energy Auto Generator Start Model

Description

Item code

Automatic generator start standalone

020-06375

Automatic generator start network version (for use with Magnum inverters only)

020-06377

Atkinson Electronics GSCM

The Atkinson GSCM (generator start controller module) is a microprocessor-based generator-starting controller that receives start commands from any 12 VDC output or dry-contact switch, including an inverter or charge controller's auxiliary relay, a voltage-controlled relay, a timer, a water-tank float switch, or any user-supplied contact closure. It automatically controls a gas/propane or diesel powered generator or pump, and is sealed for harsh-environment operation.

The GSCM provides contact signal relays to start the engine and to disconnect the starter when a minimum generator frequency output is measured. It can monitor the generator operation, shutting it down and displaying the fault conditions detected. The GSCM must be manually reset after a generator fault. The GSCM is powered by 12 to 24 VDC from a battery bank and will start generators for 12 to 48 VDC systems. For 48 VDC systems the GSCM must be powered by a 24 VDC-or-less tap on the 48 VDC battery bank, or from the generator’s starting battery. The GSCM provides a 30-day exercise function that can be synchronized with a photovoltaic input to only start each 30-day period at the beginning of the solar charge day. It also has a timed relay that can be used for diesel engine glow plugs. 2-year limited warranty. Dimensions are 5.5"H x 3.3"W x 1.5"D.

GSCM-mini

The GSCM-mini generator start controllers are optimized for use with OutBack Power and other inverters and charge controllers that have a 12 VDC output from their programmable AUX relay. They support three types of three-wire generator control: momentary, maintained, or ignition. They have a fixed crank time and over and under frequency shutdown. 2-year limited warranty. Use the GSCM-mini-i with gasoline and propane-fueled generators. Use the GSCM-mini-D with diesel generators.

Atkinson Electronics Auto Generator Start Model

Description

Item code

Generator start control module

020-06341

GSCM-mini-i

Generator start control module – mini-I for gasoline and propane generators

020-06343

GSCM-mini-D

Generator start control module – mini-D for diesel generators

020-06345

GSCM

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

109

Generator Start Controls

AGS-S AGS-N

Converters & Controls

Relays and Controls

The simple controls presented here enable you to automate certain functions for your renewable energy system, such as turning on/ off a load or starting/stopping a generator, or inverter, based on logical conditions, such as, battery voltage, time of day, or sensor reading. Relays enable a small control voltage signal to open or close a switch for a much larger voltage and current. Select relays and design your system so that it will "fail safe" if the control signal is lost.

Morningstar Relay Driver

The Morningstar Relay Driver is a logic module that provides control functions such as high/low-voltage alarms, load control, and generator start functions for 12, 24 or 48 VDC battery systems. It controls four independent relay driver outputs by reading battery voltage or by digital data inputs from any Morningstar controller or inverter, which includes an RJ-11 meter port (TriStar, TriStar MPPT, SunSaver Duo, SunSaver MPPT or SureSine). Multiple Relay Drivers can connect to a single controller or to multiple devices in a MeterHUB/MeterBus network. Outputs can be used to operate any mechanical or solid-state relay with a coil voltage that is the same as the battery voltage used to power the Relay Driver. Maximum current for each output channel is 750 mA.

Relays and Controls

The Relay Driver is pre-programmed with four commonly-used settings and may be mounted to a DIN rail or a flat surface. An RS-232 port and PC software (MS View or MODBUS commands) is included for custom programming, detailed monitoring and driver control. The driver terminals can accept 16 or 24 AWG wire. Self-consumption is less than 20 mA and the unit operates from 8 to 68 VDC. The Relay Driver is highly reliable: each channel has complete electronic protections for short circuit, overcurrent, reverse polarity, as well as lightning and transient surges. LED indicators display power and status for each channel as well as faults and data sampling intervals. Operating temperature range is -40 °C to +45 °C. Dimensions are 6.4"H x 3.2"W x 1.3"D and it weighs 0.4 lb. These are covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar Relay Driver Model

Description

Item code

RD-1

Morningstar Relay Driver

020-01255

RSC-1

Communications Adapter EIA-485 / RS-232

020-01256

HUB-1

MeterHUB

020-01260

DIN-1

DIN Rail Clips for Installing the Relay Driver to DIN Rails

020-01259

Solar Converters Inc. Voltage-Controlled Switches

These Voltage-Controlled Switches are user-adjustable voltage-activated relays with single-pole, doublethrow (SPDT) contacts rated for 30 A at 12 and 24 VDC, 15 A at 36 VDC, or 3 A at 48 VDC. The relay coil in the “Active-High” version is powered when the voltage rises to the high set point; “Active-Low” is powered when voltage drops to the low set point. The SPDT relay allows the switch to either connect or disconnect a circuit or turn one load on while turning another off. Voltage settings are user-adjustable and can be read with a voltmeter.

An active-high relay can be used as a DC pump controller, a diversion load controller, or to operate a large relay for a high-powered charge controller. An active-low relay can be used as a two-wire generator start controller or as a low battery voltage load disconnect. These devices consume 17 mA when off. Operates with 10-60 VDC. VCS-1 measures approximately 3"H x 5.3"W x 1.75"D. VCS-2 units come in a 5"H x 7"W x 2"D enclosure. 1-year warranty. Voltage-Controlled Switches

110

Model

Mode of operation

Enclosure

Item code

VCS-1AH

Active high

020-06218

VCS-2AH

Active high

Yes

020-06215

VCS-1AL

Active low

020-06221

VCS-2AL

Active low

Yes

020-06224

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

This single-pole, double-throw (SPDT), 40 A enclosed relay is widely used in the automotive industry. Wires may be attached with Âź" quick-connect terminals or a relay socket. Nominal operating current is 140 mA. The corresponding Relay Socket has 2' of wire.

SPST N.O. 12 VDC 75 A Relay

This enclosed single-pole, single-throw (SPST) relay has one set of contacts that closes when power is applied to the coil terminals. It can be used to turn on 12 VDC loads of up to 75 A. Power terminals are #10-32 screws and coil terminals are quick disconnects. Nominal operating current is 300 mA.

Converters & Controls

SPDT 12 VDC 40 A Relay

DPDT 30 A Relay

This double-pole, double-throw (DPDT) relay can be used for up to 30 A at 12, 24, or 48 VDC or 120 or 240 VAC. All contact surfaces are silver alloy with gold flashing. Contact terminals are #8-32 screws, and coil terminals are #6-32 screws. Relays with 120 VAC or 240 VAC coils can be used to build simple transfer switches. Relays with DC coils can be used for remote operation of pumps and fans. By connecting a relay with a DC coil to a voltage-controlled switch, AC or DC loads may be turned on or off based on battery voltage levels.

This enclosed surface-mount single-pole, single-throw (SPST) relay has one set of contacts that closes when power is applied to the coil terminals. It can be used with an inverter or charge controller's 12 VDC auxiliary output to provide a contact closure for generator start or other controls. The terminals are quick connect. It draws a small 44 mA coil current. Relays Description

Coil current

Item code

140 mA

053-08290

053-08291

75 A SPST relay

300 mA

053-08293

40 A SPDT 12 VDC relay Relay socket for 40 A relay DPDT 30 A relay - 12 VDC coil

170 mA

053-08281

DPDT 30 A relay - 24 VDC coil

53 mA

053-08287

DPDT 30 A relay - 48 VDC coil

42 mA

053-08288

DPDT 30 A relay - 120 VAC coil

83 mA

053-08278

DPDT 30 A relay - 240 VAC coil

42 mA

053-08284

Omron relay SPST 10 A 12 VDC coil

44 mA

053-08298

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

111

Relays and Controls

Omron SPST 10 A Relay

Converters & Controls

Battery Chargers

AC input battery chargers can be used with AC generators to provide battery charging on an emergency basis or in the absence of a renewable energy source. Since proper charging is vital to battery health, a high-quality charger is recommended if you plan to charge batteries from an engine generator.

IOTA DLS Converter/Chargers

The IOTA DLS series converter/chargers quickly and efficiently charge batteries with full rated output and then maintain the batteries using only the output required by the load or battery self-discharge, cutting back to milliamps as the battery requires. They are protected against low line-voltage spikes from the AC power source, and are reverse-polarity and short-circuit protected on the DC side. They also have current limit, thermal and overload protection. When used as a DC power supply, the DLS converter/chargers will only supply the amount of power required by the load, with very clean output power. When not in use, it is essentially off, minimizing electricity usage.

The DLS battery chargers operate very well on generator power with typical operating efficiency greater than 80%. The proportional fan control enables quiet, efficient operation. External fuses can be quickly and easily replaced and there is a socket and jumper that can be used to change the charge voltage limit to either 13.6 or 14.2 VDC (multiply by two for 24 VDC and four for 48 VDC batteries).

Battery Chargers

These converter/chargers can also be wired in series to increase voltage or in parallel to increase the charging amperage, or a combination of both. For example, four 12 V/55 A chargers connected in series would have a total output of 55 A at 48 VDC. Or the same four 12 V/55 A chargers can be wired in parallel for 12 VDC and 220 A output.

For 120 VAC / 60 Hz input the DLS-75 and DLS-27-40 models have 120 VAC 20 A plugs (NEMA 5-20). All other 120 VAC models have standard 15 A AC plugs (NEMA 5-15). 240 VAC models come with NEMA 6-15P three-prong 240 VAC plugs. The 240 VAC models can also operate on 230 VAC/50 Hz power. DLS chargers are UL-listed for the U.S.A. and Canada (except for models DLS-90 and DLS-54-13, and DLS-240-27-40) and are covered by a 2-year warranty.

112

Model

Battery voltage

DLS-15 DLS-30 DLS-45 DLS-55 DLS-75 DLS-90 DLS-27/15 DLS-27/25 DLS-27/40 DLS-54/13

12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC

DLS-240-30 DLS-240-45 DLS-240-55 DLS-240-27-25 DLS-240-27-40

12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

IOTA Battery Chargers Charge AC input Max AC Dimensions current voltage amps (L" x W" x H") IOTA 120 VAC 60 HZ Converters / Battery Chargers 15 A 3.7 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 30 A 7.3 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 45 A 11 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 55 A 13.4 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 75 A 18.2 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 120 VAC 90 A 21.8 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 15 A 7.3 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 25 A 12.2 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 40 A 19.5 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 13 A 12.6 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 IOTA 230/240 VAC 50/60 Hz Converters / Battery Chargers 30 A 3.7 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 45 A 5.5 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 230 - 240 55 A 6.7 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 VAC 25 A 6A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 40 A 10 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight

Item code

5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 7.8 lbs 7.8 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 7.8 lbs 5.0 lbs

045-02112 045-02115 045-02118 045-02121 045-02124 045-02127 045-02130 045-02133 045-02136 045-02147

5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 7.8 lbs

045-02152 045-02153 045-02154 045-02155 045-02156

The IQ-4 module upgrades any DLS battery charger to an automatic four-stage charger, using bulk, absorption, float charging, and equalization stages.

The Bulk Stage of the IQ4 allows the batteries to be charged from the full rated output of the charger. It will bulk charge to 14.8 VDC (multiply by two for 24 VDC and four for 48 VDC batteries). It will then absorb charge at 14.2 VDC for up to eight hours, and then drop to float charge at 13.6 VDC. If the battery remains in float stage for seven days, the IQ4 will switch the DLS charger into a pre-programmed Equalization Stage, which will cycle the battery through the Bulk and Absorption Stages before returning the battery to the Float Stage.

IQ4 for Parallel Charging

IOTA offers a specialized IQ4 module for use with parallel battery-charging applications. The specialized IQ4 Parallel attaches to two DLS chargers operating in parallel and monitors both units for delivering the appropriate charge level. Contact AEE Solar for IQ4 options for parallel charging with more than two DLS chargers.

Converters & Controls

IOTA IQ-4 Smart Controller

IOTA also makes DLS converter/chargers with the IQ4 Smart Controller built-in. Contact AEE Solar for information.

NOTE: The IQ-4 Smart Controllers are not recommended for generator-powered battery charging if the generator is only run for short periods of time. In this case, it's better to not taper the charging current, but instead control the charging time by limiting generator run times. Model

DC Voltage

Description

Item code

IQ4

12-24 VDC

Smart controller for 12 to 24 VDC chargers

045-02103

IQ4-54V

48 VDC

Smart controller for 48 VDC charger

045-02104

IQ4 Parallel

12-24 VDC

Smart Controller for parallel operation of two 12 or 24 VDC DLS chargers

045-02105

Schneider Electric Truecharge2 12 and 24 VDC Battery Charger

The Truecharge2 microprocessor-controlled chargers are designed for charging deep cycle batteries in 12 or 24 VDC systems. They feature low electrical interference and efficient, power factor corrected multistage charging. Switch settings give correct charge for flooded, gel, or absorbed glass mat (AGM) batteries. These chargers include: selectable two or three-stage charging (three-stage includes float charge), manual equalize charge button, and manual or automatic temperature compensation. The optional temperature sensing probe corrects charge voltage for actual battery temperature. These chargers have full output even with low-cost 1,000 to 3,000 W generators, and can be powered with 120 VAC or 230-240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz. Two of the 12 V, 20 A, 40 A, and 60 A models can be paralleled for double the charging current (Remote Control Panel required). 2-year warranty. UL Listed to UL 1564 and UL 1236 including Marine Supplement. 12 V/10 A model is also ETL Listed to UL458. Model 804-1210 804-1220-02 804-1240-02 804-1260-02 804-2410 804-2420 804-2430 808-0232-01 808-8040-01

Schneider Truecharge2 Battery Chargers Battery voltage Charge current Dimensions (L" x W" x H") 12 VDC 10 A 8.8 x 5.4 x 2.7 12 VDC 20 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 12 VDC 40 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 12 VDC 60 A 13.4 x 6.7 x 3.5 24 VDC 10 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 24 VDC 20 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 24 VDC 30 A 13.4 x 6.7 x 3.5 Remote temperature sensor Remote control panel

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight 3.3 lbs 4.8 lbs 4.8 lbs 9.9 lbs 4.8 lbs 4.8 lbs 9.9 lbs

Item code 045-02800 045-02895 045-02896 045-02802 045-02805 045-02807 045-02809 045-02898 045-02897 113

Battery Chargers

IOTA Accessories

Converters & Controls

Diversion Loads

Wind and hydroelectric generators can be damaged if they are allowed to run without a steady load. Battery banks can also be compromised if they are overcharged. Diversion loads, usually resistive heating elements, are used to provide a safety load for when the battery bank is fully charged and cannot accept more energy. The diversion load is generally switched on by a controller, or relay, driven by battery voltage.

Low-Voltage Water Heating Elements

These low-voltage water heating elements are used as diversion loads for wind or hydroelectric systems. Use one or more of these heating elements with a charge controller designed for load diversion, such as the Xantrex C-40 or C-60, or the Morningstar TriStar PWM controllers to turn your excess power into hot water. They fit most electric water heaters with screw-in elements. One model is available for 12 and 24 VDC systems and another for higher power 24 and 48 VDC systems. Each unit has two elements that can be wired in series, parallel, or used individually, depending on voltage and desired current draw. See table below to determine what each element will draw at various charging voltages. These elements have 1" NPT male pipe threads and are covered by a 2-year warranty.

If your water heater tank is designed for square flange elements, use one square flange adapter for each element. Low-Voltage Water Heating Elements Regulation voltage Model

Diversion Loads

12/24 VDC

14 V

56 V

Ohms

Amps

Watts

Amps

Watts

series

0.96 Ω

14.6 A

204 W

29.2 A

817 W

29.2 A

408 W

0.24 Ω

58.3 A

817 W

2.48 Ω

5.6 A

79 W

11.3 A

158 W

22.6 A

632 W

0.62 Ω

22.6 A

316 W

45.2 A

1,265 W

0.48 Ω

single parallel series

12/24/48 VDC

28 V

Wiring

1.24 Ω

single parallel

11.3 A

316 W

Amps

Item code

Watts --

22.6 A

021-09275 1,265 W 021-09279 021-09285

Square flange element adapter

New! APRS World DC Air Heater Dump Loads

APRS World's dump load is a building block element. The base block is a 600 W load which can be purchased as a 12/24 VDC model or a 48 VDC model. Wall mounting boxes are required and are available for single and multiple dump loads. Designed for safe, easy, and Code-compliant wiring.

APRS World DC Air Heater Dump Loads Model APRS8420 APRS8421

DC voltage

Resistance

Load amps

12 VDC

0.375 Ω

40 A

24 VDC

1.5 Ω

20 A

48 VDC

6.0 Ω

10 A

Weight

8 lbs

021-09340 021-09342

APRS8425

Wall mount – single 600 W dump load

021-09350

APRS8426

Wall mount for up to four 600 W dump loads

021-09351

APRS8426

114

Item code

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Clipper protects charge controllers and other electronics by sensing the incoming voltage from the turbine and using its internal loads as needed to hold down the incoming voltage to a field-adjustable set-point.

When used with a Classic MPPT charge controller, the Classic uses its auxiliary output to control the Clipper for optimum performance. The internal load should be sized according to the turbine that it is used with to provide adequate braking, without overloading the turbine. When the slider on the side of the Clipper is in the stop position, the input voltage (DC or three-phase) is held to zero volts through 50 A circuit breakers to provide emergency braking. All models have a temperature-controlled internal fan.

Converters & Controls

MidNite Solar Clipper

The MidNite Clipper is designed to control wind or hydro turbines and work with the MidNite Classic charge controllers. The Clipper communicates with the Classic to slow the turbine when the batteries are full, and also contains a stand-alone self-powered adjustable max VOC limiting circuit, which protects the turbine from over-speed. The Clipper has a settable voltage threshold and a breaking feature that provides convenient switching between run/turbine slowing, all in a rugged powder-coated enclosure.

The Clipper should be installed only in a protected dry indoor location with adequate ventilation on all sides. The air exiting the exhaust of the Clipper will be hot when the Clipper is slowing the turbine. A minimum of 8" of clearance on the sides and bottom and 24" above the Clipper are recommended. The AC Clippers are designed to work with AC turbines that have wild three-phase AC output and they convert the AC into DC for input into charge controllers such as the MidNite Classic. The AC Clipper contains two 277 VAC 50 A three-phase AC breakers (one for a stop switch) and a 1,200 V 200 A threephase bridge rectifier.

NOTE: If your turbine has larger than a 6' rotor diameter and or is rated for 1 KW or more you may need the 4 KW clipper. Please consult tech support.

The 4,000 W AC Clipper is for AC turbines up to 4,000 W. Standard values available are 0.4, 1.0, 1.6 and 4.0 Ω per phase. The 4,000 W DC Clipper is for turbines with direct DC output. The standard values available are 3.0, 4.8 and 12 Ω. NOTE: If your turbine has larger than a 10' rotor diameter and or is rated for 2.5 KW or more you may need more than one clipper. Please consult tech support. MidNite Solar can custom-build other resistance values upon request and have designed an easy-to-change resistor insert for the Clipper allowing changes in the field. Please contact AEE Solar Technical Support for help selecting the correct resistance or if you need a value not listed. Dimensions for all Clipper models are 25.5"H x 15.5"W x 5.25"D and weight is 50 lbs. MidNite Solar Clipper Model

Input power type

MNCLIP1.5KAC0.8

1,500 W

MNCLIP1.5KAC2.0 MNCLIP4KAC0.4 MNCLIP4KAC1.0

Rated wattage (max)

AC 4,000 W

MNCLIP4KAC1.6 MNCLIP4KAC4.0 MNCLIP1.5DC2.4 MNCLIP4DC3.0 MNCLIP4DC4.8 MNCLIP4DC12

1,500 W DC

4,000 W

Resistance value

Item code

0.8 Ω

021-00201

2.0 Ω

021-00202

0.4 Ω

021-00301

1.0 Ω

021-00303

1.6 Ω

021-00305

4.0 Ω

021-00307

2.4 Ω

021-00204

3.0 Ω

021-00407

4.8 Ω

021-00408

12.0 Ω

021-00410

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

115

Diversion Loads

1,500 W AC Clippers are for AC turbines up to 1,500 W. Standard values available are 0.8 and 2.0 Ω per phase. The 1,500 W DC Clipper is for DC turbines up to 1,500 W. The standard value available is 2.4 Ω.

Charge Controllers

A charge controller is used to keep the voltage across the battery within acceptable limits. The charge controller automatically tapers, stops, or diverts power when batteries become fully charged. Charge controller capacities range from 4 A to 100 A and multiple charge controllers can be used in parallel for larger systems. Some charge controllers offer additional features including charge status display, data logging, automatic battery equalization charging, generator starting, and even lighting controls. The simplest charge controllers disconnect the power source when the battery reaches a set voltage, and turn it on when a low voltage set point is reached. Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) charge controllers turn on and off very rapidly, maintaining the batteries at full charge voltage, which results in quicker and more complete battery charging. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) charge controllers optimize the voltage of the PV array to maximize total power output then convert that to the correct voltage to charge the battery. This process significantly increases the power from a solar array, particularly in low temperatures when battery voltage is significantly below the PV array voltage. Most MPPT charge controllers work with higher array voltages, which can greatly reduce the required wire size between the array and the charge controller. While more expensive than PWM controllers, MPPT charge controllers can boost system performance by up to 30% making them very cost effective.

MPPT Charge Controllers

The table below shows recommended maximum nameplate PV array sizes. The wattages shown can be exceeded by up to 20% without damaging the controller, but some “clipping” of potential peak current may occur under cool, clear conditions at the peak of the day. While exceeding these wattages may reduce power harvest at peak times of the day, the total daily amp-hours delivered to the battery bank will be greater because the larger array will produce more power in less-than-peak conditions such as mornings, afternoons, and in hazy or cloudy weather. MPPT Charge Controllers at a Glance Maximum recommended PV array size

Max output current

Model

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Max PV array voltage (VOC)

Item code

System Design

OutBack FLEXmax 60

60 A

862 W

1,724 W

3,448 W

150 VDC

020-02017

OutBack FLEXmax 80

80 A

1,149 W

2,299 W

4,598 W

150 VDC

020-02020

OutBack FLEXmax Ultra 100

100 A

2,875 W

5,750 W

250 VDC2

020-02031

MidNite Classic 150 or Classic SL

96 A at 12 VDC 94 A at 24 VDC1 86 A at 48 VDC1

1,379 W

2,701 W

4,770 W

150 VDC2

020-02405 020-02404

MidNite Classic 200 or Classic SL

79 A at 12 VDC1 78 A at 24 VDC1 76 A at 48 VDC1

1,106 W

2,126 W

4,023 W

200 VDC2

020-02407 020-02406

MidNite Classic 250 or Classic SL

61 A at 12 VDC1 62 A at 24 VDC1 55 A at 48 VDC1

876 W

1,782 W

3,161 W

250 VDC2

020-02409 020-02408

MidNite KID

30 A

431 W

862 W

1,724 W

150 VDC2

020-02400

Magnum PT-100

100 A

1,437 W

2,874 W

5,747 W

200 VDC2

020-06371

Schneider XWMPPT60-150

60 A

862 W

1,724 W

3,448 W

150 VDC

020-08040

Schneider XWMPPT80-600

80 A

2,299 W

4,598 W

600 VDC

020-08048

Morningstar SS-15MPPT

15 A

216 W

431 W

75 VDC

020-01261

Morningstar TS-MPPT-30

30 A

431 W

862 W

1,724 W

150 VDC

020-01116

Morningstar TS-MPPT-45

45 A

647 W

1,293 W

2,586 W

150 VDC

020-01109

Morningstar TS-MPPT-60

60 A

862 W

1,724 W

3,448 W

150 VDC

020-01110

Morningstar TS-MPPT-60-600

60 A

3,448 W

600 VDC

020-01103

25 A

350 W

700 W

120 VDC

Morningstar PS-MPPT-25 Morningstar PS-MPPT-25M Morningstar PS-MPPT-40

020-01282 020-01285

40 A

550 W

1,100 W

120 VDC

Blue Sky SB3000i

30 A w / 36-cell input 22 A w / 60-cell input

400 W 290 W

50 VDC

020-03121

Blue Sky SB2512i-HV

20 A w / 60-cell input

264 W

50 VDC

020-03164

Blue Sky SB1524iX

20 A at 12 VDC 15 A at 24 VDC

250 W

375 W

57 VDC

020-03118

Blue Sky SB3024iL

40 A at 12 VDC 30 A at 24 VDC

500 W

750 W

57 VDC

020-03158

Morningstar PS-MPPT-40M

Amps shown are reduced at the higher end of the controller’s array voltage range. Consult product manual for details. 2Absolute max open circuit voltage is the value listed, plus the nominal battery voltage. 1

116

020-01280

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

020-01287

It is important to note that PWM charge controllers have limited voltage correction capabilities and should only be used with 36 or 72-cell modules (See Solar Modules) in series or parallel to match the battery voltage. PWM Charge Controllers at a Glance Nominal PV array size

Model

Max output current (Amps)

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

SmartHarvest SCCP10-050

10 A

120 W

240 W

020-02039

SmartHarvest SCCP05-050

60 W

120 W

020-02038

MidNite BRAT

20 A charger w/10 A load control or 30 A charger

360 W

720 W

020-02435

Schneider C-35

35 A

420 W

840 W

020-08004

Schneider C-40

40 A

480 W

960 W

1,920 W

020-08005

Item code

Schneider C60

60 A

720 W

1,440 W

020-08040

Schneider C-12

12 A

144 W

020-08048

Morningstar TS-45

45 A

540 W

1,080 W

2,160 W

020-01105

60 A

720 W

1,440 W

2,880 W

020-01108

15 A

180 W

360 W

020-01120 020-01123

Morningstar PS-15 Gen3 Morningstar PS-15M Gen3

15 A

180 W

360 W

020-01150 020-01151

Morningstar PS-15M-48 Morningstar PS-15M-48-PG

15 A

720 W

020-01126 020-01129

Morningstar PS-30 Morningstar PS-30M Morningstar PS-30M-PG

30 A

360 W

720 W

020-01132 020-01135 020-01138

Morningstar PS-30 Gen3 Morningstar PS-30M Gen3

30 A

360 W

720 W

020-01152 020-01153

Morningstar SS-6-12V Morningstar SS-6L-12V

72 W

020-01245 020-01248

Morningstar SS-10-12V Morningstar SS-10L-12V

10 A

120 W

020-01230 020-01233

Morningstar SS-10L-24V

10 A

240 W

020-01236

Morningstar SS-20L-12V

20 A

240 W

020-01239

Morningstar SS-20L-24V

20 A

480 W

020-01242

Morningstar SL-10-12V

10 A

120 W

020-01218

Morningstar SL-10-24V

10 A

240 W

020-01221

Morningstar SL-20-12V

20 A

240 W

020-01224

Morningstar SL-20-24V

20 A

480 W

020-01227

Morningstar SG-4

4.5 A

75 W

020-01215

Morningstar SK-6

72 W

020-01252

Morningstar SK-12

12 A

144 W

020-01253

Morningstar SSD-25RM

25 A

300 W

020-01250

Blue Sky SB2000E

25 A

300 W

020-03122

Blue Sky SC30 Blue Sky SC30-LVD

30 A

360 W

020-03180 020-03181

Atkinson PVLC-15 Atkinson PVLC-15MD

15 A

180 W

360 W

020-05425 020-05432

Atkinson PVLC-40 Atkinson PVLC-40MD

40 A

480 W

960 W

020-05427 020-05435

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

System Design

Morningstar TS-60 Morningstar PS-15 Morningstar PS-15M

Charge Controllers

PWM Charge Controllers

117

Charge Controllers

OutBack Power FLEXmax MPPT Charge Controllers

The original maximum power point tracking (MPPT) charge controller, the FLEXmax, increases PV array yield b y up to 30% compared to non-MPPT controllers. FLEXmax charge controllers can operate at their maximum rated current in ambient temperatures up to 104 °F (40 °C) and can be used with battery systems from 12 to 60 VDC with PV open-circuit voltage as high as 150 VDC. The controller’s set points are fully adjustable to allow use with a variety of battery types and charging profiles. Maximum PV Array Wattage Battery bank voltage Max PV array wattage

Model

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

FM60-150VDC

862 W

1,724 W

3,448 W

FM80-150VDC

1,149 W

2,299 W

4,598 W

FLEXmax controllers come standard with a four-line, 80-character backlit LCD screen that displays PV system performance with a 128-day history and can also be used for programming and monitoring system operation. Both controllers have a programmable AUX relay that can be used for control functions such as battery-enclosure fans, generator starting, or load control. The AUX output is 200 mA at 12 VDC. Use it to power a separate relay with a 12 VDC coil if you need to control more current or to control voltages (AC or DC) other than 12 VDC. FLEXmax charge controllers are covered by a 5-year standard warranty and are listed to UL 1741 and C22.2 No. 107.1 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

OutBack Power

NEW! FLEXmax Ultra FM100-300VDC MPPT Charge Controller

OutBack Power’s new FLEXmax Ultra FM100-300VDC medium-voltage charge controller accepts higher voltages from PV arrays to allow for longer wire runs with reduced wire sizes. It can be used to charge 24 or 48 VDC battery systems from PV arrays with voltage up to 250 VDC, but can withstand voltages up to 300 VDC without damage (250 VDC plus battery voltage). Output is rated at 100 A, with four-stage charging and an operating temperature range of -20 °C to +60 °C. NEMA 3R design allows for outdoor installation. The FLEXmax Ultra 100 can be used in negative, positive, or floating ground systems. It has ample wirebending space and oversized terminals for easier installation with larger gauge wire, and a mechanical design that permits servicing and replacing all power components while the unit is mounted on a wall and attached to conduit. It has integrated PV ground fault detection, interruption and Indication, eliminating the need to have an external GFP device. Built-in AUX relay has a 12 VDC output of up to 250 mA. An OutBack Power MATE3 or AXS Card MODBUS/TCP interface is required to program this controller. Integrated OutBack Power network communications and OPTICS RE compatibility allows the FLEXmax Ultra 100 to be remotely programmed, monitored and controlled via any internet connected device. On-board datalogging records the last 128 days of operation recording for: amp hours, watt hours, time in float, peak watts, amps, solar array voltage, maximum battery voltage, minimum battery voltage and absorb time, accumulated amp hours, and kilowatt hours of production. Dimensions: 18.6”H x 8.8”W x 6.0”D. Weight: 21 lbs. Listed to UL1741, IEC 62109. 5-year warranty with available upgrade to 10 years.

The RTS remote temperature sensor (standard with the FM100; optional with the FM60 and FM80) has a 20’ cable and is used to read the battery temperature in order to allow the controller to automatically adjust the charging voltage set-points if the battery is above or below 77°F (25°C). FLEXmax charge controls connected to an OutBack inverter system with a HUB, can use the system RTS connected to the master inverter. OutBack MPPT Charge Controllers Model

Dimensions (H" X W" x D")

Weight

Item code

FM80-150VDC

OutBack 80 A MPPT charge control

16.25 x 5.75 x 4

12 lbs

020-02020

FM60-150VDC

OutBack 60 A MPPT charge control

13.5 x 5.75 x 4

12 lbs

020-02017

OutBack Ultra 100 A charge control

18.6 x 8.8 x 6

21 lbs

FM100-300VDC RTS AXS Card 118

Description

020-02031

OutBack Remote Temperature Sensor with 20' cable

030-04190

OutBack AXS communication card

029-06501

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SmartHarvest, by OutBack Power, is a value-priced charge controllers for small PV systems. These charge controllers are ideal for worldwide markets for residential, rural power, backup lighting, communications and monitoring systems.

MPPT Charge Controller

The SCCM20-100 and SCCM10-100 charge controls utilize Maximum Power Point Tracking to get the maximum yield from modern PV modules. They work with a wide variety of modules including those with 36, 60, or 72 cells in series with a maximum array voltage under 100 VDC. They can be used to charge either 12 or 24 VDC nominal battery systems, and have a three or four-stage charging algorithm. three LED lights indicate control status, and there is internal protection for mis-connections and overloads. These are for use only indoors, protected from the elements, with an operating temperature range from -40 째C to 60 째C. A remote probe is included for temperature-compensated charging. A load connection is included with low-voltage disconnect. These controllers are CE, IEC/EN 62109-1 certified and covered by a 2-year standard warranty.

Charge Controllers

SmartHarvest Charge Controller

NOTE: The RJ-45 port on the SmartHarvest controllers is not compatible with most Ethernet devices, including HUBs, and connecting such devices may damage them. MPPT Charge Controller Battery bank voltage Max PV array

12 VDC

24 VDC

SCCM10-100

150 W

300 W

SCCM20-100

300 W

600 W

PWM Charge Controller

The SCCP10-050 and SCCM05-050 charge controls utilize pulse-width modulation (PWM) to control the charge from modules for either 12 V or 24 V batteries. They can be used with 36-cell modules for charging a 12 VDC battery, or with 72-cell modules (or a pair of 36-cell modules) for charging a 24VDC battery. There is a three or four-stage charging algorithm, and three LED lights to indicate the control status. Internal protection is included for mis-connections and overloads. These are for use only indoors, protected from the elements, with an operating temperature range from -40 째C to 60 째C. A remote probe is included for temperature-compensated charging. A load connection is included with low-voltage disconnect. These controllers are CE, IEC/EN 62109-1 certified and covered by a 2-year standard warranty. NOTE: The RJ-45 port on the SmartHarvest controllers is not compatible with most Ethernet devices, including HUBs, and connecting such devices may damage them. Maximum PV Array Model

Description

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Item code

SCCM20-100

Smart Harvest 20 A MPPT charge control

4.3 x 7.8 x 2.2

2.16 lbs

020-02037

SCCM10-100

Smart Harvest 10 A MPPT charge control

4.3 x 7.8 x 1.8

1.10 lbs

020-02036

SCCP10-050

Smart Harvest 10 A PWM charge control

2.6 x 6.3 x 1.0

0.39 lbs

020-02039

SCCP05-050

Smart Harvest 5 A PWM charge control

2.6 x 6.3 x 1.0

0.39 lbs

020-02038

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

119

OutBack Power

Model

Charge Controllers

MidNite Solar Classic MPPT Charge Controllers

MidNite Solar's Classic charge controllers offer many useful features including arc-fault detection (not currently listed to UL 1699B) and Ground Fault Protection (GFP) which eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker assembly.

Three sizes are available to accommodate solar arrays with operating voltages up to 150, 200, or 250 VDC. A feature called HyperVOC protects the controller from damage when open-circuit voltage exceeds the operating voltage by a margin equal to or less than the battery bank voltage. The table below represents maximum power only. Be sure to consult the power curves in the user's manual when sizing your PV array as allowable current varies with array voltage. Maximum PV Array Size Battery bank voltage → (nominal)

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Classic 150

1,379 W

2,701 W

4,770 W

Classic 200

1,106 W

2,126 W

4,023 W

Classic 250

876 W

1,782 W

3,161 W

MidNite Solar

MidNite Solar’s Classic controllers have MPPT modes for solar, wind, or hydro with user-adjustable power curves, and a learning mode for self-optimization. Classics can be stacked to act as one large controller without a separate hub. The Classic has built-in Ethernet and USB and RS-232 ports for two-way communication. Each unit has 32 MB of internal memory for data storage. Firmware is user upgradeable using downloaded files. Each unit includes a sealing kit for dusty or salt-air environments, but sealing can reduce output by up to 20%. Use MidNite 300 VDC breakers (see Electrical Distribution Parts) for power-source voltages over 150 VDC. Make sure that the breaker will fit into your DC power center, or use a separate MidNite Big Baby Box (see Electrical Distribution Parts) to accommodate the breaker. On the battery side of the controller, breakers need only be rated for the highest battery-charging voltage. The Classic controllers have two auxiliary relay outputs. AUX1 can be programmed to either be a 12 VDC output (200 mA max) or as a dry-contact relay (1 A max). AUX2 can either be a 12 VDC output, a logic input (for instance it could allow control of the Classis by a signal from a battery BMS) or a PWM signal output for diversion load control or for connection to a MidNite Clipper. The Classic 150, 200 and 250 are listed to UL 1741 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 107.1:2001/09/01 Ed: 3 (R2006) and are covered by a 5-year warranty. Dimensions are 15"H x 6"W x 4"D, and weight is 11.5 lbs for all units. Made in U.S.A. The Classic SLis a lower cost solar-only version similar to the standard Classic. They do not have wind or hydro modes. SL versions have a streamlined menu, and built in Ground Fault Protection, but no Arc Fault Detection, or auxiliary outputs. BTS sold separately for these models. The MidNite Graphics Display Panel (MNGP) is a remote LCD display that mimics the interface on the Classic charge controllers. It can also be used with the Lite versions of the Classic series. The MidNite MNSICOMM is an adapter that allows the SMA Sunny Island to control the set points on a Classic control and will read the Classic data on SMA’s monitoring platform. MidNite Solar Classic MPPT Charge Controllers MNGP

Model

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Max operating array voltage

SL version

Full version

Classic 150

96 A

94 A

86 A

150 VDC

020-02404

020-02405

Classic 200

79 A

78 A

76 A

200 VDC

020-02406

020-02407

61 A

62 A

55 A

250 VDC

020-02408

020-02409

Classic 250

MidNite Classic remote graphics display

020-02422

MidNite communication modules for use with Sunny Island

020-02434

MidNite Battery Temperature Sensor

020-02425

MNNW10

MidNite 10" long communications cable

020-02420

MNNW3

MidNite 3' long communications cable

020-02423

MNGP MNSICOMM MNBTS

120

Item code

Maximum output current at battery voltage 1

Maximum output current is reduced at higher array voltages. See manual for more detail.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The MidNite KID 30 A MPPT charge controllers are suitable for small to medium-sized renewable energy systems. The KID works with 12, 24, 36, and 48 VDC battery systems and has a 150 VDC operating limit; but is not damaged with DC voltages as high as 162 VDC, due to MidNite’s HyperVOC circuitry. The KID has a three-LED bar graph, showing battery-charge status, and a keypad to access extensive menu items and set-points. MNKID

The KID controllers include a load control with load low-voltage disconnect (LVD). This can also be programmed as a lighting controller with dusk-to-dawn or various other on and off times. There is also a programmable AUX relay.

Sealed electronics and passive cooling (no fans) make it ideal for use in harsh environments. There are front-panel breakers for input, battery, and load. The controller’s operating temperature range is -40 ºC to +50 ºC but the controller will automatically de-rate at temperatures above 25 ºC. Add the battery-temperature sensor (BTS) to these models.

Charge Controllers

KID 30 A MPPT Charge Controllers

ETL Listed to UL1741 and UL458 for the U.S.A. and Canada. CE Certified. FCC Class B compliant. Dimensions are 9.25”L x 5”H (6.6”H with wall-mount adaptor) x 3.4”D. NEMA 1 (IP64) indoor rating. Available in either white or black casing. Made in U.S.A. and has a 2-year warranty. Assembly Kit

The MNKID-M Marine version comes standard with the MNKID-M-BKT Boat Mounting Bracket, flexible conduit, battery-temperature sensor and extra conformal coating.

MNKID-ASSY KIT comes with Boat Mounting Bracket, knobs, screws, 3' flex conduit, battery temperature sensor, and four 1/2" connectors. Available in white or black. MNKID-CDT KIT contains two 1/2" straight connectors, two 1/2" elbow connectors and 3' flex conduit.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

121

MidNite Solar

The MidNite Whiz Bang Jr is a current-sense module that attaches to a standard Deltec 500 A / 50 mV shunt and wires into the MidNite Classic or KID charge controllers to give amperage readings from the shunt, enabling absorb charge to stop according to a current set point. In this mode, if the battery current falls below a programmable threshold for one minute, the Classic or KID will recognize that the batteries are fully charged and switch to float mode.

Charge Controllers

BRAT 30 A PWM Charge Controllers

The MidNite BRAT is a PWM charge controller with either a 20 A charger and 10 A load control, or a 30 A charger without load control. Usable with 36-cell modules to charge 12 or 24 VDC battery banks, with three or four-stage charging. It has no relays, fans or external heat sink, and is in a clear polycarbonate NEMA 3R outdoor enclosure with 4 LED’s to display system status. The 10 A load control can be used as a low voltage disconnect or a 16-position lighting control. The controller’s operating temperature range is -40 ºC to +60 ºC but the controller will automatically de-rate at temperatures above 25 ºC. Ambient temperature sensing for charge voltage compensation is internal to these models. Dimensions are 7” H x 6” W x 2.4” D. 2-year warranty. Made in U.S.A. MidNite Solar KID Charge Controllers and Accessories Model

Description

Item code

MNKID-B

MidNite KID charge controller with Wall-Mount Bracket - black

020-02400

MNKID-W

MidNite KID charge controller with Wall-Mount Bracket - white

020-02401

MNKID-M-B

MidNite KID Marine charge controller with Boat-Mount Bracket - black

020-02403

MNKID-M-W

MidNite KID Marine charge controller with Boat-Mount Bracket - white

020-02402

Whiz Bang Jr

Current-sense module

020-02426

MNBTS

Battery -temperature sensor

020-02425

MNKID-M-BKT-B

Boat mount bracket - black

020-02428

MNKID-M-BKT-W

Magnum Energy

Boat mount bracket - white

020-02427

MNKID-ASSY KIT-B

KID Assembly Kit - black

020-02430

MNKID-ASSY KIT-W

KID Assembly Kit - white

020-02429

KID Conduit Kit

020-02431

Replacement 30 A breaker for KID charge control

053-03074

BRAT 20 A with load or 30 A without load PWM charge controller

020-02435

MNKID-CDT KIT MNKID-BREAKER-30A MNBRAT

Magnum Energy

PT-100 Charge Controller

The PT-100 is an MPPT (Maximum Power Point Tracker) charge control with a maximum 100 A output. It can charge 12, 24, and 48 VDC battery banks with typical 99% efficiency. It comes standard with both arc-fault detection (not currently listed to UL 1699B) and ground-fault protection (GFP) which eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker assembly. The array open-circuit voltage can be as high as 200 VDC + battery voltage or 240 VDC, whichever is lower. The array operating voltage is up to 187 VDC, and battery-charging voltage range is 10 to 66 VDC. An auxiliary dry-contact relay is available for control of generator start or load shedding or similar functions. The wiring box can be separated from the control for convenient installation and ease of service. There is extensive electronic protection for PV short circuit, high voltage, over-current, and power derating with over-temper'ature. A digital screen and LED indicators provide system information. There is internal data logging with harvest information data up to 255 days. Use the Magnum Energy system remote display to read this information. Firmware is user upgradeable using downloaded files. Use 300 VDC breakers (see Electrical Distribution Parts) for power source voltages over 150 VDC. On the battery side of the controller, breakers need only be rated for the highest battery-charging voltage, and has a 5-year warranty. Made in U.S.A. ETL Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada and CSA C22.2 No. 107.1, CE.

ACLD-40 AC Diversion Charge Controller

The ACLD-40 diversion charge control is made specifically for battery charge control in an AC-coupled grid-tied system. It provides PWM (Pulse-Width Modulation) three-stage battery charging utilizing common AC heater loads when an AC-coupled system is functioning in off-grid mode. This is more effective than the on/off mode used in most AC-coupled systems for getting the battery to a full state of charge during extended utility outages. Up to 4,000 W of AC loads can be utilized with the option of having primary and secondary loads. It works with 12, 24, and 48 VDC battery systems, and must be connected to an MS-PAE inverter system. Listed to UL 1741 and CSA C22.2 No. 107.1. Covered by a 3-year warranty extended to 5 years when used with a Magnum Energy MP or MMP panel and made in U.S.A. Maximum PV Array Model PT-100 122

ACLD-40

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Item code

Magnum 100 A MPPT charge control

Description

15.5 x 8.5 x 4.0

13.6 lbs

020-06371

Magnum 4 kW AC Load Diversion Control

13.75 x 11.5 x 7

20 lbs

020-06372

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

RELIABILITY FOR EVERY SOLAR SYSTEM TYPE Suburban home. Remote cabin. Mobile home. A few lights and a phone charger. Or a whole home backup system. Magnum Energy products from Sensata Technologies have you covered. Our full line of inverters, inverter/chargers, charge controllers, and balance of system equipment are ready for your custom solutions to your customers’ power needs.

MicroGT 500 Inverter

PT-100 Charge Controller

MP-ODE Outdoor Enclosure

CC Solar Charge Controller

 Supports two modules per inverter  Individual MPPT for each module  Storage-ready: Optimized to regulate AC coupled Magnum battery-based inverters

 MPPT for increased efﬁciency  100 amp controller supports a large array up to 6600W  Automatic 12, 24, 48V battery system detection

 NEMA-rated enclosure protects against rain, sleet, snow, and ice  Enclosure can house an MMP panel, Magnum inverter/charger, PT-100 controller, and Magnum remote  Screened ventilation

 30 & 40 amps for smaller power needs  Easy-to-read LCD display and integrated USB charger  Part of a family of low power charge controllers from 6 to 40 amps

15 YEARS

Reliable Solutions For Off-Grid • Backup • AC Coupling • Grid Tie Check www.SensataPower.com to learn more. #ILoveMyMagnum POWER FOR WORK. POWER FOR LIFE.

Sensata_AEE_Catalog_Ad_fullpage_2017.indd 1

11/1/2016 4:06:21 PM

Charge Controllers

Schneider Electric Schneider Electric XW-MPPT60-150 Charge Controller

The XW-MPPT60-150 can be used with PV arrays at voltages up to 150 VDC and can support an output of up to 60 A for battery voltages between 12 to 60 VDC. Maximum power point tracking (MPPT) maximizes energy harvest and provides increased flexibility in module selection and string sizing.

A large aluminum heat sink eliminates the need for an internal fan for added reliability. Built-in ground fault protection (GFP) eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker. The XW-MPPT60-150 can be mounted on the side or top of the XW power distribution panel, or used stand-alone in other PV systems. The front panel features a 2-line 16-character display and 4 buttons for configuration and system monitoring. A battery temperature sensor is included with the controller. The charge controller has a configurable single-function auxiliary output (producing 5 to 13 VDC at 200 mA) that can drive a relay for load control or activate devices, such as vent fans or indicator alarms. The XW-MPPT60-150 is able to communicate its settings and activity to other Xanbus- enabled devices, such as XW Series inverter/chargers, the System Control Panel II (SCP), XW Automatic Generator Start (XW-AGS), and other XW-MPPT solar charge controllers through the Xanbus network. The dimensions are 14"H x 5"W x 5"D, weight is 12 lbs and it is covered by a 5-year warranty with an optional extension to 10 years. Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

Schneider Electric XW-MPPT80-600 Charge Controller

Schneider Electric

The XW-MPPT80-600 can accommodate open circuit voltages of up to 600 VDC, which reduces wiring needs, increases module selection and string sizing flexibility, and enables greater distance between the power source and battery bank. The MPPT PV array input window is 195 to 550 VDC, which supports an output of up to 80 A for 24 or 48 VDC battery banks. Standby power draw is less than 1 W.

The charge controller has a configurable single-function auxiliary output to drive a load control relay or to activate devices such as vent fans or indicator alarms. Full output current of 80 A is available without de-rating in ambient temperatures up to 113 Â°F (45 ÂşC). Over-temperature protection de-rates the power throughput when ambient temperatures are higher. The XW-MPPT80-600 also features protections for input over/under voltage, output over current, and back-feed (reverse current). Built-in ground-fault protection (GFP) eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker. This unit is configurable for positive, negative, and ungrounded PV systems.

The XW-MPPT80-600 can be used with the XW power distribution panel, or stand-alone in other PV systems, with a Square-D HU361RB 600 VDC array disconnect. Use a 100 A breaker on the battery side of the controller.

A battery temperature sensor is included with the controller. The XW-MPPT80-600 is compatible with Xanbus-enabled devices, such as the XW Series inverter/charger, the System Control Panel, XW Automatic Generator Start Module, and other XW solar charge controllers through the Xanbus network. It can also be installed in a stand-alone mode with an XW System Control Panel. XW-MPPT80-600 dimensions are 30"H x 8.63"W x 8.63"D, weight is 29.8 lbs. and it is covered by a 5-year warranty with an optional extension to 10 years. Listed to UL 1741 and CSA 107.1 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Schneider Electric XW Charge Controllers Model

Item code

XW-MPPT60-150

XW 60 A 150 VDC MPPT charge control

020-08040

XW-MPPT80-600

XW 80 A 600 VDC MPPT charge control

020-08048

PV Array disconnect switch for MPPT80-600 charge controller

053-02312

XW SCP

XW System Control Panel - provides central user interface for Xanbus network

300-00128

XW AGS

XW Automatic Generator Start Module

030-01183

SQD HU361RB

124

Description

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Schneider Electric C-35, C-40, and C-60 PWM (pulse-width modulation) controllers can be used as either PV charge controllers, DC load controllers or DC diversion regulators in 12 and 24 VDC systems (the C-40 can also be used in 48 VDC systems). Two controllers can be used together to provide multiple functions. As DC load controllers, they disconnect the load at a user-defined low voltage and reconnect at a higher voltage reconnect point. As diversion controllers, they send excess power to a diversion load (see Controls and Relays) to regulate hydroelectric or wind generators. The maximum current throughput is reduced by 25% when used in diversion mode.

All Schneider Electric C-Series charge controllers have field-adjustable bulk and float set points and perform automatic equalization every 30 days or whenever low-voltage disconnect (LVD) is reached. Equalization can be manually initiated with automatic shut-off. The optional BTS-15 Battery Temperature Sensor can be used to increase accuracy of the control algorithms. The optional CM/R50 display shows battery voltage, array current and power, cumulative amp-hours, and a separately resettable â&#x20AC;&#x153;tripâ&#x20AC;? amp-hour measurement. The digital display can be mounted on the front of the charge controller, or with a cable for remote mounting in a double-gang electrical box up to 100' away.

Charge Controllers

Schneider Electric C-35, C-40 and C-60 PWM Controllers

These controllers are listed to UL 1741 and CSA 22.2 No 107.1-95 and covered by a 2-year warranty. Schneider Electric C-Series PWM Charge Controllers Model

Charge current

Item code

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12 or 24 VDC

13.6 lbs

020-06371

C-40

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

40 A

020-08005

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12 or 24 VDC

60 A

020-08009

C-60

Description

BTS-15

Battery temperature sensor with 15' cable (C-series only)

020-08025

CM/R50

Remote display with 50' cable

020-08019

Schneider Electric C-12 Charge & Lighting Controller

The C-12 controller is PWM microprocessor-based and has a 12 A low-voltage disconnect (LVD) and an automatic lighting control, making it well suited for small remote loads such as signs, cabins and bus shelters. The lighting control activates the light at dusk, has an adjustable duration timer for 2 to 8 hours of run time, and can be set to run until dawn. The LVD shuts off the load when the battery voltage falls below a user-defined set-point. Use one of the C-Series Battery Temperature Sensors for more accurate battery charging.

For use in 12 VDC systems only. The C-12 can be mounted outdoors. Its dimensions are 6.5" x 4.3" x 1.5" and it is UL listed and covered by a 2-year warranty. Schneider Electric C-12 Charge/Lighting Controller Model C-12

Description Schneider C-12 Charge controller / Lighting controller

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

12 VDC

12 A

020-08002

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

125

Schneider Electric

System voltage

C-35

Charge Controllers

Morningstar TriStar MPPT 600 VDC Charge Controllers

The TS-MPPT-600V uses Morningstar’s TrakStar™ MPPT technology coupled with the widest PV input operating-voltage range available in a PV controller. The high-speed sweeping algorithm of the TrakStar™ MPPT technology enables this charge controller to harvest the maximum energy from a solar array under all ambient conditions. The TS-MPPT-600V charge controllers are rated for 60 A output to charge 48 VDC battery systems, and can be programmed to charge 24 VDC or 60 VDC battery systems. Their wide input operating voltage range of 100-525 VDC, 600 VDC maximum open-circuit voltage limit, and buck-boost design, allow flexible string sizing that also mitigates PV shading. A four-stage charging algorithm helps to optimize battery health.

The TS-MPPT-600V controller is Ethernet enabled for remote communications, data logging, adjustability, and metering. Communication ports/interfaces include Ethernet, EIA-485, RS-232 and MeterBus. Built-in lightning protection protects the circuitry from nearby lightning-induced voltage/current spikes. The large heat sink provides convective cooling without fans, so there are no moving parts. Continuous full power operation up to 45 °C ambient temperatures. The printed circuit boards are conformal coated for protection against moisture and dust. Self-diagnostics and electronic error protections help reduce the risk of installation missteps.

Morningstar

The TriStar MPPT 600 V charge controller is available with or without a pre-wired DC Disconnect Box. The pre-wired DC Disconnect Box version, the TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB, can be used with positivelygrounded or negatively-grounded PV systems and has both array and battery disconnects.

TriStar MPPT 600 VDC Charge Controllers w/ Array Transfer Switch

The TriStar charge controller is now available as the TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB-TR with an array transfer switch. This 30 A, 600 VDC double-pole, double-throw switch will enable the Tristar to be installed between the PV array and a grid-tie inverter so that during a utility outage, the array can be switched to charge a battery backup system. This arrangement does not require any compatibility between the grid-tie inverter and battery inverter, and is extremely reliable as a retrofit backup-power solution to a grid-tie PV system. The backup system can be made to fit only the backup requirements, not the equipment requirements. A larger PV array can be fed into one charge control for higher output during cloudy periods, and will simply limit the charge at 60 A (or lower setting) when there is more power available from the array. The TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB-TR-GFPD is the same control with transfer switch, and includes Morningstar’s advanced ground-fault-protection device with the control.

A battery-temperature sensor (RTS) is included. Wire terminals accept #14 to #2 AWG wire. All units are NEMA1 rated for indoor installation (IP20). Listed to UL 1741 and Canadian CSA C22.2 No. 107.1.01. FCC Class B Part 15 compliant. Ambient operating temperature range: -40 ºF to +113 ºF (-40 ºC to +45 ºC). These charge controllers are covered by a 5-year warranty.

See the Morningstar Accessories page for metering and other accessories for these controllers. Morningstar TriStar MPPT 600 VDC Charge Controllers Model

126

Description

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Item code

TS-MPPT-60-600V- 48

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller

15.4 x 8.7 x 5.9

19.8 lbs

020-01103

TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller with DC disconnect

21.4 x 8.7 x 5.9

28.1 lbs

020-01104

TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB-TR

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller w/ DC disconnect and transfer switch

21.4 x 8.7 x 5.9

28.1 lbs

020-01101

TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB-TR-GFPD

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller w/ DC disconnect and transfer switch and GFPD

35.5 x 8.7 x 5.9

37 lbs.

020-01102

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Morningstar's TriStar TS-MPPT-30, TS-MPPT-45, and TS-MPPT-60 solar charge controllers with TrakStarâ&#x201E;˘ Technology are advanced maximum power point tracking (MPPT) controllers for photovoltaic (PV) systems up to 3 kW. These controllers work well in a variety of applications including: residential and commercial systems, remote telecommunications, 12 VDC RV & marine applications, traffic and highway telemetry, industrial automation & control, and solar outdoor lighting. The TS-MPPT controllers can be used with arrays having a maximum open-circuit voltage of 150 VDC and have a charging range of 8 to 72 VDC.

Optional local and remote meters (see Morningstar Accessories section) provide detailed operating data, alarms and faults with three LED indicators to display system status. The TS-MPPT has a simple DIP Switch setup for plug-and-play operation or is fully programmable with a PC connection. The chassis on the TriStar controllers is isolated from the power circuits, allowing use in both negative and positive grounded systems.

Charge Controllers

TriStar MPPT 150 VDC Charge Controllers

Extensive Networking and Communications Capabilities enable system monitoring, data logging, and remote adjustments. All models offer open standard MODBUS protocol and Morningstar's MS View software and allow a Serial RS-232 connection to a PC or laptop. In addition, the TS-MPPT-60 includes a built-in Ethernet port for a fully web-enabled interface to view data from a web browser to display up to 200 days of data logging and send email/text and messages. The TS-MPPT-60 also has a built-in RS-485 port for connecting to an EIA-485 network. A remote temperature sensor (RTS) is included. See the Morningstar Accessories page for metering and other accessories for these controllers.

Morningstar TriStar MPPT Charge Controllers Model

Description

Web enabled

TS-MPPT-30

TriStar MPPT 30 A charge controller

TS-MPPT-45 TS-MPPT-60

Nominal maximum array power

Item code

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Yes*

431 W

862 W

1,724 W

020-01116

TriStar MPPT 45 A charge controller

Yes*

647 W

1,294 W

2,588 W

020-01109

TriStar MPPT 60 A charge controller

Yes

862 W

1,724 W

3,448 W

020-01110

* Requires HUB-1

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

127

Morningstar

Dimensions: 11.4"H x 5.1"W x 5.6"D. Weight: 9.2 lbs. Listed to UL 1741. 5-year warranty.

Charge Controllers

SunSaver MPPT 15 A Charge Controller

The SunSaver MPPT (Maximum Power Point Tracking) charge controller is designed for 12 and 24 VDC battery charging from a PV array with a maximum open circuit voltage of 75 VDC. Use up to three 36-cell PV modules in series or a single 60-cell or 72-cell module to provide up to 200 W when charging a 12 VDC battery or up to 400 W when charging a 24 VDC battery. The SunSaver MPPT maximizes the output of the PV array by rapidly finding the array’s peak power point with extremely fast sweeping of the entire I-V curve, providing an estimated 5-25% power boost over PWM or simple on-off controllers, especially during periods of colder temperatures and low battery voltages when it is most needed. The controller features electronic protection from short circuit, overcurrent, reverse polarity, high temperature, high voltage, lightning, and transient surges. An adjustable low-battery load disconnect protects the battery from over-discharge. LED indicators indicate charging, low-battery and faults. The optional meter provides detailed system information, 30 days of logged data, alarms, and faults.

The SS-15MPPT has a simple DIP-switch setup for plug-and-play operation or is fully programmable for custom and advanced programming with a PC connection using the PC MeterBus Adapter (MSC) and Morningstar’s MSView software (available for free on Morningstar’s website). Also compatible with Morningstar’s MeterHub. The UMC-1 communications adapter converts the Morningstar MeterBus RJ-11 electrical interface to a standard USB 2.0 interface which allows communication between a Morningstar charge controller or inverter and a PC computer. See the Morningstar Accessories page for information on the metering and other accessories for this controller. The SunSaver MPPT now features programmable lighting control for up to four time periods and is adjustable with respect to hours/minutes after/before – Dusk/Dawn/Solar Midnight/Solar Noon. Mounts on DIN rail with DIN-1 rail clip.

Morningstar

SS-15MPPT dimensions are 6.6"H x 2.75"W x 2.2"D, weight is 1.65 lbs, and it is covered by a 5-year warranty. Listed to UL 1741 CSA 107.1 for U.S.A. and Canada. See the Morningstar Accessories page for information on the metering and other accessories for this controller. Morningstar SunSaver MPPT Charge Controllers Model SS-15MPPT

128

Description SunSaver MPPT charge controller

DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01261 020-01258

RM-1

SunSaver MPPT remote meter

RTS

Battery-temperature sensor

020-01141

MSC

MeterBus adapter

020-01257

UMC-1

Communications adapter Morningstar MeterBus to USB

020-01251

DIN-1

Din-rail clip - each

020-01259

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The TriStar pulse-width modulation (PWM) controllers can operate as solar charge controllers, load controllers, or diversion regulators in 12, 24 or 48 VDC systems. They can also be custom programed for 36 VDC. Two or more controllers can be used to provide multiple functions. PWM may be changed to on/off operation to prevent telecom noise.

Two models are available with current ratings of 45 A and 60 A. Seven different set points are selectable via DIP switches for plug-and-play operation. An RS-232 communications port enables PC or laptop connection to adjust controller set points, to download internally-logged data, or to configure detailed PC data logging. A PC can communicate with the TriStar via open-standard MODBUS protocol and Morningstar's MS View software. The RSC-1 communications adapter can be used to convert the RS-232 serial connector to TIA-485 to be included in an TIA-485 network. The TriStar also has a lighting control feature with 7 DIP-switch presets or custom programmed settings with up to two ON-OFF time periods after/before dusk and dawn.

Charge Controllers

TriStar PWM Charge Controllers

An optional TS-M-2 Digital Display can be mounted on the front of the controller or up to 100' away using four-conductor phone cable with RJ-11 jacks. The meters can provide in-depth system information, including 60 days of internally-logged data. They can also be connected to a MeterHub network with the MeterHub (HUB-1) to be displayed on a TriStar Meter or networked with a Relay Driver for relay switch operation. Battery temperature compensation may be added with the optional Remote Temperature Sensor (RTS). See the Morningstar Accessories page for more information on the metering and other accessories for these controllers

Morningstar TriStar PWM Charge Controllers Model

Description

DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

TS-45

TriStar 45 charge controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

45 A

020-01105

TS-60

TriStar 60 charge controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

60 A

020-01108

RTS

Battery-temperature sensor

020-01141

TS-M-2

TriStar Meter-2 mounts on front of charge controller

020-01111

TS-RM-2

TriStar Remote Meter-2 display with 100' cable

020-01112

ProStar Gen2 PWM Charge Controllers

ProStar (PS) Gen2 PWM charge controllers have automatic equalization and temperature compensation, and provide four-stage charging including a monthly equalization charge. The ProStar controllers can be used on 12, 24, and 48 VDC systems with AGM, gel, and flooded lead-acid batteries. Front-panel LEDs indicate charging status and state-of-charge. Reverse-polarity protection on input and output prevents inadvertently damaging the controller. Short-circuited loads are automatically disconnected.

M models include an LCD meter to display battery voltage, PV charging current, and load current. Lowvoltage disconnect (LVD) is current-compensated to prevent false disconnect when the battery is heavily loaded. Internal circuitry is conformal coated to guard against corrosion. ProStar dimensions are 6.01"H x 4.14"W x 2.2"D and it is covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar Prostar PWM Charge Controllers DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

ProStar 15

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01120

ProStar 15 with digital display

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01123

Model PS-15 PS-15M

Description

PS-15M-48

ProStar 15 48 VDC with digital display

48 VDC

15 A

020-01126

PS-15M-48-PG

ProStar 15 48 VDC with digital display, positive ground

48 VDC

15 A

020-01129

ProStar 30

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01132

ProStar 30 w/ digital display

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01135

ProStar 30 w/ digital display positive ground

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01138

PS-30 PS-30M PS-30M-PG RTS

Remote temperature sensor

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

020-01141 129

Morningstar

Dimensions: 10.25"H x 5"W x 2.8"D. Weight: 3.5 lbs. 5-year warranty. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada.

Charge Controllers

NEW! ProStar Gen3 PWM Charge Controllers

The new ProStar Gen3 PWM charge controllers are Morningstar's third generation of their highly reliable mid-range PWM solar charge controllers for residential, mobile, or stand-alone power and lighting systems. They feature conformally a coated circuit board, corrosion-resistant terminals, and automatic battery select for 12 and 24 VDC systems. 4-stage charging for Bulk, Absorption, Float, and Equalizing, with 7 standard battery settings, or custom settings can be programmed in. Full nameplate current rating, both PV and load, up to 60 C continuous. The ProStar Gen3 controllers provide continuous self-diagnostics, monitoring, and reporting of any errors through its status LEDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, optional display or communication port. Electronic error protections prevent damage when installation mistakes or system faults occur. Protected from overload, short-circuit, high voltage warning, reverse polarity, high temperature, and nighttime reverse current on the PV input side, and overload, short-circuit, high temperature, and reverse polarity on the load side. They are also protected from battery reverse polarity.

MODBUS communications protocol allows for easy programming, control, remote data access and charge synchronization. On-board data logging stores up to 256 days of detailed solar charge and load consumption data. Load terminal connections provide Low-Voltage Disconnect and Reconnect, and can be programmed for lighting control (dusk to dawn or custom settings). Automatic PV Based Lighting Control is field adjustable with multi-event load control allowing many options for PV lighting systems. Models with the optional meter allow adjustments to charging, lighting, and load control settings without an external computer.

Morningstar

Wire terminals accept wire up to #6 AWG. The Remote Temperature Sensor allows for automatic adjustment of charge settings based on the battery temperature. The optional Meter display is a high resolution, LCD, multi-lingual, backlit graphical display. Low noise design meets US Federal Communications Commission Class B specifications. ETL Listed: UL62109/CSA.107.1; IEC 62109; FCC Part-15 class B compliant. These charge controllers are covered by a 5-year warranty.

See the Morningstar Accessories page for information on the metering and other accessories for these controllers. Morningstar Prostar Gen3 PWM Charge Controllers DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

ProStar 15 Gen3

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01150

ProStar 15 Gen3 with digital display

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01151

ProStar 30 Gen3

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01152

ProStar 30 Gen3 w/ digital display

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01153

Model PS-15 Gen3 PS-15M Gen3 PS-30 Gen3 PS-30M Gen3

130

Description

RTS

Remote temperature sensor

020-01141

RM-1

Remote meter

020-01258

MSC

MeterBus adapter

020-01257

UMC-1

Communications adapter Morningstar MeterBus to USB

020-01251

EMC-1

Ethernet Communications Adapter

020-01249

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SunSaver Gen3 controllers are advanced PWM solar battery charging and load controllers for smaller stand-alone 12 and 24 VDC PV systems. A rugged anodized-aluminum case, marine-rated terminals, and epoxy-encapsulated electronics enhance durability. A temperature-compensation sensor in the charge controller varies full-charge voltage with temperature. SunSavers are field-selectable for sealed or flooded batteries and have a four-stage battery charging process (including auto-equalization for flooded batteries) optimized for long battery life and improved system performance. Self-diagnostics and electronic error protection prevent damage when installation mistakes or system faults occur and reset automatically when resolved. The Gen3 controllers include a multi-color status LED as well as three battery LED indicators, which together communicate system status, battery state of charge and 13 possible error conditions. The terminal cover prevents contact with the wiring terminals. The load output connections can provide power to DC loads up to the unit’s current rating, and “L” models provide low-voltage disconnect (LVD) for connected loads. Telecom mode and 15 VDC charge limit for sensitive loads.

Charge Controllers

SunSaver Gen3 Charge Controllers

Negative ground only. Operating temperature range of –40 °C to +60 °C.

SunSaver dimensions are 6"H x 2.2"W x 1.3"D. These Gen3 SunSaver Controllers are approved for Class 1 Div 2 for hazardous locations and are Listed to UL1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada, CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 certification and are covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar TriStar MPPT 600 VDC Charge Controllers Model

Description

DC system voltage

Charge current

LVD current

Item code

N/A

020-01245

12 VDC

020-01248

SS-10-12V SunSaver

12 VDC

10 A

020-01230

SS-10L-12V SunSaver with LVD

12 VDC

10 A

020-01233

SS-20L-12V SunSaver with LVD

12 VDC

20 A

020-01239

SS-10L-24V SunSaver with LVD

24 VDC

10 A

020-01236

SS-20L-24V SunSaver with LVD

24 VDC

20 A

020-01242

SS-6-12V

DIN 1

SunSaver

DIN-rail clip for mounting SunSaver and SunLight controllers on a DIN rail - each (two needed per controller)

020-01259

SunLight Charge Controller with Lighting Control

The SunLight (SL) is a SunSaver Gen2 controller that includes a rotary switch which allows it to turn on the loads after dusk for 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 hours. One option turns loads on at dusk then off and on again before dawn. In this configuration, you can choose the following settings (in hours): 3/off/1, 4/ off/2, or 6/off/2. “On” from dusk to dawn is also possible. A test button turns light(s) on for five minutes. Covered by a 5-year warranty with dimensions of 6.6"H x 2.2"W x 1.3"D. Morningstar SunLight Charge/Lighting Controllers Model

Description

SL-10-12V

SunLight with LVD

SL-20-12V

SunLight with LVD

SL-10-24V

SunLight with LVD

SL-20-24V

SunLight with LVD

DC system voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC

Charge current

Load current

Item code

10 A

020-01218

20 A

020-01224

10 A

020-01221

20 A

020-01227

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

131

Morningstar

12 VDC

SS-6L-12V SunSaver with LVD

Charge Controllers

SunGuard Charge Controller

The SunGuard SG-4 uses the same charging circuit as the SunSaver and works well as a 12 VDC, low-power controller for up to 75 W of PV module(s). Since it is epoxy encapsulated, it can be used outdoors in harsh environments. The SunGuard’s dimensions are 2.5"H x 2"W x 1.6"D with wire leads for connecting module and battery, and it is covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar SunGuard Charge Controller Model SG-4

Description

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

12 VDC

4.5 A

020-01215

SunGuard

SunKeeper Charge Controller

Morningstar’s SunKeeper solar controller provides a low cost regulated output directly from the solar module to maximize battery life in small solar power applications. The SunKeeper is epoxy encapsulated and rated for outdoor use. By mounting directly to the module junction box and wiring through the junction box knockout, the connection is weather-proof. This eliminates the need for an additional housing for the controller. It’s designed to mount in a ½" knockout in a PV module junction box or other enclosure.

The SunKeeper is available in 6 A or 12 A versions for small 12 VDC systems, and provides PWM threestage charging. Includes temperature compensation at the controller or alternatively at the battery when used with the optional Remote Temperature Sensor. A bi-color LED indicates solar charging, regulation, normal nighttime operation, and any controller or system faults.

Morningstar

The SunKeeper has been designed with extremely efficient power electronics and is rated to 70 °C so it can be mounted behind a PV module. The SunKeeper is also certified for use in Class 1, Division 2 hazardous locations, making it well suited for solar powered oil/gas applications. It's covered by a 5-year warranty and listed to UL 1604 and CSA 22.2. Morningstar SunGuard Charge Controller Model

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

SK-6

SunKeeper 6

12 VDC

020-01252

SK-12

SunKeeper 12

12 VDC

12 A

020-01253

RTS

Description

020-01141

Remote battery temperature sensor

SunSaver Duo RV Charge Controller

The SunSaver Duo two-battery charge controller will charge two separate and isolated batteries at the same time, such as a ‘house’ battery and an engine battery in an RV or yacht. This controller also includes a backlit remote meter that may be flush or surface mounted, and displays alpha-numeric and graphical information about the solar power system status. Epoxy-encapsulated electronics for environmental protection. User adjustable via DIP switch or connection to a personal computer. Optional Remote Temperature Sensor for battery bank. Covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar SunGuard Charge Controller Model

Description

SSD-25RM SunSaver Duo with remote meter

Charge / load current

Item code

12 VDC

25 A

020-01250

RTS

Remote temperature sensor

020-01141

MSC

MeterBus adapter

020-01257

Communications adapter Morningstar MeterBus to USB

020-01251

UMC-1

132

DC system voltage

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Optional TriStar Meters have a 2 x 16 character LCD display that shows extensive system and controller information, logged data, bar graph metering as well as alarms and fault codes for easy troubleshooting. The information may be shown in English, French, German, Portuguese or Spanish. The TS-M-2-600V can be mounted on the front of the TS-MPPT-60-600V-48 controllers, the TS-M-2 can be mounted on the front of the TS-MPPT 150 VDC controllers. The TS-RM-2 is a remote display with a 100' cable. In addition to computer networking, Morningstar has developed the ability to set up a separate MeterBus network. The meter ports allow for communications between compatible products and Morningstar's MeterHub (HUB-1) allowing multiple Morningstar products to communicate over an expanded MeterBus network to provide improved data monitoring, additional capabilities, and lower system cost. It enables multiple controllers to share a single TriStar meter and display individual controller data as well as aggregated data for the entire system. The HUB-1 also enables multiple controllers to share a single Relay Driver (RD-1). See Converters and Controls for more info on the RD-1.

Charge Controllers

Morningstar Charge Controller Accessories

The RSC-1 communications adapter converts an RS-232 serial connector to a standard RS-485 port and may be used to include the TS-MPPT-30, TS-MPPT-45 and TriStar (PWM) controllers and Morningstar’s Relay Driver in an TIA-485 Network. The Morningstar GFPD-150V and GFPD-600V are advanced ground fault detection and protection devices. See Electrical Distribution Parts for more information.

NEW! Morningstar EMC-1 Ethernet Meterbus Converter™

The EMC-1 is powered by connecting it to the Morningstar product’s MeterBus port and the DC input for 12, 24, or 48 V systems. The MeterBus port connection enables transmission of serial data to the EMC-1. The EMC-1 converts this connection to a fully enabled Ethernet port to allow data transfer to the internet. This facilitates remote monitoring, configuration, and control using any type of IP based network connection, allowing many integration options for Morningstar products in remote power systems. The EMC-1 has 35mm standard size DIN rail mounts on bottom of unit. Morningstar Accessories Model

Description

Item code

Optional digital display for front of all TS-MPPT-60-600V-48 controls

020-01114

TS-M-2

Optional digital display for front of all TS-MPPT 150 V controls

020-01111

TS-RM-2

TriStar Remote Meter Display with 100' cable

020-01112

HUB-1

MeterHub controller communications HUB for up to 15 devices

020-01260

EMC-1

Ethernet MeterBus Converter

020-01249

TS-M-2-600V

RD-1

Relay driver with 4 independent outputs for system control functions

020-01255

RSC-1

Communications adapter RS-232 to EIA-485 (For TS-MPPT-30 and TS-MPPT-45 only)

020-01256

Remote temperature sensor (replacement – one RTS is included with the controller)

020-01141

RTS GFPD-600V

DC Ground Fault Protection Device, 2-pole, 50 A, 600 VDC

053-03165

GFPD-150V

DC Ground Fault Protection Device, 2-pole, 60 A, 150 VDC

053-03164

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

133

Morningstar

The Ethernet MeterBus Converter EMC-1 enables IP based network and internet connectivity to any Morningstar product that features an existing MeterBus port (RJ-11) including TriStar, ProStar Gen3 and SunSaver Duo PWM controllers; TriStar, ProStar, and SunSaver MPPT controllers; and the SureSine inverters.

Charge Controllers

Blue Sky Energy Solar Boost™ Charge Controllers

The Blue Sky Solar Boost charge controllers feature Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT), reverse-polarity protection, selectable charge voltage set points, and an equalize function. An optional user-friendly digital display is available to monitor PV charge performance. The display shows battery voltage, solar current, charge current, and charge mode, either in the controller, as a remote panel installed up to 300' away, or both. Optional temperature sensor provides for compensation of charge voltage to further improve charge controller and battery performance. Solar Boost controllers are available with or without the digital display and optional remote display. 5-year limited warranty

Blue Sky Energy

Solar Boost 3024iL The SB3024iL is designed to charge 12 and 24 DC battery systems from a 24 VDC array (maximum open-circuit voltage is 57 VDC). Maximum charge current is 40 A output at 12 VDC and 30 A at 24 VDC. It has an auxiliary output that can serve as a 20 A load controller or as a 2 A battery charger. The SB3024DiL version adds a front-mounted digital display The DUO-Option software upgrade converts the auxiliary output into a 20 A diversion type PWM charge controller. The DUO-Option upgrade allows a 3024 to provide charge control for hydroelectric, wind or similar DC generators requiring diversion type charge control while at the same time providing MPPT type PV charge control. The MPPT PV power controller and the diversion power controller operate as a single coordinated charge control system fed by multiple power sources. Operation is similar to the coordinated operation of multiple 3024’s on Blue Sky Energy’s IPN Network. This coordinated approach provides better battery charge control for hybrid systems compared to using a separate diversion charge controller. For dump load applications exceeding 20 A, the Current Booster Module CBM4070 will support dump loads up to 40 A. The CBM4070 is driven by the auxiliary output of a DUO-Option equipped 3024. The SB3024 controllers are IPN network interface enabled, and include load-control outputs so they can also serve as lighting controllers. An IPNPro remote is required to enable and configure dusk-to-dawn lighting control. Listed to UL 1741 and CSA STD E335-1/2E. Solar Boost 2512i-HV and 2512iX-HV, and 1524iX The SB 2512i-HV is a fully automatic three-stage charge controller system. A partial IPN network interface is also included to allow use of the Universal Communication Module (UCM), and IPN-Remote and IPN-ProRemote displays. This controller is rated for 25 A maximum output with a 36-cell module, and 20 A with a 60-cell module. The Solar Boost SB2512iX-HV and SB1524iX provide additional features including automatic or manual equalization, remote battery-temperature sensor input, full IPN network compatibility, and an auxiliary output. The user-configurable auxiliary output can serve as either a 25 A (15/20 in 1524iX) load controller or a 2 A auxiliary battery charger for a separate battery, such as the starter battery in an RV. The auxiliary output can also provide fully-adjustable dusk-to-dawn lighting control.

All three of these Solar Boost charge controllers can charge a 12 VDC battery from a single 60-cell module or by using 36-cell modules. The 1524iX can be used for 24 VDC systems, however two 36-cell modules in series, or a 72-cell module should be used in 24 VDC systems with this controller.

Open frame construction with conformal-coated electronics mounted to rear of 5.3” x 5.3” (13.5 cm x 13.5 cm) clear-anodized aluminum face plate. Black ABS corrosion-proof mounting box is included, 2.5” (6.4 cm) deep. Blue Sky Energy IPN Charge/Lighting Controllers Model

Charge current

Max PV array voltage

Item code

Charge controller

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A1

57 VDC

020-03158

SB3024DiL

Controller with digital display

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A1

57 VDC

020-03159

SB3024iL/DUO

Charge controller w/DUO option

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A

57 VDC

020-03168

SB3024DiL/DUO

Controller w/DUO option and digital display

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A

57 VDC

020-03169

CBM4070

Software upgrade, converts SB3024iLauxiliary output into diversion charge controller

020-03167

Current Booster Module, 40 amp PWM

020-03170 020-03157

SB3024PDiL

Front cover with digital display for SB3024i – retrofit for unit without display

SB2512i-HV

Charge controller

12 VDC

25 / 20 A2

50 VDC

020-03164

SB2512iX-HV

Charge controller

12 VDC

25 / 20 A2

50 VDC

020-03165

SB1524iX

Charge controller

12 or 24 VDC

20 / 15 A

57 VDC

930-0022-20 2

DC system voltage

SB3024iL

Upgrade/3024 DUO

Description

Battery temperature sensor

With 12 VDC battery / with 24 VDC battery With 36-cell modules / 60-cell modules

134

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

020-03118 020-03149

Blue Sky Energy RV Charge Controllers Model SB3000i SC30 SC30-LVD 720-0011-01 SC30-ADAPTER 930-0022-20

Description

System voltage

Max charge current

Item code

30 / 22 A MPPT panel-mount charge controller

12 VDC

30 / 22 A*

020-03121

30A PWM panel-mount charge controller

12 VDC

30 A

020-03180

30A PWM panel-mount charge controller w/ low-voltage disconnect signal

12 VDC

30 A

020-03181

Wall-mount box for SB3000i, SC30, SC30-LVD

020-03119

7.5" x 4.6" (19.1 cm x 11.7 cm) Black-panel existing-cutout adapter. Covers existing large cutout & accepts SC30

020-03184

Battery-temperature sensor

020-03149

* v30 A with 36-cell modules and 22 A with 60-cell module

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

135

Blue Sky Energy

Sun Charger 30 PWM Charge Controller Blue Sky Energy’s Sun Charger 30 (SC30) panel-mount solar charge controller will charge a 12 VDC battery bank at up to 30 A from a 12 VDC (nominal) PV array, but cannot be used with 60-cell or 72-cell modules. It uses PWM charge voltage control (not MPPT) with a three-stage charge algorithm to charge flooded, gel, or AGM lead-acid batteries. All charge settings are user adjustable. The built-in low-power LED digital display combines readability with very low power consumption, includes an automatic night-time diming feature and may be turned off completely. Conformal-coated electronics, anodized face plate and stainless-steel fasteners resist corrosion. Built-in protection for reverse polarity, battery/PV swap, transient voltage, over-current, and over-temperature helps prevent installation errors from damaging the unit. The operating temperature range is -40 °C to+45 °C. The SC30-LVD is similar to the SC-30 but includes a low-voltage disconnect & lighting-control feature via a 50 mA drive signal to a power relay with a 12 VDC coil (not included - see Converters and Controls for the Omron SPST 10 A relay which draws 44 mA) The dimensions of the Solar Boost Sun Charger 30 are 4 5/8"H x 6 3/8"W x 1 1/4"D and is covered by a 5-year warranty.

Charge Controllers

Solar Boost 3000i MPPT Charge Controller Blue Sky Energy’s SB3000i panel-mount solar charge controller charges 12 VDC batteries at up to 30 A from conventional 36-cell 12 VDC PV modules (up to about 400 W), or with a single 60-cell PV module at up to 22 A of output current (up to about 290 W). The maximum input voltage limit is 50 VDC, so it cannot be used with72-cell modules. Solar Boost 3000i’s sophisticated three-stage charge control plus auto/manual equalization optimally charges flooded, gel and AGM lead-acid batteries. A user-configurable auxiliary output is also provided which can serve as a 20 A LVD load controller, 20 A lighting controller with LVD, or 2 A auxiliary battery charger for a second battery such as the engine-starting battery in an RV. All set-points for charge control and load control are user adjustable. The LED display combines excellent readability with very low power consumption and includes an automatic night-time diming feature, or it may be turned off completely. Solar Boost 3000i may also operate as an IPN Network Master controlling up to seven remote Blue Sky Energy IPN-compatible charge controllers such as the SB3024iL. All networked controllers display through the SB3000i’s digital display and may share a battery-temperature sensor. Dimensions are 6.4”W x 4.6”H x 2.2”D. Operating temperature range of -40 ºC to +45 ºC. Can be panel or wall mounted using the optional surface-mount box (see Accessories).

Charge Controllers

IPN Remotes and Optional Controller Accessories

Blue Sky Energy’s Integrated Power Net™, or IPN Network provides an integrated charge-controller communication strategy. The advanced high-speed digital network allows up to eight IPN-capable charge controllers to communicate with each other and operate in a master/slave configuration. Charge parameters are set in the master, and the slaves automatically take on these settings and work with the master to behave as a single charge-control machine. The IPN Network also allows networked controllers to share an optional battery-temperature sensor and remote display. The IPN Network does not require an additional controller, display, or other special communication hardware or software to operate. The Solar Boost 3024iL, 2512iX-HV, and 1524iX charge controllers include load-control outputs so they can also serve as lighting controllers. An IPN Pro-remote is required to enable and configure dusk-todawn lighting control but does not need to remain connected to the system.

The IPNPRO Remote combines charge-controller monitoring and battery system monitoring in a single remote display, eliminating the need for a separate battery monitor. A high-accuracy calculation of remaining battery capacity compensates for a variety of factors, including charge/discharge current, battery size, type, and temperature. Information learned from past battery behavior is used to continuously improve metering accuracy. The IPN-ProRemote also monitors and controls Blue Sky's IPN-based charge controllers. It can monitor both the combined total and individual status of up to 8 IPN charge controllers on a single IPN network. Dimensions are 4½”H x 4½”W x 1½”D (11.4 cm x 11.4 cm x 3.8 cm) and it fits in a standard duplex wall-mount box.

Blue Sky Energy

The IPNREM remote display provides basic monitoring for IPN compatible charge controllers. The unit displays battery voltage, output current and charge controller system status for up to eight controllers on a single IPN network. An LED display is used to provide readability in any lighting. The charge-status indicator displays system status and battery state-of-charge. When the battery is being charged, the display toggles between battery voltage and charge-controller-output current. The current display can be configured to show the total output current from all controllers on the IPN network, or the output current from a particular controller. Multiple IPN remote displays can be placed on a single IPN network even if an IPN Pro-Remote is already present. Dimensions are 2 ½”H x 3”W x 1 1/8”D (6.3 cm x 7.6 cm x 2.8 cm).

The Universal Communications Module (UCM) acts as a bridge between Blue Sky’s IPN Network and external systems. A standard MODBUS RTU interface is provided both as isolated RS-485 and TCP\IP Ethernet based MODBUS/IP and includes a built-in HTTP web server allowing data view and parameter setup with a standard web browser either locally or globally over the Internet. The Battery Temperature Sensor has 20' of cable can be used with any Solar Boost controller. Optional shunts allow the IPN remotes to monitor other charging sources and loads. The IPN Remotes are designed to be panel mounted (through a hole in a wall or panel). Use the MTG BOX 2512 Wall-Mount Box for surface mounting. Blue Sky Energy IPN Network Monitors and Controller Accessories Model IPNPRO-S

IPN Pro-Remote display with 500 A shunt

Item code 020-03161

IPNPRO

IPN Pro-Remote display

020-03162

IPNREM

IPN-Remote

020-03163

Universal Communication Module – IPN to RS-485/Ethernet connection module

020-03166

Battery-temperature sensor

020-03149

Remote shunt 100 A / 100 mV

028-09245

UCM 930-0022-20 CS-100 CS-500 720-0011-01 MTG BOX 2512

136

Description

Remote shunt 500 A / 50 mV

028-09253

Wall-Mount box for SB2000E, SC30, SC30-LVD, 3000i

020-03119

Plastic ABS wall-mount box - 2.50" (7 cm) deep. For SB2512i(X) and SB1524iX

020-03120

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Atkinson Electronics Lighting Controllers

The fully-waterproof PVLC series charge and lighting controllers can be used with 12 or 24 VDC systems and are well suited for operating area lighting or signage. MD-designated controllers have a motion sensor to activate the light or load when motion is sensed. Controllers with and without motion detectors are available in 15 A and 40 A versions. All Atkinson controllers have low-voltage load disconnect (LVD) and temperature compensation and can be used with sealed or flooded batteries. Atkinson Lighting Controllers Model

System voltage

PV and load current

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Item code

PVLC-15

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

2 x 3 x 1.25

020-05425

PVLC-40

12 or 24 VDC

40 A

3.3 x 5.5 x 1.7

020-05427

PVLC-15MD

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

2 x 3 x 1.25

020-05432

PVLC-40MD

12 or 24 VDC

40 A

3.3 x 5.5 x 1.7

020-05435

Charge Controllers

Atkinson

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

137

Meters & Monitoring

Battery Meters

Battery-capacity meters serve as a fuel gauge for a battery bank and are an important part of any battery system, both to ensure usability and to properly maintain the battery bank. Simple battery-capacity meters read the voltage across the battery bank and determine a state of charge accordingly. More sophisticated monitoring systems also use a DC shunt to monitor charge and discharge amp-hours. In both cases, it is important that they be installed and calibrated according to manufacturer's instructions to ensure accuracy. See Battery-Based Inverters for battery meters that are deployed as part of a larger power system, such as OutBack Power's FLEXnet™ DC.

MidNite Solar Battery-Capacity Meter Designed to simplify battery management, this Battery-Capacity Meter can be used on 12, 24, 36, and 48 VDC battery systems using flooded, AGM, and gel batteries. LEDs on the upper dial show present battery capacity. Three lower LEDs show the time frame of the last full charge as “less than one week,” “longer than one week,” or “longer than two weeks.” Handy for at-a-glance readings on golf carts, forklifts, or any battery-powered devices. The meter face is 5"W x 4"H. MidNite Solar Battery-Capacity Meter Description

Item code 028-02260

MidNite Battery-Capacity Meter

DC Meters

Bogart Engineering TriMetric 2030 and 2030-RV

TM 2030 A-F

This meter operates on 12, 24 or 48 VDC. LEDs show volts, amps, and amp-hours. Amp-hours can be displayed directly or as “% full.” One LED indicates charging and fully-charged states. Another LED indicates when charging or equalization is needed and warns of low battery-voltage events. The meters also record minimum and maximum voltage, days since last charge, days since last equalized, and total lifetime amp-hours withdrawn. The TriMetric can be located up to hundreds of feet away from batteries using inexpensive four-conductor twisted-pair meter wire. A shunt is required for operation. Use the 500 A shunt on a 12 VDC inverter larger than 800 W, or a 24 VDC inverter larger than 1,600 W. Use a 1,000 A, 100 mV shunt for systems with stacked inverters or where continuous current is over 300 A. The 1,000 A/100 mV shunt has the same resistance as the 500 A/50 mV shunt and may be used interchangeably. Order the shunt separately. These meters work with battery banks up to 2,500 Ah. The positive lead to the TriMetric should be fused with the included 1 A fuse. This meter can be mounted flush or with a wire mold. Trimetric meters are made in U.S.A., have dimensions of 4.5"W x 4.75"H, and are covered by a 2-year warranty.

TM2030-RV-F

Bogart Engineering TriMetric Amp-Hour Meters and Accessories Description

Item code

TriMetric 2030-A-F amp-hour meter

028-00028

TriMetric 2030-RV-F amp-hour meter

028-00027

Surface-mount box

028-00026 050-01237

Four-conductor 18 AWG wire Shunts

138

500 A/50 mV shunt

028-09253

100 A/100 mV shunt

028-09245

1,000 A/100 mV shunt

028-09254

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

PM100D

The PentaMetric Battery Monitor measures up to two separate battery systems with a common negative. The meter monitors battery current plus two charging sources/loads. The complete system consists of an input unit placed near the batteries, a display unit that can be placed up to 1,000' from the battery bank, and a computer-interface unit. It can monitor up to three shunts; for example, it can measure solar input, wind input, and battery state-of-charge. Audible and visual alarms warn of high and low battery conditions. An optional Windows software interface allows control of and access to all data from the computer. A relay output enables control of a generator or external alarm. The PentaMetric is covered by a standard 2-year warranty. Basic measurements • Two voltage channels: 8-100 VDC • Three current channels -- 200 ± 0.01 A with 100 A/100 mV shunt -- 1,000 ± 0.1 A with 500 A/50 mV or 1,000 A/10 mV shunt • Temperature -20 °C to +65 °C

DC Meters

Secondary measurements • Amp-hour (3 channels): up to ±83,000 Ah • Cumulative (negative) battery amp-hours (two channels) • Smoothed (time filtered) amps • Volts (two channels): 0 to 100 VDC • Watts (two channels) ±.01 up to 20,000 W • Watt-hours (two channels) up to ±21,000 kWh • Battery % full (two channels) 0 to 100% • Days since batteries charged (two channels) .01 to 250 days • Days since batteries equalized (two channels) .01 to 250 days Data-logging functions The Pentametric Battery Monitor has three data-logging modes that can run simultaneously. With the computer interface, all three types can be output to a spreadsheet file. Periodically Logged data mode records three amp-hour channels, two watt-hour channels, temperature max/min, voltage, and current at regular intervals (once per day to once per minute). Battery Discharge Voltage Profile mode logs voltage and current every time the charge level changes by 5% (or 10%) for up to two battery systems. Battery Cycle Efficiency mode documents system efficiency for up to two battery systems. Bogart Engineering PentaMetric Battery Monitor and Accessories Description 500 A/50 mV shunt

100 A/100 mV shunt

Item code

PentaMetric display unit PM-100D

028-00011

PentaMetric input unit PM-5000U

028-00013

Computer interface PM-100C with RS232 port

028-00015

Computer interface PM-101CE with Ethernet

028-00016

Computer interface PM-101USB with USB

028-00010

Temperature sensor TS-1

028-00018

Shunts

Use these shunts with Bogart Engineering TriMetric and Pentametric Battery Monitoring systems. These shunts can also be used in other types of DC amp meters that use a remote shunt. Shunts Description

1,000 A/100 mV shunt

Item code

500 A/50 mV shunt

028-09253

100 A/100 mV shunt

028-09245

1,000 A/100 mV shunt

028-09254

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Meters & Monitoring

Bogart Engineering PentaMetric Battery Monitor

139

Meters & Monitoring

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

These meters are like those found near a typical residential or commercial utility-service entrance and can be used to meet financing or incentive-program requirements for PV-system output metering. Be sure to verify which meters are approved by the financing provider or incentive program you are using.

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

The ITRON LCD meter is the standard utility-grade meter seen on most homes. These reconditioned, certified, utility-grade meters are an economical means for keeping track of how much net energy is exported to the utility grid. The 028-03012 meter (Form 2S) works for 120 VAC or 120/240 VAC systems with a maximum current of less than 200 A. AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description Kilowatt hour meter Form 2S ITRON LCD Digital 240 VAC CL200

Item code 028-03012

Vision Meter

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

These utility-grade digital smart kilowatt-hour meters employ current transformers for extremely accurate measurement and long-term stability, even at low power levels. Non-volatile memory protects data in the event of a power failure. The Vision Meter can display kWh delivered, kWh received, kWh net, instantaneous demand, voltage, current, phase angle, and segment check. Vision Meter Smart Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description

Item code

Vision kilowatt-hour meter form 2S

028-03061

Vision kilowatt-hour meter 3-phase form 14/15/16S

028-03063

Performance Based Initiative Approved Meters

These Smart meters appear on the gosolarcalifornia.org website list of approved meters for Performance Based Initiative (PBI) systems. The ABB Alpha-A1D+ is designed for especially harsh climates and is suitable for 600 VDC applications. The Form 2S meter is used for single-phase, 120/240 VAC, three-wire installations. The Form 9S meter is used for three-phase, 208 VAC, four-wire delta installations. The Form 16S meter is used for three-phase, 208 or 480 VAC, four-wire Wye installations PBI Approved Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description

Item code

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, single-phase Form 2S, SP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM2S

028-03093

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, three-phase Form 9S, PP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM9S

028-03094

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, three-phase Form 16S, PP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM16S

028-03095

Analog Form 2S Meters

These are 120/240 VAC Form 2S meters with visual cyclometer and analog gauges, with 100 A and 200 A rated versions available. These meters are great for use as demonstration meters or for off-grid applications. Itron Digital Meter with Cellular Modem Description

140

Item code

Analog kWh meter, EZ-read cyclometer, Form 2S, 240 V, 100A, Reconditioned

028-03015

Analog kWh meter, Form 2S, CL200, 200A, 240V, Reconditioned

028-03018

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

There are two types of kilowatt-hour meter bases available for single-phase, two- or three-wire 100 A service, and each includes a sealing ring. The cast, Round base has 1 Â˝" threaded holes in the top and bottom and is not UL Listed. The sheet-metal four-terminal sockets are rated for 100 A or 200 A, 240 VAC, and are used with the Form 2S meter for 120/240 VAC systems. UL listed and NEMA 3R rated for outdoor use. For three-phase systems, use the appropriate socket for the meter form. The seven-terminal socket is 13"W x 19"H, rated at 200 A, 600 VAC and is used with Form 16S meters. It is a ringless socket with a lever bypass, which allows removal of the meter without interrupting service. Use this socket for the Locus Energy L-Gate 320 monitoring option. UL listed and NEMA 3R rated for outdoor use. The closing plate is used to cover the overhead entry into the sheet metal base when entering from either the side or the bottom.

Meters & Monitoring

Kilowatt-Hour Meter Sockets

Kilowatt-Hour Meter Sockets Description

Item code

Kilowatt-hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Round, four-terminal

028-03025

Kilowatt-hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC NEMA 3R, 100 A, #12-1/0 AWG, four-terminal

048-09220

Kilowatt-hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC NEMA 3R, 200 A, #6 AWG-350 kcmil, four-terminal

048-09200

Kilowatt-hour meter socket 16S three-phase, four-wire Wye, seven -terminal

048-09215

Closing plate

028-03032

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters 141

Meters & Monitoring

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

As grid-tied solar PV systems become more popular, online monitoring is playing an increasingly important role in both residential and commercial systems. Most commercial PPA and residential leasing financiers require revenue-grade monitoring to be coupled with online reporting tools. Many incentive programs, particularly performance-based and renewable energy credit-based ones, also require accurate real-time monitoring and some form of automated reporting. Many commercial and residential customers want something they can point to when bragging about their solar PV system and an online monitoring system with a smart-phone app fits the bill nicely. Savvy installers are also finding that online monitoring enables them to be proactive in managing their brand and often pair a monitoring system with a service agreement that includes periodic cleaning and maintenance of the system. Whatever the motive, a good online monitoring system can help reinforce the value of a solar PV system for years after installation. In addition to the proprietary monitoring offered by most inverter manufacturers, we offer a variety of solutions that work with most inverters to meet different application needs. Our monitoring partners can also set up branded solutions for your company that enable you to centrally monitor all of your installed systems while putting your brand in front of the end-users every time they view their system performance. Contact AEE Solar for details.

Wireless Communications EnGenius Outdoor-Rated Long-Range Wireless Bridge

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

The EnGenius ENH202 is a long-range, commercial grade, 802.11b/g/n outdoor 2.4 GHz wireless access point/client bridge for transmitting monitoring data from a ground mount or remote building directly to a wireless router. Capable of ranges as far as 2.5 miles (limited to the range of the router). For long range transmission, two units may be needed with one unit located near the router. 64/128-bit WEP data encryption and WPA/ WPA2 data security protocols are supported. A MAC address filter can be used to limit network access to specific computers or devices. EnGenius ENH202

Enphase Power Line Carrier â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Ethernet Bridge Pair The Enphase Power Line Carrier connects two Ethernet devices through existing electrical lines in place of a hard-wired Ethernet cable. One device is plugged in to a nearby wall socket and the other device is plugged into a socket near the router. Both devices should be plugged into a circuit fed by the same main/sub panel to avoid noise from other appliances interfering with the signal. An Ethernet cable is used to connect the bridge to either the monitoring device or router. Ethernet Bridges Description

EnPhase Power Line Carrier Ethernet Bridge Pair

029-01607

Enphase Power Line Carrier - Ethernet bridge pair, EPLC-01

030-03752

Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609.

142

Item code

EnGenius outdoor-rated long-range wireless bridge

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Home Energy and Solar Monitoring System

This unit provides visibility above simple PV System monitoring. It allows the homeowner to view their home’s utility energy usage directly on their PC or Smart Device. The Neur.io monitoring unit installs in as little as 15 minutes, with the base unit placed inside the main electric panel or in a separate enclosure. Current transformers are placed around the utility feed lines and the wires from the main solar output circuit, and the unit is then connected via WiFi to the homeowner’s network. A small external antenna is provided that can be placed outside the enclosure improving signal strength.

The basic Neur.io Home Energy Monitor (W1-HEM) will monitor home usage. Adding the Solar Expansion Kit (SEK-2) provides an additional set of CT’s to overlay a PV solar array output over the home’s usage, and display the energy production from PV, the home’s energy usage, and the energy drawn from the utility. The Three Phase Expansion Kit (TPK-1) upgrades the Neur.io for use with residential three-phase systems by providing an additional CT for the third phase. • • • • •

Meters & Monitoring

NEW! Neur.io

+/-1% Accuracy, down to 1 W power and 1 Wh energy Power consumption <2 W WiFi Connection 802.11 b/g/n Certifications UL/CSA 61010-1, FCC, IC, ETSI Optional in-App and portal branding with your company’s logo, reminding customers of your company, and providing a link for customer referrals Neur.io Home Energy Monitoring System Item code

Neur.io Home Energy Monitor – Split Phase Meter/Data Logger with 2x CT’s and WiFi (W1-HEM)

029-11002

Solar Expansion Kit – Upgrades Neur.io to also monitor a single solar array with 2x CT’s (SEK-2)

029-11006

Three Phase Expansion Kit – Upgrades Neur.io for three-phase service ((TPEK-1)

029-11004

AlsoEnergy

Monitoring from AlsoEnergy, pairs advanced software with customer service to provide a flexible and scalable monitoring solution that is suitable for most residential and commercial applications. The customizable dashboard has many features to promote the end user's organization and generate green PR, as well as alarms and analytics provide clear, actionable data and responsive support services are available to assist in every aspect of system management. Monitoring can be viewed on a PC, on mobile devices, and on public free standing kiosk displays.

DECK Monitoring

The monitoring solution from DECK is web-based software that lets you see your system data on computers and mobile devices. Each monitoring package includes a revenue-grade meter along with a gateway device to prepare data for the web. Data is pushed out through the local web network (or by a cellular modem for remote locations). Data goes first to DECK web servers, then it populates to your two web interfaces: the Dashboard and the Admin Panel. Here you will find a suite of software tools to help manage your system, along with customizable “green PR” tools to promote your project and organization. Additional features for expanded monitoring capabilities:

• Inverter communications (available with most brands) • On-site weather station • Satellite irradiance data • DC-side granular monitoring • Wireless communication aids • Touchscreen monitors • Software contract extensions • Optional Weather Station data can be added AlsoEnergy monitoring solutions are highly customizable. Contact AEE Solar with the particulars of your project to get a custom quote. Please have a line drawing of the system available.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

143

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Description

Meters & Monitoring

Solar-Log® Solar-Log® Residential PV Monitoring and Metering

The Solar-Log® Residential PV Monitoring solution is integrated into a high-quality General Electric (GE) residential meter, and can be installed in a standard Form 2S meter socket for single-phase 120/240 VAC systems with up to 200 A output current. Direct connection and reporting is through the AT&T cellular network, with the cellular plan and portal access included for the initial five years. Additional five-year portal access and monitoring can be added at time of purchase, or in the future. Units utilizing the T-Mobile network are also available upon request. System performance can be viewed over the SolarLog Dashboard monitoring portal, viewable on computer, iPhone, or Android devices. The monitoring system is compatible with both micro and string inverters, and certified Revenue Grade Metering (RGM) for incentive reporting.

Solar-Log 350 & GE Meter

Solar-Log 360 Including Self-Consumption CTs

The Solar-Log 350 & GE Meter is a plug-and-play device, and does not require onsite configuration, allowing portal view of the PV plant yield and revenue-grade reporting. The Solar-Log 350 LAN & GE Meter allows connection where cell service is weak or unavailable. The Solar-Log 360 adds site power and self-consumption data from current transformers placed around the utility-feed connections, and allows plant owners to verify utility bills in addition to plant PV monitoring and reporting. The SolarLog 370 offers numerous I/O ports, like Ethernet and two RS485 ports that provide access to multiple inverters, weather stations, or for additional power management current transformers to be added. Adding a Solar-Log 10 Meter to the SolarLog 370 allows the system also monitor home consumption.

Solar-Log 370 Including Ethernet & RS-485 Ports

Solar-Log WEB® Online Monitoring Portal Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Solar-Log WEB® enables installers and their customers to monitor installed systems from either PC or Mac computers. The centralized control center provides easy management of an entire installed base of systems. Precautionary monitoring identifies faults quickly and easily to improve system uptime, increasing customer loyalty and revenue from service contracts. For commercial systems, damage scope analysis helps document insurance claims against loss of revenue due to system failure.

Solar-Log 10 Home Consumption Meter

Solar-Log® Smart Phone Apps

The Solar-Log® Apps allow the convenient monitoring of solar PV plants from smart phones and tablets. Customized daily, monthly, and annually, and overall performance information is presented graphically and numerically in an easy-to-understand way. Both iOS (iPod / iPhone / iPad) and Android devices are supported.

Monitoring Portal and Phone App Portal

Solar-Log® Commercial PV Monitoring and Metering

Solar-Log® is also providing commercial revenue grade metering and monitoring of larger PV plants. Solar-Log® Revenue Grade Metering with direct inverter monitoring provides the ultimate solution for measuring PV plant performance. The Solar-Log® communicates with an RS485 or pulsing meter to deliver high accuracy metering required many plant owners, PPAs, and financing agreements for reporting, accounting, or billing purposes. The Solar-Log® Commercial Revenue Grade Meter offers many customizable solutions to achieve the needs of fleet managers, solar PV installers, reporting agencies, utilities and end users. Contact AEE Solar for a custom quote for a Solar-Log® commercial monitoring solution. Please be prepared to supply an electrical line drawing of the system.

Solar-Log Revenue Grade Commercial Meter

Solar-Log Residential Revenue Grade Meter Model 255850 xxxxxx 255851 255852

Description

Item code

Solar-Log® 350 & GE Meter, with 5-year cellular plan and portal access, AT&T Network

Solar-Log® 350 LAN & GE Meter, adds site consumption monitoring, current transducers included Solar-Log® 360 & GE Meter, adds site consumption monitoring, current transducers included

Solar-Log® 370 & GE Meter, adds I/O ports allowing consumption monitoring, inverter-direct monitoring, and/or weather station through additional communication accessories, AT&T Network

029-06024 029-06037 029-06025 029-06026

Solar-Log Accessories for Solar-Log 370 & GE Meter Model 220060 220061 220062 255853 144

Application

Description

Item code

Weather monitoring kit, includes irradiation and module temperature sensors

029-06309

Wind sensor - connects to irradiation sensor

029-06310

Ambient temperature sensor - connects to irradiation sensor

029-06311

Solar-Log® 10 Consumption Meter, includes 2x 200A CT’s (accessory to add consumption monitoring to Solar-Log® 370 Meter)

CALL

Solar-Log® Weather Monitoring

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Locus Energy offers pre-packaged metering and communications hardware with web-based software to provide monitoring solutions for solar PV and thermal integrators. Locus hardware ships preconfigured to upload system performance data to hosted servers. Installers and site owners can then track energy generation via customized web portals.

Installers have access to fleet monitoring tools to streamline operations and maintenance activities. Individual site owners are given logins to portals branded by their installers so they can easily visualize and understand how their systems are performing. The datalogger can communicate over Ethernet, power line carrier (PLC), or cellular networks. Data is transmitted only in outbound sessions over open ports requiring no additional network or firewall configuration. All data feeds are stored in nonvolatile memory and then uploaded with unique identifiers to provide maximum flexibility in online data presentation. LED lights indicate communication status without installers having to log in or call home.

Meters & Monitoring

Locus Energy

LGate 120

The LGate 120 combines a 240 VAC revenue-grade, solid-state power meter with an integrated datalogger, communications gateway, and a 3G GSM cellular modem. These components work in conjunction to remotely monitor the performance of residential solar-energy installations regardless of panel or inverter type. The LGate 120 is a one-piece, completely-under-glass-meter, which installs easily using a standard Form 2S socket base. Performance data is uploaded in near real-time to the Locus Energy SolarOS monitoring platform, which provides a suite of tools and analytics for asset managers.

LGate 320

The LGate 320 is a three-phase 208 or 480 VAC electronic watt-hour meter for remote monitoring of light commercial solar PV systems up to 320 A. Like the LGate 120, the LGate 320 combines a revenuegrade, solid-state power meter with an advanced communications gateway which can communicate over cellular or Ethernet networks. The meter installs easily on a Form 16S meter socket. Additional system performance data, including inverter-direct from supported inverters and meteorological sensors, can be collected directly via RS-485 or Zigbee connections. For weather stations and three phase monitoring systems please call AEE for a custom quote.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

145

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

The communications gateway inside the LGate 120 supports plug-and-play connectivity through Ethernet or cellular network connection through AT&T. Additional system performance data, including inverter direct from supported inverters and meteorological sensors, can be collected directly via RS-485 or Zigbee connections.

Meters & Monitoring

Locus Energy L Gate PV Monitoring Systems Model LGate-120-5YR CPLAN-ATT-1MB-5YR

Residential bundles

Item code

LGate 120 single-phase revenue-grade PV monitoring. Includes socket meter, one time set-up fee, cellular modem, & five years PV monitoring. (Note: add cellular service plan below)

029-05243

5-year cellular service plan AT&T - 1 MB (for LGate 120)

029-05247

Light Commercial Bundles Including Metering Hardware and Monitoring Service LGate-320-5YR CPLAN-ATT-10MB-5YR

LGate 320 three-phase revenue-grade PV monitoring. Includes socket meter (rated up to 320 A AC), one time set-up fee, cellular modem & five years PV monitoring. (Note: add cellular service plan below)

029-05244

5-year cellular service plan AT&T - 10 MB (for LGate 320)

029-05248

Licensing and Data Hosting C-PVM-5YR

Three-phase PV data feed for five years

CALL

C-LOM-5YR

Three-phase load monitoring for five years

CALL

C-IDM-5YR

Large three-phase inverter-direct monitoring for five years

CALL

Mid-size three-phase inverter-direct monitoring for five years

CALL

C-MS-IDM-5YR

Hardware Accessories SP-ADD-CONS-5YR

Two split-core CTs (200 A rated) & five years consumption monitoring

029-05211

SP-ADD-CONS-600-5YR

Two split-core CTs (600 A rated) & five years consumption monitoring

029-05212

WIS114-101 F-IMT

CALL

Full weather station with irradiance, ambient temp, cell temp, and wind speed

CALL

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

WIS114-102

Irradiance sensor with two ports, allows for the ability to measure ambient temp and wind speed

CALL

WAT114-100

Ambient temperature sensor

CALL

WPT114-103

Back-panel-temperature sensor

CALL

Wind-speed sensor

CALL

WWS114

146

Irradiance sensor measures panel temp, single port

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

eGauge EG3000

eGauge combines consumption and renewable energy production monitoring in one unit for both commercial and residential applications. Up to 12 current transformers (CT's) can be attached to the Datalogger and up to 16 registers can be reported per datalogger and monitored through the web portal. Multiple dataloggers may be linked together and set up on one portal display if more CT inputs or output registers are needed.

The eGague EG3000 datalogger can be mounted directly in a power distribution panel for easy access and wiring or inside a separate enclosure if space inside the panel is limited, and is directly powered from a 20 A two or three-pole breaker. The eGague EG3010 includes an Ethernet-over-powerline adapter allowing additional Internet connection options. eGague can be utilized for single-phase 240 VAC applications, as well as 208 VAC or 480 VAC three-phase applications. Optional PEK Powered Enclosure, AP100TPL WiFi Access Point, and the CR100MT Cellular Router with 1 or 2 year data plans are also available.

Meters & Monitoring

eGauge Consumption Level and Renewable Energy Monitoring

The eGauge CT's are installed around the service conductors to the building to determine utility supply, around the renewable energy source circuits to determine PV production, and around individual circuits for specific consumption monitoring. Users may choose which information is displayed on the portal view. Split Core AC-CTs are used for AC circuits, and Solid Core DC-CTs can be used for DC circuits. Specify amperage of circuits when ordering. Typical CT's for residential and commercial applications are listed, other ranges available upon request. Revenue Grade AC Accu-CTs are available with +/-0.5% Accuracy when paired with an eGauge datalogger that has been certified to higher accuracy levels.

The eGauge monitoring system can be configured to provide:

Real-time energy consumption from utility or per-load circuits Renewable energy production monitoring for multiple inverters Establishing building benchmark and LEED points Analyzing and reducing peak demand Providing analysis for Energy Efficiency Product and system commissioning User-defined email or text alerts eGauge Systems EG3000 Series Energy Meters Model

Description

Item code 029-05300

A000-ETH-016

EG3000 datalogger with Ethernet connection

A005-ETH-016

EG3000 with Ethernet connection and +/- 0.5% certification report

029-05301

A000-PLC-016

EG3010 datalogger with Ethernet connection and HomePlug® AV

029-05302

A005-PLC-016

EG3010 datalogger with Ethernet connection, HomePlug® AV, and +/- 0.5% cert report

029-05303

JD-SCT-010-0050

Split-core CT – (inner diameter 0.39”) AC current 0-50 A

029-05304

JD-SCT-024-100

Split-core CT – (inner diameter 0.94”) AC current 0-100 A

029-05305

JD-SCT-024-200

Split-core CT – (inner diameter 0.94”) AC current 0-200 A

029-05306

CC-ACT-020-xxx

High Accuracy CT – (inner diameter 0.79”) +/- 0.2% Revenue-grade, split core AC current sensor (specify amperage rating)

CALL

CC-ACT-032-xxx

High Accuracy CT – (inner diameter 1.42”) +/- 0.2% Revenue-grade, split core AC current sensor (specify amperage rating)

CALL

PEK

Powered Enclosure Kit – includes Polycarbonate Enclosure, DIN rail mounts, and power distribution for outdoor installation of an Egauge datalogger

CALL

AP100TPL

Wireless Access Point

CALL

CR100MT

Multitech Cellular Router

CALL

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

147

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

• • • • • •

Batteries

Virtually all power generation systems require some form of energy storage. For grid-tied systems, the utility accepts surplus power and gives it back when needed. A battery bank is required for systems that need to function without the grid, either all of the time or during an outage. In these systems, the solar array or wind turbine charges the batteries whenever they are producing power, and the batteries supply power whenever it is needed.

Battery Technologies

The most common battery technology used is Lead-acid, in which lead plates are used with a sulfuric acid electrolyte. The electrolyte can be fluid or absorbed in fiberglass mats (AGM), or gelled. AGM and gel batteries are together known as VRLA (Valve Regulated Lead Acid) and are sealed, do not require water addition, and do not emit gases when operated within specifications. Lead-acid batteries are relatively inexpensive and readily available compared to other battery types. New advanced lead-acid batteries have carbon additives in the negative plate to prevent sulfation at partial states of charge (PSoC), while remaining less expensive than high-technology batteries. Lithium-ion batteries can handle large charging and load currents. They are also lighter weight and compact for their power and energy capacity. One advantage of Li-Ion batteries is their long life even when cycled heavily, and without needing to be brought to a full state of charge each cycle. This makes them particularly suitable for short to long-duration use in self-consumption systems where net-metering is unavailable or utility rate structures otherwise discourage energy exports during peak solar production hours.

System Design

Aqueous Hybrid Ion batteries, e.g. Aquion, have significant safety and environmental advantages over traditional batteries. They are made from non-toxic materials and have an aqueous electrolyte that is non-flammable. They have the ability to cycle for many years at any state of charge, making them suitable for systems that need to take advantage of charging when available, and do not need to be fully charged like lead batteries. They are ideal for long duration applications such as off-grid systems, or larger capacity self-consumption systems. Backup power applications can also be met with these so long as sizing for power needs is taken into account. These batteries are very robust, but are somewhat larger in size and weight to lead-acid batteries and must be sized carefully to ensure appropriate current for loads or charging.

Standby or Cycling Batteries

Batteries come in a wide variety of sizes and types, but the most important designation is whether they are made for daily cycle service or standby service. Automobile starting batteries should not be used for renewable energy systems.

Standby power batteries are designed to supply power to loads for occasional use, and are preferred for grid-tied solar systems with battery backup. They are optimized to supply moderate to large amounts of power only during utility power outages, and float at full charge most of the time. They are designed to use a minimal amount of energy to stay fully charged. They are not made for frequent deep discharges and have a limited cycle life but often very long calendar life when kept in float conditions. AGM batteries are most common for standby power applications as they are less expensive, have low self-discharge and require little to no manual maintenance. Deep cycle batteries, are designed to be repeatedly discharged by as much as 80% of their capacity and are therefore a better choice for off-grid PV systems. Even when designed to withstand deep cycling, most batteries will have a longer life if the cycles are kept shallower. Deep cycle batteries can be either flooded or sealed lead-acid variants or, increasingly, newer chemistries like lithium-ion or aqueous hybrid ion.

Caring for Batteries

Maintenance requirements vary by battery chemistry and configuration. Additionally, some maintenance tasks, such as adding water or equalization, require on-site manual operations and/or oversight, while charge regulation, voltage checks and related measurements can be automated via sophisticated charge controllers or battery management systems, which are a de facto requirement for lithium-ion batteries. Sealed lead-acid batteries, gel cells and AGM (Absorbed Glass Mat), are often referred to as maintenance-free because they don't require watering or an equalization charge. This makes them well-suited for remote or unattended power systems. However, sealed batteries require accurate regulation to prevent overcharge and over-discharge.

Lead-acid batteries should always be recharged as soon as possible. The positive plates change from lead oxide, when charged, to lead sulfate, when discharged. The longer they remain in the lead sulfate state, the more of the plate remains lead sulfate when the battery is recharged. The portion of the plates that become â&#x20AC;&#x153;sulfatedâ&#x20AC;? can no longer store energy. Batteries that are deeply discharged and then only partially charged on a regular basis often fail in less than one year (except those with nano-carbon). Always use temperature compensation when charging batteries to prevent over or under-charging. NOTE: Battery warranties do NOT cover damage due to poor maintenance or loss of capacity from sulfation.

Check the electrolyte level in wet-cell, or "flooded" batteries, at least once every three months and top-off each cell with distilled water. Do not add water to discharged batteries! Electrolyte is absorbed when batteries are discharged, so if you add water at this time and then recharge the battery, electrolyte will overflow and create a safety hazard. Keep the tops of your batteries clean and check that cables are tight. Do not tighten or remove cables while charging or soon after charging! Any spark around batteries can cause a hydrogen explosion inside the case and potentially ignite a fire or an even larger explosion if the batteries are not properly vented. 148

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

With proper care, lead-acid batteries will have a long service life and work very well, in almost any power system

Always use extreme caution when handling batteries and electrolyte (sulfuric acid). Wear appropriate personal protective equipment, including electrical- and chemical-resistant gloves with sleeves, goggles, and acid-resistant clothing. â&#x20AC;&#x153;Battery acidâ&#x20AC;? will instantly burn skin and eyes and destroy cotton and wool clothing. Similar precautions apply to other battery types - always read and adhere to manufacturer safety recommendations when handling batteries. For any type of battery, be sure to remove any metal jewelry and avoid shorting the battery terminals.

Batteries

An "equalization" charge should be performed on flooded batteries whenever cells show a variation of 0.05 or more in specific gravity from each other. This is a long steady overcharge, bringing the battery to a gassing or bubbling state. Do not equalize VRLA batteries!

Battery Wiring Diagrams

The diagrams below show typical 12 VDC, 24 VDC and 48 VDC battery wiring configurations. Batteries can deliver extremely high current. Always install overcurrent protection on any positive wiring connected to batteries.

System Design

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

149

Batteries

Battery State-of-Charge

Battery state-of-charge (SOC) can be measured by an amp-hour meter, voltage, or by specific gravity. Some care and knowledge is required to interpret state-of-charge from voltage or specific gravity readings. We recommend amp-hour meters for all systems with batteries. An amp-hour meter is like a fuel gauge for batteries and provides all the information needed to keep batteries charged. At a glance, the user can see system voltage, current, and battery condition (see Meters and Monitoring). Battery voltage will vary for the same state-of-charge depending on whether the battery is being charged or discharged, and what the current is in relation to the size of the battery. The table below shows typical battery voltages at each state-of-charge for various battery conditions in flooded lead-acid batteries. Voltage varies with temperature. While charging, a lower temperature will increase battery voltage. Full-charge voltage on a 12 VDC battery is 0.9 VDC higher at 32 °F than at 70 °F. While discharging, a higher temperature will increase battery voltage. There is little temperature effect while a battery is idle, though higher temperatures will increase the self-discharge rate. Source: Ralph Heisey of Bogart Engineering.

Battery Voltage at Various States of Charge Nominal battery voltage

Battery condition at 77 °F

12 VDC

Battery during equalization charge

24 VDC

48 VDC

> 15 VDC

> 30 VDC

> 60 VDC

14.4 – 15 VDC

28.8 – 30 VDC

57.6 – 60 VDC

Battery near full discharge while charging

12.3 – 13.2 VDC

24.6 – 26.4 VDC

49.2 – 52.8 VDC

Battery fully charged with light load

12.4 – 12.7 VDC

24.8 – 25.4 VDC

49.6 – 50.8 VDC

Battery fully charged with heavy load

11.5 – 12.5 VDC

23 – 25 VDC

46 – 50 VDC

Battery near full charge while charging

System Design

No charge or discharge for six hours - 100% charged

12.7 VDC

25.4 VDC

50.8 VDC

No charge or discharge for six hours - 80% charged

12.5 VDC

25 VDC

50 VDC

No charge or discharge for six hours - 60% charged

12.2 VDC

24.4 VDC

48.8 VDC

No charge or discharge for six hours - 40% charged

11.9 VDC

23.8 VDC

47.6 VDC

No charge or discharge for six hours - 20% charged

11.6 VDC

23.2 VDC

46.4 VDC

No charge or discharge for six hours - fully discharged

11.4 VDC

22.8 VDC

45.6 VDC

10.2 – 11.2 VDC

20.4 – 22.4 VDC

40.8 – 44.8 VDC

Battery near full discharge while discharging

A hydrometer is very accurate at measuring battery state-of-charge in flooded lead-acid batteries if you measure the electrolyte near the plates. Unfortunately, you can only measure the electrolyte at the top of the battery, which is not always near the plates. When a battery is being charged or discharged, a chemical reaction takes place at the border between the lead plates and the electrolyte. The electrolyte changes from water to sulfuric acid while charging. The acid becomes stronger, increasing the specific gravity, as the battery charges. Near the end of the charging cycle, gas bubbles rising through the acid stir the fluid. It takes several hours for the electrolyte to mix so that you get an accurate reading at the top of the battery. Always try to take readings after the battery has been idle or slowly discharging for some time. This table shows the battery state-of-charge corresponding to various specific gravities for a battery bank in an ambient temperature of 75 °F. Some batteries will have a different specific gravity density by design, check with the manufacturer. Hydrometer Readings at Ambient Temperature of 75˚F

150

State-of-charge

Specific gravity

100% charged

1.265

75% charged

1.239

50% charged

1.2

25% charged

1.17

Fully discharged

1.11

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

To properly design a battery bank, you need to account for the storage capacity required, the maximum discharge rate (the sum of all the loads which might be run simultaneously), the maximum charge rate (the current output from the solar array or wind turbine though the charge controller), and the minimum ambient temperature at which the batteries will be used. Whichever of these factors requires the largest capacity will dictate the size of the battery bank. The storage capacity of a battery, the amount of electrical energy it can hold, is usually expressed in amp-hours (Ah). Using one amp for 100 hours means 100 Ah have been used. The Ah capacity of a battery will change depending on the rate of discharge. The faster the power is drawn out, the less overall capacity the battery will have. A battery bank in a PV power system should have sufficient capacity to supply needed power during the longest expected period of cloudy weather when the solar array cannot keep up. This can be anywhere from two days to two weeks or more. If there is a source of on-demand backup power, such as a standby generator with a battery charger, the battery bank does not have to be sized for worst-case weather conditions. In an off-grid system the battery is usually three or more days at 80% depth of discharge, sizing for two days or less will degrade the system performance and require more frequent use of a backup generator.

Batteries

Worksheet: Battery Size

Use this worksheet to determine what size battery bank is required for your system. Battery voltage is determined by the number of “cells” in series. All lead-acid battery cells have a nominal output of 2 VDC. Actual cell voltage varies from about 1.7 VDC at full discharge to 3.0 VDC at full charge. 12 VDC lead-acid batteries are made of six separate cells in one case. 6 VDC batteries are made of three cells in one case. Putting battery cells in parallel increases amp-hour capacity, but does not change voltage. Contact AEE Solar technical support for systems with Aquion Energy batteries, particularly large loads, charging currents, or other unusual parameters. Step 1: Total watt-hours per day required (see Off-Grid Load Worksheet on page 9).

Step 3: Multiply Step 1 result by Step 2 result. Step 4: Divide the Step 3 result by 0.5 for 50% depth of discharge or by 0.8 for 80% depth of discharge (Using 0.5 will maintain a 50% reserve and maximize battery life, 0.8 will maintain a 20% reserve and minimize battery bank size).

Battery Bank Average Low Temperature Sizing Multiplier Battery temperature

Multiplier

Step 5: If you are using a lead-acid battery, select the multiplier from the table that corresponds to the battery’s wintertime average ambient temperature and multiply by the result from Step 4 to get total energy storage required in kilowatt-hours (Battery temperature varies over a period of many days, not day to night).

80 ºF [26.7 ºC]

70 ºF [21.2 ºC]

1.04

60 ºF [15.6 ºC]

1.11

50 ºF [10.0 ºC]

1.19

40 ºF [4.4 ºC]

1.3

30 ºF [-1.1 ºC]

1.4

Step 6: Divide the energy storage requirement from step 5 by the DC voltage of the system (48 VDC is preferred, but sometimes 24 VDC) to get battery amp-hour (Ah) capacity needed.

20 ºF [-6.7 ºC]

1.59

Step 7: Capacity of preferred battery in amp-hours. Step 8: Divide the Step 6 result by the Step 7 result and round up to a whole number to determine total parallel strings required. (Best to have two or fewer parallel strings, not more than three strings. Check battery specs to make sure the charging current will not be too high for the chosen battery). Step 9: Divide the system voltage (12 VDC, 24 VDC, or 48 VDC) by the voltage of the chosen battery (2 VDC, 6 VDC or 12 VDC) to determine the number of batteries in each string. Step 10: Multiply the Step 8 result by the Step 9 result to determine the total number of batteries needed.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

151

System Design

Step 2: Maximum number of continuous cloudy days of desired backup (usually three or more days).

Solar Professionals are Talking... A B O U T E N E R G Y S TO R A G E S O LU T I O N S F R O M O U T B A C K .

“

This was our first time using OutBack Power equipment in an installation. Talk about a great first impression! We were particularly impressed with OutBack’s 2V battery system and how easy it went in. With its reputation and service, OutBack is now our ‘go-to’ source for off-grid power and storage solutions. For an installation which must perform, there is simply no better choice.” Large-Capacity Energy Storage Residential Installation—Laramie, Wyoming Kent Marshall, project designer and integrator, with the OutBack Energy Cell RE High Capacity 2V battery bank and FLEXpower TWO fully pre-wired dual inverter system.

Jim McGrath SYSTEM DESIGNER AND PRINCIPAL, SUSTAINABLE LARAMIE LLC.

“

With OutBack, we now have the ability to install a system, from storage to distribution, from the same manufacturer. Their new EnergyCell Nano-Carbon batteries allow our utilityinteractive systems to sit ready to supply power under a wider range of conditions, and with fewer chances of problems.” Silicon Valley Smart Home Residential Installation—Menlo Park, California Jason Andrade, system installer, incorporated an OutBack Radian Series inverter/charger, EnergyCell RE batteries housed in an IBR-3.

Jason Andrade WEST COAST SUSTAINABLES

Superior economics combined with industry-leading performance are why installers are switching to OutBack energy storage solutions—with a wide range of models along with a full line of rack and enclosure options, OutBack has the perfect systems to meet their needs—and yours.

EnergyCellâ&#x201E;˘ RE Batteries

The EnergyCell 106RE top-terminal and 200RE front-terminal (FT) batteries and enclosures install more easily and in less space than other rack-mounted solutions. As sealed AGM batteries, they require no electrolyte maintenance and are made for both cycle and float service. These 12 VDC batteries feature low profile terminals with threaded copper alloy inserts that take 1/4"-20 UNF bolts. These are rated for 1,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. The 106RE is the same size as standard group 31 case. Maximum continuous charge rate is 20 A for the 106RE and 35 A for the 200RE. On the 200RE the protected frontterminal cable attachment allows safe, easy, space-efficient installations, and one busbar is included with each battery to make series connections between side-by-side batteries. Made in U.S.A.

Batteries

OutBack Power

EnergyCellâ&#x201E;˘ GH Batteries

The OutBack Energycell 200GH and 220GH front-terminal rack-mount batteries are made for backup power applications. These have very low self-discharge and very high charge and discharge efficiency, making them ideal for grid-tied solar systems with backup. GH batteries are rated for up to 15 years of service in float charge but are not intended for repeated deep cycle applications. Maximum charge rate is 102 A. The protected front-terminal cable attachment allows safe, easy, space-efficient installations. One busbar is included with each battery and is used to make series connections between side-by-side batteries. Imported.

Sealed Batteries

OutBack EnergyCell Batteries and Racks Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

12 VDC

70 Ah

89 Ah

100 Ah

106 Ah

13.5 x 6.8 x 8.5

69 lbs

040-01179

Model

Volts

106RE 200RE

12 VDC

132 Ah

158 Ah

178 Ah

200 Ah

22 x 4.95 x 12.6

131 lbs

040-01171

200GH

12 VDC

148 Ah

169 Ah

191 Ah

200 Ah

22.1 x 4.9 x 11.1

116 lbs

040-01173

220GH

12 VDC

166 Ah

189 Ah

214 Ah

220 Ah

22.1 x 4.9 x 12.4

132 lbs

040-01174

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

153

Batteries

OutBack Power Integrated Battery Racks and Enclosures

The IBR-2 and IBR-3 racks are designed to work with the OutBack Power EnergyCellâ&#x201E;˘ front-terminal batteries and provides best racks are designed to work with the EnergyCell front-terminal batteries and provides best-in-class safety and ease of install. They are set up for a 48 VDC nominal battery system with one, two, or three parallel strings of EnergyCell front-terminal RE, NC, or GH batteries. Each string is wired with 1/0 AWG cable and a 175 A circuit breaker. The enclosure is heavy powder-coated aluminum with clear polycarbonate covers for the front and electrical connections.

The OBE-3-48-FT and OBE-3-48 are outdoor enclosures made to fit up to 12 of the front-terminal or top-terminal batteries respectively. These racks feature welded aluminum construction with a 175 A breaker and pre-installed cables for each 48 VDC string. It has screened vents, and lockable doors. The OBE-3 PAD is available for ground mounting the OBE-3-48.

The IBE-1 and IBE-2 are indoor enclosures made to hold up to one or two strings of 106RE or smaller batteries in strings of four in series for 48 VDC systems. They are welded aluminum assemblies with screened vents and locking doors. Each enclosure includes cables and a 175 A fuse for each string. All enclosures and racks come pre-assembled. Made in U.S.A. OutBack Power Battery Racks and Enclosures Model

Description

Dimensions (W" x D" x H")

Weight

Item code

Sealed Batteries

IBR-3-48-175

Indoor integrated battery rack, three shelves, up to twelve front terminal batteries

27 x 24.4 x 48.6

89 lbs

048-03000

IBR-2-48-175

Indoor integrated battery rack, two shelves, up to eight front terminal batteries

27 x 21.3 x 33

60 lbs

048-03001

OBE-3-48-FT

Outdoor integrated battery enclosure, three shelves, up to twelve front terminal batteries

30 x 34.6 x 51

308 lbs

048-03008

OBE-3-48

Outdoor integrated battery enclosure, three shelves, up to twelve 106RE batteries

41.5 x 17 x 46.8

64 lbs

048-03006

OBE-3 PAD

Polymer concrete mounting pad for OBE-3-48

27 x 44 x 3

190 lbs

048-03007

IBE-1-48

Indoor battery enclosure for up to four 106RE batteries

26 x 15 x 33.5

61 lbs

048-03005

IBE-2-48

Indoor battery enclosure for up to eight 106RE batteries

26 x 15 x 48

75 lbs

048-03004

Fast, Accurate Shipping to your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came straight from you.

154

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OutBack Power's new EnergyCell Nano-Carbon AGM maintenance-free batteries have carbon on the negative plate to prevent battery sulfation. This allows for prolonged use at partial state of charge (PSoC) and opportunistic charging applications such as off-grid, generator-supported, Grid-Zero, energy arbitrage, and load shifting due to net-metering limitations. Cycle life is comparable to the traditional battery in float applications, but is increased up to 44% in partial state-of-charge use. They have a particularly long life when cycled between 30% and 80% state of charge. With PSoC cycling, round-trip energy efficiency is as high as 95%. A full charge is only needed once per month to once per quarter. The standard cycle life of the 12 VDC batteries is 1,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. For the high-capacity batteries, the rating is 2,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. The 12 VDC NC batteries will fit all the same enclosures and racks as their RE equivalents. The high-capacity NC batteries come with a rack, interconnect bars, terminals, and covers. 2-year warranty in PSoC applications.

Batteries

OutBack Power Nano-Carbon Batteries

Made in U.S.A. Free freight in the Continental U.S.A.

OutBack Nano-Carbon Batteries Model

Volts

106NC

12 VDC

Capacity 4-hr rate

8-hr rate

76 Ah

89 Ah

20-hr rate 100-hr rate 100 Ah

106 Ah

Dimensions (W" x D" x H")

Weight

Item code

13.5 x 6.8 x 8.52

69 lbs

040-01167

12 VDC

140 Ah

158 Ah

178 Ah

200 Ah

22 x 4.95 x 12.6

131 lbs

040-01169

48 VDC

674 Ah

794 Ah

918 Ah

1,060 Ah

28.3 x 26.4 x 45.8

3230 lbs

040-01163

1600NC

48 VDC

1,012 Ah

1,191 Ah

1,376 Ah

1,600 Ah

28.3 x 26.4 x 63.8

4420 lbs

040-01164

2000NC

48 VDC

1,264 Ah

1,490 Ah

1,720 Ah

1,990 Ah

28.3 x 26.4 x 77.3

5365 lbs

040-01165

2200NC

48 VDC

1,349 Ah

1,589 Ah

1,834 Ah

2,130 Ah

28.3 x 26.4 x 81.8

5740 lbs

040-01166

New! EnergyCellÂŽ OPzV Tubular Gel Batteries

OutBack Power's new EnergyCell OPzV are extremely deep cycle gelled electrolyte batteries. The positive plates are tubular in design giving very long cycle life, rated at 3,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. Long the standard for remote off-grid systems in Europe, these are now available in the U.S.A. Cells are sealed for minimal maintenance and no watering, and come with cell interconnects and hardware. Use 12 cells for 24 VDC systems and 24 cells for 48 VDC systems. 3-year warranty. Made in Greece. Contact AEE Solar Tech support for item codes for kits with racks. OutBack Nano-Carbon Batteries Model

Volts

OPzV-450

Capacity 4-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (W" x D" x H")

Weight per cell

Item code

334 Ah

390 Ah

463 Ah

8.11 x 5.71 x 15.04

61.7 lbs

040-01194

OPzV-750

567 Ah

667 Ah

802 Ah

8.11 x 6.54 x 19.61

92.6 lbs

040-01195

OPzV-2000

1,387 Ah

1,632 Ah

1,987 Ah

10.82 x 8.27 x 26.5

213.8 lbs

040-01196

OPzV-3000

2,171 Ah

2,529 Ah

3,001 Ah

15.71 x 8.43 x 31.5

363.8 lbs

040-01197

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

155

Sealed Batteries

200NC 1100NC

Batteries

OutBack Power EnergyCellâ&#x201E;˘ RE High-Capacity Batteries

OutBack Power's new EnergyCell RE high-capacity battery employs a modular design concept with an integral racking system that can be installed more quickly and easily than most Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) batteries of this size.

The Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) cell design incorporates thick positive plates to extend battery life. These are rated for 1,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. The maximum continuous charge rate for these is 22% of the capacity at the 20-hour rate. Each module (one or two cells depending on cell size) is encased in its own steel can and features a welded/epoxy dual-post sealed design and large copper posts to enhance performance and safety in high current applications. Unlike flooded batteries, these high capacity AGM cells provide full rated capacity from the first cycle and do not require watering or active venting.

The included racking system is deployed with four cells per shelf so a 48 VDC system typically uses six shelves. The 1600RE is three modules per shelf and eight high. The 24 VDC batteries are half as high. Terminals and connecting plates as well as clear safety covers are also included. Standard string terminations are for the top of the rack, but optional side terminations can be specified with longer lead time. Made in China. Free freight in the Continental U.S.A. OutBack Power EnergyCell Batteries and Racks Model

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (W" x D" x H")

Weight

Item code

Sealed Batteries

800RE

492 Ah

600 Ah

672 Ah

810 Ah

27.4 x 23.5 x 60.7

2,622 lbs

040-01180

1100RE

702 Ah

864 Ah

960 Ah

1,150 Ah

37.2 x 23.5 x 60.7

3,797 lbs

040-01181

1300RE

822 Ah

1,008 Ah

1,148 Ah

1,340 Ah

37.2 x 26.3 x 60.7

4,330 lbs

040-01182

987 Ah

1,208 Ah

1,378 Ah

1,600 Ah

33.3 x 26.3 x 78.0

5,082 lbs

040-01183

2000RE

1,260 Ah

1,512 Ah

1,716 Ah

2,070 Ah

44.4 x 27.5 x 74.9

6,464 lbs

040-01184

2200RE

1,317 Ah

1,616 Ah

1,836 Ah

2,140 Ah

55.2 x 26.3 x 60.7

6,707 lbs

040-01185

2700RE

1,680 Ah

2,016 Ah

2,288 Ah

2,770 Ah

56.4 x 27.5 x 74.9

8,266 lbs

040-01186

800RE-24

492 Ah

600 Ah

672 Ah

810 Ah

27.4 x 23.5 x 34.8

1,351 lbs

040-01187

1100RE-24

702 Ah

864 Ah

960 Ah

1,150 Ah

37.2 x 23.5 x 34.8

1,935 lbs

040-01188

1300RE-24

822 Ah

1,008 Ah

1,148 Ah

1,340 Ah

37.2 x 26.3 x 34.8

2,202 lbs

040-01189

987 Ah

1,208 Ah

1,378 Ah

1,600 Ah

33.3 x 26.3 x 43.5

2,577 lbs

040-01190

2000RE-24

1,260 Ah

1,512 Ah

1,716 Ah

2,070 Ah

44.4 x 27.5 x 41.9

3,273 lbs

040-01191

2200RE-24

1,317 Ah

1,616 Ah

1,836 Ah

2,140 Ah

55.2 x 26.3 x 34.8

3,396 lbs

040-01192

2700RE-24

1,680 Ah

2,016 Ah

2,288 Ah

2,770 Ah

56.4 x 27.5 x 41.9

4,177 lbs

040-01193

1600RE

1600RE-24

156

Volts

48 VDC

24 VDC

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MK Sealed PV/Solar Batteries

MK sealed batteries are designed for maintenance-free operation for the life of the battery. Sealed construction eliminates periodic watering, corrosive acid fumes, and spills. Tank-formed plates ensure voltage matching between cells. Most models are rated non-spillable by ICAO, IATA, and DOT, allowing them to be transported by air and requiring no special containers for ground shipping. Exceptions are noted in the table, which must be shipped by truck freight on pallets. MK sealed gel and AGM batteries are covered by a 1-year warranty. Delivered from one of 20 East Penn warehouses across the U.S.A. Made in U.S.A.

Batteries

East Penn

MK Sealed Gel Batteries

The gelled electrolyte won't stratify, so no equalization charging is required. Less than 2% per month standby loss means low discharge during transport and storage. These batteries are rated for 1,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. Gel batteries are often the best choice for cycling operations where very cold temperatures are expected. They can operate at temperatures from -76 to 140 Â°F. The maximum continuous charge rate for these is 30% of the capacity at the 20-hour rate.

MK HD Sealed Gel Batteries

The 8GGC2 battery has long been known for its superior industrial deep-cycle capability. With its special active material, this battery is rated for 2,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. The 8G4DLTP and 8G8DLTP batteries are made using the same construction for similar deep-cycle capability and ruggedness.

3/8" DIA. 1-3/6"

3/8" DIA.

1-7/8"

2-9/16" 1-1/16"

T874

T876

1-7/8"

T975

MK Sealed Gel Solar Batteries Model

Volts

Terminal

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

8GU1

12 VDC

T874

25.5 Ah

28.5 Ah

31.2 Ah

36.1 Ah

7.8 x 5.2 x 7.3

24 lbs

040-03015

8G22NF

12 VDC

T881

40 Ah

46 Ah

50 Ah

57 Ah

9.38 x 5.5 x 9.25

38 lbs

040-03018

8G24UT

12 VDC

T881

59 Ah

66 Ah

73.6 Ah

84 Ah

10.9 x 6.8 x 9.9

53.6 lbs

040-03022

8G27

12 VDC

T876

70 Ah

78 Ah

86.4 Ah

99 Ah

12.75 x 6.75 x 9.75

63.2 lbs

040-03024

8G30H

12 VDC

T876

79 Ah

88 Ah

97.6 Ah

108 Ah

12.94 x 6.75 x 9.75

71.7 lbs

040-03027

8G5SHP

12 VDC

T876

88 Ah

104 Ah

125 Ah

137 Ah

13.58 x 6.77 x 11.42

85 lbs

040-030291

8G4DLTP

12 VDC

T975

148 Ah

166 Ah

183 Ah

210 Ah

21.0 x 8.5 x 10.8

137 lbs

040-030301

8G8DLTP

12 VDC

T975

182 Ah

204 Ah

225 Ah

265 Ah

21.0 x 11 x 10.8

166 lbs

040-030331

8GGC2

6 VDC

136 Ah

160 Ah

180 Ah

198 Ah

10.3 x 7.2 x 10.9

68 lbs

040-03036

MK Sealed HD Gel Solar Batteries

Must be shipped by truck freight as hazardous goods

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

157

Sealed Batteries

FITS 1/4" BOLT

Batteries

MK Sealed AGM Batteries

These are completely sealed, absorbed glass mat, valve-regulated batteries with efficient recombination. AGM batteries are recommended for battery backup standby power systems where batteries are in float service with occasional deep discharges. These batteries are rated for 500 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. They can operate at temperatures from -40 to 140 Â°F. Delivered from one of 20 East Penn warehouses across the U.S.A. MK Sealed AGM Batteries

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

T874

26.4 Ah

29.6 Ah

32.5 Ah

37 Ah

7.8 x 5.2 x 7.3

24 lbs

040-03117

12 VDC

T881

45 Ah

50 Ah

55 Ah

63 Ah

9.38 x 5.5 x 9.25

38 lbs

040-03120

12 VDC

T881

65 Ah

72 Ah

79 Ah

91 Ah

10.9 x 6.8 x 9.9

53.6 lbs

040-03123

12 VDC

T876

75 Ah

84 Ah

92 Ah

106 Ah

12.75 x 6.75 x 9.75

63.2 lbs

040-03126

8A31DT

12 VDC

85 Ah

90 Ah

105 Ah

116 Ah

12.94 x 6.75 x 9.75

71.7 lbs

040-03129

8A4DLTP

12 VDC

T975

150 Ah

176 Ah

200 Ah

216 Ah

20.8 x 8.5 x 10

130 lbs

040-031321

8A8DLTP

12 VDC

T975

182 Ah

212 Ah

245 Ah

257 Ah

20.8 x 11 x 10

161 lbs

040-031351

8AGC2

6 VDC

145 Ah

174 Ah

190 Ah

220 Ah

10.3 x 7.2 x 10.9

69 lbs

040-031371

Model

Volts

Terminal

8AU1H

12 VDC

8A22NF 8A24DT 8A27

Must be shipped by truck freight as hazardous goods

Sealed & Flooded Batteries

MK 8L-16 Flooded 6-Volt Deep Cycle Battery

East Penn's version of the L-16 flooded battery features flag terminals and a heavy-duty polymer case. MK SL-16 batteries are made in the U.S.A. Cycle life is 825 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. This is one of the most economical deep-cycle lead-acid batteries available. Made in U.S.A. MK L16 Flooded Batteries

158

Model

Volts

Terminal

8L-16

6 VDC

Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

295 Ah

370 Ah

420 Ah

11.75 x 7 x 17.3

113 lbs

040-019571

Must be shipped by truck freight as hazardous goods

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These Deka Unigy I sealed AGM batteries are well suited for use in backup power systems with occasional cycling during power outages. They have very high efficiency in float charge, and low self-discharge. Front terminal design for easy installation in battery racks. Rated for a 10-year life in backup use. Made in U.S.A.

Batteries

Deka Unigy I AGM Battery

Unigy I Sealed AGM Batteries Model

Volts

Terminal

12AVR-170ET

12 VDC

12AVR-200ET

12 VDC

Capacity

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

188 Ah

22.0 x 4.9 x 12.6

120 lbs

040-03152

212 Ah

24.3 x 4.97 x 12.74

151 lbs

040-03153

3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

Front

138 Ah

170 Ah

Front

181 Ah

200 Ah

Item code

Deka Unigy II AGM Industrial Batteries

The Deka Unigy II line features a wide range of capacities to fit the requirements of renewable energy applications. These batteries are well-suited for float applications with an occasional deep discharge, such as battery backup for grid-connected systems. These are rated for 1,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. These are rated for a 20-year life in backup use. The maximum continuous charge rate for these is 15% of the capacity at the 20-hour rate. The front safety shield easily clips on and off without tools for quick assembly. The modules are coated with acid-resistant paint, and each module has mounting holes for a grounding option. They come with flame retardant polyethylene cases.

The non-interlock modules require front and rear access bolts for mounting. The standard two-piece base enables anchors to be drilled and installed with base in place. The non-interlock version is certified to UBC 97 Zone 2B Top of Building up to eight modules high. Made in U.S.A. Deka Unigy II Sealed Industrial Batteries Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions 1, 2 (W" x H" x D")

12 VDC

228 Ah

285 Ah

388 Ah

400 Ah

19 x 9.48 x 27.12

339 lbs

040-06006-NL

12 VDC

305 Ah

380 Ah

452 Ah

540 Ah

23.5 x 9.48 x 27.12

426 lbs

040-06007-NL

Model

Volts

6AVR95-7 6AVR95-9

Weight

Item code3

6AVR95-11

12VDC

381 Ah

475 Ah

564 Ah

670 Ah

28 x 9.48 x 27.12

512 lbs

040-06008-NL

6AVR95-13

12 VDC

457 Ah

570 Ah

678 Ah

810 Ah

32.5 x 9.48 x 27.12

600 lbs

040-06009-NL

6AVR95-15

12 VDC

533 Ah

665 Ah

791 Ah

941 Ah

37 x 9.48 x 27.12

688 lbs

040-06028-NL

3AVR95-17

6 VDC

609 Ah

760 Ah

904 Ah

1,076 Ah

21.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

404 lbs

040-06029-NL

3AVR95-19

6 VDC

685 Ah

855 Ah

1,016 Ah

1,210 Ah

24.15 x 9.48 x 27.12

448 lbs

040-06030-NL

3AVR95-21

6 VDC

761 Ah

950 Ah

1,129 Ah

1,345 Ah

26.4 x 9.48 x 27.12

491 lbs

040-06031-NL

3AVR95-23

6 VDC

838 Ah

1,045 Ah

1,242 Ah

1,479 Ah

28.65 x 9.48 x 27.12

535 lbs

040-06032-NL

3AVR95-25

6 VDC

914 Ah

1,140 Ah

1,355 Ah

1,614 Ah

30.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

578 lbs

040-06033-NL

3AVR95-27

6 VDC

990 Ah

1,235 Ah

1,468 Ah

1,748 Ah

33.15 x 9.48 x 27.12

618 lbs

040-06034-NL

3AVR95-29

6 VDC

1,066 Ah

1,330 Ah

1,581 Ah

1,882 Ah

35.4 x 9.48 x 27.12

665 lbs

040-06035-NL

3AVR95-31

6 VDC

1,142 Ah

1,425 Ah

1,694 Ah

2,017 Ah

37.65 x 9.48 x 27.12

705 lbs

040-06036-NL

3AVR95-33

6 VDC

1,218 Ah

1,520 Ah

1,807 Ah

2,151 Ah

39.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

749 lbs

040-06037-NL

2AVR125-33

4 VDC

1,551 Ah

2,000 Ah

2,367 Ah

2,930 Ah

27.32 x 11.7 x 31.12

753 lbs

040-06038-IL

Height, depth and weight are slightly greater for interlock modules Overall battery height = (module height - 1.44") x # modules + 4" 3 For interlock use -IL instead of -NL suffix (040-06038 is IL only) 1 2

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

159

Sealed Batteries

These batteries are available with interlocked frames to meet local seismic requirements, and noninterlocked frames where this is not required. The interlocking module frames require only front access bolts for mounting, providing quick and safe installation. Their standard one-piece base can be used as an anchoring template or anchors can be drilled and installed with the base in place. They are certified to UBC 97 Zone 4 Top of Building up to eight modules high.

Batteries

Aquion Energy

Aspen series Aqueous Hybrid Ion Batteries

The aqueous hybrid ion battery by Aquion Energy is the only battery that is Bronze Certified Cradle to CradleTM. They are made from non-toxic materials and have a safe aqueous electrolyte that is neither flammable nor caustic. The electrolyte is absorbed and the battery is sealed and does not require watering or maintenance. They have the ability to cycle for many years at any state of charge, making them suitable for systems that need to take advantage of charging when available, but do not need to be always fully charged. They are ideal for long duration applications such as off-grid systems, or larger capacity selfconsumption systems. These batteries are very robust, but are somewhat larger than lead-acid batteries in terms of size and weight. The system must be designed properly to supply the appropriate current for loads or charging. These are generally not suitable for mobile applications. The Aspen battery is rated for 6,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge and 3,000 cycles at 100% depth of discharge. Their life is less affected by high temperatures than most other batteries. Operating temperature should be kept to a 24 hour average between -5 °C (23 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F). It comes as either a 48 VDC unit, the Aspen 48S-2.5, or a 24 VDC unit, the Aspen 24S-94.7. Each of these units is called a “stack” with a capacity of about 2.5 kWh each. It is also available as a 48 VDC pre-assembled module, the Aspen 48M-29.7, with 12 stacks, fuses, and monitoring interface, with about 29.7 kWh capacity.

Aqueous Hybrid-Ion Batteries

The BMS-200 is a monitoring system with display that tracks the battery state of charge, voltage, current, power, and total throughput. It does not have an active role in battery management and is not necessary for battery operation. It has a built in webserver for internet access. The Aspen 48M modules come with monitoring interface circuits, but the SMI-100 must be added to each 12 Aspen 48S and Aspen 24S stacks. One BMS-200 can be used for a battery bank up to 192 stacks or 16 modules. Made in U.S.A.

Aquion Energy Batteries Model

Volts

Aspen 24S-83

24 VDC

Max Peak input / output input / output current power 30 A

750 W

Capacity at 10 hour charge

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

2.5 kWh

13 x 12.2 x 36.8

260 lbs

040-08209

Aspen 48S-2.2

48 VDC

20 A

1000 W

2.5 kWh

13 x 12.2 x 36.8

260 lbs

040-08207

Aspen 48M-25.9

48 VDC

240 A

11,700 W

29.7 kWh

52 x 40 x 45.6

3,315 lbs

040-08208

BMS200 SMI

Battery monitoring system

040-08220

Battery monitoring interface for up to 12 stacks

040-08221

Heilos connectors, 052-09842;052-09 843

160

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NEW! RESU10H

The LG Chem RESU10H is a lithium-ion battery system used for solar systems requiring energy storage with daily cycling. It has the ability to cycle daily for up to 10 years as needed for self-consumption, peak load shaving, backup power and other similar systems. It couples to selected grid-tie inverters, with compatible controls, at 400 VDC nominal. It has 9.3 kWh of usable storage capacity, and maximum power input and output of 5 kW, with 7 kW peak output for 10 seconds, and recommended maximum continuous output of 3.3 kW. It includes a battery management system with over-voltage, over-current, short circuit, and reverse polarity protection to ensure complete safety. It comes with a DC disconnect circuit breaker. The enclosure is outdoor rated to NEMA 3R (IP55). The maximum operating temperature range is 14°F (-10°C) to 113°F (45°C), with a recommended operating temperature range is 59°F (15°C) to 86°F (30°C). Maximum altitude is 6,562' (2000 m). 29.3”W x 35.7”H x 8.1”D (744 mm x 907 mm x 206 mm), weighs 214 lbs (97 kg). Listed to UL1642, UL1973, UL1741, UL1998, NEC 110.26, UN3480, IEC 62133. Made in Korea. See page 64 for inverters that work with the LG Chem battery. Ask AEE Solar for more information. Page 54

Batteries

LG Chem

Lithium-ion Batteries

Fast, Accurate Shipping to your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came straight from you.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

161

Batteries

Trojan Premium Deep Cycle Lead-Acid Batteries with Smart Carbon™

Trojan's Premium line of deep cycle lead-acid batteries with Smart Carbon are optimized for renewable energy applications, such as solar PV, small wind, and micro-grid. They have heavy-duty separators and plates designed for longer life. Rated at 1,700 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. They feature a full warranty up to two years and are prorated up to five years.

Trojan Industrial Deep Cycle Lead-Acid Batteries with Smart Carbon™

Trojan's Industrial line of batteries is made specifically for off-grid renewable energy systems and other deep cycle applications where a long lifetime with daily cycling is desired. Designed for reliable power, they feature dual container housings for extra protection against acid spills and case damage. Rated for 2,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. They feature a full warranty for three years and are prorated up to eight years.

Smart Carbon™

For enhanced life and improved performance in applications operating in partial state of charge (PSOC), Trojan's Industrial and Premium Line batteries now feature Smart Carbon technology to improve partial state-of-charge performance and longevity. Trojan's propriety carbon formula, Smart Carbon, increases the electrochemically active surface area which enhances charge acceptance and efficiency in applications where the batteries are not fully recharged on a regular basis.

Capacity

Flooded Batteries

Model

Volts

J200-RE

12 VDC

155 Ah

T-105 RE

6 VDC

185 Ah

6-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

200 Ah

220 Ah

14.97 x 6.91 x 14.71

132 lbs

040-01936

225 Ah

250 Ah

10.30 x 7.11 x 11.67

67 lbs

040-01937

20-hr rate

L16RE-A

6 VDC

267 Ah

325 Ah

360 Ah

11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56

115 lbs

040-01965

L16RE-B

6 VDC

303 Ah

370 Ah

410 Ah

11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56

118 lbs

040-01967

L16RE-2V

2 VDC

909 Ah

1,110 Ah

1,235 Ah

11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56

119 lbs

040-01920

IND9-6V

6 VDC

365 Ah

464 Ah

601 Ah

15.32 x 10.24 x 23.54

220 lbs

040-02026

IND13-6V

6 VDC

545 Ah

695 Ah

902 Ah

22.36 x 10.34 x 23.92

315 lbs

040-02027

IND17-6V

6 VDC

727 Ah

925 Ah

1,202 Ah

27.21 x 10.38 x 23.73

415 lbs

040-02028

IND23-4V

4 VDC

1,000 Ah

1,270 Ah

1,654 Ah

22.38 x 10.34 x 23.56

370 lbs

040-02029

IND29-4V

4 VDC

1,274 Ah

1,618 Ah

2,105 Ah

27.10 x 10.35 x 23.81

465 lbs

040-02030

IND27-2V

2 VDC

1,215 Ah

1,520 Ah

1,954 Ah

15.28 x 10.38 x 24.00

228 lbs

040-02031

IND33-2V

2 VDC

1,455 Ah

1,849 Ah

2,405 Ah

17.33 x 10.22 x 24.01

278 lbs

040-02032

Trojan Industrial Line Accessories Model

162

Description

Item code

210100

RE Battery Watering Kit 12 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09924

210101

RE Battery Watering Kit 24 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09925

210102

RE Battery Watering Kit 48 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09926

210073

L16RE-2V Battery Watering Kit 12 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09928

210114

L16RE-2V Battery Watering Kit 24 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09929

210113

L16RE-2V Battery Watering Kit 48 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09930

220006

IND Battery Owners Kit with hydrometer, log book and manual

040-09920

220003

IND Battery Watering Kit 12 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09921

220004

IND Battery Watering Kit 24 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09922

220005

IND Battery Watering Kit 48 VDC with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

040-09923

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

S-Series Batteries

These S-4000 series L16-sized batteries are rated at 1,400 cycles to 50% depth of discharge. The S-4500 EX series batteries, S-500EX and S-1400EX, are made with extra thick industrial-grade plates for longer cycle life. These are rated at 2,700 cycles to 50% depth of discharge. Shipping requirements and free shipping threshold quantities vary by region, so be sure to indicate your commercial ship-to address when ordering.

Batteries

Rolls

Rolls S-Series Batteries Protective polycarbonate covers not shown.

Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

6 VDC

278 Ah

375 Ah

486 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

113 lbs

040-02107

S-550

6 VDC

317 Ah

428 Ah

554 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

123 lbs

040-02108

S-605

6 VDC

346 Ah

468 Ah

605 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

125 lbs

040-02111

Model

Volts

S-480

S-1450

2 VDC

832 Ah

1,124 Ah

1,452 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

120 lbs

040-02116

S-1660

2 VDC

950 Ah

1,284 Ah

1,660 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

127 lbs

040-02117

S-1860

2 VDC

1,069 Ah

1,445 Ah

1,869 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

131 lbs

040-02118

S-500EX

6 VDC

253 Ah

357 Ah

504 Ah

12.5 x 7.12 x 16.8

132 lbs

040-02119

S-1400EX

2 VDC

710 Ah

1,000 Ah

1,410 Ah

13.4 x 7.12 x 17

128 lbs

040-02120

These dual-container Rolls Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded batteries are high-capacity batteries with a heavy-duty plate grid to resist positive plate breakdown. The plates are double insulated with a glass mat and a polyethylene envelope to prevent separator misalignment, cracked separators, treeing, or shorting at the bottoms or sides. Rolls batteries are rated at 3,200 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. Each 2 VDC cell is built into its own lightweight container made of durable polypropylene with the cover thermally bonded to the container to prevent acid leakage. The cells are then assembled into a tough, lightweight polyethylene outer container with a removable lid. Even if the outer case is broken, the battery remains operable and spill-free. The individual cells of the CS and KS series are bolted together, allowing the battery to be disassembled. The cells can be independently removed, which facilitates easy on-site installation, disassembly, assembly, or replacements of individual cells without special tools. All 5000 Series Rolls Batteries, including the CS & KS models, come with a 10-year limited warranty, 3-year full warranty, and 7-year prorated warranty. Rolls Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded Batteries Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

12 VDC

253 Ah

357 Ah

503 Ah

22 x 11.25 x 18.25

272 lbs

040-02259

4 VDC

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

14.38 x 8.25 x 18.25

128 lbs

040-02223

Model

Volts

12-CS-11P 4-CS-17P 6-CS-17P

6 VDC

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

22 x 8.25 x 18.25

221 lbs

040-02232

8-CS-17P

8 VDC

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

28.25 x 8.25 x 18.25

294 lbs

040-02247

6-CS-21P

6 VDC

485 Ah

683 Ah

963 Ah

22 x 9.75 x 18.25

271 lbs

040-02235

6-CS-25P

6 VDC

582 Ah

820 Ah

1,156 Ah

23 x11.25 x 18.25

318 lbs

040-02238

8-CS-25P

8 VDC

582 Ah

820 Ah

1,156 Ah

28.25 x 11.25 x 18.25

424 lbs

040-02250

4-KS-21P

4 VDC

784 Ah

1,104 Ah

1,557 Ah

15.75 x 9.38 x 24.75

267 lbs

040-02226

4-KS-25P

4 VDC

959 Ah

1,350 Ah

1,900 Ah

15.75 x 10.63 x 24.75

315 lbs

040-02229

2-KS-33P

2 VDC

1,254 Ah

1,766 Ah

2,491 Ah

15.44 x 8.31 x 24.81

208 lbs

040-02220

2-YS-31P

2 VDC

1,725 Ah

2,430 Ah

3,435 Ah

15.50 x 9 x 31.63

285 lbs

040-02221

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

163

Flooded Batteries

Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded Batteries

Batteries

Solar-One®

HuP® Industrial Batteries

The Solar-One® battery with HuP® Technology is optimized for renewable energy systems. It has a slightly enlarged epoxy-coated steel case that allows cell removal so it can be installed by parts without a forklift or crane. Solar-One® batteries are designed with 0.310" thick positive plates and a patented technology that allows them to be warranted for 4,000 cycles to 50% depth of discharge. The 10-year warranty, 7-year full replacement, and 3-year prorated, is the best in the industry. Each Solar-One® battery is made up of six 2 VDC cells and comes with stainless steel hardware, leadplated copper busbars, a cell-lifting strap and an operator/installation manual. Order two for 24 VDC systems or four for 48 VDC systems. Allow up to eight weeks for delivery. Free shipping to commercial locations in the Continental U.S.A. Solar-One® HuP® Batteries

High Cycle-Life Batteries 164

Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

12 VDC

680 Ah

845 Ah

40 x 7.75 x 25

742 lbs

040-05269-A

SO-6-85-19

12 VDC

765 Ah

950 Ah

40 x 8.25 x 25

808 lbs

040-05272-A

SO-6-85-21

12 VDC

850 Ah

1,055 Ah

40 x 8.75 x 25

880 lbs

040-05275-A

SO-6-85-23

12 VDC

935 Ah

1,160 Ah

40 x 9 x 25

959 lbs

040-05278-A

SO-6-85-25

12 VDC

1,020 Ah

1,270 Ah

40 x 10.25 x 25

1,036 lbs

040-05281-A

Model

Volts

SO-6-85-17

SO-6-85-27

12 VDC

1,105 Ah

1,375 Ah

40 x 11.25 x 25

1,102 lbs

040-05284-A

SO-6-85-31

12 VDC

1,275 Ah

1,585 Ah

40 x 12.75 x 25

1,252 lbs

040-05290-A

SO-6-85-33

12 VDC

1,360 Ah

1,690 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 25

1,336 lbs

040-05293-A

SO-6-100-33

12 VDC

1,600 Ah

1,990 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 28

1,550 lbs

040-05295

SO-6-125-33

12 VDC

2,000 Ah

2,490 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 33

1,695 lbs

040-05296

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Battery Enclosures

Choose the proper enclosure for the size and number of batteries needed. Use multiple enclosures, side-by-side, for larger battery banks. These are all designed for use with sealed batteries only. MNBE-A

The MNBE-A, MNBE-C and MNBE-D are grey powder-coated steel battery enclosures with locking doors and are listed for indoor use in the U.S.A. and Canada. The MNBE-D3R and MNBE-8D2x2 are white aluminum outdoor enclosures.

Batteries

MidNite Solar

The MNBE-C comes in versions with two, three or four shelves depending on which battery it is made for. Extra shelves can be added to the MNBE-C and MNBE-D.

The MNBE-8D2x2 enclosures hold two 4D or 8D batteries on each shelf for a total of four batteries. The MNBE-8D2x2 BASIC has spaces for a single 175 A or 250 A and up to four MNDC breakers, which are not included. The MNBE-8D2x2 DELUXE comes with a 250 A breaker, two 12” 4/0 AWG cables, and one 36” 4/0 AWG cable for interconnecting batteries. It also has spaces for up to 4 MNDC breakers. The MNBE- 8D2x2 enclosures can be stacked two high or side-by-side. The MNBE-A may ship via UPS, but all other sizes ship by truck freight. MNBE-C

MidNite Solar Battery Enclosures Battery type

Battery capacity

Shelves included

Dimensions (D" x W" x H")

Shipping dimensions

Weight

Item code

MNBE-A

27 or 31 8D

six two

two

14.5 x 27.3 x 29.5

30 x 33 x 8 knockdown

65 lbs

048-05501

MNBE-C

27 or 31 or GC2

twelve

three

MNBE-C8D

4D or 8D

four

MNBE-CL16

L-16

eight

two

MNBE-D

27, 31, GC2

eight

048-05505 add crate fee1 16 x 36.5 x 55

MNBE-8D2X2

MNBE-8D2x2 DELUXE

4D or 8D

four

two

one

048-05509 add crate fee1 048-05510 add crate fee1

15.5 x 34 x 42

MNBE-D3R MNBE-8D2x2 BASIC

Ships by truck on a 190 lbs 42 x 42 x 60 pallet

26.3 x 28.5 x 36

43 x 19 x 8 & 43 x 19 x 9 knockdown

117 lbs

048-05506

16 x 36.5 x 55

82 lbs

048-05507

90 lbs

048-05502

91 lbs

048-05522

38 x 28 x 11 knockdown

Fan Bracket

Fan bracket for adding 120 mm square fan in MNBE-C or D enclosures

048-05521

MN-SHELF

Extra shelf for MNBE-C, MNBE-D, MNBE-D3R or MNBE-E

048-05520

Crate fee of $100 applies, up to two enclosures on one fee

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

165

Enclosures

MNBE-D

Model

Batteries

Heavy Duty Plastic Battery Enclosures

These battery enclosures are made from high-density polyethylene (HDPE), the same material used to manufacture the outside cases of batteries. A removable lid with handles allows easy access to the batteries for service. Enclosures for L-16s are made with a removable middle section that minimizes lifting when installing the batteries. The HDPE is acid resistant and very strong but easy to drill with a hole saw for adding conduit fittings or battery filling tubes. The hydrogen vent fitting on the lid should be extended to the exterior of the building. Not intended for outdoor use. Heavy Duty Plastic Battery Enclosures Battery type

Battery capacity

Drain

L16

four

L16

four

Yes

L16

eight

L16

eight

Yes

T105

four

T105

four

Yes

T105

eight

T105

eight

Yes

Enclosures

Solar Rackworks

Dimensions (D" x W" x H") 14 x 33 x 22.5 27 x 33 x 22.5 12.5 x 32.5 x 17 23.5 x 32.5 x 17

Item code 048-04014 048-04015 048-04016 048-04017 048-04018 048-04019 048-04020 048-04021

Pretty much DPW

Pole-Mount Aluminum Battery Boxes

These side-of-pole-mount aluminum hinged-door boxes from Solar Rackworks are available for several battery sizes and battery/equipment configurations. Built to NEMA 3R standards, they are made from 0.125" 5052- H32 aluminum with white powder coating. The doors have padlock hasps and stainless-steel continuous hinges. Each box has a removable equipment mounting plate, screened vents, and two 7/8" diameter Knockout holes. U-bolts for mounting are supplied when the pole size is specified on the order. The Front Terminal models accommodate the OutBack RE, GH, and NC front-terminal batteries. They are also available with insulation. Made in U.S.A. Solar Rackworks Pole-Mount Battery Boxes Battery type

27/30

Golf Cart GC2 4D 8D

Front Terminal

166

Model

Batteries spaces

Dimensions (not insulated) (D" x W" x H")

Item code Not insulated

Item code insulated

SR-BB1-GRP30-PL

one

9 x 16 x 20

048-01000

048-01001

SR-BB2-GRP30-PL

two

16 x 16 x 20

048-01002

048-01003

SR-BB4-GRP30-PL

four

16 x 16 x 34

048-01004

048-01005

SR-BB6-GRP30-PL

six

16 x 25 x 34

048-01006

048-01007

SR-BB2-6V220-PL

two

14 x 18 x 22

048-01008

048-01009

SR-BB4-6V220-PL

four

14 x 18 x 36

048-01010

048-01011

SR-BB1-4D-PL

one

12 x 24 x 22

048-01012

048-01013

SR-BB2-4D-PL

two

12 x 24 x 36

048-01014

048-01015

SR-BB1-8D-PL

one

15 x 24 x 22

048-01016

048-01017

SR-BB2-8D-PL

two

15 x 24 x 36

048-01018

048-01019

SR-BB1-FT-PL

one

8.5 x 26 x 28

048-01020

SR-BB2-FT-PL

two

14.5 x 26 x 28

048-01021

SR-BB4-FT-PL

four

25.5 x 26 x 28

048-01022

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These pad-mount, chest-style enclosures from Solar Rackworks are manufactured from 0.125" 5052- H32 aluminum. All die marks and welds are sanded smooth, and the boxes are finished with a reflective bright white polyester powder coat to minimize internal heat gain. All enclosures are provided with integrated louvers located to promote convective air flow through the enclosure to reduce internal temperatures and remove gasses. Filters are located over the louvers to keep out dust and insects. The filters are removable for cleaning or replacement. All standard enclosures are built to meet NEMA 3R specifications. Other sizes are available. Contact your AEE Solar Sales Representative for sizes not listed here.

Batteries

Solar Rackworks Chest Style Battery Enclosures

Solar Rackworks Chest-Style Battery Enclosures Battery size

Group 27/30

Golf Cart, GC2

Battery spaces

Layout

Dimensions (D" x W" x H", non-insulated)

Weight (non-insulated)

Non-insulated

Insulated

SR-BB2-GRP30

two

1x2

16 x 18 x 16

26 lbs

048-00001

048-00002

SR-BB4-GRP30

four

2x2

18 x 30 x 16

39 lbs

048-00003

048-00004

SR-BB6-GRP30

six

2x3

25 x 30 x 16

50 lbs

048-00005

048-00006

SR-BB8-GRP30

eight

2x4

30 x 33 x 16

60 lbs

048-00007

048-00008

SR-BB2-6V200

two

1x2

14 x 18 x 17

25 lbs

048-00009

048-00010

SR-BB4-6V200

four

2x2

18 x 25 x 17

40 lbs

048-00011

048-00012

SR-BB6-6V200

six

2x3

25 x 27 x 17

50 lbs

048-00013

048-00014

SR-BB8-6V200

eight

2x4

25 x 35 x 17

60 lbs

048-00015

048-00016

SR-BB2-SS530

two

1x2

16 x 19 x 24

35 lbs

048-00017

048-00018

SR-BB4-SS530

four

1x4

19 x 29 x 24

50 lbs

048-00019

048-00020

SR-BB6-SS530

six

2x3

28 x 29 x 24

60 lbs

048-00021

048-00022

SR-BB8-SS530

eight

2x4

29 x 36 x 24

75 lbs

048-00023

048-00024

SR-BB10-SS530

ten

2x5

29 x 45 x 24

85 lbs

048-00025

048-00026

SR-BB12-SS530-2X6

twelve

2x6

29 x 53 x 24

95 lbs

048-00027

048-00028

SR-BB12-SS530-3X4

twelve

3x4

36 x 43 x 24

95 lbs

048-00029

048-00030

SR-BB14-SS530

fourteen

2x7

29 x 62 x 24

105 lbs

048-00031

048-00032

SR-BB16-SS530-2X8

sixteen

2x8

29 x 68 x 24

114 lbs

048-00033

048-00034

SR-BB16-SS530-4X4

sixteen

4x4

36 x 56 x 24

114 lbs

048-00035

048-00036

SR-BB2-8G8D

two

1x2

21 x 24 x 16

39 lbs

048-00037

048-00038

SR-BB4-8G8D

four

1x4

21 x 46 x 16

60 lbs

048-00039

048-00040

SR-BB6-8G8D

six

2x3

31 x 46 x 16

78 lbs

048-00041

048-00042

SR-BB8-8G8D

eight

2x4

40 x 46 x 16

92 lbs

048-00043

048-00044

SR-BB2-8G8D

two

2x1

24 x 26 x 16

44 lbs

048-00045

048-00046

SR-BB4-8G8D

four

2x2

26 x 46 x 16

68 lbs

048-00047

048-00048

SR-BB6-8G8D

six

2x3

38 x 46 x 16

88 lbs

048-00049

048-00050

SR-BB8-8G8D

eight

2x4

46 x 50 x 16

111 lbs

048-00051

048-00052

SR-BB10-8G8D

ten

2x5

46 x 63 x 16

125 lbs

048-00053

048-00054

SR-BB12-8G8D-2X6

twelve

2x6

46 x 74 x 16

145 lbs

048-00055

048-00056

SR-BB12-8G8D-3X4

twelve

3x4

50 x 68 x 16

145 lbs

048-00057

048-00058

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

167

Enclosures

L-16, S480, S550

Item code

Model

Batteries

Zephyr Power Vent Battery Box Vent

Power Vent 12 VDC

Lead-acid batteries produce hydrogen gas when charging, but leaving a battery box lid open to vent gas in cold climates can reduce battery capacity. Proper venting and thermal management is especially important when battery boxes are placed in basements, garages and sheds. As heat rises in the structure, a low pressure area forms around the battery box and pushes cool air into the box, which forces gases out and into the structure. The Power Vent controls battery box venting, removing hydrogen gas while reducing cold air infiltration into the box. The Power Vent contains a gravity-operated damper that normally stays closed. When connected to a voltage-controlled relay, the fan operates only when the batteries are being charged and blows gas vapors out. Designed for battery banks under 2,200 Ah and charge rates under 125 A. The fan can be operated from the auxiliary relay on high-end charge controllers or by a voltage- controlled switch (see Converters and Controls). The 12 and 24 VDC units use 3 W and push air at 6 CFM. They are 4" in diameter and 7.25" long with a 2" PVC pipe socket on the inlet and outlet. The 48 VDC unit uses 6 W and pushes 8 CFM. It measures 4" in diameter and is 10" long, with a 3" PVC pipe socket on the inlet and outlet. Zephyr Power Vent Battery Box Vents Description

Item code

Power Vent 12 VDC

085-08205

Power Vent 24 VDC

085-08207

Power Vent 48 VDC

085-08209

Accessories

QuickCote Anti-Corrosion Protectant

QuickCote offers a complete acid neutralizing coating formulated especially for battery terminals and exposed electrical connections. The 8 oz can has a brush-on applicator that will give years of use and will not clog like aerosol coatings. QuickCote Anti-Corrosion Protectant Description

Item code 046-00195

QuickCote 8 oz

Water Miser Battery Caps

Water Misers are molded plastic â&#x20AC;&#x153;flip-topâ&#x20AC;? vent caps designed to reduce and ease maintenance on flooded lead-acid batteries. There is no need to remove the caps when charging, filling, or equalizing the batteries. When charging, the plastic pellets capture up to 90% of the moisture and acid droplets. This reduces acid fumes and corrosion, and keeps the battery tops much cleaner and dryer. Excess water is dropped back into the battery cell. Water loss is reduced, which extends time between watering. These caps fit all batteries with standard bayonet caps. Water Miser Battery Caps Description

Item code 040-09913

Water Miser battery cap

MidNite Hydro-volt hydrometer

An easy to use, temperature-compensated and accurate hydrometer. Use for measuring the specific gravity of flooded-battery electrolyte for state-of-charge determination. Made in Switzerland. MidNite Hydro-volt Description Hydro-volt battery hydrometer

168

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 040-09918

Power panels provide a central location for mounting inverters and charge controllers in battery systems and include enclosures for wiring, over-current protection, ground-fault and surge protection, bypasses and related hardware. See Battery-Based Inverters for OutBack Flexware™ power panels as well as prewired OutBack Power and MidNite Solar power systems.

MidNite Solar E-Panel

The MidNite Solar E-Panel can help streamline the installation of battery-based inverters. They come standard with the basic overcurrent protection and disconnects required to install your renewable energy system in compliance with the NEC. They are internally pre-wired and labeled to save time and hassle in the field. E-Panels are listed to applicable UL and CSA standards for the U.S.A. and Canada. Made in U.S.A. See Battery-Based Inverters for pre-wired MidNite Solar E-Panels.

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Magnum Inverters MNE STM Series E-Panel (Inverter Not Included)

Magnum inverters are mounted on a unique hinged door to minimize system footprint. Mounting brackets are included to aid in one-person installations. They come with a main breaker, inverter connection, a 500 A/50 mV shunt for battery monitoring systems, an AC input and bypass, PV input busbars, DIN rails, three panel-mount breaker knockouts, ground bus, remote display mounting brackets, a charge controller bracket, a wall-mount bracket and other hardware. 120/240 VAC models are for Magnum MS-PAE inverters. Model

Description

Item code

MNE175STM-L

Gray steel chassis with 175 A inverter breaker

034-05160

MNE250STM-L

Gray steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker

034-05164

MNE175ALM-L

White aluminum chassis with 175 A inverter breaker

034-05168

MNE250ALM-L

White aluminum chassis with 250 A inverter breaker

034-05166

MNE175STM-L-240

White steel chassis with 175 A inverter breaker 120/240 VAC

034-05167

MNE250STM-L-240

White steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker 120/240 VAC

034-05169

MidNite Solar E-Panels for OutBack Inverters

MNE AL-PLUS Series E-Panel (Inverter And Controller Not Included)

OutBack inverters are mounted on a hinged door to minimize system footprint. They come standard with a left-hand hinge, allowing the charge controller to be mounted on the right. The STS version has additional space for the OutBack AC box with a surge arrestor for grid-tie applications, and the AL-PLUS version has room to mount an inverter and a charge controller on the door. Right-hand hinged doors are available by special order. Mounting brackets are included to aid in one-person installations. A main breaker, inverter cables, a 500 A/50 mV shunt for battery monitoring systems, a 175 A AC power- distribution block, a 50 A AC-input disconnect for a generator or utility input, and a 50 A AC bypass switch are included and pre-wired. E-Panels for OutBack inverters also include a mounting bracket for an OutBack FM-series controller. Cutouts for mounting up to five additional 13 mm DIN-mount breakers are provided, as are cutouts for GFCI-style AC outlets and three panel-mount DC breaker slots. Circuit breakers and DC GFP are sold separately. MidNite Solar E-Panels for OutBack Inverters Model

Description

Item code 034-05127

MNE125STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 125 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

MNE175STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 175 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

034-05131

MNE250STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 250 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

034-05135

MNE125AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 125 A inverter breaker with charge-controller mount

034-05147

MNE175AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 175 A inverter breaker with charge-controller mount

034-05148

MNE250AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 250 A inverter breaker with charge-controller mount

034-05149

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

169

Power Panels

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Magnum Inverters

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Power Panels

Electrical Distribution PARTS

MidNite Solar E-Panel for Schneider Electric Conext XW+

The MNE250XWP-SINGLE or MNE175XWP-SINGLE is mounted directly below the XW+ inverter. It includes a 250 A, or 175 A inverter/battery breaker, AC inputs for generator and utility, knockouts for up to seven DIN-mount breakers and 12 panel-mount breakers, and a 500 A shunt. Tin-plated copper busbars connect to the XW’s battery terminals. There are busbars for AC inputs, AC output, neutral, ground, PV + in, PV - in, Bat +, and Bat - covered by a metal dead-front behind the reversible door. Charge controllers mount to either or both sides. The AC bypass can be configured as input and output on/off as well as AC bypass. The XW MPPT controller requires no mounting bracket. FM60, FM80, and Classic controllers require right or left E-Panel charge controller mounting brackets. A right-hand bracket is included. The color-matched enclosure is 16"W x 17"H x 8.5"D, and weighs 38 lbs.

The MNE250XWP-MASTER and MNE250XWP-SLAVE, and the 175 A versions, can be used for a dual-inverter setup. The master E-panel has a 120 A AC bypass assembly and all of the other items listed for the single E-panel. The master E-panel is mounted under one XW+ inverter and the slave E-panel is mounted under the second inverter. They can then be wired together. The slave E-panel has 60A AC input breakers for utility and generator and knockouts for up to seven DIN-mount breakers and 12 panel-mount breakers, and a 500 A shunt, as well as the bus bars for DC and AC connections. The color-matched enclosure is 16"W x 17"H x 8.5"D, and weighs 38 lbs. MidNite Solar E-Panels for Schneider Electric Conext XW+ Inverters Model

Description

Item code

Power Panels

MNE250XWP-SINGLE

E-Panel for one XW+ inverter, 250 A main DC breaker

034-05181

MNE175XWP-SINGLE

E-Panel for one XW+ inverter, 175 A main DC breaker

034-05184

MNE250XWP-MASTER

E-Panel for dual XW+ inverter system, 250 A main DC, add one slave E-Panel

034-05175

MNE175XWP-MASTER

E-Panel for dual XW+ inverter system, 175 A main DC, add one slave E-Panel

034-05176

MNE250XWP-SLAVE

E-Panel slave for dual XW+ inverter system, 250 A main DC

034-05177

MNE175XWP-SLAVE

E-Panel slave for dual XW+ inverter system, 175 A main DC

034-05178

MidNite Solar E-Panel for Schneider Electric Conext SW

The MNE250SW or MNE175SW is mounted next to the SW inverter. It includes a 250 A, or 175 A inverter/battery breaker. There are knockouts for up to 6 DIN-mount breakers and 4 panel-mount breakers, and a 500 A shunt. Tin-plated copper busbars connect to the XW’s battery terminals. There are busbars for AC inputs, AC output, neutral, ground, PV + in, PV - in, Bat +, and Bat -. There are knockouts on top for two charge controllers. The color-matched enclosure is 17.6"W x 15.2"H x 7.5"D, and weighs 23 lbs. The MNSW-SLIDER-30 has 30 A input and 50 A output/bypass breakers for a single-inverter installation. The MNSW-SLIDER-50 has 50 A input/output/bypass breakers for a dual-inverter installation.

The MNSW-BACKPLATE will mount both the SW E-panel and one SW inverter. Dimensions are 20”H x 33”L x 1.5”D, and weighs 15 lbs. MidNite Solar E-Panels for Schneider Electric Conext SW Inverters Model

Item code

E-Panel for one SW inverter, 250 A main DC breaker

034-05188

MNE175SW

E-Panel for one SW inverter, 175 A main DC breaker

034-05189

Backplate for one SW E-panel and inverter

034-05190

MNSW-SLIDER-50

AC breakers and bypass assy for 120/240 VAC, 50 A breakers

034-05191

MNSW-SLIDER-30

AC breakers and bypass assy for 120/240 VAC, 30 A breakers, 50 A bypass

034-05192

MNSW-BACKPLATE

170

Description

MNE250SW

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MidNite Solar E-Panels and accessories are color matched to the Sunny Island inverter. SMA E-Panels are available to work with single, two or four-inverter configurations with 120/240 VAC or 120/208 VAC three-phase output (Requires three inverters). These can be used in either AC-coupled or DC-coupled systems, either grid-tied or off-grid. For AC-coupled systems with Sunny Boy inverters that accept RS-485 cards, an RS 485 card should be used in each Sunny Island master inverter and each Sunny Boy inverter (see Grid-Tie Inverter section). Use the appropriate back plates. The MNE250SMA-AC-SINGLE is an E-Panel used with the MNSMA Autoformer in an AC-coupled system with a single Sunny Island inverter. It is mounted directly below the Sunny Island inverter. The protected loads panel will have 120/240 VAC available and the utility connection will be 120 VAC only.

The MNE250SMA-OG-SINGLE is an E-Panel used in an off-grid system with a single Sunny Island inverter. For a dual Sunny Island installation, either AC-coupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMAOG/AC-DM and one MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panel. For a quad-stack Sunny Island installation, either AC-coupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMA-QUAD MASTER and three MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panels. For a three-phase triple-stack Sunny Island installation, either AC-coupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMA-3PH MASTER and two MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panels. The MNE250SMA-SLAVE works with the dual, quad and three-phase master E-Panels.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

MidNite Solar E-Panels for SMA Sunny Island Inverters

Included in each master E-Panel is a 250 A inverter battery breaker, 60 AAC bypass (125 A on the Quad master), input and output breakers, terminal busbars for all connections, 500 A shunt, spaces for DIN and panel-mount DC breakers, and wiring for the connections to the Sunny Island.

One MNSMA Back Short back plate is used for each Sunny Island and E-Panel combination.

The MNSMA Back Long back plate is used for a single Sunny Island, E-Panel and MNX-240.

The MNSMA E-Panels are 20.5” x 18.6” x 9.6”, weight 42 lbs. The MNSMA-Autoformer is 18.1” x 16.4” x 9.2”, weight 74 lbs.

The MNSICOMM translator box will allow the SMA system to read and control up to four Classic charge controllers to make an integrated system. The MNTRB-80 is a relay board that can be used to transfer the AC input from grid to generator. MidNite Solar E-Panels for SMA Sunny Island Inverters Model

Description

MNE250SMA-AC-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for AC-coupled system, 250 A DC main

Item code 034-00000

MNE250SMA-OG-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for off-grid system, 250 A DC main

034-00001

MNE250SMA-OG/AC-DM

E-Panel for dual SI inverter system, add one slave E-Panel, 250 A DC main

034-00002

E-Panel for quad SI inverter system, add three slave E-Panels, 250 A DC main

034-00004

MNE250SMA-QUAD MSTR MNE250SMA-3PH MASTER MNE250SMA-SLAVE MNX-240 AUTOFORMER

E-Panel for three-phase SI inverter system, add two slave E-Panels, 250 A DC main

034-00003

E-Panel Slave for multiple-inverter systems, 250 A DC main breaker

034-00005

Autoformer for 120/240 VAC output from single Sunny Island, use with AC SINGLE

038-00001

Back plate for one Sunny Island, Autoformer, and E-Panel

034-00007

Back plate for each Sunny Island and one E-Panel

034-00008

MNSICOMM

Translator box so MidNite Classic control can be read by the SMA system

020-02434

MNTRB-80

Transfer relay board, 80 A, 240 VAC for grid-to-generator transfer

053-02951

MNSMA-TALL-BP MNESMAXW-SHORT BP

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

171

Power Panels

The MNX-240 AUTOFORMER is used in single Sunny Island systems to produce 120/240 VAC output for AC coupling. It mounts above the Sunny Island.

Electrical Distribution PARTS

MidNite Solar E-Panel for Samlex EVO Inverters

The MNE250SM and MNE175SM E-panels are made for the new Samlex EVO line of inverters. The inverters are mounted onto the front door of the E-panel. It includes a 250 A or 175 A inverter/battery breaker. There are knockouts for up to five extra DIN-mount breaker spaces, or 3 panel-mount breaker spaces. Included is a 500A 50mv shunt, and busbars for two AC inputs, AC output, neutral, AC bypass, ground, PV positive and negative input, Battery positive and negative connection. There are knockouts on top for two charge controllers. Use the MNE175SM for the EVO-2224, and the MNE250SM for the EVO-2212, EVO-3012, and EVO-4024. The enclosure is 16"W x 25"H x 4"D, and weighs 39 lbs. Model

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Samlex EVO Inverters Description

Item code

MNE175SM

E-Panel for Samlex EVO inverter, 175 A main DC breaker

034-05152

MNE250SM

E-Panel for Samlex EVO inverter, 250 A main DC breaker

034-05153

MidNite Solar E-Panel Lite for Other Inverters

The MNE250ST SLT or MNE175ST SLT E-panel Lite work for all other inverters for which a specific E-panel is not made. It includes a 250 A, or 175 A inverter/battery breaker. There are knockouts for up to five DIN-mount breaker spaces or three panel-mount breaker spaces. Included is a 500 A / 50 mv shunt, and busbars for the AC input, AC output, neutral, 120 VAC bypass, ground, PV positive and negative input, Battery positive and negative connection. The inverter mounts off to the side, and conduit and cable needs to be supplied by the installer. There are knockouts on top for two charge controllers.

Power Panels

The enclosure is 16"W x 25"H x 4"D and weighs 30 lbs. Model

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Other Inverters Description

MNE175STSLT

E-Panel Lite for one inverter, 175 A main DC breaker

034-05143

MNE250STSLT

E-Panel Lite for one inverter, 250 A main DC breaker

034-05144

Fast, Accurate Shipping to your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directily to your customers, just as if it came directly from you.

172

Item code

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use this small DC disconnect, which includes the inverter breaker (not in the MNDC-C), to provide overcurrent protection for any single inverter. The MNDC comes with a DIN rail for five additional DC breakers for DC loads, a charge controller disconnect, and a battery-status monitor. They also include a ground bus, and a 5/16" bonding battery-negative stud. Mounting holes for a 500 A shunt are built in. The white powder-coated aluminum chassis measures 10"H x 5"W x 18"D and weighs 7 lbs. Three main-breaker sizes are available. Left-side main-breaker placement is available by special order. MNDC

The MNDC Plus version has an additional DIN rail allowing up to ten DIN-mount breakers. Two DIN rail cover plates and two panel-mount plates are included. The panel-mount plates allow for mounting the 3/4" 150 VDC breakers that range from 60 A to 100 A. Additional configurations include: an MNDCGFP80 with four panel-mount breakers, or one MNDC-GFP, one 3/4" panel-mount breaker and five DIN-mount breakers with a 125-250 A inverter breaker. Circuit breakers and DC GFP are sold separately. Mounting is provided for a 500 A shunt and an MNTBB-R terminal busbar. Battery-negative stud and ground busbar included. The MNDC-C comes with an adapter attached to mount one of the smaller single-pole panel mount breakers, available in sizes from 1 A to 100 A (3/4 inch MNEDC panel mount breaker not included). Chassis is white powder coated aluminum with 5 DIN rail breaker slots or 3 panel mount breaker slots.

MNDC PLUS

The MINI DC X2 versions have two DC battery breakers, one on each side of the enclosure. The MINI DC 125 X2 Disconnect is a white powder-coated aluminum enclosure while the MINI DC 175 X2 and the 250 X2 are powder-coated gray steel. They all come with the 125, 175 or 250 A battery breakers. The MNDC X2 accepts an additional five din-rail breakers or three panel-mount breakers. The boxes all come with grounding busbars and space to mount a 500 A shunt. The MNDC175-X2 and the MNDC250-X2 measure 25"H x 16"W x 4"D and weigh 29 lbs. MidNite Mini-DC Disconnect Power Center (MNDC) Description

Item code

MNDC-C

Mini DC disconnect with space for 3/4" panel-mount breaker

053-00094

MNDC125

125 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00091

MNDC175

175 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00092

Model

250 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00093

MNDC125-Plus

125 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00096

MNDC175-Plus

175 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00097

MNDC250-Plus

250 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00098

MNDC125-X2

125 A Mini DC X2 with two 125 A DC breakers

053-00122

MNDC175-X2

175 A Mini DC X2 with two 175 A DC breakers

053-00123

MNDC250-X2

250 A Mini DC X2 with two 250 A DC breakers

053-00124

MNDC250

MidNite Solar Charge Controller Mounting Brackets

Right or left side charge control brackets, used to mount OutBack Power, Xantrex and MidNite Classic MPPT controllers to the side of an E-Panel. These controller mounting brackets work with all MidNite E-Panels EXCEPT the Schneider Electric SW E-Panel and the Nottagutter. Model

MidNite Solar Charge Controller Mounting Brackets Description

Item code

MNCCB-L

Charge controller mounting bracket â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Left-side mounting

034-05183

MNCCB-R

Charge controller mounting bracket â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Right-side mounting

034-05179

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

173

Power Panels

The MNDC125-X2 measures 25"H x 11"W x 4"D and weighs 13 lbs.

MNDC-C

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

MidNite Solar Mini-DC Disconnect Power Center (MNDC)

Electrical Distribution PARTS

MidNite Solar Breaker Boxes and Wiring Accessories

Baby Box

The Baby Box and Big Baby Box are small general purpose breaker boxes that will hold up to four DIN-mount breakers from 1 to 63 A. The Big Baby Box also includes a ground box lug and mounting provisions for a short insulated busbar. The Big Baby Box's dimensions are 9"H x 5"W x 4"D, and it weighs 3 lbs. The MNEDC Quad is the same size as the Big Baby but holds up to 4 MNEDC-type panel-mount AC/DC breakers or panel-mount GFP breakers. The MNDC15 is a general-use enclosure that will hold up to 15 MNEDC type panel-mount breakers, and one larger 175 or 250 A breaker on the end. Breakers are sold separately. The MNDC15 dimensions are 23"H x 12"W x 3.5"D, and it weighs 25 lbs. These breaker boxes are listed to applicable UL standards.

The MNBCB-1000/100 Battery Combiner can be used to combine circuits from multiple inverters or battery strings or both. There are spaces for six large 175 A or 250 A breakers on both ends. 35.5” W x 22”H x 9.75”D, and weighs 50 lbs. The MNBCB-1000/50 is similar, but has a shunt with the correct ratio for the SMA Sunny Island system. Add the MNBCB-Busbar for more connections, useful for the inverter side of the shunt. It has five 3/8” studs and hole for the shunt connection and comes with red and white insulators. Big Baby Box

Fuses and Breakers

Quad Box

Busbars These UL-listed busbars can be used in the Mini-DC Disconnect above. Each MNT bar has colored insulation, four 0 AWG and eleven 6 AWG usable wire slots with 10-32 UNF screws, and is 4.63" long. The MNS is a shorter version, useful for PV + input on the narrow OB E-Panel, Big Baby Box, Quad box and for a separate PV busbar for charge controllers. The MNS has four 6 AWG and two 0 AWG wire slots. The MNG ground busbar is 3.45" long with green screws and has two 0 AWG and seven 6 AWG wire slots with mounting screws. The MNIBIGBUSBAR is a pair for positive and negative with five battery connections and six small wires. The MNSHUNT has four studs besides the shunt connection. The MNBREAKER-BB-PLUS has eight studs besides the large breaker connection. The MNBREAKERADAPTER allows the mounting of a 3/4"-wide panel-mount breaker in a 1” breaker space. MidNite Breaker Boxes and Busbars

MNDC-15

MN Battery Combiner

Model Big Baby Box

Description Big Baby Box breaker center holds 4 DIN DC breakers

MNEDC QUAD

Quad breaker center holds 4 MNEDC 3/4" DC breakers

053-00087

MNDC-15

Circuit breaker box for 15 panel mount and one large panel mount breaker

053-00086

MNBCB-1000/100

Combiner for multiple inverters or battery strings w/ 1,000 A 100 mv shunt

034-00006

MNBCB-1000/50

Combiner for multiple inverters or battery strings w/ 1,000 A 50 mv shunt for SMA Sunny Island

034-00009

MNBCB Busbar

1000 A bus bar for the Battery Combiner

053-00118

MNTBB-R

Long red terminal busbar

053-00105

MNTBB-B

Long black terminal busbar

053-00106

MNTBB-W

Long white terminal busbar

053-00107

Long ground busbar - 3.45" long

053-00100

Short red terminal busbar

053-00108

MNGBB MNSBB-R MNSBB-B

Short black terminal busbar

053-00109

MNSBB-W

Short white terminal busbar

053-00110

Big Busbar

Big busbar with 5 studs, insulator mounts, aux terminal bar, 280 A

053-00115

Shunt Busbar Big Breaker Plus MNBreaker Adapter

Long Terminal Busbar

174

Item code 053-00088

Short Terminal Busbar

Shunt busbar with 4 studs and short aux terminal bar

053-00117

Big breaker bus with 8 studs

053-00116

Adapter to mount a 3/4" panel mount breaker in a larger breaker space

053-03106

Big Busbar

Shunt Busbar

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Big Breaker Plus

Fuses and breakers are designed to prevent excessive current from overheating conductors or devices by opening the circuit. Specialized breakers can also be deployed to open the circuit in case of ground or arc-fault conditions. Fuses and breakers should be sized according to NEC and/or manufacturer guidelines to ensure that they open the circuit before conductors or equipment can become damaged. See Reference for typical ampacity limits by wire size.

Morningstar DC Ground-Fault Protection Devices

These two GFPD devices from Morningstar Corp. have more advanced safety features than the traditional method of breaking the grounded conductor bond. It detects a current imbalance between the conductors and breaks both conductors in the faulted circuit, isolating the circuit. It does not break the grounded conductor bond to ground and allows unaffected controller circuits to continue to function normally. The battery and DC loads in the system will continue to function in a safe grounded manner. The trip threshold is 300 mA for extra safety and is more accurate than a breaker-type GFP. There is visual and audible trip notification, LED status, and a test button. It does require a small amount of power from the system battery bank at 12 VDC to 48 VDC. Both units are listed to UL 1741, additionally the GFPD-150V is listed to UL-489 and the GFPD-600V is listed to UL-1077.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Fuses and Breakers

DC Ground Fault Protection Devices Poles

Current

Voltage rating

GFPD-150V GFPD-600V

two two

60 A 50 A

150 VDC 600 VDC

Dimensions (H" x W' x D") 10.6 x 5.1 x 4.4 14.1 x 8.7 x 4.2

Weight

Item code

5 lbs 9 lbs

053-03164 053-03165

Circuit Breakers DC Ground-Fault-Protection Circuit Breakers

These breakers use a trip mechanism to connect battery negative and earth ground to open the larger breaker in case of a ground fault. The NEC requires DC ground-fault protection on all solar installations. The DIN rail mount GFPs will mount in the Magnum MMP and MidNite E-Panels. The panel-mount GFPs will mount in the OutBack FLEXware enclosures and one or two poles in MidNite E-Panels. The 100 A unit can be used normally as a two-pole GFP, or with ungrounded arrays breaking positive and negative, or shunt tripped by a signal from a MidNite Classic charge controller or MNBDM. DC Ground Fault Protection Circuit Breakers Amps

Poles

Mount type

Voltage rating

Width

Model

Item code

80 A

one

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

80 A

two

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

1.5"

PNL-GFDI-80

053-03144

2.25"

PNL-GFDI-80D

053-03145

80 A

four

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

63 A

one

DIN rail with screw lugs

150 VDC

3.75"

PNL-GFDI-80Q

053-03146

MNDC-GFP63

053-03147

80 A

one

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

1.5"

MNDC-GFP80

053-03148

50 A

one

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNDC-GFP50-300

053-03149

100 A

two

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

MNDC-GFP100RT-2P

053-03150

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

175

Fuses and Breakers

Model

Electrical Distribution PARTS

DIN-mount AC Circuit Breakers

These are DIN-mount AC breakers with set-screw compression terminals for 14 to 2 AWG wire. Use these for AC in OutBack Power FLEXware and MidNite Solar E-Panels. DIN-mount AC Circuit Breakers Amps

Fuses and Breakers 176

Poles

Voltage rating

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Item code

10 A

one

120 VAC

0.5"

DIN-10-AC-277

MNEAC10

053-03060

15 A

one

120 VAC

0.5"

DIN-15-AC

MNEAC15

053-03061

15 A

two

120/240 VAC

DIN-15D-AC

MNEAC15-2P

053-03062

20 A

one

120 VAC

0.5"

DIN-20-AC

MNEAC20

053-03063

20 A

two

120/240 VAC

DIN-20D-AC

MNEAC20-2P

053-03064

25 A

two

120/240 VAC

DIN-25D-AC

MNEAC25-2P

053-03065

30 A

one

120 VAC

0.5”

MNEAC30

053-03171

30 A

two

120/240 VAC

MNEAC30-2P

053-03175

35 A

two

120/240 VAC

MNEAC35-2P

053-03176

40 A

one

120 VAC

0.5”

MNEAC40

053-03172

40 A

two

120/240 VAC

MNEAC40-2P

053-03177

50 A

one

120 VAC

0.5”

MNEAC50

053-03173

50 A

two

120/240 VAC

MNEAC50-2P

053-03178

60 A

one

120 VAC

0.5”

MNEAC60

053-03174

60 A

two

120/240 VAC

MNEAC60-2P

053-03179

10 A

one

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-10-AC-277

MNEAC10QZD

053-03060

15 A

one

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-15-AC-277

MNEAC15QZD

053-03066

30 A

one

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-30-AC-277

MNEAC30QZD

053-03067

30 A

two

277 VAC

DIN-30D-AC-480

MNEAC30QZD2P

053-03068

30 A

three

277/480 VAC

1.5"

DIN-30T-AC-480

MNEAC30QZD3P

053-03069

50 A

one

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-50-AC-277

MNEAC50QZD

053-03070

50 A

two

277 VAC

DIN-50D-AC-480

MNEAC50QZD2P

053-03071

50 A

three

277/480 VAC

1.5"

DIN-50T-AC-480

MNEAC50QZD3P

053-03072

60 A

one

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-60-AC-277

053-03073

60 A

two

277 VAC

DIN-60D-AC-480

MNEAC60QZD2P

053-03036

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DIN-mount breakers fit MidNite Solar and Magnum Energy enclosures, and MidNite Solar and OutBack Power PV array combiners. These breakers are polarized, so the positive wire from the power source needs to be connected to the "+" side of the breaker. The maximum PV array voltage must not exceed the voltage rating of the breakers used. The 600 VDC breakers also have a remote-trip actuator, useful for rapid shutdown. DIN-mount 150 VDC Circuit Breakers Amps

Voltage rating

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Item code

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-1-DC

MNEPV1

053-03033

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-2-DC

MNEPV2

053-03034

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-3-DC

MNEPV3

053-03024

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-4-DC

MNEPV4

053-03020

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-5-DC

MNEPV5

053-03025

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-6-DC

MNEPV6

053-03021

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-8-DC

MNEPV8

053-03022

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-9-DC

MNEPV9

053-03023

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-10-DC

MNEPV10

053-03026

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV12

053-03027

15 A

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-15-DC

MNEPV15

053-03029

20 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV20

053-03030

30 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV30

053-03032

40 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV40

053-03039

50 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV50

053-03035

60 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV60

053-03037

63 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV63

053-03038

80 A

150 VDC

1.0"

MNEPV80

053-03133

100 A

150 VDC

1.0"

MNEPV100

053-03134

DIN-mount 300 VDC Circuit Breakers Amps

Mount type

Voltage rating

Width

MidNite model

Item code

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV7-300

053-03107

10 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV10-300

053-03110

12 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV12-300

053-03112

15 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV15-300

053-03115

20 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV20-300

053-03120

30 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV30-300

053-03125

50 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV50-300

053-03130

16 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

600 VDC

MNEPV16-600-RT

053-03116

20 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

600 VDC

MNEPV20-600-RT

053-03121

DIN-mount 600 VDC Circuit Breakers

DIN rail Description

Item code

DIN Rail 3" long

099-02450

DIN Rail 10.75" long

099-05306

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

177

Fuses and Breakers

10 A 12 A

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

DIN-mount DC Circuit Breakers

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Panel-mount AC/DC Circuit Breakers

These are single-pole ¾"-wide breakers with ¼" stud connections and require ring terminals on wires connected to them. These breakers can be used for DC protection in OutBack Power FLEXware and Radian GSLC enclosures, and MidNite E-Panels (three spaces), or as AC breakers in the OutBack Power FLEXware 250. The 300 VDC and two-pole AC breakers are double width and take two spaces. The AC breakers are for use with the Radian inverter GSLC panels. OutBack Power breaker models ending in “RT” are remote trip breakers that can be used with the ICS+ system for rapid shutdown, see page 187 for ICS+ items. Panel-mount AC/DC Circuit Breakers

Fuses and Breakers 178

AC voltage DC voltage rating rating

Amps

Poles

Width

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-1-AC/DC

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-5-AC/DC

10 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-10-AC/DC

Generic model

Item code

LELK1-1

053-03135

MNEDC-5

LELK1-5

053-03136

MNEDC-10

LELK1-10

053-03137

OutBack model MidNite model

15 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-15-AC/DC

MNEDC-15

LELK1-15

053-03138

20 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-20-AC/DC

MNEDC-20

LELK1-20

053-03139

30 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-30-AC/DC

MNEDC-30

LELK1-30

053-03140

40 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-40-AC/DC

MNEDC-40

LELK1-40

053-03141

50 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-50-AC/DC

MNEDC-50

LELK1-50

053-03142

60 A

one

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-60-AC/DC

MNEDC-60

LELK1-60

053-03143

70 A

one

150 VDC

0.75"

MNEDC-70

053-03151

80 A

one

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-80-DC

MNEDC-80

053-03152

90 A

one

150 VDC

0.75”

MNEDC-90

053-03156

100 A

one

150 VDC

0.75"

MNEDC-100

053-03153

30 A

one

300 VDC

1.5”

MNEDC30-300

053-03126

60 A

one

300 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC60-300

053-03132

80 A

one

300 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC80-300

053-03131

30 A

one

250 VAC

0.75"

PNL-30-AC

053-16998

50 A

one

250 VAC

0.75"

PNL-50D-AC-250

053-16999

PNL-50DAC-120/240

053-17004

50 A

two

240 VAC

1.5"

75 A

one

300 VDC

1.5"

PNL-75-DC-RT

053-01062

75 A

two

300 VDC

2.2”

PNL-75D-DC-RT

053-01063

75 A

four

300 VDC

3.8”

PNL-75Q-DC-RT

053-01064

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These are single-pole panel-mount breakers with stud terminals that require ring terminals on the wires connected to them (except the two items with lugs). Breakers up through 80 A can be used in the Conext XW+ Distribution Panel. The 100 A and larger DC breakers fit in the OutBack Power FLEXware enclosures and MidNite E-Panels. Rated for 125 VDC only (except the 60 A lug breaker, which is rated at 160 VDC). MidNite breaker models ending in “RT” are remote trip breakers that can be used with the MNBDM for rapid shutdown. Panel-mount DC Circuit Breakers CD and GJ Poles

Stud size

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Generic model

Item code

10 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD10

053-01010

15 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD15

053-01015

20 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD20

053-01020

30 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD30

053-01025

50 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD50

053-01030

60 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD60

053-01035

60 A

one

1/0 AWG

160 VDC

BKR 60

053-01038

75 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD75

053-01040

80 A

one

1/4"

125 VDC

CD80

053-01045

80 A

one

1/0 AWG

125 VDC

BKR 80

053-01039

100 A

one

1/0 AWG

125 VDC

BKR 100

053-01034

100 A

one

5/16"

125 VDC

PNL-100-DC

053-01050

125 A

one

5/16"

125 VDC

PNL-125-DC

053-01052

125 A

one

5/16"

125 VDC

MNEDC125RT

053-01047

175 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

PNL-175-DC

053-01053

250 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

PNL-250-DC

053-01054

175 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC175

053-01067

250 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC250

053-01068

175 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC175RT

053-01048

250 A

one

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC250RT

053-01049

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

179

Fuses and Breakers

Amps

Voltage rating

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

CD and GJ Panel-mount DC Circuit Breakers

Electrical Distribution PARTS

CF and GJ Surface (Back) Mount DC Circuit Breakers

These are surface-mount breakers with screw lug terminals and a 10,000 A interrupting current for direct connection to a battery. Mounting feet on 10-100 A allow them to be bolted to the back panel in an enclosure. The breakers up through 100 A can be used in the Magnum Energy MP panels and the Conext XW+ Power Distribution Panel and for custom DC control panels. All are rated for 125 VDC. The 175 A and 250 A require one rear-mount kit each. These breakers can also be panel-mounted from the front; however the panel may prevent access to the wire terminal screws on the breaker. CF and GJ Surface (Back) Mount DC Circuit Breakers Amps

Max lug wire size

DC voltage rating

Width

Generic model

Item code

10 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-10

053-01011

15 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-15

053-01016

20 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-20

053-01021

30 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-30

053-01026

50 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-50

053-01031

60 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-60

053-01036

75 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-75

053-01041

100 A

1 AWG

125 VDC

CF-100

053-01051

175 A

4/0 AWG

125 VDC

1.5"

GJ1-175-H3

053-01056

250 A

4/0 AWG

125 VDC

1.5"

GJ1-250-H3

053-01061 053-01066

Rear-mount kit for GJ1 breakers above

Fuses and Breakers

Square D QO Plug on Circuit Breakers

QO circuit breakers snap into QO load centers and are UL-listed for DC branch circuits up to 48 VDC (not for use in 48 VDC systems). They can be used for 120 VAC (single-pole), 120/240 VAC (two-pole) circuits, and 120/208 VAC three-phase (3-pole). Circuit breakers in 10 A to 30 A sizes can handle one or two 14 to 10 AWG or one 8 AWG wire. Circuit breakers 40 A to 70 A will handle 8 to 2 AWG wire. Square D QO Plug on (For SqD Load Centers) Circuit Breakers Poles

One

Two

Three

180

Amps

AC voltage rating

Width

Panel spaces

Model

Item code

10 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO110

053-02063

15 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO115

053-02065

20 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO120

053-02071

30 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO130

053-02075

40 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO140

053-02080

50 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO150

053-02083

60 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO160

053-02086

70 A

120 VAC

0.75"

one

QO170

053-02090

15 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO215

053-02067

20 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO220

053-02073

25 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO225

053-02076

30 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO230

053-02077

40 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO240

053-02081

45 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO245

053-02079

50 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO250

053-02084

60 A

120/240 VAC

1.5"

two

QO260

053-02088

15 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO315

053-16451

20 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO320

053-16453

25 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO325

053-16454

30 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO330

053-16450

40 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO340

053-16455

50 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO350

053-16452

60 A

120/208 VAC

2.25"

three

QO360

053-00209

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

QOU circuit breakers are designed for surface or DIN mounting. They are UL-listed for DC branch circuits up to 48 VDC (not for use in 48 VDC systems) and can be used for 120 VAC (single-pole) and 120/240 VAC (two-pole). Circuit breakers in 10 A to 30 A sizes can handle one or two 14 to 10 AWG or one 8 AWG wire. Circuit breakers in 40 A to 70 A sizes will handle 8 to 2 AWG wire. Square D QOU (DIN or Surface Mount) Pass-Through Circuit Breakers Poles

One

Two

AC voltage rating

DC voltage rating1

Width

Model

Item code

10 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU110

053-02006

15 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU115

053-02009

20 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU120

053-02015

30 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU130

053-02024

40 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU140

053-02030

50 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU150

053-02036

60 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU160

053-02042

70 A

120 VAC

48 VDC

0.75"

QOU170

053-02048

15 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU215

053-02012

20 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU220

053-02018

30 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU230

053-02027

40 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU240

053-02033

50 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU250

053-02039

60 A

120/240 VAC

48 VDC

1.5"

QOU260

053-02045

Not rated for use in 48 VDC systems

Fuses 600 and 1,000 VDC Midget Fuses and DIN Rail Mount Fuse Holders

The fuse holder and fuses below fit MidNite Solar MNPV and OutBack Power FLEXPV and other 600 and 1,000 VDC array combiners, but these fuse holders do NOT fit SolaDeck combiners. These fuses are also used in the integrated combiners in many commercial grid-tie inverters. Midget Fuses 600 VDC Amps

Description

Item code

CHM1 Fuse Holder - 600 V 30 A Max - DIN-mount

053-03040

USM1-DC1000 Fuse Holder 1000 VDC â&#x20AC;&#x201C; DIN-mount

053-03170

1 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03155

2 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03052

4 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03051

6 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03050

8 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03048

10 A

10 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03046

12 A

12 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03044

15 A

15 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03043

20 A

20 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03042

30 A

30 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03041

Midget Fuses 1,000 VDC 1A

1 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M01 or equivalent

053-03166

15 A

15 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M15 or equivalent

053-03167

20 A

20 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M20 or equivalent

053-03168

30 A

30 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M30 or equivalent

053-03169

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

181

Fuses and Breakers

Amps

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Square D QOU Pass-Through Circuit Breakers

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Class-R Fuses

The 250 VAC/125 VDC Class R fuses can be used in AC circuits up to 250 VAC or DC circuits up to 125 VDC. The 600 VAC/VDC fuses can be used for AC or DC circuits. They have the high amp interrupting capacity (AIC) required for fusing circuits powered by batteries. They can be used to protect wiring to small inverters (100-700 W) and wiring from charging sources. These UL-listed fuses can be used in fused safety disconnect switches and most large system sub-array combiners.

Class-R Fuse Holders

Surge Protection

Use these fuse blocks with the Class-R 250 VAC fuses. Bare wire ends fit into the screw terminals on each end of the fuse block. The 0.130 A and 31-60 A holders accept up to 2 AWG wire and are available in single-pole and two-pole versions. The 61-100 A block accepts up to 0 AWG wire. These do NOT fit the 600 V fuses.

Class-T Fuse Blocks with Fuses Use these single-pole fuse blocks to fuse inverters or other large loads. A 5/16" stud-mount at each end of the fuse allows connection of a cable with a ring-lug terminal end. To connect an inverter, order two cables with lugs on both ends: one to go from the battery to the fuse and one to go from the fuse to the inverter. Class T fuses exceed the 10,000 A interrupting capacity (AIC) required to protect Square-D brand circuit breakers in DC load centers. They are UL-listed for up to 160 VDC and NEC compliant for inverter use. A fuse comes installed in the block. Order spare fuses separately.

Class-T JJN Fuses

These Class T fuses are rated for 160 VDC and 300 VAC as protection for circuit breakers, load centers, and inverters where high available shortcircuit currents are possible. These fuses fit the fuse blocks described above.

182

Class-R Fuses Amps

Item code 250 VAC/125 VDC

600 VAC/VDC

10 A

053-02441

053-02442

15 A

053-02444

053-02447

20 A

053-02450

053-02453

30 A

053-02456

053-02459

40 A

053-02462

053-02463

50 A

053-02465

053-02466

60 A

053-02468

053-02471

70 A

053-02469

053-02470

80 A

053-02475

053-02472

90 A

053-02476

053-02473

100 A

053-02474

053-02477

110 A

053-02484

053-02445

125 A

053-02478

053-02481

150 A

053-02479

053-02482

200 A

053-02480

053-02483

Class-R Fuse Holders 250 VAC/125 VDC Description

Item code

Class-R fuse block 0.1-30 A single-pole

053-02423

Class-R fuse block 0.1-30 A two-pole

053-02426

Class-R fuse block 31-60 A single-pole

053-02429

Class-R fuse block 31-60 A two-pole

053-02432

Class-R fuse block 61-100 A single-pole

053-02435

Class-T Fuse Holders and Fuses Model

Description

Item code

FB1-200

200 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02526

FB2-300

300 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02544

FB2-400

400 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02559

Class-T Fuses Model

Description

Item code

JJN110

110 A replacement fuse

053-02509

JJN200

200 A replacement fuse

053-02520

JJN300

300 A replacement fuse

053-02538

JJN400

400 A replacement fuse

053-02556

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Photovoltaic, wind, and hydroelectric systems usually have long runs of exposed wire that can pick up surges from lightning, even if the lightning strike is only nearby. These power surges can damage sensitive electronic components in meters, charge controllers, and inverters. Surges can also damage telephone, audio, and video equipment connected to the power system. It is a good idea to install surge protection on all incoming wires in the system, including incoming photovoltaic, wind, or hydroelectric power lines; AC generator lines; and telephone and antenna leads. Proper grounding is absolutely necessary for lightning protection to be effective. In the event of a direct strike, damage may occur, even with surge protectors installed. Type 1 heavy-duty surge protectors are recommended when a direct lightning strike is possible on the installation.

MidNite Solar MidNite Surge-Protector Device (MNSPD)

The MidNite Solar Surge-Protector Device (MNSPD) is a Type 2 device designed for both AC and DC systems and provides protection to service panels, load centers, or where the SPD is directly connected to the electronic device requiring protection. Maximum protection will only be achieved if the SPD is properly installed.

The MidNite Solar SPD is offered in four versions to maximize the required protection level. Protection is achieved by reducing the clamping voltage to a safe voltage that your system can sustain without damaging the electronics. The MidNite Solar SPD voltage rating should be chosen according to the nominal voltage of the system. Response time is 8/20 Îźs to clamp 128,000 A. There are two LEDs in each unit that will indicate when the unit is functioning correctly and there is voltage to it.

MidNite Solar Surge Protector Devices Model

MNSPD FMB

Description

Nominal DC voltage

Nominal AC voltage

Item code

053-04141

MNSPD-115

Surge-Protector Device

0-115 VDC

MNSPD-300-DC

Surge-Protector Device

0-300 VDC

053-04143

MNSPD-300-AC

Surge-Protector Device

120/240 or 208 VAC

053-04142

MNSPD-600

Surge-Protector Device

0-600 VDC

480 VAC

053-04146

MNSPD FMB

Flush-mount box for SPD

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

053-04140

183

Surge Protection

Install the MNSPD-115 for surge protection on wires coming from a 12, 24, or 48 VDC PV array, DC wind generator or DC hydroelectric turbine. The MNSPD-300-DC unit works well for systems rated at 150 VDC and larger systems with sources up to 300 VDC. The MNSPD-300-AC can be used on120/240 VAC split-phase or two legs each on 208 VAC circuits. The MNSPD-600 is designed for high-voltage grid-tie PV arrays, or two legs each on 480 VAC circuits. Lightning protection can be installed in a combiner box, DC or AC load center or grid-tie inverter. These devices can be used on your AC load center to protect your equipment from surges from the utility lines and on AC wiring running outside of the building, to generators, to pumps, or to outbuildings. These surge arrestors mount in a Â˝" knockout and are covered by a five-year material and workmanship warranty.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Surge Protection

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Citel Citel DS2xxDC Off-Grid Surge Arrestors

The Citel DS2xxDC series is designed to protect the charge controller and other system electronics in 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 48 VDC, 150 VDC and 250 VDC off-grid PV systems. The maximum voltage should not be exceeded in any conditions; use the next higher rated unit if necessary. DS2xxDC series protectors automatically reset after each lightning surge or electrical transient. These DIN-mount surge arrestors offer superior protection for charge controllers and inverters in low-voltage DC systems.

Citel DS50PV and DS60VGPV Grid-Tie Surge Arrestor

The DS50PV-600 is designed to protect the solar array at the solar PV array combiner box for a utilityinteractive PV system. The DIN-mount DS50PV is designed for moderate lightning areas and has replaceable modules. Use the DS50PV-600 for systems with inverters that have an upper limit of up to 600 VDC. The DS60VGPV-1000 (1500G) are DIN-mount heavy-duty surge protectors, recommended for high lightning areas. Use the DS60VGPV-1000 for systems with inverters that have an upper limit of up to 600 VDC or 1,000 VDC. Use the DS60VGPV-1500G/51 for systems with inverters that have an upper limit of up to 1,500 VDC. The use of a surge protector is recommended at both ends of the DC power supply line (solar array side and inverter/converter side).

Citel DS7xRS-120 and SP120 AC Surge Arrestor

Surge Protection

The DS7xRS-120 series are DIN-mount Type 4 heavy-duty surge protectors recommended for the AC side of PV inverters and branch AC panels. The DS73RS-120 is a three-pole design to be used with 120/240 VAC split-phase and the DS74RS-120 is a four-pole design to be used with 120/208 VAC WYE connections. The DS25xVG-120 is a DIN-mount heavy-duty surge protector, recommended for high lightning areas or wherever extra protection is desired. The DS253VG-120 is a three-pole design to be used with 120/240 VAC split-phase. The DS254VG-120 is a four-pole design to be used with 120/208 VAC WYE connections. The DS445S-400 is a four-pole design to be used with 277/480 VAC WYE connections. Additional Citel surge arrestors for specialized applications are available by special order. DC Citel Surge Arrestors Model

Maximum volts

Max surge rating

Width

Item code

DS220-12DC

24 VDC

20 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04234

DS220-24DC

38 VDC

20 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04235

DS230-48DC

65 VDC

30 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04236

DS240-130DC

180 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04237

DS240-280DC

350 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04238

DS50PV-600

680 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

1.4" (36 mm)

053-04219

DS60VGPV-1000

1,200 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04231

DS60VGPV-1500G/51

1,500 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04239

Item code

AC Citel Surge Arrestors Model

184

Maximum volts

Max surge rating

Width

DS73RS-120

240 VAC

70 kA 8/20 µs

2.1" (54 mm)

053-04228

DS74RS-120

208 VAC 3Ph

70 kA 8/20 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04229

DS253VG-120

240 VAC

70 kA 8/20 µs

4.25" (108 mm)

053-04232

DS254VG-120

208 VAC 3Ph

70 kA 8/20 µs

5.67" (144 mm)

053-04233

DS445S-400

277/480 VAC 3Ph

40 kA 8/20 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04212

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Proper equipment grounding helps to ensure that any electrical faults that may develop in a PV system have minimal opportunities to cause fires or electrical shocks. It is just as important to be familiar with NEC 250â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s general grounding requirements when installing PV as it is to know 690. Jurisdictions and inspectors may vary on the grounding equipment and techniques they consider acceptable, so it is also important to know what your inspector will be looking for.

SnapNrack, as well as some other mounting system brands, now offer UL 2703 listed racking packages that incorporate much of the equipment grounding by bonding modules and related gear to the rails. However, not all equipment is considered compatible or likely to be accepted by a particular inspector, so itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s important to have some other options like those offered here.

Lay-in Lugs for Module Grounding

These UL -listed tin-plated copper lugs have stainless-steel set screws and come with either stainless-steel thread-forming screws and lock washers, or a longer thread-cutting stainless steel screw with stainlesssteel star-washer captive on the nut. Consult the module manufacturer's installation guide to see which type(s) meet NEC requirements for connecting a continuous ground wire to that module. Available in packages of ten.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Grounding

Lay-in Lugs Description

Item code

Bag of ten lay-in lugs with screws

051-03414

Bag of ten lay-in lugs with long screws and nuts

051-03418

This all-stainless steel grounding lug is like a split bolt with a mounting stud and can be used on most modules and mounting rails. The mounting stud is 8 AWG and comes with a star washer captive on the nut. It takes 6 or 8 AWG solid copper ground wire. Use this grounding lug where corrosion is a consideration. Listed to UL 467. Tyco Grounding Connector Description

Item code

Tyco solar grounding connector

051-03420

Tyco solar grounding connector, Pack of 100

051-03419

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

185

Array Grounding

Tyco Grounding Connector

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Array Combiners

Array combiners are used to electrically combine the output of multiple series strings of PV modules into a single wire to simplify the connection to an inverter or charge controller. They typically include string-level overcurrent protection and sometimes host other functions such as monitoring, a disconnect, or even AFCI and remote shutdown. It is important that the combiner used be rated for the worst-case voltage and current the array can output.

OutBack Power FLEXware PV Combiners

The FLEXware PV8 and PV12 accommodate overcurrent protection requirements for off-grid and grid-connected applications. The DIN rail can be fitted with 150 VDC circuit breakers for low-voltage PV arrays or 600 VDC fuse holders for grid-tie arrays. Rated NEMA 3R, the powder-coated aluminum chassis can be mounted on a wall, a sloped roof, or a pole. Dual output lugs allow connection for up to 2/0 AWG wire. An easily-removable flame-retardant polycarbonate deadfront panel prevents accidental contact with live terminals. FWPV8 has one output circuit and FWPV12 can be configured to have one or two output circuits. Negative and ground terminal busbars are included. The two output circuits can be used for fuses in both the negative and positive legs for up to four strings into transformerless inverters. Limited to 15 A breakers or fuses. Listed to UL 1741.

FLEXware ICS PV Combiners

Array Grounding

The FLEXware ICS PV combiners come with or without fuse holders pre-installed in the combiner, and include distribution blocks and cable gland. The FWPV6 can be used with up to six strings at 600 VDC. Fuse holders need to be added in the quantity needed. The FWPV6-FH600 comes with six touch-safe midget fuse holders, and FWPV4-FH600 comes with four touch-safe midget fuse holders. Listed to UL 1741. OutBack FLEXware PV Combiners Model

# of breakers

# of fuse holders

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

FWPV8

eight (not incl.)

six (not incl.)

15.2 x 9.2 x 3.9

4.4 lbs

053-03012

FWPV12

twelve (not incl.)

eight (not incl.)

15.2 x 12.7 x 3.9

5.9 lbs

053-03014

OutBack FLEXware ICS PV Combiners FWPV6

six (not incl.)

11.5 x 8.25 x 3.75

2.5 lbs

053-03006

FWPV6-FH600

six

11.5 x 8.25 x 3.75

3.2 lbs

053-03007

FWPV4-FH600

four

11.5 x 8.25 x 3.75

3.5 lbs

053-03008

new! FLEXware ICS Plus Combiner Solution

The FLEXware ICS Plus system will offer a complete UL-listed solution to meet the new 2014 NEC requirements for arc fault protection (AFCI), rapid shutdown, and combiner DC disconnect. Used with OutBack power conversion and energy storage equipment, it represents the only end-to-end single manufacturer UL-1741 and UL-1699B solution on the market for battery-based systems.

The FWPV6-FH600-SDA combiner has 6 string capacity, and includes UL-1699B listed AFCI, manual disconnect (lockable in the off position), and rapid shutdown capability. Outdoor rated NEMA 3R that can be mounted vertical to horizontal with external mounting feet. Rated for 15A or 20A fuses and combined capacity of 96A and 600VDC. Includes six 600 VDC DIN mounted fuse holders (fuses not included see page 180). The FWPV6-FH600-SD combiner is the same but does not include the AFCI.

The RSI is the rapid shutdown initiation device. This is installed in an accessible location where the first responders on site can use it to shut down the solar system. The RSI also will indicate a rapid shutdown or arc fault shutdown with LED status. The system is manually shutdown, or reset, by turning the disconnect handle. The auxiliary contacts in the RSI can also be used to signal the inverter in the system to shutdown using the inverters remote on/off switch.

186

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OutBack Power FLEXware ICSPLUS Kits Model

Description

Item code

ICSPLUS-1

ICSPlus system, includes one FWPV6-FH600-SDA combiner, one RSI initiator, one BKR-CTRL-DC breaker control, and one PNL-75-DC-RT single breaker

053-03315

ICSPLUS-2

ICSPlus system, includes two FWPV6-FH600-SDA combiners, one RSI initiator, one BKR-CTRL-DC breaker control, and one PNL-75D-DC-RT dual breaker

053-03316

ICSPLUS-4

ICSPlus system, includes four FWPV6-FH600-SDA combiners, one RSI initiator, one BKR-CTRL-DC breaker control, and one PNL-75Q-DC-RT quad breaker

053-03317

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

The BKR-CTRL-DC is the power supply and control for the relay-trip breakers PNL-75-DC-RT, PNL-75D-DC-RT, or PNL-75Q-DC-RT installed in the power center to disconnect the charge control end of the PV circuit on rapid shutdown. The BKR-CTRL-DC can be installed in a panel breaker space or surface mounted and can power up to 2 relay-trip breakers and six ICSPlus combiner boxes. The relay-trip breakers install in place of the array breakers in the power center and act to disconnect the PV output circuits from the potential back feed from the charge controls. They are available with one, two, or four poles for the same number of combiners and charge controls. Each breaker takes up the number of spaces that there are poles plus one more.

OutBack Power FLEXware ICSPLUS Components Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

Six string combiner, AFCI, Disco, RSD

19.5 x 15.5 x 4.5

12 lbs

053-03318

Model

Description

FWPV6-FH600-SDA RSI

Six string combiner, Disco, RSD

19.5 x 15.5 x 4.5

10 lbs

053-03319

Rapid Shutdown Initiator

14.1 x 7.3 x 3.75

4 lbs

053-03320

BKR-CTRL-DC

DC Breaker Control & Power Supply

0.75 to 2.0 Wide

053-03321

PNL-75-DC-RT

Relay-Trip Breaker Single circuit

1.5 Wide

053-01062

PNL-75D-DC-RT

Relay-Trip Breaker Dual circuits

2.2 Wide

053-01063

PNL-75Q-DC-RT

Relay-Trip Breaker Four circuits

3.8 Wide

053-01064

A Fully NEC 2014 Compliant Combiner Solution F R O M O U T B A C K P O W E R , O F CO U R S E .

The first fully-listed PV rapid shutdown system (PVRSS) combiner solution with DC arc-fault protection and DC disconnecting means that meets NEC 2014 requirements. FLEXware Integrated Combiner Solution’s NEMA 3R enclosure can be roof-mounted under panels for installation flexibility. That means you can provide safe, compliant installations more quickly and easily when you use the new pre-configured and pre-tested FLEXware ICS Plus exclusively from OutBack Power—and the only UL1741 single-brand solution from rooftop to battery. OutBack’s FLEXware ICS Plus integrated combiner solution meets NEC 2014 requirements for arc-fault protection, rapid shutdown and load break disconnect.

For more information, please visit www.outbackpower.com

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

187

Array Grounding

FWPV6-FH600-SD

Electrical Distribution PARTS

MidNite Solar MNPV Combiners These powder-coated aluminum rainproof array combiners will accept DIN-mount 150 V circuit breakers, MidNite 300 VDC breakers, Midnite 600 VDC breakers, or 600 VDC fuse holders for grid-tie arrays. A plastic cover provides a dead front for safety and can be knocked out for either breakers or fuse holders. Both a negative and ground busbar are included. The aluminum NEMA 3R enclosures are approved to be mounted at angles from 90Â° to 14Â° (vertical to 3/12 slope). Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Breakers and fuse holders are not included. The MNPV3 will accept three single-pole 150 VDC (MNEPV) breakers or two 600/1,000 VDC fuse holders. Includes a 60 A positive busbar, six-position PV-negative busbar and a six-position ground busbar. A single 300 VDC breaker from 7 to 50 A may be installed as a disconnect (no combining busbar).

MNPV3

The MNPV6 will accept six single-pole 150 VDC breakers or four 600/1,000 VDC fuse holders. Includes 15-position PV-negative bus bar, 14-position ground busbar, 120 A positive bus bar for breakers and 80 A busbar for fuses. The positive busbar may be split to support two grid-tie inverters or two charge controllers. Most charge controllers and grid-tie inverters can have a common negative PV bus (except Schneider XW and BlueSky). The MNPV6-250 will hold up to three single-pole 300 VDC circuit breakers for charge controllers accepting input voltages up to 300 VDC. The MNPV12 will accept 12 single-pole 150 VDC breakers or ten 600/1,000 positive VDC fuse holders. It includes a 15-position PV-negative busbar, 15-position ground bus bar, and two 200 A Plus busbars for breakers or fuses. Positive busbars can be combined or separated to support two grid-tie inverters or two charge controllers. Most charge controllers and grid-tie inverters can have a common negative PV bus (except Schneider XW and BlueSky).

MNPV6 with 150VDC breakers and with 600VDC fuses

Array Combiners

The MNPV12-250 will hold up to six single-pole 300 VDC circuit breakers for charge controllers accepting input voltages up to 300 VDC. The MNPV16 will accept 16 single-pole 600 VDC fuse holders. Includes 21-position PV-negative busbar, 18-position ground busbar, and 240 A positive and negative busbars. The MNPV16-24 PV combiner can hold up to 24 single-pole 150 VDC breakers. The 240 A busbar can take two dozen 10 A breakers or sixteen 15 A breakers or twelve 20 A breakerbreakers or eight 30 A breakers. This combiner is useful for combining Aquion battery stacks due to its capacity for larger cables.

MNPV16

The MNPV16-250 will accept 12 single-pole 300 VDC breakers. Includes 21-position PV-negative busbar, 18-position ground busbar, and 240 A positive and negative busbars. The MNPVxx-1000 combiners use 1,000 VDC fuse holders and fuses, which are not included and must be added. The MNPV10-1000 only can be split into two output circuits. MidNite PV Combiners without Disconnect PV source circuit options

1 2

Output circuits

Max # Max # Max # Max # Max # 300 VDC 600 VDC 600 VDC 1,000 VDC output breakers breakers fuses fuses circuits

Max output wire size

MNPV combiner dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

60 A

1/0 AWG

10.5 x 4.5 x 3.5

2 lbs

053-03017

120 - 802 A

1/0 AWG

13.5 x 8 x 3.5

4 lbs

053-03018

1/0 AWG

13.5 x 8 x 3.5

4 lbs

053-03081

Model

Max # 150 VDC breakers

Max current output

MNPV3

three

two

one

MNPV6

six

one

four

two1

MNPV6-250

three

one

120 A

MNPV12

twelve

two

ten

two

200 A

2/0 AWG

14.5 x 12 x 3.5

6 lbs

053-03015

MNPV12-250

six

two

168 A

2/0 AWG

14.5 x 12 x 3.5

6 lbs

053-03082

Item code

MNPV16

sixteen

one

240 A

250 mcm

21.8 x 16 x 3

13 lbs

053-03016

MNPV16-24

twenty-four

one

240 A

250 mcm

21.8 x 16 x 3

13 lbs

053-03087

MNPV16-250

twelve

one

240 A

2/0 AWG

21.8 x 16 x 3

13 lbs

053-03083

MNPV2-1000

two

one

40 A

1/0 AWG

10.5 x 4.5 x 3.5

2 lbs

053-03078

MNPV4-1000

four

one

80 A

1/0 AWG

13.5 x 8 x 3.5

4 lbs

053-03079

MNPV10-1000

ten

two

200 A

1/0 AWG

14.7 x 12.2 x 3.5

6 lbs

053-02960

Only with breakers, and one negative busbar 120 A for 150 VDC breakers and 80 A with 600 VDC fuses

188

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The MidNite Disco line of PV combiners with disconnects are made to meet NEC requirements. The disconnect handle is bright red for visibility and can be locked in the off position. Several models can be configured for bi-polar or non-isolated inverters where both the positive and negative legs of the array need circuit protection. Models are available for 150 VDC, 300 VDC, or 600 VDC arrays. All of the combiners are made from powder-coated aluminum for long life in harsh conditions. A clear see-through dead front is supplied with all Disco combiners. Models are available with either NEMA 3R or NEMA 4X ratings. Many of these come with a shunt-trip disconnect and when supplied with the PSB circuit board, are compatible with the MidNite Rapid-Shutdown system to meet NEC 2014 requirements. Breaker versions do not include breakers. HV versions come with fuse holders except for the MNPV4HV Disco 3R Basic which needs fuse holders added. The MidNite DLTL disconnect combiners have both dual-string fusing and dual-channel output. These work for inverters with ungrounded conductors and dual-MPPT input channels which are becoming common. Both the positive and negative legs are fused, and the fuse holders are included. They are also available with the Rapid-Shutdown PSB circuit board installed. The MidNite SOB disconnect boxes, are not actually combiners but are used to transition from array to conduit wiring with an array disconnect. They have either two or four poles, so can disconnect dual channel output, either one or two strings. These work for inverters with grounded or ungrounded conductors and dual-MPPT input channels. The MNSOB boxes with suffix “-75A” are rated at 75A per pole for use with combined circuits. They are also available with the Rapid-Shutdown PSB circuit board installed.

MidNite PV Disconnect Combiners PV source circuit options

Max # Max # Max # Max # Max # 150 VDC 300 VDC 600 VDC 600 VDC output breakers breakers breakers fuses circuits

Model

MNPV combiner dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Birdhouse compatible?

Item code

Item code w/ PSB

MNPV6 Disco

six

one

two

13.2 x 8 x 6.2

6 lbs

053-03000

MNPV6-250 Disco

three

one

13.2 x 8 x 6.2

6 lbs

053-03001

MNPV4HV Disco 3R Basic

four

one

13.7 x 10.4 x 4.4

8 lbs

053-02990

MNPV4HV Disco 3R Dlx

four

one

13.7 x 10.4 x 4.4

10 lbs

Yes

053-02991

053-02972

MNPV6HV Disco 4X1

six

one

16.8 x 12.4 x 5.6

14 lbs

Yes

053-02992

053-02973

MNPV8HV Disco 3R1

eight

two

18.5 x 14 x 4.6

16 lbs

Yes

053-02993

053-02974

MNPV8HV Disco 4X

eight

two

19.5 x 14.8 x 5.8

18 lbs

Yes

053-02994

053-02975

MNPV16HV Disco 4X1

sixteen

two

21.6 x 19.9 x 5.8

27 lbs

Yes

053-02995

053-02976

MNPV8HV-DLTL-3R

eight

two

19.5 x 14.8 x 5.8

18 lbs

Yes

053-02969

053-02977

MNPV8HV-DLTL-4X

eight

two

19.5 x 14.8 x 5.8

18 lbs

Yes

053-02970

053-02978

MNPV16HV-DLTL-4X

sixteen

two

26 x 24 x 6

25 lbs

Yes

053-02971

053-02979

MNSOB 3R-2P

two

13.7 x 10.4 x 4.4

10 lbs

Yes

053-02961

053-02962

MNSOB 4X-2P

two

16.8 x 12.4 x 5.6

14 lbs

Yes

053-02963

053-02966

MNSOB 3R-4P

four

13.7 x 10.4 x 4.4

10 lbs

Yes

053-02964

053-02967

MNSOB 4X-4P

four

16.8 x 12.4 x 5.6

14 lbs

Yes

053-02965

053-02968

MNSOB 3R-2P-75A

two

13.7 x 10.4 x 4.4

10 lbs

Yes

053-02947

053-02948

MNSOB 4X-4P-75A

four

16.8 x 12.4 x 5.6

14 lbs

Yes

053-02949

053-02950

13.2 x 8 x 6.2

7 lbs

N/A

053-02984

MNPV6-DISCO AC MICRO 1

Outputs

Disconnecting combiner three 20 A AC circuits, add breakers

Combiner includes Surge Protection (SPD) model SPD600.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

189

Array Combiners

The MidNite MNPV6-DISCO AC MICRO is a basic disconnecting combiner for up to three 120/240 VAC micro-inverter circuits. The disconnect handle is bright red for visibility and can be locked in the off position. Made form powder-coated aluminum for long life in any environment. Add two pole AC DIN mount breakers from page 176. Add one two-pole breaker for each micro-inverter circuit, up to three circuits.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

MidNite Solar MNPV Combiners with Disconnect Switch

Electrical Distribution PARTS

MidNite Solar Rapid Shutdown Components

The firefighter-approved MNBirdhouse1 remote actuator should be installed in a visible, easily accessible location so that the array combiners can safely be disconnected from the ground when necessary. The hard-wired connection to the disconnect combiners provides positive feedback that the disconnect on the roof has actually been thrown. One MNBirdhouse1 can be used to disconnect multiple combiners. The MNBirdhouse1 has a speaker and will announce when it is safe to climb onto the roof, and during the day it will inform that there is still voltage present up to the combiner. At night, it will announce that there is no PV voltage present. The MNBirdhouse1 is powered by multiple redundant sources. It is available in either red or gray. Each combiner can be powered using the array with the MNDiscoPSB power supply that will also power the MNBirdhouse1. The MNBirdhouse1 also comes with an indoor 120 VAC power supply that can be used as a DC supply, and has an internal backup battery. The power draw of the MNBirdhouse1 is only 1 W. Use the special MNCAT5-600 600 V CAT5 USE-2 compliant wire to connect the Birdhouse and combiners. The MNBDM battery disconnect module can be used to power a remote actuating breaker to disconnect circuits including battery, charge controller, or generator circuits. Can be used in 24, 36, and 48 VDC systems.

The MNFX-CABLE should be used in the MNBirdhouse1 when there are no combiners connected to it. MidNite PV Disconnect Combiner Accessories Model

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Item code

Array Combiners

MNBirdhouse1-Red

Emergency remote disconnect switch - Red

12.1 x 8.3 x 4.6

053-02985

MNBirdhouse1-Gray

Emergency remote disconnect switch - Gray

12.1 x 8.3 x 4.6

053-02959

MNDiscoPSB MNBDM

190

Description

Power supply for disconnect combiners

9.5 x 4 x 3.25

053-02987

4 x 2 x 1.25

053-02958

Power supply for remote-actuated breakers

MNFX-CABLE

Cable for use in Birdhouse when no PSB combiner is used

053-02956

MNCAT5-600

Communication cable 600 V CAT5 USE-2 outdoor wire, per foot

053-02983

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

PV Roof-Mount Enclosure/Combiner

These are NEMA 3R enclosures that provide a flashed roof penetration for the array cables. They are all made from 18 gauge galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish providing a professional look. All have a dual ground lug, a 6" (150 mm) universal DIN rail to mount fuse holders or terminal blocks. There are three roof-deck knockouts (Â˝", Âž", and 1") and dimples to center a punch or drill for entry conduit or fittings, as well as a built-in roof flashing.

The SD-0786-41 is a DC combiner and can be used with terminals or fuse holders for array wiring. For combining circuits, use up to four DIN-mount fuse holders, each 18 mm wide, a positive and negative busbar, and a PASS-THRU kit to combine up to four module strings. Or use the two-position positive (0784 BB) and negative (0785 BB) busbars for combining two strings, with or without fuses (fuses not included). These are listed to UL 1741 for DC Photovoltaic Combiner Enclosures. The SD-0786-3R is listed as a j-box and can be used for pass-through wiring of both DC and AC circuits without combining. The SD-0786-3R5 is similar but has a 5 position ground bar. Both SD-0786 are only 2.5" deep and can fit under the array. The SD-0760-41 AD is a combiner for both AC and DC circuits and has a bump in the lid to accommodate DIN-mount DC or AC breakers. The SD-0766-41 AD is 6" deep for use on tile roofs. It comes with a 30" square soft aluminum flashing and can be used as both AC and DC combiner or pass-through. These are listed to UL 1741 for DC Photovoltaic Combiner Enclosures.

For combining two AC micro-inverter circuits, use 0784 AC 2K and two appropriately rated S202U breakers. For combining three AC micro-inverter circuits, use 0784 AC 3K and three S202U breakers. SolaDeck PV Roof-Mount Enclosures and Accessories Model

Description

Item code

SD-0786-41

SolaDeck enclosure combiner DC only

053-00226

SD-0786-3R

SolaDeck enclosure pass-through AC/DC (no combining)

053-00225

SolaDeck enclosure pass-through AC/DC (no combining)

053-002xx

SD-0760-41 AD

SolaDeck enclosure combiner AC/DC bump lid fits breakers

053-00223

SD-0766-41 AD

SolaDeck enclosure combiner AC/DC deep tile roof, large soft flashing

053-00224

SD-0786-3R5

0784 BB

Positive busbar for four fuse holders

053-00227

0785 BB

Negative busbar for four terminals

053-00228

0784 FBB-2

Positive busbar for two fuse holders

053-00229

0785 TBB-2

Negative busbar for two terminals

053-00230

Fuse holder for DIN-mount 600 VAC/DC

053-00240

1452 0784 AC 2K

Dual busbar kit for two AC branch circuits 240 V

053-00232

0784 AC 3K

Dual busbar kit for three AC branch circuits 240 V

053-00233

S202U Z20A

AC breaker two-pole 240 VAC 20 A

053-00210

S202U Z15A

AC breaker two-pole 240 VAC 15 A

053-00211

S280UC K16

DC breaker single-pole 250 VDC 16 A

053-00212

Distribution block 80 A three-pole primary 14-4 AWG, four-pole secondary 14-100AWG

053-00241

Distribution block 175 A two-pole primary 8-2/0 AWG, four-pole secondary 14-8 AWG

053-00243

1440.080 1440

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

191

Array Combiners

To make pass-through connections inside a SolaDeck, use one or more PASS-THRU kits. This kit has four DIN-mount terminals that can be used with 16 to 6 AWG wire and hardware to hold them in place. Each terminal is 10 mm wide. See the next page for Soladeck combiner and pass-through kits.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

SolaDeck

Electrical Distribution PARTS

SolaDeck Combiner Kits

These kits simplify selection of combiner-box components. Select a kit that has the configuration you need for the parts that will allow you to put it together. The combiner kits come with fuse holders and 15 A fuses. All kits come with strain-relief fittings. The kits with breakers must use the bump-lid enclosure. SolaDeck Pass-Through and Combiner Kits Model

Description

Item code

DC Pass-Through Kits 01601

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for one string

053-00250

01602

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for two strings

053-00251

01603

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for three strings

053-00252

01604

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for four strings

053-00253

01605

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for five strings

053-00254

DC Fused Combiner Kits 0786K-2C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for two strings

053-00259

0786K-3C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for three strings

053-00260

0786K-4C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for four strings

053-00261

0786K-5C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for five strings

053-00262

DC Dual Fused Combiner Kits 053-00273

Array Combiners

01632

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for two strings, both positive and negative fused

01633

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for three strings, both positive and negative fused

053-00274

01634

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for four strings, both positive and negative fused

053-00275

AC Pass-Through Kits 01611

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for one string

053-00255

01612

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for two strings

053-00256

01613

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for three strings

053-00257

01614

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for four strings

053-00258

AC Fused Kits 01641

SolaDeck AC fused pass-through kit for one circuit

053-00263

01642

SolaDeck AC fused combiner kit for two circuits

053-00264

01643

SolaDeck AC fused combiner kit for three circuits

053-00265

AC Breaker Kits

192

0760K2AC-PB15

SolaDeck 15A AC breaker combiner kit for two circuits, use bump lid box

053-00276

0760K3AC-PB15

SolaDeck 15A AC breaker combiner kit for three circuits, use bump lid box

053-00277

0760K2AC-PB20

SolaDeck 20A AC breaker combiner kit for two circuits, use bump lid box

053-00278

0760K3AC-PB20

SolaDeck 20A AC breaker combiner kit for three circuits, use bump lid box

053-00279

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Rapid Shutdown Devices

These rapid shutdown devices meet the NEC 690.12 requirements in a single box. These are made for all grid tie inverters, and will disconnect the solar array and discharge the inverter capacitors on loss of the grid or an optional stop switch. When the power supply or stop switch interrupts the low voltage current to the unit, it will shut down the connection and discharge the capacitors in the inverter. The 24 V power supply is included with each device. They have not been tested for use with charge controllers.

They are available in three forms, inside a Soladeck enclosure, in a small polycarbonate box, and in a larger box. The RS6-D1-S1CAC and the RS6-D2-S1CAC are installed in a Soladeck enclosure, the RS6-D1-P1CAC and the RS6-D2-P1CAC are in a NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure. The RS6-D1 type have one channel with two poles, and the RS6-D2 type have two channels with two poles each, one positive and one negative. The RS6-D4-S2CAC has four channels with one positive and one negative each, in a NEMA 3R box. Each pole is rated at 600 VDC and 20 A Isc continuous. Each pole has the capacity for two strings when used with many modules. However there is no manual DC disconnect so combining strings may not be allowed by code. The RS10-D4-S2AC has four channels rated at 1000 VDC with two poles each, one positive and one negative. This unit does not have the capacitor discharge circuit, and may not be needed.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Innovative Solar

The units include surge protection to 20 kA at 8/20 µs impulse. Rated at -40 °C to 70 °C ambient temperatures. TUV tested to UL1741. Covered by a ten-year warranty. The E-stop switches can be used to shut down the array in addition to the loss of utility power.

Model

# of channels

RS6-D1-S1CAC

one

Rapid shutdown box in Soladeck enclosure

RS6-D1-P1CAC

one

RS6-D2-S1CAC

two

RS6-D2-P1CAC

two

Rapid shutdown box in poly NEMA 4X enclosure

RS6-D4-S2CAC

four

Rapid shutdown box in steel NEMA 3R enclosure

RS10-D4-S2AC

four

Rapid shutdown box in steel NEMA 3R enclosure

23.6 x 7.9 x 3.1

1232-00/A

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

10.4 x 8.7 x 2.6

10 lbs

053-00201

Rapid shutdown box in poly NEMA 4X enclosure

9.5 x 8.5 x 3.5

3.5 lbs

053-00202

Rapid shutdown box in Soladeck enclosure

10.4 x 8.7 x 2.6

10 lbs

053-00215

9.5 x 8.5 x 3.5

3.5 lbs

053-00216

23.6 x 7.9 x 3.1

13.1 lbs

053-00217

13.1 lbs

053-00214

Description

E-stop switch

053-00220

AEE Express is your 24/7 Online Energy Store. If you’re an AEE Solar dealer, log in to the store at aeeexpress.com. Get prices, inventory, account status and more!

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

193

Array Combiners

Innovative Solar Rapid Shutdown Devices

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Disconnects

Disconnect switches provide a means for safely opening a circuit between the power supply and any loads that may be present. Some disconnects also offer fusing, remotely-actuated contactors or other specialized functions. The NEC requires listed disconnects in a variety of situations. Be sure to choose a disconnect that is rated for the AC or DC voltage and current that may be present on the circuit.

Square-D 240 V and 600 V NEMA 3R Safety Switch Disconnects

For inverters that do not include a DC disconnect, or when an additional DC disconnect is required, one of these 600 VDC disconnects can be used. Many utilities require an AC disconnect between a grid-tie inverter and the AC load center, close to the AC service entrance, and with a visible and lockable handle.

The Square-D 600 VDC-rated 30 A, 60 A, and 100 A three-pole safety switches are rated by Square-D to handle one 600 VDC circuit per pole for PV (although they are not UL-listed for this purpose). The 30 A switch is rated for 16 A short-circuit current (Isc at PV module STC) for non-fused versions, and 12.8 A (Isc) for fused versions. The 60 A switch is rated for 48 A (Isc) for non-fused versions and 38 A (Isc) for fused versions. The 100 A switch is rated for 80 A (Isc) for non-fused versions and 64 A (Isc) for fused versions. All of the Square-D 600 VDC non-fused disconnects are rated for disconnecting one circuit at full rated current using two poles in series. Fused disconnects are rated for 80% of switch current rating at up to 600 VDC.

Disconnects

Use Class-R fuses of the proper voltage and amperage for fused disconnects. 600 V fuses will not fit into 240 VDC disconnects, and 250 VAC/125 VDC fuses will not fit into 600 V disconnects, and vice-versa. Heavy-Duty (HD) switches are rated for “Service duty”. Use the fused versions for AC line-side taps. Square-D Disconnects Amps

AC/DC Fused Poles Neutral kit Ground kit

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Model

Item code

600 VAC or DC 3-Pole NEMA 3R Heavy-Duty Switches 30 A

Yes

three

SN03

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.3 lbs

HU361RB

053-02312

30 A

Yes

three

SN03

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

H361RB

053-02313

60 A

Yes

three

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 9 x 6.38

16 lbs

HU362RB

053-02339

60 A

Yes

three

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 9 x 6.38

16 lbs

H362RB

053-02341

100 A

Yes

three

SN0610

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

24 lbs

HU363RB

053-02357

100 A

Yes

three

SN0610

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

24 lbs

H363RB

053-02355

200 A

Yes

three

SN20A

PKOGTA2

29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

44 lbs

HU364RB

053-02364

200 A

Yes

three1

SN20A

PKOGTA2

29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

H364NRB

053-02366

400 A

Yes

three

included

PKOGTA2

50.31 x 27.88 x 10.13

H365NR

053-02407

800 A

Yes

three

included

PKOGTA7

69.13 x 36.62 x 17.75

H367NR

053-02373

1,200 A

Yes

three1

included

PKOGTA8

69.13 x 36.62 x 17.75

H368NR

053-02409

240 VAC/125 VDC2 NEMA 3R Heavy-Duty Switches

1 2

194

30 A

Yes

three

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

H321NRB

053-02315

60 A

Yes

three

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

10 lbs

H322NRB

053-02336

100 A

Yes

three

included

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

19 lbs

H323NRB

053-02351

200 A

Yes

three

included

PKOGTA2

29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

43 lbs

H324NRB

053-02363

Uses two poles (and two fuses) in series for 600 VDC, no PV rating per pole. Switches are rated for 250 VDC, but available fuses are only rated for 125 VDC.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use these General-Duty Square-D AC safety switches for single-phase or three-phase grid-tie inverter outputs if you are back-feeding a circuit breaker to make the connection to the service panel. They can also be used as a disconnect for the AC output of off-grid inverters. Use Class-R 250 VAC/125 VDC fuses with the fused versions of these disconnects. 60 A and larger General-Duty switches are rated for "Service Duty". Square-D NEMA 3R General-Duty Switches - 240 V Max AC Only Amps

AC/DC Fused Poles Neutral kit Ground kit

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Model

Item code

30 A

AC only

two

SN03

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.4 lbs

DU221RB

053-02318

30 A

AC only

Yes

two

included

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.5 lbs

D221NRB

053-02326

30 A

AC only

three

SN03

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.7 lbs

DU321RB

053-02319

30 A

AC only

Yes

three

included

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

5.1 lbs

D321NRB

053-02329

60 A

AC only

Yes

two

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.7 lbs

D222NRB

053-02334

60 A

AC only

three

SN03

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

5.0 lbs

DU322RB

053-02342

60 A

AC only

Yes

three

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

D322NRB

053-02343

AC only

Yes

two

included

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

16 lbs

D223NRB

053-02358

AC only

three

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

15 lbs

DU323RB

053-02359

100 A

AC only

Yes

three

included

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

16 lbs

D323NRB

053-02361

200 A

AC only

Yes

two

included

PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.25

29 lbs

D224NRB

053-02371

200 A

AC only

Yes

three

included

PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.25

30 lbs

D324NRB

053-02372

Square-D Disconnect Accessories

These conduit Top-Mount Hubs connect conduit or a kWh meter socket to the top of the disconnect. The neutral and ground busbars are used to land these conductors in the disconnect switch box. Appropriate busbars for each disconnect are identified in the tables above. Square-D Disconnect Switch Accessories

SN0610 Neutral busbar

Description

SN20A Neutral busbar

PKOGTA2 Ground busbar

Item code

SN03 Neutral busbar

053-02389

SN0610 Neutral busbar

053-02381

SN20A Neutral busbar

053-02383

GTK03 Ground busbar

053-02387

PK3GTA1 Ground busbar

053-02395

GTK0610 Ground busbar

053-02386

PKOGTA2 Ground busbar

053-02388

PKOGTA7 Ground busbar

053-02385

PKOGTA8 Ground busbar

053-02384

Top Mount hub 3/4"

053-02305

Top Mount hub 1"

053-02306

Top Mount hub 1-1/4"

053-02307

Top Mount hub 1-1/2"

053-02308

Top Mount hub 2"

053-02309

Top Mount hub 3/4"

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

195

Disconnects

100 A 100 A

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

AC-Only NEMA 3R Safety Switch Disconnects

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Load Centers

Load centers provide a central location for mounting busses and breakers to feed multiple load circuits from a single power supply, such as a utility service or inverter output. The NEC requires NRTL-listed load centers for most applications. Be sure to choose a load center that is rated for the AC or DC voltage and current supplied as well as any application-specific requirements.

Square-D QO Load Centers

Square-D brand load centers are multi-purpose for wiring that meets the National Electric Code (NEC). These can be used as AC load centers or subpanels. Panels using QO plug-in breakers are rated up to 48 VDC for use as 12 VDC or 24 VDC load centers. They can also be used to combine the AC output from multiple inverters feeding the grid. When used as DC load centers, they should be protected by a high-interrupt capacity fuse or circuit breaker between the load center and the battery. The Class-T and R fuses, as well as the DC breakers used in the OutBack and Xantrex DC power centers, work in these load centers. QO24L70RB

When used to combine the AC output of multiple grid-tie inverters, in order to meet the requirements of NEC 690.64(B)(2), the bus amp rating for the load center must be larger than the sum of all of the overcurrent devices feeding it, from both the utility and all inverters. Load centers are not supplied with breakersâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;order breakers and conduit hubs for outdoor load centers separately.

Load Centers

Square-D QO Load Centers1 Spaces Bus Max wire Ground Dimensions Outdoor Cover Weight (single) rating main lug kit (L" x W" x H") 120/240 V AC Single-Phase Main Lug Load Centers

QO612L100RB

Model

Item code

two

70 A

yes

incl.

4 AWG

PK4GTA

9.38 x 4.88 x 4

5 lbs

QO24L70RB

053-02141

two

70 A

incl.

4 AWG

PK4GTA

9.30 x 4.81 x 3.19

3.8 lbs

QO24L70S

053-02144

six

100 A

yes

incl.

1 AWG

PK7GTA

12.62 x 8.88 x 4.27

9.7 lbs

QO612L100RB

053-02147

six

100 A

incl.

1 AWG

PK7GTA

12.57 x 8.88 x 3.8

8.3 lbs

QO612L100DS

053-02153

125 A

yes

incl.

2/0 AWG

incl.

19 x 14.25 x 4.5

23 lbs

QO112L125GRB 053-02163

125 A

add

2/0 AWG

incl.

18 x 14.25 x 3.75

15 lbs

200 A

yes

incl.

250 kcmil

incl.

26.25 x 14.25 x 4.5

27 lbs

200 A

add

250 kcmil PK15GTA 29.86 x 14.25 x 3.75

18 lbs

QO112L125G

053-02162

QO112L200GRB 053-02165 QO112L200G

053-02164

120/208 V AC Three-Phase Main Lug Load Centers QO312L125GRB

125 A

yes

incl.

2/0 AWG

incl.

19 x 14.25 x 4.52

22 lbs

125 A

add

2/0 AWG

incl.

19 x 14.25 x 3.75

11 lbs

200 A

yes

incl.

250 kcmil

incl.

30 x 14.25 x 4.52

31 lbs

200 A

add

250 kcmil

incl.

30 x 14.25 x 3.75

17 lbs

QO312L125GRB 053-02181 QO312L125G

QO318L200GRB 053-02185 QO318L200G

196

Item code 053-02159

7 lbs

GOC16UF

053-02156

Surface cover for all 200 A Load Centers 053-02164 & 053-02187

9.2 lbs

GOC30US

053-02169

Flush cover for all 200 A Load Centers 053-02164 & 053-02187

11 lbs

GOC30UF

053-02170

Ground Busbar for two-space Load Centers

PK4GTA

053-02390

Ground Busbar for six-space Load Centers

PK7GTA

053-02391

Ground Busbar for twelve-space Load Centers

PK9GTA

053-02392

Ground Busbar for twelve-space 200 A Load Centers

PK15GTA

053-02393

Ground Busbar for 30-space Load Centers

PK18GTA

053-02394

Flush cover for twelve-space 125 A Load Centers 053-02162 & 053-02183

PK15GTA

053-02187

Uses QO plug-in breakers Square D Load Center Covers and Ground Busbars for QO Load Centers Description Weight Model Surface cover for twelve-space 125 A Load Centers 053-02162 & 053-02183 6 lbs GOC16US

GOC30US

053-02183

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

This insulated connector is molded for a precise fit and supplied with removable access plugs over the hex screws. Available with two to four wire-entry ports on one side for 14 to 4 AWG wire. This can be used to transition from exposed PV-wire cables to conduit wiring on roof to PV arrays or for any parallel wiring connection. Use the two-pole units just to splice two wires together (one in and one out). The three-pole block can be used to splice two wires together, such as two strings of PV modules, with a single wire output. The four-pole block can be used to splice three wires together with a single wire output. Use one block for positive and one block for negative in DC circuits. Use one block for each phase, and one block for the neutral, in AC circuits. UL-listed for 600 Volts. Insulated Cable Connector Blocks Number of poles two three four

Wire range 14 to 4 AWG 14 to 4 AWG 14 to 4 AWG

Item code 054-01142 054-01143 054-01144

Wire Connectors, Outdoor Wire Nuts, J-Boxes

Piercing Tap Connectors are for making wire connections where termination is not possible or desirable. Twist-on Wire Nuts are filled with silicone sealant for use in damp/wet locations. General purpose Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit Junction Boxes are rated NEMA 6P and are UL Listed.

Electrical DistributioN PARTS

Insulated Cable Connector Blocks

IPC-4/0-2/0 AWG

Wire range Main 4 to 4/0 AWG tap 14 to 6 AWG stranded Main 4 to 4/0 AWG tap 6 to 2/0 AWG stranded Up to three 10 AWG Up to two 8 AWG and one 10 AWG

Item code 157-04550 157-04551 157-04011 157-04016 048-06590 048-06595 048-06600 048-06610 048-06620

Waterproof Strain Reliefs

Use the 1/2" NPT threaded connectors to provide a waterproof entrance or exit for wiring on PV module junction boxes and outdoor combiner boxes. Use the 3/4" NPT connector for cables up to 5/8" diameter Made of Nylon with Buna-N seals. Resistant to salt water, and most mild chemicals and oils, these strain reliefs are noncorrosive and suitable for direct-burial installations. The oval-hole 1/2" strain relief works for two-conductor TC cable used for module interconnects, PV outputs, or UF cable. The 1/2" thread, two-hole strain relief, 054-03242, is rated for up to 1,000 VDC and can be used with PV Wire up to 0.27" outside diameter. UL-listed for use in NEMA 4, 6 and 12 applications. Waterproof Strain Reliefs Description ½" thread with one round hole ½" thread with two round holes ½" thread with two round holes ½" thread with one round hole ½" thread with one oval hole ¾" thread with one round hole ¾ " thread with two round holes 1" thread with five round holes Steel lock nut ½" Steel lock nut ¾"

Fits cable size USE 12 to 10 AWG USE 12 to 10 AWG PV WIRE 0.20" to 0.27" diameter 0.25" to 0.5" diameter wire 14/2, 12/2, 10/2 TC 0.4" to 0.7" diameter cable PV WIRE 0.20" to 0.35" diameter PV WIRE 0.10" to 0.33" diameter

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 054-03243 054-03252 054-03242 054-03241 054-03257 054-03261 054-03247 054-03255 054-03238 054-03244

197

Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches

IPC-4/0-6 AWG

Description Insulation-piercing tap connector, silicone filled, 600 V, IPC-4/0-6 AWG Insulation-piercing tap connector, silicone filled, 600 V, IPC-4/0-2/0 AWG Wire nut with silicone fill, blue/red, IDEAL 62 AWG (100pk) Wire nut with silicone fill, blue/purple, IDEAL 63 AWG (100pk) Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 4" x 4" x 4" Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 6" x 6" x 4" Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 6" x 6" x 6" Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 8" x 8" x 4" Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 12" x 12" x 6"

Electrical Distribution PARTS

Barrel Connectors

These UL-listed connectors are tin-plated high strength aluminum alloy and can be used with copper or aluminum wire. Single- and double-barrel connectors utilize set screws to secure wires in place. These are not approved for use with fine stranded wire. Barrel Connectors Wire size Hole size 14 to 2 AWG 1/4"

Type Single

Item code 051-03319 051-03327

Single

14 to 2/0 AWG

1/4"

Double

14 to 2/0 AWG

1/4"

051-03324

Single

6 to 4/0 AWG

3/8"

051-03334

Double

6 to 4/0 AWG

3/8"

051-03330

Power Distribution Blocks

Use these two-pole blocks to split primary power into secondary circuits, or join cables from a solar array to a power lead-in cable. Just install cables and tighten the set screws. Terminal blocks are made of zinc-plated aluminum for use with aluminum or copper conductors. Primary side accepts one large cable; secondary side accepts six smaller cables. UL recognized for up to 600 VDC. Power Distribution Blocks Secondary wire size Taps 14 to 6 AWG six

Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches

Primary wire size 2/0 to 8 AWG

Taps one

6/0 to 6 AWG

one

14 to 4 AWG

500 mcm to 4 AWG

one

14 to 2/0 AWG

four

380 A

054-01025

350 mcm to 8 AWG

one

14 to 4 AWG

twelve

310 A

054-01023

six

Rating 175 A

Item code 054-01024

350 A

054-01027

Splicer Blocks

Use these blocks to splice wires of up to 2/0 AWG. The terminal blocks are made of zinc-plated aluminum, for use with aluminum or copper conductors. Two-pole and three-pole blocks have one connection on each side. UL recognized for up to 600 VDC. Wire size 8 to 2/0 AWG

Poles two

8 to 2/0 AWG

three

Splicer Blocks

Rating 175 A

Item code 054-01030

175 A

054-01033

MidNite Solar Manual Transfer Switch

These 120/240 VAC manual transfer switches have a neutral busbar and ground box lug terminal. Dimensions are 9" H x 5" W x 4" D. It can be used with up to 6 AWG wire to connect utility power and a generator to inverters with one AC input. Description Dual 30 amp 240 VAC transfer switch Dual 60 amp 240 VAC transfer switch

198

Manual Transfer Switch Weight 4 lbs 4 lbs

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-07851 053-07853

Why Use Larger Cable?

Low-voltage power systems with inverters can have very high current through the cables that connect the inverter to the batteries. Large AC loads like microwave ovens, toasters, irons, and washers can cause an inverter operating on a 12 VDC battery system to draw over 100 A. Large motors may draw 300 to 500 A during startup. When cables between batteries, and from the battery bank to the inverter, are too small, the current available to the inverter is limited and it may fail to supply larger loads. Properly sized cables also impose less resistance and thereby help maximize system efficiency.

Wire & Cable

Battery Cables

Circuits protected by 250 A breakers or 400 A fuses should use 4/0 AWG cables. Use 2/0 AWG cables for 175 A breakers and 200 A fuses. Use 2 AWG cables for 110 A or smaller fuses or breakers. See the table showing recommended cables sizes for inverters in the Reference section.

Plated Copper Lugs

These UL listed lugs are made from tin-plated copper tubing with 3/8" holes. Solder or crimp to stranded cable. Plated Copper Lugs Description

Item code

Copper lug 3/8" ring 2 AWG

051-03234

Copper lug 3/8" ring 2/0 AWG

051-03231

Copper lug 3/8" ring 4/0 AWG

051-03228

Use this tubing to insulate copper lugs and compression terminals. Tubing shrinks and glue inside melts when heated with a heat gun or torch, sealing wires against corrosion and moisture. Maximum shrinkage is listed below. Sold in 6" lengths. Heat Shrink Tubing Shrinks to

Item code

Heat shrink tubing 1/2" x 6" black

Description

3/16"

051-01132-B

Heat shrink tubing 1/2" x 6" red

3/16"

051-01132-R

Heat shrink tubing 1/2" x 6" white

3/16"

051-01132-W

Heat shrink tubing 3/4" x 6" black

1/4"

051-01135-B

Heat shrink tubing 3/4" x 6" red

1/4"

051-01135-R

Heat shrink tubing 3/4" x 6" white

1/4"

051-01135-W

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" black

3/8"

051-01137-B

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" red

3/8"

051-01137-R

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" white

3/8"

051-01137-W

UL Listed Battery Cable

This fine-stranded, very flexible cable is UL listed for use as battery cable. It is rated MTW or THW or AWM, 600 V, sunlight resistant, direct burial, 105 Â°C. 2, 2/0 and 4/0 AWG sizes are available with red or black insulation. UL Listed Battery Cable Description

Item code

X-Flex battery cable 4/0 AWG black

050-01470

X-Flex battery cable 4/0 AWG red

050-01472

X-Flex battery cable 2/0 AWG black

050-01476

X-Flex battery cable 2/0 AWG red

050-01478

X-Flex battery cable 2 AWG black

050-01487

X-Flex battery cable 2 AWG red

050-01488

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

199

Battery Cables

Heat Shrink Tubing

Wire & Cable

Battery Cables with Lugs

Use these cables between a battery bank and inverter, fuse or power center. They have flexible stranded UL-listed copper wire and 3/8" diameter lugs. Lug barrels are covered with glue-filled heat-shrink tubing. Cables are marked in red heat-shrink tubing for positive and white heat-shrink tubing on black wire for negative. Append –R to the item number for a red cable with red ends (positive), -B for a black cable with black ends, or –W for a black cable with white ends (negative). For example, a red 4/0 AWG cable with a 2' length would be 052-04002-R. Battery Cables with Two Lugs Cable

Length 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 10' 12' 15' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 10' 12' 15' 2' 3' 5' 8' 10'

4/0 AWG

Battery Cables

2/0 AWG

2 AWG

Item code 052-04002 052-04003 052-04004 052-04005 052-04006 052-04007 052-04008 052-04010 052-04012 052-04015 052-02002 052-02003 052-02004 052-02005 052-02006 052-02007 052-02008 052-02010 052-02012 052-02015 052-01002 052-01003 052-01005 052-01008 052-01010

Battery Interconnects

Use these cables between individual battery cells or between battery strings. Cables with red ends are for positive battery parallel jumpers. Cables with white ends are for negative battery parallel jumpers. Cables with black on both ends, or red and black ends, are used for series battery interconnects. When ordering, append “-R” to the item number for red (positive), “-W” for white (negative), “-B” for black or “-BR” for one end red and one end black (series connections). For example, a red 9" cable used to connect positive cells in parallel would be 052-05122-R. Battery Interconnects Wire size

Length of cable

Item code

2/0 AWG

052-05122

2/0 AWG

12"

052-05121

2/0 AWG

20"

052-05124

4/0 AWG

12"

052-05142

4/0 AWG

20"

052-05145

Battery Cables for Aquion Batteries

Use these cables for output conductors when installing Aquion battery Stacks, one pair for each Stack. Description

200

Item code

Battery cable, Amphenol H4, male, 10/1, 10', 600 V, USE-2 wire , for Aquion, BLACK

052-09842

Battery cable, Amphenol H4, female, 10/1, 10', 600 V, USE-2 wire , for Aquion, RED

052-09843

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

PV Wire Sunlight Resistant Cable

This single-conductor wire features heat and moisture resistant, crosslinked-polyethylene insulation (XLPE) (Type PV wire, USE-2, RHH, RHW, RHW-2). Rated for direct burial or in conduit this cable is sunlight resistant, flame retardant, and rated for temperatures from -40 to 90°C. This cable is listed to UL 854 as Type PV Wire, USE-2 1,000 V, for use with transformerless inverters.

Wire & Cable

Bulk Wire

PV Wire Sunlight Resistant Cable Description

Item code 050-01149

10 AWG, PV wire, USE-2, 1,000 V, Black, 500' roll

Tray Cable (TC)

This flexible two-conductor wire is well-suited for outdoor applications such as PV array lead-in and sub-array wiring. It may be buried directly in the ground or exposed to direct sunlight. 10 and 12 AWG stranded type THHN/THWN conductors often work well for array interconnects with currents less than 25 A. Conductor insulation is red for positive and black for negative. UL listed. Tray Cable (TC) Description

Item code 050-01157

10 AWG two-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01163

12 AWG two-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01175

16 AWG two-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01178

18 AWG two-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01181

Bulk Wire

8 AWG two-conductor TC cable, 100'

Pump Cable

This 10 AWG 2-conductor cable works well with the Aquatec SWP pumps, and also the SHURflo 9300 submersible pump, providing a good seal in the 9300's cable gland. Grundfos SQFlex pumps require cables with a ground.

Shielded Control and Communication Cable

This 16 AWG, two-conductor cable is useful for pump controls that are far from a remote tank. It is a shielded, twisted-pair cable rated for 600 V, direct burial, and is sunlight resistant. Shielded cable can help prevent transient surges caused by lightning. Shielding should be grounded on one end of cable run only. Sold in 50’ increments. For control wire only, and not for submerged use. Pump Cable and Sensor Wire Description

Item code

10 AWG two-conductor without ground

050-01637

12 AWG two-conductor with ground

050-01635

10 AWG two-conductor with ground

050-01638

8 AWG two-conductor with ground

050-01643

Underwater wire splice kit. Enough parts for ten splices.

075-00130

Shielded Control and Communications Cable Description 16 AWG 2-conductor Shielded Control cable

Item code 050-01151

It’s your best source for timely, comprehensive information on federal, state, local and utility incentives: www.dsireusa.org

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

201

Wire & Cable

Array Cables and Connectors

Grid-tie modules generally ship with attached cables that are listed to UL 1703 with the module. The cable connectors on these are fully waterproof when connected, touch-protected and designed for up to 1,000 VDC and 30 A, but cannot be safely disconnected under load.

Our output cables are made with 10 AWG PV Wire and can be used in solar arrays up to 1,000 VDC. All of our array output cables are made with PV wire that is listed to UL 854, which is required by the NEC for use with transformerless inverters (See bulk PV Wire description on previous page for more information). Additionally, we stock the MultiContact Solarline 2 MC4 and Amphenol H4 crimp-on connectors for use with 10 AWG PV stranded wire. Proper crimping to the wire and insulator assembly requires special tools (see Tools).

PV Wire Array Cables

These Output Cables feature MultiContact Solarline 2 MC4 or Amphenol H4 connectors and are compatible with many module brands to connect strings to junction boxes or grid-tie inverters. They have a male connector on one end and a female connector on the other end, so they can be used to extend the cables on the modules or be cut in half and used to connect to a roof-top j-box or combiner. For example, if you need a 30' male and a 20' female, order a 50' cable. Made with black 10 AWG 1,000 VDC rated PV Wire cable. Adapters also available to change connector type from MC4 to H4 or from H4 to MC4 if needed. PV Wire Array Cables H4 Cables 052-09720 052-09722 052-09725 052-09727 MC4 to H4 Output Cable Adapters H4 male to MC4 female adapter, 6" length H4 female to MC4 male adapter, 6" length

Array Wiring & Accessories

Cable length 6' 15' 50' 100'

MC4 Cables 052-09800 052-09801 052-09802 052-09803 052-09804 052-09805

Amphenol Helios H4 Connectors

The 1,000 VDC-rated Amphenol Helios H4 connector includes the pins and can be made quickly with the proper crimp tool, enabling custom cables to be made at the job site. A special crimping tool and wrench set are required to assemble the connector (See Tools). These connectors are for use with 10 AWG PV wire and sold in packs of 25. Amphenol Helios H4 Connectors Description Amphenol Helios H4 male connector, Pack of 25 Amphenol Helios H4 female connector, Pack of 25

Item code 097-01414 097-01415

MC4-Solarline 2 Cable Connectors

These 15,000 VDC-rated MC4 connectors include pins and can be assembled quickly enabling custom cables to be made at the job site. A UL listed crimping tool, MultiContact crimper must be used to retain UL Listing for field assembly at 1,000 VDC (See Tools). These connectors are for use with 10 AWG PV wire and sold in packs of 25. MC4-Solarline 2 Connectors Description Male MC4 locking connector for PV wire Female MC4 locking connector for PV wire

Item code 097-01411 097-01413

MC4-Solarline 2 Branch Connectors

These waterproof Y-connectors make it possible to parallel wire PV modules with Multi-Contact output cables. Branch connectors are rated for maximum current of 30 A and maximum voltage of 600 VDC. MC4-Solarline 2 Branch Connectors Description Solarline 2 branch cable coupler female - two male Solarline 2 branch cable coupler male - two female 202

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 052-09403 052-09404

As most experienced PV installers will attest, good wire management is a hallmark of high-quality installations, and its lack can lead to inspectors and customers alike looking for other potential issues. Cables and wires should be kept off the roof or ground and water should not be allowed to pool at the entrances of enclosures, splices and junction boxes. Given that a solar PV system is designed to last for 25 years or more, it is vital to use wire-management hardware that will hold up in the environment and allow deployment with minimal strain on the components.

Wire & Cable

Wire-Management Hardware

Stainless-steel cable clips

Use these clips to keep PV-Wire module-interconnect cables and PV-array output cables neatly secured to module frames so they do not drop below the array. Use these clips with REC modules. These clips are available in packs of 25 or 100. Stainless steel cable clips for PV wire Description Stainless steel cable clips, Pack of 25 Stainless steel cable clips, Pack of 100

Item code 052-09126 052-09125

HellermannTyton Solar E-clips

Stainless Steel Cable Clip

Parallel Edge Clip with Cable Tie

HellermannTyton’s Edge Clip with Cable-Tie Assemblies are an easy and cost-effective way to secure thick cables, such as microinverter trunk lines as well as bundles of smaller cables. The clips feature an integrated metal clamp that secures the assembly while enabling easy installation. The cable ties are made from UV-stabilized polyamide material which will not chafe cable insulation. The 1-3 mm clips will fasten securely to most module frame flanges while the 3-6 mm clips can be fastened to SnapNrack rail. Once secured, the clips can only be removed by prying them apart, which means they can’t be reused. Removing a clip will also leave scratches on the surface it was attached to. These clips are available in packs of 100. HellermannTyton’s Edge Cable Clips are similar to the edge clips above, but have a re-closable clam shell rather than a cable tie. There is a single-cable version and a dual-cable version, either of which should secure a pair of PV-wire cables in most situations. Stainless Steel Cable Clip

Perpendicular Edge Clip with Cable Tie

Module edge thickness 0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm)

Cable diameter

Orientation to edge

Quantity

Item code

100

052-09140

Orientation to edge

Quantity

Item code

Perpendicular under

100

052-09141

Parallel under

100

052-09142

0.20" - 0.30" (5 - 7.6 mm)

Parallel under

Edge Clips with Cable Ties Module edge thickness

Max cable bundle diameter

0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm) (Attaches to Module Frame) Edge Cable Clip Single Wire

0.12" - 0.23" (3 – 6 mm) (Attaches to Mounting Rail)

1.8" (45 mm)

Parallel

100

052-09143

Perpendicular

100

052-09144

Perpendicular under

100

052-09145

Parallel under

100

052-09146 Item code

Edge Cable Clip Edge thickness

Max cable diameter

Orientation to edge

Quantity

0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm) (Attaches to Module Frame)

0.62" (15.6 mm) (single)

Parallel

250

052-09147

0.32" (8 mm) (double)

Parallel

750

052-09148

Edge Cable Clip Double Wire

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

203

Wire Management Hardware

HellermannTyton’s 304-Stainless-Steel Cable Clip can hold one or two cables at a time, accommodating cable diameters from 0.20" (5 mm) to 0.30" (7.6 mm). These clips use a dedicated spring to hold the cables in place without causing abrasion. The flat pushing surface also makes it much easier to install on module frames or other edges from 0.04" (1 mm) to 0.12" (3 mm) without sacrificing pull-out resistance. These clips are available in packs of 100.

Wire & Cable

C Clip with Fir-Tree Mount

HellermannTyton’s C Clips are available with an integrated cable tie that can accommodate up to 1.8" diameter or with a “fir tree” base that can be pushed into a 0.25" diameter threaded or unthreaded hole. The cable-tie version comes in packs of 500 and works well for attaching cables from 0.16" to 0.4" diameter to conduit, rails or posts. The UV-stabilized polyamide fir-tree version comes in packs of 100 and works well for quickly securing 0.24" to 0.30" diameter cables using available mounting holes, such as a SnapNrack channel nut or module-mounting hole. A Cable Tie with Fir-Tree Mount is also available for securing bundles up to 1.4" (35 mm) to a quarterinch diameter hole. These are made from the same material as the C-Clip with Fir-Tree Mount and come in packs of 1,000. Cable Clips Mounting type

0.16" – 0.40" [4 – 10 mm]

500

Item code 052-09149

C clip with Fir Tree – 0.24" - 0.28" [6.3 – 7 mm]

0.24" to .0.30" [6 – 7.6 mm]

100

052-09150

Cable Ties with Fir Tree – 0.24" - 0.28" [6.3 – 7 mm]

0.06" - 1.40" [1.5 - 35 mm]

1,000

052-09151

C Clip with Cable-Tie Mount

C clip with Cable Tie

Cable Tie with Fir-Tree Mount

Cable diameter

Quantity

Specially designed for prolonged use in extreme outdoor environments, these Cable Ties are made from UV-stabilized polyamide material to ensure long-term performance. The tensile strength of these ties varies according to the width. The corresponding Mounting Base will accommodate cable ties up to 0.18" wide. The base is UV stabilized and employs a VHB acrylic adhesive to achieve a strong bond to most smooth surfaces. As with any adhesive product, be sure to clean the mounting surface thoroughly for best results. Note: Mounting anything to a module’s back sheet may void the module warranty.

Wire-Management Hardware

Cable Ties

Strength 30 lbs 50 lbs 50 lbs 120 lbs Mounting Base

Max bundle 1.38" (35 mm) 1.97" (50 mm) 4.33" (110 mm) 4.13" (105 mm)

Length 5.9" (150 mm) 7.9" (200 mm) 15.4" (390 mm) 15.2" (387 mm)

Width 0.14" (3.5 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm) 0.30" (7.6 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm)

Self-Adhesive Mounting Base

204

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Quantity 100 100 100 100 100

Item code 052-09152 052-09153 052-09154 052-09155 052-09156

Crimp-on PV cable connectors (See Wire and Cable section) require special tools to properly attach the connectors. Single-purpose tools from Multi-Contact or Amphenol work with only that type of connector and are often the best option for installers who work only with modules that have that same connector type. For those who encounter several different types of connectors, one of the Rennsteig tool sets that have a set of dies and positioners can be more convenient and economical than carrying a different tool for each connector type.

Tools

PV Cable Assembly Tools

MC4 and Helios Crimp Tools

The Multi-Contact MC4 crimping tool is used to assemble MC4 (Solarline 2) locking connectors with 10 or 12 AWG stranded wire. A set of two plastic wrenches is used to tighten the sealing nut in the connector and to unlock the male and female connector. The Amphenol Helios H4 Crimp Tool, Wrench, and Assembly/Disconnect Tool are used with the Helios H4 connectors, and are similar to the MC4 tools. The Amphenol Helios H4 Ring Tool can be worn on a finger and used to unlock the H4 male and female connectors. Multi-Contact MC4 & Amphenol H4 Tools Description

Item code

MC Solarline 2 MC4 pin crimper for 10/12 AWG wire

094-00104

MC Solarline 2 MC4 open-end spanner set, Pack of 2

094-00112 094-00007 094-00008

Amphenol Helios H4 Ring Tool

094-00010

Hammer Crimp Tool

This simple, inexpensive crimping tool can be used to crimp ring-terminal lugs and other connectors onto 8 through 4/0 AWG wire. Spring-loaded pin locks in “up” position for loading connector and cable. When released, the pin holds the connector securely during crimping. Use with a hammer or vice. Hammer Crimp Tool Description

Item code 094-00013

Hammer crimp tool

Battery Cable Tools

Use the cable crimper to crimp battery terminals, copper lugs, and splices on wire from 8 to 4/0 AWG. Adjustable crimp dies are clearly marked and easy to rotate into position. This UL listed, 26" tool gives you plenty of leverage for secure crimping. Use the 22" long cutter to cut inverter cables and battery interconnects up to 6/0 AWG. Available in a bench-mount version as well as hand-held, the high-carbon steel blades are removable for sharpening or replacement. All of these tools are made in the U.S.A. Battery Cable Tools Description

Item code

Cable cutter with 22" handles

094-00004

Cable crimper with 26" handles

094-00011

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

205

Array and Battery Cable Tools

Amphenol Helios H4 Crimp Tool, 2.5 mm – 6 mm Amphenol Helios H4 Wrench and Disconnect Tool

Tools

Rennsteig Crimping Tool Sets and Accessories

These Rennsteig tool sets are helpful for installers who wish to make their own extensions and connections. The tools presented here cover the most popular connectors, including those using MC4 or Amphenol H4 connectors. Tools for crimping other connector types are available upon request. All of these tools are made in Germany. The Tyco/MC4/H4 Solarkit comes with three die-sets and three pin locators for crimping Tyco SolarLok, Solar-Line 2 (MC4), or Amphenol Helios (H4) pins as well as a cutter and stripper tool, all in a hard-shell case.

The Solar Crimp Tools include the preassembled tool frame, die, and pin locator, but no case. Additional dies and pin locators can be added to expand the tool. The Insulation Stripper strips and removes the insulation in a single motion. The blades are replaceable. The Wire Cutter features a specially curved set of shears that cuts stranded wire without significant deformation. The Empty Tool Frame can be used with separately-purchased crimping Dies and Pin Locators, which are interchangeable. Rennsteig Kits, Sets and Crimping Tools Connector type

Wire size

Model

Item code

Solarkit

Description

Tyco, MC4, H4

Varies by connector

624 105-H4M4TE

094-00148

Solar Crimp Tool

MC4 Solarline 2

12/10/8 AWG

624 1193 3 1

094-00144

Solar Crimp Tool

Amphenol H4

14/12/10/8 AWG

624 1194 3 1

094-00135

707-226-1-6US

094-00128

Array and Battery Cable Tools

Insulation Stripper Replacement Blades

16/14/12/10 AWG

Wire Cutter Empty tool frame Die only Pin Locator only Die only Pin Locator only

206

(Use with pins & dies)

MC4 Solarline 2

12/10/8 AWG

Amphenol H4

14/12/10/8 AWG

708 226 1 3 0

094-00138

700-016-36

094-00129

624 000 3

094-00146

624 570 3 0

094-00126

624 194 0 01

094-00132

624 1194 3 0

094-00130

624 1194 0 01

094-00131

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Commissioning a PV system is an important final step in the installation process, and itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s worth doing properly and consistently. Commissioning standards, such as IEC 62446 and related NABCEP guidelines, provide visual and physical inspections as well as electrical tests that should be performed prior to activating a new PV system. Common electrical tests made during commissioning include: continuity, phasing, and voltage for AC circuits; continuity of grounding conductors; DC circuit polarity verification; string I-V curves; string open-circuit voltage; string short circuit current; insulation resistance testing of PV source and output circuits; and, finally, a full-up system functionality test. With proper documentation, these same tests can be repeated periodically as systems age to ensure that they are operating efficiently.

Tools

System Survey and Commissioning Tools

Seaward Solar Solar Installation Testers PV210 Solar PV Tester and I-V Tracer The PV210 provides a highly efficient and effective test and diagnostic solution for PV systems, carrying out all commissioning tests required by IEC 62446:2016 and performing fast and accurate measurement of I-V curves in accordance with IEC 61829:2015. With direct connection to individual PV modules or strings using the supplied lead sets, tests can be conducted easily and within a matter of seconds at the press of a single button.

Detailed and colour I-V and power curves, can be viewed instantly once data is transferred to the PVMobile Android App using wireless NFC connectivity.PVMobile displays measured I-V and power curves for visual analysis of the curve shape, enabling common problems such as shading, defective cells or poor electrical connections to be identified.

The PV210 has memory to store up to 999 complete test records, and USB connectivity enables these to be downloaded to a PC. Seawardâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s SolarCert Elements software program (supplied separately) can then be used to automate generation of test certificates and documentation.

The connectors feature non-accessible conductive parts for safe use with PV systems that may be energized. The PV210 can also wirelessly receive and record irradiance and temperature measurements from the Solar Survey 200R in real-time as electrical tests are conducted.

PV150 Solar Installation Tester

The all-in-one PV installation tester, using simple direct connections to PV systems, performs open circuit voltage (up to 1,000 VDC), short circuit current, and insulation resistance tests with a single button press. It can also be used to perform operating current (using the supplied current clamp) and Earth continuity measurements as well as determine voltage polarity.

The PV150 solar PV tester has memory to store up to 200 complete test records, and USB connectivity enables these to be downloaded to a PC. Seawardâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s SolarCert Elements software program (supplied separately) can then be used to automate generation of test certificates and documentation. The connectors feature non-accessible conductive parts for safe use with PV systems that may be energized. The PV150 can also wirelessly receive and record irradiance and temperature measurements from the Solar Survey 200R in real-time as electrical tests are conducted.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

207

System Commissioning Tools and Rangefinder

A high contrast display is clearly visible in direct sunlight and shows open circuit voltage (up to 1,000 VDC), short circuit current, maximum power point voltage, current and power, as well as the fill factor of the PV module or system under test, and insulation resistance (as part of an auto sequence or a discrete probe to probe measurement). If the measured curve deviates from the expected profile, the PV210 alerts the user to this, identifying the need for further analysis.

Tools

Solar Installation Test Kits

NEW! PV210 Solar Link Installation Test Kit

The PV210 Solar Link Kit includes everything needed to test to the IEC 62446 system commissioning standard, measurement of I-V curves in accordance with IEC 61829:2015, as well as the latest NABCEP recommendations. The PV210 Kit includes: a PV210 solar installation tester and I-V Tracer, AC/DC current clamp, Solar Survey 200R irradiance meter with SolarLink, carry bag, MC4 test lead adaptors, red and black test leads, test probe with detachable alligator clips, Quick Start Guide, support software CD, and calibration certificate.

PV150 Solar Link Installation Test Kit

The PV150 Solar Link Kit includes everything needed to test to the IEC 62446 system commissioning standard as well as the latest NABCEP recommendations. The PV150 Kit includes: a PV150 solar installation tester, AC/DC current clamp, Solar Survey 200R irradiance meter with SolarLink, carry bag, MC4 test lead adaptors, red and black test leads, test probe with detachable alligator clips, Quick Start Guide, support software CD, and calibration certificate.

Solar Survey Multifunction Solar Irradiance Meters

System Commissioning Tools and Rangefinder

This handheld solar irradiance meter includes a built-in inclinometer to measure roof pitch, compass to measure roof orientation, and thermometer to measure ambient air and module temperature. This meters displays irradiance measurements in either W/m2 or BTU/hr-ft2, so they work for both solar photovoltaic (PV) and solar thermal applications. The photovoltaic reference cell provides a more representative measurement of solar energy and greater accuracy and repeatability than irradiance meters that use simple photo diode detectors. The Solar Survey 200R irradiance meter incorporates a display hold feature, which enables the user to more easily capture readings in difficult locations. The 200R can wirelessly give the PV150 or PV210 Solar Installation Testers real-time irradiance, ambient temperature, and PV module temperature measurement results simultaneous to electrical tests, as required by MCS and IEC 62446 standards. The Testers can then download the data into the SolarCert Elements software program. The 200R also includes data logging with a USB interface for data download to a PC. This allows for irradiance and temperature to be recorded at user-defined intervals over a number of hours or days. The collected data can then be downloaded to a PC for analysis or for inclusion in solar installation reports.

Solar Power Clamp

Seaward’s Solar Power Clamp is a specialized power meter that clamps over the cable to measure the AC or DC current. If a PV system isn’t generating the expected level of power under known irradiance and temperature conditions, this may indicate a fault with one or more components in the system. In addition to power and efficiency measurements, the harmonic analysis function of the Solar Power Clamp can be used as a means of detecting faults within the inverter. This unit includes two MC4 test leads.

Solar Power Clamp functions include: DC power measurement, AC and AC+DC true continuous power (RMS) reading, power factor, total harmonic distortion and harmonics 1 – 25, phase rotation indication, current and voltage measurement, smart data hold and peak hold, and non-contact voltage indicator.

SolarCert Elements Solar PV Software

The Seaward SolarCert Elements Solar PV Software enables solar PV system installers to produce customized client-facing test reports and certificates using user input or data downloaded from the PV150 tester. The software allows PV installers to create customized test certification and inspection reports and installation layout diagrams that can be stored alongside photographs and other information relevant to PV installations, such as datasheets or operating manuals. A checklist feature helps ensure that all of the necessary information is included. Company logos and signatures can be added to the templates for a branded professional image. Once compiled, the complete data package can quickly be searched within the solar PV software and emailed or printed for delivery to the client.

208

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Description

Seaward Part Number

Item code

PV210 Solar Link Kit (Includes PV210, Solar Survey 200R, AC/DC current clamp, 2x MC4 Test Leads, 2x test leads/ probes and alligator clips, quick start guide and CD-ROM, Carry Bag, Calibration Cert, and accessories)

389A918

094-00293

PV150 Solar Link Kit (Includes PV150, Solar Survey 200R, AC/DC current clamp, 2x MC4 Test Leads, 2x test leads/ probes and alligator clips, quick start guide and CD-ROM, Carry Bag, Calibration Cert, and accessories)

388A917

094-00279

PV210 Installation Testor and I-V Tracer (Tester only)

389A912

094-00294

PV150 Installation Tester (Tester only)

388A916

094-00282

Solar Survey 100 irradiance meter

396A910

094-00290

Solar Survey 200R irradiance meter (allows SolarLink wireless data transfer to PV210 or PV150 tester)

396A926

094-00291

Solar Power Clamp (includes MC4 test leads for DC power measurements)

396A961

094-00292

SolarCert Elements Version 2 software

383A910

094-00289

Combiner Box Test Leads

396A999

094-00296

MC3 Test Lead Adapters

396A958

094-00297

Fused Test Leads (Red & Black probes)

44B075

094-00277

Tools

Seaward Solar Commissioning Tools

Nikon Forestry Pro Laser Rangefinder

Solar Site Survey Tools Description Nikon Forestry Pro Laser Rangefinder

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 094-00240

209

System Commissioning Tools and Rangefinder

The Nikon Forestry Pro Laser Rangefinder can be used during field survey work to determine distance, height, and angle measurements that are useful for refining aerial-imagery-based estimates. This tool is equipped with three-point measurement in addition to the conventional vertical separation. Three-point measurement provides the difference in height between two targets by measuring horizontal distance to a target then angles to the target base and the top. It is very useful when the laser beam is blocked by the bushes or branches that cover the base or top of a tree. Results are displayed on internal and external LCD panels. The high-quality 6x monocle with multilayer coating produces clear, bright images.

Tools

Solar Safety Labels

The NEC and International Fire Code (IFC) require specific components of a PV system to be labeled for the safety of operators, maintenance, and emergency responder personnel. The Code also requires these labels to be appropriately weather resistant (IFC 605.11.1.1.3) and durable (NEC 110.21). These labels are UV and weather resistant and should meet Code requirements in most jurisdictions. Note that some jurisdictions may still require engraved placards. The labels are designed to permanently adhere to metallic, baked enamel, and powder-coated surfaces in most outdoor environments. Local jurisdictions and company policies often call for unique language or types of labels that are not available in preprinted form. If this is a frequent requirement, a label printing system can be an economical way to get exactly what you need when you need it. The ability to produce custom labels also presents opportunities for branding as well as organization, theft prevention, and identification.

NEW! PV Labels

Safety Labels

Preprinted Solar and Safety Labels Our new partnership with PV Labels has allowed AEE Solar to stock and list in our catalog the most common and demanded solar labels below. Other labels and also phenolic placards are available upon request to meet specific JHA requirements. The language and letter height on these Standard Labels is designed to meet NEC 110, NEC 690 and IFC 605 requirements, and have been updated for NEC 2014 compliance. Reflective Labels are available for disconnect and conduit markers as required by the Code. The Fill-In-The-Blank Labels have white blanks that can be filled in with system parameters either ahead of time or in the field using a permanent marker so long as transparent laminate is then placed over them. The labels will remain adhered in temperatures down to -40 °C and as high as 175 °F [79 °C] but must be applied when temperatures are above 50 °F [10 °C]. UL 969 Recognized. Conduit, Disconnect, and Combiner Box Labels Placement1

210

Label text

Dimensions

Pkg qty

Item code

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09224

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering, reflective)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09238

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering, w/ paint mask)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09225

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09217

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering, reflective)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09218

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (red w/ white lettering, w/ paint mask)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09219

Combiners, Conduit, and Enclosures

WARNING: PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE (yellow w/ black lettering)

5-3/4" x 1-1/8"

188-09220

Conduit

CAUTION SOLAR CIRCUIT (red w/ white lettering, wraps around conduit up to 2" in diameter)

5-3/4" x 5-3/4"

188-09234

Conduit

CAUTION SOLAR CIRCUIT (yellow w/ black lettering, wraps around conduit up to 2" in diameter)

5-3/4" x 5-3/4"

188-09233

Solar Disconnecting Means

SOLAR DISCONNECT (red w/ white lettering)

4" x 3/4"

188-09221

Solar DC Disconnect

Photovoltaic System DC Disconnect (red w/ white lettering)

5" x 1-3/4"

188-09222

Inverter or Charge Controller DC Disconnect

Photovoltaic System DC Disconnect (red w/ white lettering with fillable blanks)

4" x 3"

188-09236

Main Solar AC Disconnect

Photovoltaic System AC Disconnect (red w/ white lettering)

4" x 1"

188-09223

Inverter or System AC Disconnect

Photovoltaic System AC Disconnect (red w/ white lettering with fillable blanks)

4" x 2"

188-09237

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Label text

Dimensions

Pkg qty

Item code

Enclosures, Disconnects, and Electrical Panels

WARNING-ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD-DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS-LINE AND LOAD MAY BE ENERGIZED (orange and white)

4" X 3"

188-09228

Combiners, Enclosures, Disconnects, and Electrical Panels

WARNING-ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD-DC CONDUTORS ARE UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED (orange and white)

4" X 3"

188-09240

Combiners, Enclosures, Disconnects, and Electrical Panels

PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES PRODUCE DC VOLTAGE WHEN EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT (red w/ white letters)

4" x 2"

188-09227

Dimensions

Pkg qty

Item code

Placement1

Tools

Conduit, Disconnect, and Combiner Box Labels

AC Electical Panel and Point of Connection Labels Placement1

Label text CAUTION-SOLAR POINT OF CONNECTION (yellow and white)

4" X 1"

188-09231

Solar PV Point of Connection to Utility, Main Electrical Panel

DUAL POWER SUPPLY-SOURCES UTILITY GRID AND PV SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM (orange and white)

4" x 2"

188-09226

Solar PV Point of Connection to Utility, Main Electrical Panel

DUAL POWER SUPPLY-SOURCES UTILITY GRID AND PV SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM (orange and white)

2-3/4" x 1-5/8""

188-09239

Main Electrical Panel Breaker, if it has been downsized for PV Installation

DO NOT UPSIZE MAIN BREAKER-BREAKER HAS BEEN DOWNSIZED (red w/ white letters)

4" x 1"

188-09232

PV Inverter, PV Point of Connection to Utility, Main Electrical Panel, and/or Rapid Shutdown Initiator Device

PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN (red w/ white letters, reflective)

5-3/4" x 2-1/4""

188-09242

PV Inverter or System Output Breaker, in main or subpanel

WARNING-INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION-DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE (orange and white)

2-3/4" x 1-5/8"

188-09241

PV Inverter or System Output Breaker, in main or subpanel

PV SOLAR BREAKER-DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE (red w/ white letters)

2" x 1""

188-09230

PV Combining Subpanel, for multiple inverter or microinverter systems

WARNING-PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM COMBINER PANEL-DO NOT ADD LOADS (orange and white)

4" x 2"

188-09243

Inverter

WARNING-IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICAED NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED (orange and white)

4" x 3"

188-09229

1 Placement suggestions are the most common applications for the given label; it is, by no means, an exhaustive list of where the label may be required.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

211

Safety Labels

Solar PV Point of Connection to Utility

Tools

Solar Label Convenience Kits

For convenience, pre-cut Safety Label Kits are available that can be kitted per job. Several kits are available for labeling different types and sizes of PV installations. The Single PV DC String Label Inverter Kit can be used for an installation utilizing a single string inverter, and has DC, AC, and conduit labels.

If installing a system with multiple string inverters, order one Multiple PV DC String Inverter Label Kit for each inverter and one PV AC Label Kit. The DC label kit has specific labeling for string inverter, while the AC label kit will contain interconnection labels, and labels for the main electric panel and the PV combining subpanel. However, if utilizing microinverters, where there is no high voltage DC Strings, a single PV AC Label Kit should contain the labels needed for these installations. Additional labels may be required to meet your specific instllaton and inspection requirements. Solar Label Convenience Kits Label Kit Name and Purpose

Single PV DC String Inverter Label Kit (for one single DC string inverter)

Safety Labels

Multiple PV DC String Inverter Label Kit (order one kit per inverter, and also order the PV AC Label Kit for AC specific labels)

PV AC Label Kit (for Microinverter systems, or for systems with multiple string inverters)

212

Part Number

Included Labels Label

Quantity

03-110 – PV DC Disconnect System Label 02-317 – PV System Equipped with Rapid Shutdown 05-100 – Elec. Shock Hazard-Do Not Touch Terminals 05-101 – Elec. Shock Hazard-If Ground Fault is Indicated 05-346 – Elec. Shock Hazard-Line and Load May be Energized 02-210 – PV AC Disconnect System Label 05-338 – Caution: Solar Point of Connection 05-211 – Dual Power Sources-Utility and PV Electric Systems 05-412 – Inverter Output-Do Not Relocate 03-344 – PV Solar Breaker-Do Not Relocate 02-314 – Warning: Photovoltaic Power Source (conduit)

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10

188-09245

Multiple PV DC String Inverter Label Kit (order one kit per inverter, and also order the PV AC Label Kit for AC specific labels)

1 1 1 1 1 10

188-09246

02-317 – PV System Equipped with Rapid Shutdown 02-210 – PV AC Disconnect System Label 05-338 – Caution: Solar Point of Connection 05-211 – Dual Power Sources-Utility and PV Electric Systems 05-412 – Inverter Output-Do Not Relocate 03-344 – PV Solar Breaker-Do Not Relocate 05-355 – PV System Combiner Panel-Do Not Add Loads 02-314 – Warning: Photovoltaic Power Source (conduit)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10

188-09244

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Thermal-Transfer Printers

The HellermannTyton TT230MC desktop thermal-transfer printer is designed for printing safety and identification signs and labels up to 4" wide. Use black or white printer ink ribbons to print on blank continuous vinyl material. This printer also incorporates a cutter that automatically cuts the labels as they are printed, saving time in the field. An optional hard-shell case and battery pack are also available to enable operation on a jobsite.

Tools

HellermannTyton

The TT230MC Starter Kit includes the printer, plus a sturdy hard-shell case, white and black ribbons, the label caddy, and TagPrint Pro 3.0 label design software.

The portable HellermannTyton TT130MC enables shop or jobsite printing of all current solar and safety warning labels. Prints on 250’ continuous vinyl rolls of material up to 2” wide using continuous black or white printer ink ribbon. Values can also be printed on rolls of preprinted labels where site-specific information such as voltage and current values need to be added. The printer has an Ethernet port, allowing connection to a network or wireless router, and includes a label caddy and integrated label cutter.

The TT130MC Starter Kit includes the printer, a hard case that can accommodate two TT130MC units, white and black print ink ribbons, the label caddy, and the TagPrint 3.0 label design software. The TagPrint Pro 3.0 software is required for using the printer with a Windows PC. The software is preloaded with standard NEC safety-label templates and enables customization of those as well as design capability. TagPrint Pro can also be set up to print sets of consecutively-numbered labels and similar batch processes.

Thermal Transfer Printers and Accessories Description

Item code

TT230MC printer only

094-09000

White ink ribbon for TT230MC

094-09001

Black ink ribbon for TT230MC

094-09002

TT230MC Starter Kit (includes printer, software, black and white ink ribbons, and case)

094-09033

TagPrint Pro 3.0 software

094-09011

Hard-shell case for TT230MC

094-09012

Battery pack for TT230MC

094-09013

TagPrint Pro 3.0 software

094-09011 Blank Vinyl for Desktop Thermal Transfer Printers

Color White Yellow Red Black

Width 1" 2" 1" 2" 1" 2" 1" 2"

Roll length 250' 250' 250' 250'

Item code 094-09003 094-09004 094-09005 094-09006 094-09007 094-09008 094-09009 094-09010 188-08997

White with Orange Header

2”

250’

Orange

1”

250’

188-08998

Red Reflective

1”

250’

188-08999

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

213

Safety Labels

Blank self-adhesive 250’ continuous rolls of vinyl are available in white, black, red, and yellow with widths of 1" or 2" (4" vinyl available by special order). The vinyl material is UV stable and rated for a minimum of five years of outdoor use without significant fading or adhesive degradation.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS

Electric Vehicle Charging Stations

A charging station is a great companion to a grid-tied PV system because it extends the financial and environmental savings of solar power to transportation, directly offsetting oil consumption and vehicle exhaust. There are three categories of EV charging stations:

Level 1: This is a simple device that plugs into a 120 VAC 20 A outlet. It looks like a conventional AC outlet but with one blade turned 90°. Typically delivered with the vehicle from the dealer or manufacturer, Level 1 charging stations are limited to a maximum of 2 kW and take 10 to 20 hours to fully charge an all-electric car.

Level 2: These charging stations are typically hardwired into a 240 VAC 40 A circuit and range in output from 6 to 12 kW. Level 2 charging stations can fully charge an electric vehicle in 3 to 8 hours. Installed on a dedicated circuit, they feed power to the vehicle’s built-in charger through an SAE J1772 plug that resembles the nozzle of a gas pump. Most residential and commercial charging stations currently available are Level 2.

Level 3: This is a high-powered charger that delivers 20 kW or more of 300+ VDC power directly to the EV battery. These chargers require three-phase power and a large commercial service panel. Level 3 CHAdeMO connectors are an option on the Nissan Leaf and other electric vehicles, but Level 3 charging stations are best suited for commercial vehicle and fleet applications due to their size and cost. Federal and state tax credits may be available to lower the cost of equipment and installation of charging stations.

Schneider Electric

Schneider Electric offers a suite of electric vehicle charging stations for both residential and commercial applications. These Level 2 charging stations can charge most EV batteries in 3 to 8 hours via the standard SAE J1772 compliant output plug, which fits the receptacles of the most popular EVs and Plug-in HybridElectric Vehicles such as the Nissan Leaf, Chevy Volt, and Toyota’s new plug-in Prius.

The Schneider EVlink charging stations also feature a user-friendly interface, integrated ground fault protection, and automatic restart following a corrected ground fault or temporary loss of power. EV230WS

RFID-accessible versions are available for all outdoor rated EVlink charging stations. This enables the user to set up and manage up to 480 users for each charging station by issuing authentication cards. Authentication cards and associated pin numbers can be activated or inactivated for each charging station using the handheld programmer For maximum output, installation will require a 240 VAC source with a 40 A two-pole circuit breaker capable of a 30 A continuous load per charging unit. Dual chargers require twice the current or two separate circuits.

EVlink Wall-Mounted Level 2 Charging Stations

These charging stations mount on the wall of a garage or outdoors on the side of a building. Installation with a standard 240 VAC socket and plug can be used to keep the unit portable, but be sure to check with your local code inspector as some jurisdictions have additional requirements for these outlets. RFID access is only available on the outdoor version, which also features a NEMA 3R weatherproof enclosure. Listed to UL 2594, 2231, 991, 1998, and 2251. EV230WSRR

Schneider Electric EVlink Wall Mounted EV Charging Stations Model

214

Description

Item code 089-01500

EV230WS

Indoor-only 208 or 240 VAC

EV230WSR

Outdoor 208 or 240 VAC

089-01501

EV230WSRR

Outdoor 208 or 240 VAC with RFID access

089-01504

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These NEMA 3R rated outdoor Level 2 charging stations can be deployed in parking spaces or dedicated EV charging areas. Both the single and dual output versions are available with RFID access to ensure security. Listed to UL 2594, 2231, 991, 1998, and 2251. Schneider Electric EVlink Pedestal EV Charging Stations Model EV230PSR

EV230PDR

Description

Item code

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC single output

089-01502

EV230PDR

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC dual output

089-01503

EV230PSRR

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC single output with RFID Access

089-01505

EV230PDRR

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC dual output with RFID Access

089-01506

EVlink RFID Accessories

RFID-accessible EV Link models enable the user to set up and manage up to 480 users for each charging station by issuing authentication cards. Authentication cards and associated pin numbers can be activated or inactivated for each charging station using the handheld programmer. Scheider Electric EVlink RFID Accessories Model EVRFIDHP EVRFIDKF-10

Description

Item code

RFID Handheld programmer

089-01507

RFID Authentication cards, Pack of 10

089-01508

EVlink Level 2 Cloud Connected Charging Stations EVRFIDHP

These outdoor charging stations are similar to the other EVlink NEMA 3R rated outdoor Level 2 charging stations but offer cellular communication with the ChargePoint速 network to process contactless credit card or ChargePoint速 card payments. These stations also feature a backlit color LCD screen to facilitate payment and charging instructions. At least one gateway unit is required to facilitate the cellular network connection. The gateway unit will then network each non-gateway station within a 150' line-of-sight range. An EVNETCOMM service plan is required for each station output (dual-output stations require two service plans). The service plans enable centralized management of the charging stations and facilitate pricing updates, payment options, reservations, advertising and revenue reporting. Schneider Electric EVlink Outdoor Charging Stations with ChargePoint速 Model

EV230PDRACG

Description

Item code

EV230PSRACG

Pedestal 208/240 VAC single output gateway

089-01529

EV230PSRACNG

Pedestal 208/240 VAC single output

089-01530

EV230PDRACG

Pedestal 208/240 VAC dual output gateway

089-01531

EV230PDRACNG

Pedestal 208/240 VAC dual output

089-01532

EV230WDRACG

Wall Mount 208/240 VAC dual output gateway

089-01533

Wall Mount 208/240 VAC dual output

089-01534

EVNETCOMM1

1-year Service plan

089-01535

EVNETCOMM2

2-year Service plan

089-01536

EVNETCOMM3

3-year Service plan

089-01537

ChargePoint速 payment cards, Pack of 50

089-01538

EV230WDRACNG

EVNETKF50

Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

215

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS

EVlink Pedestal-Mounted Level 2 Charging Stations

WATER PUMPS

Solar Water Pumping

Solar pumps operate anywhere the sun shines, making them ideal for an independent water supply. While energy production from solar pumps is impacted by cloudy weather, having adequate water storage and decreasing water needs during cool or rainy weather mitigates these impacts. Most solar water pumping systems operate on direct current (DC). The output of the solar power system varies throughout the day and with changes in sunlight intensity and weather conditions, requiring specialized pumps and controls that operate within a wider range of voltage and current compared to most AC pumps.

Conventional AC pumps are usually centrifugal pumps that spin at high speed to pump as many gallons per minute as possible. They also consume a large amount of power and their efficiency suffers at low speeds and when pumping against high pressure. If you run a centrifugal pump at half speed, it pumps one quarter of the volume. To minimize the size of the solar PV system required, solar pumps generally use more efficient motors and pumping mechanisms. The most efficient pumps are “positive displacement” pumps, which pump a fixed amount of water with each rotation. If it is cloudy or early morning, the pump will receive less energy and run more slowly, but with no loss of efficiency—so at half speed, it simply pumps half the amount of water at the same pressure.

To use solar energy economically, solar pumping systems typically pump more slowly than conventional well pumps (many solar pumps are designed to produce less than 6 gallons per minute) and they don’t run at all between sunset and sunrise, so an adequatelysized storage tank is usually required. Instead of pumping a large volume of water in a short time and then turning off, the solar water pump works slowly and efficiently all day to provide the same volume of water. Often, a solar pump can be used in a well with a recovery rate too slow for a conventional AC pump.

System Design

If your water sources are remote from power lines, compare the cost of a low-maintenance solar pumping system to what you would spend on a generator, with continual fuel and maintenance costs, or on a utility power-line extension. In most cases, a good solar pumping system is far more economical, which is why many non-profits and NGOs use solar pumping to provide clean water to remote villages around the world.

Submersible Pumps

If you are pumping from a well, we have solar pumps that can deliver from 1 gallon per minute to over 75 gpm at peak output.

The Aquatec SWP pumps can be powered by a PV array as small as two 50 to 100 W solar modules, or a single larger 60-cell or 72-cell module, depending on the “head” (vertical distance or elevation change) they are pumping. They can pump 500 to 1,000 gallons per day and lift water up to 230’. These pumps require service every two to four years.

If you have a higher lift, need more water, or want a pump that does not require service for 15 to 20 years, the Grundfos SQFlex pumps are a good choice. These pumps can be used in wells up to 800’ deep and can pump up to 20,000 gallons per day from shallower wells using solar modules, a fuel-powered generator, an inverter/ battery system, the utility grid, or a combination of these power sources.

Surface Pumps

Surface pumps are typically less expensive than submersible pumps and can draw water from a spring, pond, river, or tank, and push it far uphill and through long pipes to fill a storage tank or to pressurize it for home use or for irrigation, livestock, etc. The pump may be placed at ground level, or suspended in a well in some cases. All pumps are better at pushing than pulling, since the vacuum a pump can draw is limited to atmospheric pressure (about 14 psi). At sea level, a pump can be placed no higher than 10’ or 20’, depending on the type of pump, above the surface of the water source (subtract one foot per 1,000’ elevation). Most wells are much deeper than this and therefore require a submersible pump, which can push the water up to the surface. Suction piping for surface-type pumps must be oversized a bit and not allow air entrapment (much like a drain line) and should be as short as possible.

Pumps can push water very long distances through a pipe. The vertical lift and flow rates are the primary factors that determine power requirements.

216

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Many conventional AC-powered water systems pump from a well or other water source into a pressure tank that stores water and stabilizes the pressure for household use. When you turn on a tap in the house, an air-filled bladder in the tank forces the water into the pipes. When the pressure drops, a pressure switch turns on the pump, refilling and re-pressurizing the tank. This works because an AC pump delivers high volume and pressure on demand; however, this will not work with pumps operating directly from PV modules because the sun may not be shining when you want to take a long hot shower. For pumps operating directly from PV modules, a non-pressurized water tank or cistern is used to store water for use during times when the sun is not shining. If the tank can be located above the house on a hill or on a tower, gravity can supply the water pressure. Gravity water pressure can be calculated in two ways:

WATER PUMPS

Water Storage and Pressurization

Pressure (in psi) = Head (in feet) ÷ 2.31 Head (in feet) = Pressure (in psi) x 2.31

For reasonable pressure, the tank needs to be at least 40’ above the house, although to obtain a pressure of 30 psi will require about 70’ of elevation.

Calculation of Solar Power Needs

If you are using a pump driven directly by PV modules, the array’s nameplate output should be at least 20% higher than the power required by the pump to achieve the desired head and flow rate. A larger array or a tracking system can maximize the amount of time each day that full rated power is available to the pump, providing more gallons per day.

Since the pump will only draw the power it needs, it will not be damaged by oversizing the array. A larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. For instance, a 1 kW array will produce 200 W in 1/5 the amount of sunlight that you would get on a sunny day at noon.

Designing a Solar Pumping System

AEE Solar carries many types of pumps that can be used in a variety of applications. Which pump and related equipment are needed for a solar pumping system depends on many factors, including what the water source is, how much water is needed, when the water is needed, how far the water source is from another power source, etc.

If the well or other water source is close to an existing source of power, such as the utility grid or the power system of an off-grid house, it’s usually better to power the pump from that existing source rather than set up a dedicated PV array. If grid power is available, it can be used to power a water pump, and if desired, a grid-tied PV system can be installed to offset the cost of the grid power.

In off-grid situations, if the well or other water source is close to the house’s off-grid power system, it’s usually easier to power the pump using the house’s power system, either directly from the battery bank with DC, or with AC from the inverter. Additional PV modules may be needed to accommodate the pump’s energy requirement, but they can be added to the house’s PV system and used to help charge the batteries when the pump isn’t running. AEE Solar is happy to help you design a pumping system, but please have the following information ready when you call:

• Total amount of water, on average, needed in gallons per day (gpd). Because solar pumps deliver water in variable amounts due to the variable nature of sunlight, you will need to know the total daily water need. Any seasonal changes in water requirements also need to be considered. • Total head that the pump has to lift. This is the actual elevation difference between the water level in the well (or other water source) and the top of the storage tank. This is not just the length of the water line, although internal pipe friction needs to be considered if the distance is great or the pipe is small. • Solar insolation at the site. Local insolation data can be obtained using PV Watts (online) or using the charts and maps at the end of this catalog. Any shading of the potential array needs to be taken into account, along with seasonal variations.

Additional information, such as well-casing diameter, water quality, well-regeneration capacity, etc., may also be needed, depending on the specific application.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

217

System Design

Alternatively, a DC or AC pressure booster pump, powered from a battery or battery/inverter system, can be used to maintain a pressure tank as needed from a storage tank that is filled by a solar pump during the day. You must use a pressure pump that can deliver the maximum flow rate required by the house, or have a pressure tank that is large enough to make up the difference between what the pressure pump can deliver and what is required for as long as it may be required. This is called the “draw-down volume” of the pressure tank.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos Grundfos SQFlex Submersible Pumps

The Grundfos SQFlex is an industry-leading submersible pumps for water lifts of up to 800’. SQFlex pumps can be directly powered by a PV array or can be run on an inverter, generator, 48 VDC battery, utility grid, or any combination of these sources. Virtually any source of power, 30 to 300 VDC or 90 to 240 VAC, can be used to run these pumps.

SQFlex pumps feature Maximum Power-Point Tracking (MPPT) of the PV array, and can operate on a series string of PV modules with a total peak-power voltage of at least 30 VDC. Efficiency will be highest at voltages over 100 VDC (10% less efficient at 60 VDC, and 20% less efficient at 35 VDC). The motor has a maximum current draw of 8.4 A. Designed for high efficiency and reliability, the motor features integrated electronics, which eliminate the need for complicated external controls. A single motor size covers the entire pump range. The 11 different pump models available can deliver from 77 gpm at 6' of head to 3.5 gpm at 800' with a 1.6 kW or smaller solar array. Systems with even larger arrays will produce the required power with less light, extending the pump’s peak running time, and delivering more water per day.

The models 3SQF, 6SQF and 11SQF, are helical rotor pumps, for high-head applications, and will fit into a 3-1/4” ID or larger well casing (4” or larger recommended). The positive displacement helical pump ends are 3” in diameter and available in five models ranging from 3 to 11 gpm (0.68 to 2.50 m3/h) of peak output. These pumps are designed for higher head and/or lower flow requirements. The pump’s rotor is a single-twisted helix (spiral) made of hard-chromium-plated stainless steel. During operation, the rotor rotates eccentrically in a double-helical elastic stator.

Submersible Pumps

The 16SQF, 25SQF, 40SQF and 60SQF models are centrifugal pumps, for lower-head/ higher-volume applications, and will fit into a 4-1/4" ID or larger well casing (5” or larger recommended).

The SQFlex pumps have built-in protection from dry-running, overloading, and overheating. A dryrunning sensor is integrated in the pump’s wire lead, about 18” above the pump. However, this sensor only has a differential of about 1” in water level, and should not be used as the primary dry-run system in wells that consistently run low on water. A separate water level pump control should be used, which will allow longer on/off cycling periods if he well runs dry often. Helical Rotor Versions

While these pumps were designed to pump water from wells, they can also be installed in tanks or cisterns to pump water further uphill, provided that they are installed inside of a 4” or 6” pipe sleeve to providedproper cooling water flow. Grundfos makes several accessories for these pumps (see next page for details).

SQFlex pumps have a 2-year warranty from the date of purchase. A 5-year extended warranty is available. These pumps cannot be used in GFDI protected AC circuits.

Centrifugal Versions

218

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SQFlex controls can be combined if you need more features than one control can provide.

CU 200 Interface Box

The CU 200 Interface Box communicates with the pump and monitors operating conditions. Built-in diagnostics indicate faults and dry-running, as well as display operating status, power consumption, and water level switch input. The water Level Switch interfaces with the CU 200 control to turn off the pump when the tank is full. Since the CU 200 control circuit uses only 15 mA, the water level switch can be located in a tank as far away as 2,000â&#x20AC;&#x2122; from the pump, using a minimum 18 AWG two-conductor wire. Shielded cable is recommended to minimize the potential for voltage surges due to lightning (see the Wire and Cable section for shielded wire). The CU 200 is covered by a standard 2-year warranty.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos SQFlex Optional Controls

The IO 50 Switch Box includes cable terminations and a simple manual on/off switch that interfaces between a solar array and the pump to allow you to turn off the high-voltage array when servicing the pump or plumbing. This switch can also be used at the PV array, as an array disconnect switch, if the array is a long distance from the wellhead.

IO 50 Switch Box

The IO 101 AC interface box is for using AC backup on a solar pump. It must be manually switched to the AC power source, such as a generator, utility connection, or inverter. However, when the AC power stops or is disconnected, it automatically reconnects to the PV array to let the sun continue pumping. Available for either 120 VAC or 240 VAC input. The SQFlex pumps will not function with an AC GFCI in the supply circuit and should not be used where a GFCI is required.

NOTE: The IO-101 is only rated for 225 VDC, so make sure that the PV array will not exceed this voltage, even in cold weather.

Submersible Pumps

IO 101 AC Interface Box

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

219

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos SQFlex Pump and Array Sizing

To choose a pump and array size appropriate for your project, consult the table on the opposite page. The left column shows total head in feet and meters, the top row shows array wattage/number and suggested type of modules, and the boxes show seasonal pump performance and maximum flow. Select the row with the head (total lift) that most closely matches your application then move across the row to the column that contains the desired daily volume or peak flow rate. Note the pump model in that block and wattage of the PV array in that column. Table Key

60 SQF-3

← Pump model

24,885 gpd

← Estimated daily summer volume (gpd)

19,944 gpd

← Estimated daily winter volume (gpd)

42 gpm

← Peak flow rate (gpm)

NOTE: Daily volume and flow calculations in the table are based on Fresno, CA data at a 36° fixed tilt. Daily summer volume assumes 7.8 kWh/m2/day of insolation and winter volume assumes 4.7 kWh/m2/day. These figures, and therefore the volume of water delivered, will need to be adjusted to the local insolation conditions at the actual installation site. Larger PV array wattages than shown in the chart can also be used to increase water delivery quantities. Since the pump will only draw the power it needs, it will not be damaged by oversizing the array. A larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. The only requirement is that the PV array’s open-circuit voltage (corrected for low temperature) does not exceed the 300 VDC limit for the SQFlex pump (typically six to seven 60-cell modules in series (depending on maximum low temperature of the site). If more power is desired, parallel strings of PV modules can be used.

Submersible Pumps

Most solar pumping systems will provide significantly more output in Summer than in Winter. The typical flow rate is calculated at 800 W/m2 and can be up to 25% greater under bright conditions. Also, up to 40% more water can be pumped in the summer if the array is on a tracking mount. The output can vary by location and weather patterns, and is not guaranteed. Contact AEE Solar if you need help sizing your specific system. Grundfos SQFlex Pumps and Accessories Description

Item code

SQFlex 3 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01012

SQFlex 3 SQF-3 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01013

SQFlex 6 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01015

SQFlex 6 SQF-3 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01016

SQFlex 11 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01018

SQFlex 16 SQF-10 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01020

SQFlex 25 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01021

SQFlex 25 SQF-7 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01025

SQFlex 40 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01027

SQFlex 40 SQF-5 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01028

SQFlex 60 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01029

SQFlex extended 5-year warranty

075-01001

IO 50 On/Off switch

075-01038

CU 200 status, control and communications interface

075-01033

Level switch (use with CU 200 or CIU 273 only) – stops pump when tank is full

075-01042

Pressure switch – reverse-action (use with CU 200 or CIU 273 only)

075-01044

IO 101 AC interface box (115 V)

075-01036

IO 101 AC interface box (230 V)

075-01037

220

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Head

6' (2 m)

25' (8 m)

50' (15 m)

75' (23 m)

100' (30 m)

150' (46 m)

175' (53 m)

200' (61 m)

250' (76 m)

300' (91 m)

400' (122 m)

500' (152 m)

650' (198 m)

800' (244 m)

2 500 W

3 750 W

250 W 60-cell modules 4 5 1,000 W 1,250 W

6 1,500 W

7 1,750 W

Model

60 SQF-3

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2

24,885 gpd 19,944 gpd 42 gpm 40 SQF-3 13,027 gpd 9,539 gpd 24 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,582 gpd 4,287 gpd 9.6 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,580 gpd 3,410 gpd 8.0 gpm 11 SQF-2 3,606 gpd 2,639 gpd

31,609 gpd 26,177 gpd 52 gpm 40 SQF-3 20,089 gpd 15,049 gpd 35 gpm 40-SQF-5 10,139 gpd 7,001 gpd 19 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,300 gpd 5,067 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,617 gpd 4,182 gpd

37,627 gpd 31,410 gpd 61 gpm 60 SQF-3 26,345 gpd 19,889 gpd 47 gpm 40 SQF-5 14,817 gpd 10,684 gpd 27 gpm 25 SQF-7 9,221 gpd 6,691 gpd 17 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,695 gpd 5,439 gpd

42,809 gpd 35,264 gpd 68 gpm 60 SQF-3 31,950 gpd 24,146 gpd 56 gpm 40 SQF-5 19,166 gpd 13,909 gpd 35 gpm 25 SQF-7 11,832 gpd 8,624 gpd 21 gpm 11 SQF-2 7,303 gpd 6,021 gpd

46,335 gpd 38,204 gpd 73 gpm 60 SQF-3 35,680 gpd 27,295 gpd 62 gpm 40 SQF-5 22,462 gpd 16,552 gpd 40 gpm 40 SQF-5 14,602 gpd 10,184 gpd 27 gpm 25 SQF-7 10,833 gpd 7,662 gpd

49,272 gpd 40,675 gpd 77 gpm 60 SQF-3 38,605 gpd 30,149 gpd 66 gpm 40 SQF-5 25,183 gpd 18,838 gpd 44 gpm 40 SQF-5 17,381 gpd 12,345 gpd 31 gpm 25 SQF-7 12,536 gpd 9,065 gpd

Max flow

6.4 gpm

10 gpm

12 gpm

14 gpm

19 gpm

22 gpm

Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

11 SQF-2 2,897 gpd 2,085 gpd 5.3 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,454 gpd 1,851 gpd 4.5 gpm

11 SQF-2 4,769 gpd 3,435 gpd 8.3 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,041 gpd 2,903 gpd 7.2 gpm

11 SQF-2 6,145 gpd 4,807 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,675 gpd 4,198 gpd 10 gpm

16 SQF-10 7,864 gpd 5,833 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,565 gpd 5,114 gpd 12 gpm

16 SQF-10 7,693 gpd 5,664 gpd 14 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,952 gpd 5,543 gpd 12 gpm

25 SQF-7 10,006 gpd 7,055 gpd 18 gpm 16 SQF-10 7,535 gpd 5,531 gpd 13 gpm

Model

6 SQF-2

11 SQF-2

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

2,282 gpd 1,672 gpd 4.1 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,050 gpd 1,480 gpd 3.8 gpm 6 SQF-2 1,584 gpd 1,097 gpd 3.0 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,524 gpd 1,091 gpd 2.8 gpm 3 SQF-3 974 gpd 719 gpd 1.8 gpm

3,450 gpd 2,442 gpd 6.3 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,885 gpd 2,288 gpd 5.4 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,585 gpd 1,970 gpd 4.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,516 gpd 1,835 gpd 4.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,859 gpd 1,315 gpd 3.4 gpm

5,024 gpd 3,594 gpd 8.8 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,237 gpd 3,015 gpd 7.6 gpm 6 SQF-2 3,056 gpd 2,466 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,058 gpd 2,439 gpd 5.7 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,613 gpd 1,942 gpd 4.8 gpm

6,114 gpd 4,682 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,593 gpd 4,036 gpd 10 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,202 gpd 2,872 gpd 7.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,379 gpd 2,752 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,025 gpd 2,360 gpd 5.7 gpm

6,633 gpd 5,233 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,199 gpd 4,777 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,268 gpd 3,720 gpd 9.6 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,556 gpd 2,957 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,216 gpd 2,564 gpd 5.7 gpm

6,926 gpd 5,531 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,586 gpd 5,207 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,816 gpd 4,425 gpd 11 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,628 gpd 3,058 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,365 gpd 2,737 gpd 5.7 gpm

Model

3 SQF-3

6 SQF-3

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

814 gpd 585 gpd 1.5 gpm 3 SQF-3 498 gpd 316 gpd 0.9 gpm -----

1,287 gpd 987 gpd 2.4 gpm 3 SQF-3 990 gpd 692 gpd 1.9 gpm -----

2,000 gpd 1,402 gpd 3.7 gpm 3 SQF-3 1,298 gpd 1,015 gpd 2.5 gpm -----

2,593 gpd 1,902 gpd 4.9 gpm 3 SQF-3 1,470 gpd 1,170 gpd 2.6 gpm 6 SQF-3 871 gpd 470 gpd 1.6 gpm

2,857 gpd 2,212 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,149 gpd 1,473 gpd 4.1 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,325 gpd 796 gpd 2.5 gpm

3,025 gpd 2,398 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,415 gpd 1,819 gpd 4.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,741 gpd 1,111 gpd 3.4 gpm

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Submersible Pumps

125' (38 m)

Module watts X # of modules → = Array watts →

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos SQFlex Submersible Pump Selection Chart

221

WATER PUMPS

Aquatec

Aquatec SWP-4000 Submersible Pump

Submersible Pumps

The Aquatec SWP-4000 submersible pump is designed for home or livestock water needs in off-grid locations. It is a positive-displacement diaphragm pump, constructed with high-grade materials and is NSF approved for potable water use. This pump is designed to operate from any 12-30 VDC power source, including a 72-cell series array, a 60 or 72-cell module, or a 12 or 24 VDC battery bank. The pump requires about 110 W for nominal rated performance; however a larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. For PV-direct operation, an LCB pump controller should be used. Either the Aquatec APC-30-250 (see next page) or the Solar Converters PPT 12/24-7 (see page 237) can be used. The pump can also be powered from a 12 or 24 VDC battery bank. 12 VDC operation reduces water flow and production by about half of the 24 VDC rating. An LCB is not needed when the pump is powered from a battery, however a DC fuse or circuit breaker rated for 5 A should be installed in the positive conductor. The SWP-4000 can pump up to 230’ of head (elevation change from top of water surface in the well to the top of the storage tank). It measures 3.75” at its maximum diameter, so it will fit into a 4” or larger diameter well casing. It is protected from internal over-pressure and moisture intrusion by double O-rings. A rugged stainless steel outer shell provides high durability and corrosion resistance. The built-in 50-mesh stainless steel water intake screen prevents debris intrusion. It comes with a factory installed 36” cable lead (use underwater splice kit for attaching power cable). Dual-size stainless-steel outlet nipple fits 1/2” hose-barb tubing (0.50” ID) or 1/2” poly pipe (0.62” ID). Outlet pipe should be rated for at least 150 psi. The SWP-4000 is field serviceable and should be serviced after two to four years of operation (replace diaphragm, valves and motor brushes). Made in U.S.A. Warranty is 12 months from date of purchase or 18 months from date of manufacture. NOTE: The amperages in the table below represent the current drawn by the pump when running. PV array nameplate current needs to exceed these figures by at least 25%. Aquatec SWP-4000 Pump Performance Pressure

12 VDC Performance

24 VDC Performance

Head [psi]

Flow

Current draw

30 VDC Performance

Flow

Current draw

Flow

Current draw

20 ft [9 psi]

0.62 gpm [2.35 lpm]

1.3 A

1.35 gpm [5.11 lpm]

1.3 A

1.70 gpm [6.44 lpm]

1.40 A

40 ft [17 psi]

0.60 gpm [2.27 lpm]

1.6 A

1.32 gpm [5.00 lpm]

1.6 A

1.65 gpm [6.25 lpm]

1.70 A

60 ft [26 psi]

0.58 gpm [2.20 lpm]

1.8 A

1.28 gpm [4.84 lpm]

1.8 A

1.60 gpm [6.06 lpm]

1.90 A

80 ft [35 psi]

0.57 gpm [2.15 lpm]

2.0 A

1.25 gpm [4.73 lpm]

2.0 A

1.55 gpm [5.87 lpm]

2.10 A

100 ft [43 psi]

0.56 gpm [2.12 lpm]

2.3 A

1.22 gpm [4.62 lpm]

2.3 A

1.50 gpm [5.68 lpm]

2.40 A

120 ft [52 psi]

0.53 gpm [2.00 lpm]

2.5 A

1.20 gpm [4.54 lpm]

2.5 A

1.48 gpm [5.60 lpm]

2.60 A

140 ft [61 psi]

0.52 gpm [1.97 lpm]

2.6 A

1.15 gpm [4.35 gpm]

2.6 A

1.42 gpm [5.37 lpm]

2.80 A

160 ft [69 psi]

0.51 gpm [1.93 lpm]

2.8 A

1.12 gpm [4.24 lpm]

2.8 A

1.40 gpm [5.30 lpm]

3.00 A

180 ft [78 psi]

0.49 gpm [1.85 lpm]

3.1 A

1.08 gpm [4.09 lpm]

3.1 A

1.35 gpm [5.11 lpm]

3.20 A

200 ft [87 psi]

0.48 gpm [1.82 lpm]

3.3 A

1.06 gpm [4.01 lpm]

3.3 A

1.30 gpm [4.92 lpm]

3.40 A

230 ft [100 psi]

0.43 gpm [1.63 lpm]

3.5 A

1.00 gpm [3.79 lpm]

3.5 A

1.25 gpm [4.73 lpm]

3.70 A

Aquatec SWP-4000 Submersible Pump and Replacement Parts Aquatec model SWP-4000

Description

Item code 075-04850

SWP-4000 Submersible Pump SWP-4000 Replacement Parts

222

SWP4000LHA

Diaphragm kit – replacement lower housing and diaphragm assembly for SWP-4000

075-04855

SWP4000VHA

Valve kit – replacement valve assembly for SWP-4000

075-04856

SWP4000EBK

Motor-brush kit (motor end cap) – replacement motor brushes for SWP-4000

075-04857

SWP4000MTR

Motor kit - complete replacement motor for SWP-4000

075-04858

SWP4000SKA

Screen kit – replacement water-inlet strainer

075-04859

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Aquatec SWP-6000 is a larger version of the SWP-4000 model, providing all the same features while allowing for greater pumping volume from depths to 120’. This pump requires a well casing diameter of 6” or greater.

The SWP-6000 is field serviceable and should be serviced after two to four years of operation (replace diaphragm, valves and motor brushes). Made in U.S.A. Warranty is 12 months from date of purchase or 18 months from date of manufacture.

WATER PUMPS

Aquatec SWP-6000

NOTE: The amperages in the table below represent the current drawn by the pump when running. PV array nameplate current needs to exceed these figures by at least 25%. Aquatec SWP-6000 Pump Performance Pressure

12 VDC Performance

24 VDC Performance

30 VDC Performance

Flow

Current draw

Flow

Current draw

Flow

Current draw

0 ft [0 psi]

2.10 gpm [7.95 lpm]

0.80 A

4.00 gpm [15.14 lpm]

2.00 A

5.00 gpm [18.92 lpm]

2.00 A

20 ft [9 psi]

1.75 gpm [6.62 lpm]

1.70 A

3.80 gpm [14.38 lpm]

2.50 A

4.70 gpm [17.80 lpm]

2.50 A

40 ft [17 psi]

1.60 gpm [6.05 lpm]

2.30 A

3.40 gpm [12.87 lpm]

3.30 A

4.50 gpm [17.03 lpm]

3.10 A

60 ft [26 psi]

1.40 gpm [5.30 lpm]

3.00 A

3.20 gpm [12.11 lpm]

3.50 A

3.90 gpm [14.76 lpm]

3.70 A

80 ft [35 psi]

1.30 gpm [4.92 lpm]

3.50 A

3.10 gpm [11.73 lpm]

4.30 A

3.70 gpm [14.00 lpm]

4.30 A

100 ft [43 psi]

1.20 gpm [4.54 lpm]

3.90 A

2.90 gpm [11.00 lpm]

4.80 A

3.50 gpm [13.25 lpm]

4.60 A

120 ft [52 psi]

1.10 gpm [4.16 lpm]

4.40 A

2.80 gpm [10.60 lpm]

5.10 A

3.30 gpm [12.50 lpm]

5.00 A

Submersible Pumps

Aquatec SWP-6000 Submersible Pump and Replacement Parts Aquatec model SWP-6000

Description

Item code 075-04870

SWP-6000 DC Submersible Pump SWP-6000 Replacement Parts

SWP6000LHA

Diaphragm kit – replacement lower-housing diaphragm assembly for SWP-6000

075-04875

SWP6000VHA

Valve kit – replacement valve assembly for SWP-6000

075-04876

SWP6000EBK

Motor brush kit (motor end cap) – replacement motor brushes for SWP-6000

075-04877

SWP6000MTR

Motor kit - complete replacement motor for SWP-6000

075-04878

SWP6000SKA

Screen kit – replacement water-inlet strainer

075-04879

Aquatec Pump Controller

The US-made APC-30-250 Linear Current Booster & Pump Controller features high quality and innovative state-of-the-art micro-processor controlled functions. This LCB controller is designed as the interface between a DC-powered pump and any DC power source. The APC-30-250 will protect DC pumps from over-voltage, over-current, and dry-run conditions and will provide current boosting in low sunlight conditions, providing both protection and maximum water delivery. The APC-30-250 incorporates terminals for remote float switch sensing (flow or pressure) to stop pumping when the storage reservoir is full. The APC-30-250 functions to maximize daily water delivery, protect the pump, and protect the power source.

Features: • • • • • • •

NEMA 4 Weather-proof enclosure Incorporates Linear Current Booster Nominal output voltage 30 VDC and Maximum open-circuit voltage 45 VDC Maximum load current 8 A Maximum load power 250 W Terminals for remote switch (float or pressure) Dry-run protection with automatic restart at incremental intervals while the well recovers, but can also be manually reset Aquatec Pump Controller

Aquatec model APC-30-250

Description Linear Current Booster & Pump Controller For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 075-04895 223

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos Grundfos CRFlex Surface Pumps

Grundfos CRFlex solar surface pumps provide a reliable and cost-efficient solution for water systems where a conventional AC power supply is not available. The CRFlex is designed for applications such as irrigation, livestock watering, fish farming, water transfer, and pressure boosting. They can also be used to supply water and pressure for cabins, off-grid homes, or remote villages. With the addition of a suitable leaf and debris trap installed on the input, they can be used for swimming pools.

Grundfos has developed the MGFlex brushless DC motors for optimal performance using solar power for surface pump applications. In addition to a PV array, Grundfos solar surface pumps can be run from the grid or a generator providing 120 or 240 VAC. With variable speed operation and motor protection built in, Grundfos CRFlex solar surface pumps offer easy installation, virtually no maintenance, and highly efficient pumping.

The MGFlex motors provide Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) of the PV array, assuring maximum output and efficiency. The motor continuously optimizes the speed according to the input power available from the PV array. The wide voltage range enables the motor to operate at any voltage from 30-300 VDC or 90-240 VAC at 50 or 60 HZ. The 1 HP motor draws up to 880 W, with a maximum input current of 4.6 A. The 2 HP motor draws up to 1,730 W with a maximum input current of 8.9 A. Both motors have a speed range of 1,000 – 3,600 RPM.

Surface Pumps

Max suction lift is 19’ at sea level (subtract 1 foot per 1,000’ above sea level). Use a foot valve on the inlet pipe if water source is below pump level, or a check valve on the output if the water source is above the pump (flooded input). The built-in Advanced Function Module (FM 300) has connections for a dry-running sensor and/or a float switch, along with multiple analog and digital sensor inputs and outputs designed for control and alarm functions.

The MGFlex motors will cut out if the voltage falls outside the permissible voltage range, and they will restart automatically when the voltage returns to its normal operating range. No extra protection relay is required. The motor is supplied with built-in thermal protection according to IEC60034-11, for both a steady overload and a stalled condition. These pumps are not outdoor rated, so they must be protected from direct sunlight and rain. Nine models are available for heads (lift) up to 490’and max flows to 140 gallons per minute (gpm).

The Grundfos IO-50 switchbox enables manual starting and stopping of the pump in a solar-powered system, or can act as a DC disconnect switch for the PV array, while providing a connection box to join all necessary cables, and is outdoor rated.

The Grundfos IO-101 control enables the connection of a backup generator, or other AC power source, if there is insufficient solar energy to pump enough water. The switching between the PV array and the generator must be made manually, but if the generator is stopped manually or runs out of fuel, the IO 101 will automatically switch back to the PV array. Max DC voltage is 225 VDC, so make sure that the PV-array voltage does not exceed this limit in the coldest expected weather. The IO-101 comes in an outdoor-rated enclosure. The Dry-Run Sensor prevents damage to the pump if the suction prime is lost, or the water source runs dry. Grundfos CRFlex Surface Pumps Model

Max head

Max flow

Power rating

Pipe connection size

Item code

CRF 1-9

263’

17.5 gpm

1 hp

1" NPT

075-01111

CRF 1-17

492’

17 gpm

2 hp

1" NPT

075-01112

CRF 3-5

148’

29 gpm

1 hp

1" NPT

075-01113

CRF 3-11

328’

30 gpm

2 hp

1" NPT

075-01114

CRF 5-2

59’

51 gpm

1 hp

1-1/4" NPT

075-01116

CRF 5-6

181’

57 gpm

2 hp

1-1/4" NPT

075-01117

CRF 10-01

46’

82.5 gpm

1 hp

2" NPT

075-01118

CRF 10-02

82’

90 gpm

2 hp

2" NPT

075-01119

CRF 15-01

59’

141 gpm

2 hp

2" NPT

075-01121

Description

Item code

IO-50 On/Off switch

075-01038

IO-101 AC interface box (115 VAC)

075-01036

IO-101 AC interface box (230 VAC)

075-01037

Dry-run sensor for CRFlex pumps

075-01130

224

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos CRFlex Pump Performance Charts

Surface Pumps

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

225

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos CRFlex Pump Performance Charts

Surface Pumps 226

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos CRFlex Pump Performance Charts

Surface Pumps

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

227

WATER PUMPS

Aquatec Diaphragm Pumps Aquatec 550 Series Pressure Pumps

These Aquatec booster pumps provide “town pressure” for remote home water supplies where 12 or 24 VDC power is available, or the 120 VAC version can be used on remote power systems with inverters. They have a longer life and greater flow rate than other diaphragm booster pumps, and they use less than half the energy consumed by an AC jet pump.

Aquatec’s 550 pressure pumps deliver up to 4.5 gpm flow rates at pressures up to 60 psi. These pumps operate with minimal pulsations and noise and are designed for intermittent duty, though most models can be run continuously for hours at a time. They are commonly used to pressurize water from an atmospheric tank, to deliver purified water to a specific point of use, or simply to increase pressure when required. The built-in pressure switch is set for 60 psi off and 40 psi on. The pumps come with straight threaded male 1/2” fittings that snap into the quick-disconnect ports. The optional strainer is highly recommended to keep debris out of the pump and thereby prolong diaphragm life. All Aquatec 550 pressure pumps are made in the U.S.A., weigh 8 lbs each and are covered by a 1-year warranty. Aquatic 550 Pressure Pumps Model 5503-AEE-B636

Surface Pumps

5503-AEE-B736

5503-AEE-B656 25-181

Voltage 12 VDC

24 VDC

120 VAC

Flow

Operating pressure

Current draw

4.10 gpm [15.52 lpm]

30 psi

11.0 A

3.80 gpm [14.38 lpm]

40 psi

13.0 A

3.55 gpm [13.44 lpm]

50 psi

14.6 A

4.10 gpm [15.52 lpm]

30 psi

5.5 A

3.80 gpm [14.38 lpm]

40 psi

6.5 A

3.55 gpm [13.44 lpm]

50 psi

7.3 A

4.10 gpm [15.52 lpm]

30 psi

1.4 A

3.80 gpm [14.38 lpm]

40 psi

1.6 A

3.55 gpm [13.44 lpm]

50 psi

1.8 A

Item code 075-04805

075-04809

075-04813

High flow 50-mesh in-line strainer

075-04821

QTS-556

1/2" NPT male pipe fitting, straight, replacement

075-04820

QBS-554

1/2" barbed pipe fitting, straight

075-04818

QBE-554

1/2" barbed pipe fitting, 90° elbow

075-04819

Aquatec 550 Pump Replacement Parts

228

55-LHA-AEE

Lower Housing kit (Diaphragm kit)

55-VHA-AEE

075-04822

Valve Housing assembly kit (Valve kit)

075-04823

5503-1E11-B636

Upper Housing assembly kit (includes pressure switch) 12 or 24 VDC

075-04824

5503-1E11-B656

Upper Housing assembly kit (includes pressure switch) 120 VAC

075-04832

55-PHK-AEE

Complete Pump Head kit with 60 psi pressure switch (for all models)

075-04825

12VDCEBK

Motor Brush kit – 550 pumps (motor end cap with brushes) 12 VDC

075-04826

24VDCEBK

Motor Brush kit – 550 pumps (motor end cap with brushes), 24 VDC

075-04827

115VACEBK

Motor Brush kit – 550 pumps (motor end cap with brushes), 48 VAC

075-04828

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Dankoff Water Pump Matrix

Dankoff makes water pumps for a wide range of uses. Use this handy guide, and the information on the following pages for the individual models, to choose the correct pump for your needs.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Pumps

Surface Pumps

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

229

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SIP Kits™

Dankoff Pump’s Simple Independent Pumping Kits (SIP Kits™) are pre-engineered and pre-assembled stand-alone off-grid water pumping systems designed for moving and pressurizing surface water with solar panels and batteries. They are turn-key easy-to-install kits which can produce flow rates between 200 and 375 gallons per hour (gph).

They are available as PV-direct units, with or without batteries, to provide a backup water supply at night or during inclement weather. They use Dankoff’s high-efficiency SlowPumps to provide water flow of up to 6 gallons per minute (gpm) with total lifts (head) of up to 280’ (84 m or about 87 psi). Save time and the potential for error in sizing, selecting, and sourcing the various plumbing and electrical parts and save installation time by having pre-wired and pre-plumbed major system components, securely mounted inside an outdoor-rated enclosure that has pre-installed water-tight input/output connections. No time wasted fabricating an enclosure on-site. They solve the finer points of the installation process - proper system ventilation, system grounding, over-current protection, portability, battery and charge controller sizing and selection and priming of the pump.

Each kit contains a SlowPump™, a Dry-Run Switch , a SlowPump EZ Install Kit, a 10” filter kit (including mounting bracket and spanner wrench), one set of 10” replacement filters (two total), a disconnecting combiner box with external throw switch, PV-module connectors, a switch connection for automatic control (for a float switch, timer or pressure switch), a 0.6 gallon expansion tank, a pressure-relief valve, a pressure gauge, 1/2” electrical fittings, 1” electrical fittings, 1” plumbing fittings, wire, and hardware. The SIP PV-direct kits also include a pump controller (LCB), PV module(s), a choice of either a ballasted ground mount or a pole mount for the PV. Available with 1, 2, or 3 PV modules.

Surface Pumps

The SIP SP1-B battery kits also include gel-cell sealed deep-cycle batteries, a charge controller, batteryinterconnect cables, a dedicated load controller, battery-system DC circuit breakers, and a junction box to protect the electronics from water. The Small Trusted (ST) and Large Trusted (LT) models are designed for non-essential needs and have 2.5 days of back-up power. The Small Ideal (SI) and Large Ideal (LI) systems are designed for essential needs and have 4.5 days of back-up power. SIP Kits™ are available with either a ballasted ground mount (BGM) or a top-of-pole mount (TPM), for the PV modules. NOTE: Listed specifications and product appearance are subject to change. Dankoff SIP Kits™ Model SP1-BGM SP1-TPM

SlowPump model

Max lift (head)

Flow range

2507-24

140’

3.65-4.0 gpm

SP2-1-BGM

SP2-2-TPM SP2-3-BGM SP1-B-ST-BGM SP1-B-LT-BGM

SP1-B-SI-TPM SP1-B-LI-BGM SP1-B-LI-TPM

230

200’

5.59 - 6.2 gpm

Top-of-Pole

Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole 24 x 24 x 36 2.65 - 3.37 gpm

Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole Ballasted Ground

60’ 140’

Ballasted Ground

Top-of-Pole

140’ 2507-24

Top-of-Pole

Ballasted Ground

60’

SP1-B-ST-TPM SP1-B-LT-TPM

Ballasted Ground

280’

SP2-3-TPM

SP1-B-SI-BGM

Top-of-Pole

24 x 24 x 36 2607-24

Type of PV mount Ballasted Ground

60’

SP2-1-TPM SP2-2-BGM

Enclosure size (L" x W" x H")

Top-of-Pole 48 x 24 x 36

Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole

Number of Number of PV modules batteries

075-11001

one

075-11002 075-11010

one N/A two

075-11011 075-11020 075-11021 075-11030

three

075-11031

one

two

four

one

four

two

eight

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code

075-11040 075-11041 075-11050 075-11051 075-11060 075-11061 075-11070 075-11071

The Flowlight® Booster Pumps provide “town pressure” for off-grid home water supplies. They have longer life, greater flow rates, and quieter operation than diaphragm pumps, and use about half the energy consumed by an AC jet-pump running on an inverter.

The Flowlight® needs to have clean water to prevent damage to the pump head, and can also be damaged by running dry. The optional filter and Dry-Run Switch are highly recommended. To make installation easier, flexible hose connectors with 3/4” threaded adaptors are included. A pressure tank with a minimum size of 40 gallons, available at most local plumbing supply stores, is required for all Flowlight® installations. The larger the tank size, the more water is stored under pressure, allowing the pump to come on less often and run for a longer period each time. This reduces wear on the pump. Wearing parts are replaceable and typically last five to ten years. Overall life expectancy is 15-20 years. Pumps can be mounted horizontally or vertically.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Flowlight® Booster Pumps

The Standard model has the highest water flow and should be used where suction lift is less than 10’. The Standard is available with 12, 24 or 48 VDC motors for battery operation, or with a 120 VAC PM motor (300 W or larger inverter required).

The Low-Flow model has a higher pressure capacity and should be used where suction lift is over 10’ or where the suction pipe is smaller than 1” inside diameter. Maximum suction lift at sea level is 20’. Deduct 1’ for each 1,000’ above sea level. The Low-Flow models are available with 12, 24, or 48 VDC motors for battery operation. Both models are NSF approved for potable water. Flowlight® Booster pumps can also be used to pump saltwater. These pumps are 5.7”W x 16.5”L, weigh 15 lbs and are covered by a 1-year warranty.

Dankoff Flowlight® Booster Pumps and Accessories Model

Voltage

Max flow

Standard 12 VDC 2920-12

12 VDC

4.5 gpm

Standard 24 VDC 2920-24

24 VDC

4.5 gpm

Standard 48 VDC 2920-48

48 VDC

4.5 gpm

Standard 48 VDC 1/2 HP 2930-48

48 VDC

5.5 gpm

Standard 120 VAC 2920-115

120 VAC

4.5 gpm

Low Flow 12 VDC 2910-12

12 VDC

3.4 gpm

Low Flow 24 VDC 2910-24

24 VDC

3.4 gpm

Low Flow 48 VDC 2910-48

48 VDC

3.4 gpm

Pressure

Current draw

30 psi

13.0 A

50 psi

16.0 A

30 psi

6.5 A

50 psi

8.0 A

30 psi

3.25 A

50 psi

4.0 A

30 psi

3.75 A

50 psi

4.0 A

30 psi

1.7 A

50 psi

2.1 A

30 psi

10.0 A

50 psi

12.0 A

30 psi

5.0 A

50 psi

6.0 A

30 psi

2.5 A

50 psi

3.0 A

Item code 075-04125 075-04127 075-04129 075-04130 075-04131 075-04121 075-04123 075-04124

Accessories for Booster Pumps E-Z installation kit - includes an accessory tee, adjustable pressure switch, pressure gauge, check valve, drain valve, shutoff valve, and pipe nipples – EZ2900

075-04205

Dry-Run Switch for Booster pumps

075-04215

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

231

Surface Pumps

The E-Z Installation Kit includes an accessory tee, adjustable pressure switch, pressure gauge, check valve, drain valve, shutoff valve, and flexible pipe nipples. All components are copper or brass. Order filter housing and filter cartridges (30” or 10”) separately (see listings under “SlowPump™ Accessories”). The Dry-Run Switch provides automatic shut-off in case the pump runs dry, preventing costly damage to the pump head.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SlowPump™ Surface Pumps

The SlowPump™ can push water uphill as high as 450 vertical feet. It runs on very low power, with or without batteries, to supply between 200 and 2,600 gallons per day (gpd). The rotary-vane pump mechanism is housed in forged brass for durability. Because of tight tolerances, the water must be very clean, so fine filtration is required to protect the pump (10 micron filtration is recommended).

The chart below shows the gallons per minute (gpm) output from the pump and power (Watts) consumed by the pump for various vertical lifts (this is the “total head” or the lift from the water level at the source to the top of the storage tank, in actual elevation change, not simply pipe distance). The pump performance in the chart is measured at array-direct voltages. The peak power voltage of a nominal 12 VDC PV module is about 18 VDC. A battery-powered pump will have about 20% lower output and power draw because the battery is operating at a lower voltage. Flow rates are in gpm. To estimate the gallons per day delivered, multiply the gpm by 60 (minutes) to get the gallons per hour (gph) amount. Then multiply by the peak-sun-hours per day at the site location (this data is available from NREL’s PVWATTS Solar Calculator) to get the gallons per day (gpd). For PV-direct operation (without batteries), the PV-array nameplate output must exceed the required pump power by at least 20%. Oversizing the array will increase the amount of water delivered per day because a higher wattage array will enable the pump to run at full speed for more hours each day, or in cloudy weather. For example, a 100 W module will produce 50 W in half the amount of sunlight present at noon on a sunny day. The extra available power will not damage the pump as long as the array voltage is within the voltage range of the pump motor.

For array-direct operation, a linear current booster (LCB) with the required output current must be used. Determine the correct amperage rating for the LCB by dividing pump power shown below by pump voltage. (See page 228 for a selection of LCB units). For 48 VDC models, use the Solar Converters PPT 48-10 LCB listed on page 228. AC models use a low-surge permanent-magnet motor that greatly reduces starting surge, relieving stress on inverters and generators.

Surface Pumps

SlowPumps are NSF approved for pumping potable water and can also be used to pump saltwater. These pumps are 5.7” W x 15.5” L, weigh 16 lbs. and are covered by a 1-year warranty.

1/4 HP SlowPumps (model series 1300 and 2500) are available with 12, 24 or 48 VDC motors, for array-direct operation or with battery systems. Performance will be slightly lower on battery systems due to the lower operating voltage compared to PV-direct. These are also available in 120 VAC versions for inverter, generator, or grid connection. These models have 1/2” female pipe fittings. 1/2 HP SlowPumps (model series 1400 and 2600) are available with 24 or 48 VDC motors, for use with battery systems, or PV direct. Also available in 120 VAC versions for inverter, generator, or grid connection. These models have 3/4” male pipe fittings. SlowPump™ Model, Performance, and Power Requirement Vertical lift (head)

232

Model 1322 gpm W

Model 1308 gpm W

Model 1303 gpm W

Model 2507 gpm W

20’

0.51

1.25

2.50

4.00

40’

0.51

1.25

2.50

3.95

60’

0.51

1.20

2.44

3.90

104

80’

0.49

1.20

2.36

3.90

120

100’

0.49

1.20

2.33

105

3.85

144

120’

0.48

1.20

2.33

112

3.80

168

140’

0.47

1.20

2.27

128

3.65

196

160’

0.47

1.20

2.21

144

Model 2607

Model 1403

gpm

5.93

344

180’

0.47

1.18

2.11

152

5.83

376

200’

0.45

1.16

101

2.03

176

gpm

5.80

400

240’

0.44

1.14

117

1.96

188

3.38

288

5.75

468

5.59

540

280’

0.41

102

1.12

135

3.30

324

320’

0.41

120

1.10

153

3.30

360

360’

0.41

134

1.05

171

3.20

416

1.00

198

400’

0.40

150

440’

0.39

168

Model 1408 gpm

3.20

436

1.70

285

3.10

610

480’

0.25

208

1.70

304

520’

0.25

248

1.65

320

560’

0.20

272

1.60

428

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model

Power

1303 1308 1322

1/4 hp

2507

Item code 12 V PV direct or battery

24 V PV direct or battery

48 V PV direct or battery

120 VAC

075-04172

075-04174

075-04178

075-04139

075-04160

075-04162

075-04161

075-04137

075-04168

075-04170

075-04176

075-04135

075-04180

075-04182

075-04184

075-04141

1403 1408

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SlowPump™ Surface Pumps

1/2 hp

2607

075-04193

075-04195

075-04144

075-04185

075-04187

075-04142

075-04201

075-04203

075-04146

Dankoff SlowPump™ Accessories

Inline filter – This is a plastic filter housing with 3/4” female NPT inlet and outlet fittings. Filter Cartridges are sold separately.

30” Intake filter/foot valve – This filter, with a 3/4” female pipe fitting, replaces an intake strainer and foot valve in a single unit. Use in silty streams or other problem applications. A spare 30” filter cartridge is included. Dry-run switch – This switch provides automatic shut-off in case the pump runs dry. Order the correct model for the SlowPump that you are using.

Surface Pumps

Dankoff SlowPump™ Accessories Weight

Item code

Dry-run switch - for 1300 and 1400 series SlowPumps

Description

1 lbs

075-04213

Dry-run switch - for 2500 and 2600 series SlowPumps

1 lbs

075-04215

Inline filter housing - 10" with 3/4" female NPT pipe ports

3 lbs

078-01125

Filter for above housing - 10", 10-micron, Pack of 2

4 lbs

078-01131

30" filter and foot-valve assembly

3 lbs

075-04207

Filter cartridge for 30" filter assembly above , Pack of 3

6 lbs

075-04209

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

233

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SunCentric® Centrifugal Pumps

The SunCentric® Centrifugal Pumps use solar-electric power to pump as much as 50,000 gallons (200 m³) per day from shallow water sources. Applications include irrigation, livestock, domestic water, pond management, water treatment, solar water heating, hydronic space heating, hot-water circulation, and fire protection. They can tolerate silty water and deliver up to 70 gpm.

These centrifugal pumps have been in worldwide use since 1989. They can be used PV array-direct without batteries and do not require a pump controller or linear current booster (LCB). Maximum suction lift is 10 vertical feet (3 m). Use a foot valve on the intake pipe if the pump is mounted higher than the water source. For pumps mounted below the source’s water level, use a check valve on the outlet pipe to keep water from back-draining from the outlet pipe. The pump must be kept from freezing.

No routine maintenance is required. These pumps can be repaired in the field using ordinary tools and skills, without removing the pipes. They feature a cast-iron pump body with polycarbonate impeller. The included instruction manual shows illustrated repair details. For best reliability, minimize or eliminate suction lift by placing the pump low and close to the water source, minimizing the possibility of cavitation, which causes excessive wear and loss of performance.

The chart on the next page for the SunCentric® pumps is for PV-array-direct applications. Models for 12, 24, and 48 VDC batteries are available; call for information. PV-array size should exceed the pump wattage shown in the chart by at least 25%. Larger array sizing will improve pumping in low-light conditions, in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. A PV array twice the size as listed (plus 25%), will produce the pump’s rated power in one-half the amount of sunlight and can greatly enhance the quantity of water pumped per day.

Surface Pumps

The temperature limit for the standard pumps listed here is 140 °F (60 °C). The SunCentric® pumps are also available in High-Temperature models, which raise the temperature limit to 240 °F (115 °C). The High-Temperature versions have a brass impeller which reduces flow by about 15% using the same wattage. Call AEE Solar for more information on High-Temperature models. Array voltages shown are “nominal” voltages, and are based on using 36-cell modules with one (12 VDC), two (24 VDC), three (36 VDC), or four (48 VDC) per series string. 72-cell modules can be used in parallel for 24 VDC pumps, and in series strings of two for 48 VDC pumps. 12 VDC and 36 VDC pumps must use 36-cell modules.

If using 60-cell PV modules, use them in parallel for 24 VDC pumps and in series strings of two for 48 VDC pumps. Pumping speed, and water delivery, will be lower when using 60-cell modules compared to using 36-cell or 72-cell modules, due to lower operating voltage. However, daily pumping volumes can be raised by using a higher wattage 60-cell PV array. These pumps are covered by a 2-year warranty.

Dankoff SunCentric® Centrifugal Pumps Model

Nominal PV array voltage

Pump load Voltage

Current

Power

Min PV array nameplate

Item code

7212

12 VDC

15 V

19.3 A

290 W

380 W

075-04299

7322

24 VDC

30 V

9.7 A

290 W

380 W

075-04307

7324

12 VDC

15 V

6.0 A

90 W

117 W

075-04311

7325

12 VDC

15 V

7.4 A

111 W

144 W

075-04313

7424

24 VDC

30 V

16.0 A

480 W

624 W

075-04319

7442

36 VDC

45 V

3.5 A

158 W

205 W

075-04325

7444

48 VDC

60 V

8.0 A

480 W

624 W

075-04329

7445

24 VDC

30 V

3.7 A

111 W

144 W

075-04331

7446

36 VDC

45 V

6.9 A

311 W

404 W

075-04333

7521

36 VDC

45 V

16.4 A

738 W

960 W

075-04337

7526

24 VDC

30 V

24.4 A

732 W

960 W

075-04339

7622

36 VDC

45 V

19.0 A

855 W

1,120 W

075-04341

See the next page for a SunCentric® pump-curve chart to pick the correct model pump for your needs.

234

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

To use the chart below: • Use the bottom of the chart for Total Dynamic Head (TDH) in feet, and use the top of the chart for Total Dynamic Head (TDH) in meters. • Use the left side of chart for flow in gallons per minute (gpm) and use the right side for flow in liters per minute (l/m). • Locate the intersection of the lines for the required head and flow then find the pump curve that is nearest to that point. • If there is more than one curve to choose from, compare the power requirements. • The curve that goes higher will work better in low-light conditions. • For PV-Direct systems, array size (watts) is critical. Do not undersize the array. Oversizing the array will improve performance in low sunlight conditions. • Multiple pumps can be used to provide greater flow.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SunCentric® Pump Application Chart

Surface Pumps

Dankoff SunCentric® PV-Direct Application Chart Key

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

235

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Force™ Piston Pumps

The Solar Force™ piston pumps operate directly from a PV array or battery bank. They can draw water from a shallow well, pond, stream, river, or storage tank and push water up-hill (230’ maximum head), through miles of pipeline, or pressurize a water system (100 psi max; minimum 60 gallon pressure tank required). They can be used for domestic, agricultural, commercial, or industrial applications. Suction capacity is 25’ at sea level (subtract 1’ for each 1,000’ above sea level) with 5 to 9 gpm pumping capacity.

Solar Force™ pumps use less energy per gallon of water delivered than any other pump that we sell. The pump head is cast iron with a brass cylinder. These pumps have a proven design with a 20-year life, and are simple to maintain with common hand tools. Leather piston seals are easy to replace (5 to 10-year maintenance interval). The illustrated installation and repair manuals make it easy to install and service. The DC models are the most efficient, but the AC models use low-surge motors with low starting torque, reducing inverter and wire-size requirements. Available with 12, 24, or 48 VDC motors, or with 120 VAC or 230 VAC, 50-60 Hz motors. For PV-array-direct systems, a linear current booster (LCB) with the required output current is required. Use the Solar Converters LCB controllers on the LCB page of this catalog section (determine the correct amperage rating for the LCB by dividing pump power shown below by pump voltage). For pressurized systems, whether battery-powered or AC-powered, use a pressure switch and a captiveair pressure tank at least 60 gallons in size.

Solar Force™ pumps have 1.5” NPT female intake ports and 1” NPT female outlet ports. A surge tank is included and will reduce the amount of water pulsation that the pump produces. They measure about 22” x 13” x 16”, have a maximum weight of 115 lbs, ship in two boxes and are covered by a 2-year warranty.

Surface Pumps

The watt values listed in the following chart represent power used by the pump. For PV-array-direct operation, the array must be at least 20% larger. Oversizing the array further will increase the amount of water delivered per day as a larger array will enable the pump to run at full speed for more hours each day, or in cloudy weather. A tracking PV mount will also increase the amount of daily water delivery.

For example, a 560 W array will produce 280 W in half the amount of sunlight present at noon. The extra available power will not damage the pump motor or LCB as long as the array voltage doesn’t exceed the voltage range of the LCB. Dankoff Solar Force™ Piston-Pump Sizing Chart Lift (head)

236

Pressure

Model 3010 Flow

Model 3020

Power

Flow

Model 3040

Power

Flow

Power

20’

8.7 psi

5.9 gpm

77 W

5.2 gpm

110 W

9.3 gpm

168 W

40’

17.4 psi

5.6 gpm

104 W

5.2 gpm

132 W

9.3 gpm

207 W

60’

26 psi

5.3 gpm

123 W

5.1 gpm

154 W

9.2 gpm

252 W

80’

35 psi

5.2 gpm

152 W

5.1 gpm

182 W

9.2 gpm

286 W

100’

43 psi

5.1 gpm

171 W

5 gpm

202 W

9.1 gpm

322 W

120’

52 psi

4.9 gpm

200 W

5 gpm

224 W

9.1 gpm

364 W

140’

61 psi

4.9 gpm

226 W

5 gpm

252 W

9.1 gpm

403 W

160’

70 psi

4.9 gpm

269 W

180’

78 psi

4.9 gpm

280 W

200’

86 psi

4.8 gpm

308 W

220’

95 psi

4.7 gpm

314 W

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model

Operating voltage

Power source

Item code

3010-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04265

3010-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04267

3010-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04268

3020-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04271

3020-12PV

12 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04273

3020-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04275

3020-24PV

24 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04277

3020-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04279

3020-48PV

48 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04281

3020-120VAC

120 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04269

3020-230VAC

230 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04282

3040-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04285

3040-12PV

12 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04287

3040-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04289

3040-24PV

24 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04291

3040-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04293

3040-48PV

48 VDC

PV array-direct

075-04295

120 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04283

230 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04284

Surface Pumps

3040-120VAC 3040-230VAC

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Force™ Piston Pumps

Dankoff Solar Force™ Piston Pump Accessories & Parts

The Solar Force™ Easy Installation Kit contains: Brass Manifold, Ball Valve, Check Valve, Pressure Gauge, Pressure Switch, Hose Bibb, and Fittings.

Use the empty tank float switch, 11002, to turn the pump off if the tank or cistern that the pump is drawing water from runs dry. Use the full-tank float switch, 11003, to turn the pump off when the tank it is pumping into gets full. Both switches can be used on the same pump by wiring them in series. The basic repair parts kits, 3521 & 3522, contain: one packing kit, and one set each of water-box gaskets, neoprene valve discs, valve springs w/washers & cotter pins, and one set of cup leathers.

Long-term repair kits are available that contain two packing kits, one drive belt, one pair of motor brushes, one brass cylinder, three pairs of cup leathers, and two water-box gaskets, valve springs w/ washers & cotter pins, and eight neoprene valve discs, (does not include oil). These kits are specific for each model of Solar Force™ pump. Contact AEE Solar for more information. Dankoff Solar Force™ Piston Pump Accessories and Parts Model

Description

Item code

Easy-install kit for Solar Force™ piston pumps

075-04248

11002

Float-switch kit for LCB - empty-tank shutoff

075-04217

11003

Float-switch kit for LCB - full-tank shutoff

075-04218

11023

Pressure switch, heavy-duty 1HP DC rated

075-04297

3513

Quart of food-grade 30wt non-toxic oil

075-10380

3521

Basic repair kit for 3010/3020 models

075-10250

3522

Basic repair kit for 3040 models

075-10251

EZ3000

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

237

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solaram™ Diaphragm Pumps

Solaram™ diaphragm pumps use industrial-grade, high-pressure, multiple-diaphragm pump heads, and permanent-magnet motors for either 24 VDC array-direct or battery operation, or 120 VDC (nominal) array-direct operation. Solaram™ pumps can be used for most pumping applications.

The Solaram™ is Dankoff’s most powerful surface pump. They can draw water from a shallow well, pond, stream, river or storage tank. They can push water very high uphill (960’ maximum head), through miles of pipeline, or pressurize water systems (415 psi max; minimum 60 gallon pressure tank required).

Suction capacity is 20’ at sea level (subtract 1’ for each 1,000’ above sea level). With 2.5-9 gpm of pumping capacity, Solaram pumps can supply up to 5,400 gallons per day (gpd), while using less power than any other pump in its range. They start pumping even in low light conditions. These pumps are rugged and reliable, as well as dirt and dry-run tolerant. They feature multiple-diaphragm industrial construction, a cast-aluminum body, ball bearings, and permanent-magnet motors. An oil change (non-toxic oil) and diaphragm replacement are required for every two years of continuous use, but these pumps otherwise have a 20-year life expectancy. A pressure-relief valve is included.

For array-direct operation at 24 VDC, use 36-cell PV modules in strings of two to get the total power needed, or use 60-cell or 72-cell modules in parallel. For array-direct operation at 120 VDC, use ten 36-cell modules in series, five 72-cell modules in series, or six 60-cell modules in series. Add module strings in parallel if more power is needed. As with other array-direct pumps, the PV array needs to be sized at least 20% larger than the pump watts, and even larger arrays can be used to extend pumping in lower light conditions. An 11053 or 11054 linear current booster (LCB) is required to prevent stalling in low light conditions. LCB’s for 120 VDC Solaram™ pumps are custom built by special order. Contact AEE Solar for more information.

Surface Pumps

Solaram pumps can develop pulsating water pressure up to 400 psi, so the piping system must be designed for high-pressure use; a rating of at least 600 psi is recommended for the first 200’ or more of head (this generally requires steel pipe). The pulsation and pressure diminishes as the pipe climbs the hill, so pipe with a lower pressure rating can often be used closer to the output.

Suction capacity is 25’ at sea level (subtract 1’ for each 1,000’ above sea level). Fittings are 1”-1.25” on the intake, and 1” on the outlet. Dimensions are 28”W x 16.5”H x 16”D, weight is 150 lbs (max, depending on model) and they are covered by a 1-year warranty. Dankoff Solaram™ Diaphragm Pump-Sizing Total head

↓

238

Last 2 digits of model number ↓ Model _ _ 21

Model _ _ 22

Model _ _ 23

Model _ _ 41

Model _ _ 42

Model _ _ 43

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

0-80'

3.0 gpm

170 W

3.7 gpm

207 W

4.6 gpm

285 W

6.2 gpm

258 W

7.5 gpm

339 W

9.4 gpm

465 W

120'

2.9 gpm

197 W

3.7 gpm

238 W

4.5 gpm

319 W

6.0 gpm

305 W

7.3 gpm

396 W

9.1 gpm

539 W

160'

2.9 gpm

225 W

3.6 gpm

268 W

4.5 gpm

352 W

5.8 gpm

354 W

7.2 gpm

453 W

8.9 gpm

619 W

200'

2.9 gpm

247 W

3.6 gpm

296 W

4.5 gpm

388 W

5.7 gpm

400 W

7.1 gpm

513 W

8.9 gpm

693 W

240'

2.8 gpm

265 W

3.6 gpm

327 W

4.5 gpm

427 W

5.6 gpm

453 W

7.0 gpm

572 W

8.6 gpm

724 W

280'

2.8 gpm

286 W

3.6 gpm

356 W

4.4 gpm

466 W

5.5 gpm

499 W

6.9 gpm

628 W

8.4 gpm

801 W

320'

2.8 gpm

315 W

3.5 gpm

388 W

4.4 gpm

496 W

5.4 gpm

548 W

6.8 gpm

686 W

8.3 gpm

869 W

360'

2.8 gpm

342 W

3.5 gpm

416 W

4.4 gpm

536 W

5.4 gpm

592 W

6.6 gpm

733 W

8.2 gpm

927 W

400'

2.7 gpm

363 W

3.4 gpm

450 W

4.4 gpm

572 W

5.3 gpm

649 W

6.5 gpm

782 W

8.7 gpm 1,122 W

480'

2.7 gpm

416 W

3.4 gpm

505 W

4.3 gpm

649 W

5.3 gpm

717 W

6.5 gpm

900 W

8.5 gpm 1,265 W

560'

2.7 gpm

456 W

3.3 gpm

570 W

4.3 gpm

693 W

5.2 gpm

800 W

6.5 gpm 1,045 W 8.4 gpm 1,397 W

640'

2.7 gpm

502 W

3.3 gpm

623 W

4.2 gpm

774 W

5.1 gpm

893 W

6.5 gpm 1,116 W 8.2 gpm 1,540 W

720'

2.6 gpm

551 W

3.2 gpm

690 W

4.1 gpm

856 W

6.4 gpm 1,287 W 8.1 gpm 1,683 W

800'

2.6 gpm

589 W

3.2 gpm

715 W

4.1 gpm

931 W

880'

2.6 gpm

647 W

3.2 gpm

774 W

960'

2.6 gpm

705 W

3.1 gpm

838 W

8.0 gpm 1,815 W

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

First 2 digits of model # ↓

81_ _ 24 V

82_ _ 24 V

83_ _ 120 V

85_ _120 V

Model

Item code

Model

8121-24

075-08121

8342-120

8122-24

075-08122

8343-120

8123-24

075-08123

8543-120

8141-24

075-08140

8142-24

075-08142

8143-24 8221-24

DC voltage

24 VDC

DC voltage

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solaram™ Diaphragm Pumps Item code 075-08342 120 VDC

075-08343 075-08543

075-08143 075-08221

8222-24

075-08222

8223-24

075-08223

8241-24

075-08241

8242-24

075-08242

8243-24

075-08243

Dankoff Solaram™ Diaphragm Pump Accessories and Parts

Dankoff Solaram Accessories Dankoff model #

Description

Item code

11053

30 Amp Solaram™ LCB controller for 24 VDC models

075-08560

11054

10 Amp Solaram™ LCB controller for 120 VDC models

075-08561

11056

Heat sink and diode kit for combining like PPT controllers in parallel

075-08562

11002

Float-switch kit for LCB - empty-tank shutoff

075-04217

11003

Float-switch kit for LCB - full-tank shutoff

075-04218

11044

Foot valve, 1 ¼" lead-free bronze w/ stainless-steel screen

075-08570

11045

Foot valve, 2" lead-free bronze w/ stainless-steel screen

075-08571

11017

Check valve, lead-free bronze, 3/4"

075-08572

11025

Check valve, lead-free bronze , 1"

075-08573

11100

Check valve, lead-free bronze, 2"

075-08574

3513

Quart of food-grade 30wt non-toxic oil

075-10380

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

239

Surface Pumps

Choose the correct Linear Current Booster (LCB), 11053 or 11054, based on the voltage of the pump motor. Use the Empty-Tank Float Switch, 11002, to turn the pump off if the tank or cistern that the pump is drawing water from runs dry. Use the Full-Tank Float Switch, 11003, to turn the pump off when the tank it is pumping into gets full. Both switches can be used on the same pump if wired in series.

WATER PUMPS

Water Pumping Accessories Linear Current Boosters for DC Pumps

Linear current boosters from Solar Converters Inc. are used in solar-direct pumping applications. They can achieve a 30-90% increase in water pumped compared to connecting the pump directly to the solar modules. The pump motor will last longer as well because the LCB will keep the motor from stalling in low-light conditions. These LCB’s are covered by a 1-year warranty. 90 and 120 VDC LCB units that can operate 12, 24, 36 and 48 VDC pumps from several modules in series are available by special order. These can be useful when the array must be a long distance from the motor as they allow smaller-gauge wire since the current is reduced. The wire savings alone can offset the cost of the controller. Call AEE Solar for details. All units have terminals for connection of a float or pressure switch. Use a “reverse-action” switch to turn the pump off when the storage tank is full. Solar Converters Inc. Linear Current Boosters Model

DC array voltage (nominal)

Max DC current

Item code

075-00124

12 or 24 VDC

10 A

075-00125

30 A

075-00128

PPT 12/24-7 PPT 12/24-10 PPT 12/24-30 PPT 48-10

48 VDC

PPT 48-20

10 A

075-00136

20 A

075-00137

Pump Accessories

PPT 90-12

90 VDC

12 A

075-00141

PPT 180-10

120 VDC

10 A

075-08561

Float Switch SPDT Float Switch

This SPDT float switch can be used to turn a pump on and off in tank-filling or tank-emptying operation, depending on which two of the three wires are connected.

Contacts located in the float will switch at 12° above and below horizontal. Use a pipe clamp or cable tie to secure the cable to a pipe or weight in tank. The length of cable from clamp to float determines the difference between turn-on level and turn-off level. Maximum amp rating is 5 A. For larger pumps, use the float switch to turn a relay on and off and let relay contacts control the pump. This switch can also be used with LCBs and other pump controllers that have float switch contacts. These mercury-free switches are safe for domestic water systems and are covered by a 2-year warranty. SPDT Float Switch Description Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) float switch

240

Maximum amps

Item code

075-05270

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The High Lifter Water-Powered Pump is designed to move water uphill without using gasoline or electricity. Positioned below the water source (see figure, below), the High Lifter uses gravity-induced pressure to lift water up to nine times the head (See performance chart, below). With adequate water and pressure, it can pump up to 1,500 gallons of water per day as high as 300’, or it can pump 200 gallons per day as high as 1,000’. It can also pump smaller amounts on as little as one quart per minute of source water, and can pump to lower elevations with as little as a 30’ drop from the water source.

WATER PUMPS

High Lifter Water-Powered Pumps

It is self-starting and requires no lubrication, priming, or tuning, and is quiet compared to gas engine pumps. Due to its light weight, ease of installation, and lack of fuel requirements, it is ideally suited for hilly or remote terrain. Simply run a pipe downhill to your High Lifter from a pond, stream, or spring, lay out a pipe to your high tank, and start pumping. Designed to be installed and maintained by the user with basic hand tools, the High Lifter requires little attention, other than filter cleaning, for years of service. Depending on how clean the water source is, a High Lifter can operate continuously for up to three years between piston replacements; longer if the inlet water is processed through a settling tank to remove grit. The High Lifter can be used for domestic water pumping, irrigation, range cattle and similar applications. All High Lifter parts are made from stainless steel, Teflon and polyethylene.

Both models of the High Lifter pump are 26” long. 1-year warranty on materials and workmanship. High Lifter Water-Powered Pumps Model

Pump ratio

Max output/day

Max net lift

Max total lift

Item code

H44

4.5:1

1,500 gal

440’

580’

076-09002

H49

9:1

750 gal

1,000’

1,140’

076-09005

Rebuild kit for H44 High Lifter - 4.5:1

076-09118

Rebuild kit for H49 High Lifter - 9:1

076-09124

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

241

Water-Powered Pump

As illustrated in the chart, the High Lifter responds to both inlet and output pressure. Increasing the elevation between the pump and the water source will increase pressure and/or flow rate. Conversely, if the outlet is too high relative to the water source, the pump may stall. Stalling will not damage the pump, but no water will be delivered. To determine how much water will be pumped, find the net lift for either the 4.5:1 or 9:1 pump on the left side of the performance chart. Move across the graph horizontally to the right until you cross the curve for the fall (inlet pressure). From the point where lift and fall cross, move vertically down to the bottom of the graph and read the “Delivery (gal/ day)” for the type of pump being used. To get this delivery amount, the input flow to the pump must be equal to or greater than the “Flow (gal/min)” at the top of the graph in line with the point where the lift and fall lines cross. If the input flow is less than this number, the output will be correspondingly lower.

Reference Reference

Maximum Ampacities for Wire

The table below shows allowable ampacities of conductors (wires) in conduit, raceway, and cable or directly buried, in an ambient temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). National Electrical Code (NEC) allows rounding up cable ampacity to the next size standard fuse or breaker.

For ambient temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown at right by the correction factor listed under the insulation temperature rating below. Maximum Ampacity of Copper and Aluminum Conductors at 30 °C Wire size

Copper conductor-temperature rating (A)

Aluminum conductor-temperature rating (A)

75 °C (167 °F)

90 °C (194 °F)

14 AWG

20 A

25 A

12 AWG

25 A

30 A

20 A

25 A

10 AWG

35 A

40 A

30 A

35 A

8 AWG

50 A

55 A

40 A

45 A

6 AWG

65 A

75 A

50 A

60 A

4 AWG

85 A

95 A

65 A

75 A

2 AWG

115 A

130 A

90 A

100 A

1 AWG

130 A

150 A

100 A

115 A

1/0 AWG

150 A

170 A

120 A

135 A

1 1 1

75 °C (167 °F)

90 °C (194 °F)

Maximum Ampacities for Wire

2/0 AWG

175 A

195 A

135 A

150 A

3/0 AWG

200 A

225 A

155 A

175 A

4/0 AWG

230 A

260 A

180 A

205 A

NEC specifies that the overcurrent-protection device not exceed 30 A for 10 AWG wire, 20 A for 12 AWG wire, and 15 A for 14 AWG wire. 1

Temperature-Correction Factors for Ampacity Temperature range 31-35 °C

242

87-95 °F

75 °F insulation

90 °F insulation

0.94

0.96

36-40 °C

96-104 °F

0.88

0.91

41-45 °C

105-113 °F

0.82

0.87

46-50 °C

114-122 °F

0.75

0.82

51-55 °C

123-131 °F

0.67

0.76

56-60 °C

132-140 °F

0.58

0.71

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use this table to determine cable size and fuse or breaker size for common battery-based inverter models. Smaller cable sizes can be used if fuse or breaker size is reduced, but this can cause nuisance-tripping if the inverter is running near its maximum output. Larger cables may be necessary if the distance from the inverter to the battery is greater than 10'.

Use this table to choose the correct inverter breaker or fuse size required when choosing a pre-assembled power center that contains an over-current protection device (fuse or circuit breaker). Examples are MidNite Solar’s E-Panels, Magnum Energy’s MP and MMP panels, and OutBack Power’s FLEXware power centers.

Reference

Recommended Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection

AEE Solar stocks battery-to-inverter cables in 2, 2/0 and 4/0 AWG.

Cable and Overcurrent Protection Sizing Inverter input voltage

12 VDC

48 VDC

Max inverter input

300 W

40 A

600 W

80 A

Circuit breaker

Recommended wire size

50 A

4 AWG

110 A

100 A

2 AWG

Fuse size

800 W

107 A

110 A

2 AWG

1,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

1,500 W

200 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

2,000 W

265 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

2,400 W

320 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

2,500 W

334 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

2,800 W

382 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

3,000 W

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

600 W

40 A

50 A

6 AWG

Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection

24 VDC

Continuous watts

800 W

54 A

70 A

75 A

4 AWG

1,000 W

67 A

80 A

75 A

2 AWG

1,500 W

100 A

110 A

2/0 AWG

2,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

2,400 W

160 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

2,500 W

167 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

3,000 W

200 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

3,500 W

230 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

4,000 W

265 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

3,000 W

100 A

110 A

2/0 AWG

3,600 W

120 A

200 A

125 A

2/0 AWG

4,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

4,500 W

155 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

5,500 W

185 A

200 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

6,800 W

200 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

8,000 W

270 A

400 A

175 A (2 each)

2/0 AWG (2 each)

These amperages exceed the capacity of a 250 A breaker and 4/0 AWG cable. Use two 2/0 AWG cables with two 175 A breakers if possible, or reduce loads to prevent tripping the breaker or blowing the fuse. *

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

243

Wire Loss Tables for 12 VDC and 24 VDC Systems Reference

Use this table to determine the maximum distance from power source to load for 2% voltage drop. If a 4% loss is acceptable, the distance can be doubled, but do not exceed 2% drop for wire between PV modules and batteries. A 4% to 5% loss is acceptable between batteries and lighting circuits in most cases. Note that a 24 VDC array can be placed much further from the battery bank than a 12 VDC array of the same wattage size because the voltage is doubled and the current is cut in half. This increases distance by a factor of four with the same wire gauge. 12 VDC System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

2% voltage drop 1A

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

456'

720'

22.5'

35'

57.5'

90'

145'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,060'

10'

17.5'

27.5'

45'

72.5'

114'

180'

290'

360'

580'

7.5'

12'

17.5'

30'

47.5'

75'

120'

193'

243'

380'

5.5'

8.5'

15'

22.5'

35.5'

57'

90'

145'

180'

290'

10 A

4.5'

12'

18'

28.5'

45.5'

72.5'

115'

145'

230'

15 A

4.5'

12'

19'

30'

48'

76.5'

96'

150'

20 A

3.5'

5.5'

14.5'

22.5'

36'

57.5'

72.5'

116'

Wire Loss Tables

25 A

1.8'

2.8'

4.5'

11.5'

18'

29'

46'

58'

92'

30 A

1.5'

2.4'

3.5'

9.5'

15'

24'

38.5'

48.5'

77'

40 A

2.8'

4.5'

11.5'

18'

29'

36'

56'

50 A

2.3'

3.6'

5.5'

14.5'

23'

29'

46'

100 A

2.9'

4.6'

7.2'

11.5'

14.5'

23'

150 A

4.8'

7.7'

9.7'

15'

200 A

3.6'

5.8'

7.3'

11'

AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

24 VDC System Maximum Wire Runs 8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

2% voltage drop

244

90'

140'

230'

360'

580'

912'

1,440'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

456'

720'

1,160'

1,440'

2,120'

20'

35'

55'

90'

145'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,160'

15'

24'

35'

60'

95'

150'

240'

386'

486'

760'

11'

17'

30'

45'

71'

114'

180'

290'

360'

580'

10 A

14'

24'

36'

57'

91'

145'

230'

290'

460'

15 A

14'

24'

38'

60'

96'

153'

192'

300'

20 A

11'

18'

29'

45'

72'

115'

145'

232'

25 A

3.6'

5.6'

14'

23'

36'

58'

92'

116'

184'

30 A

4.8'

12'

19'

30'

48'

77'

97'

154'

40 A

5.6 '

14'

23'

36'

58'

72'

112'

50 A

4.6'

7.2'

11'

18'

29'

46'

58'

92'

100 A

5.8'

9.2'

14.4'

23'

29'

46'

150 A

9.6'

15.4'

19.4'

30'

200 A

7.2'

11.6'

14.6'

22'

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use these tables to determine the maximum distance one-way in feet of two-conductor copper wire from power source to load for 2% voltage drop in 48 VDC and 120 VDC system wiring. You can go twice the distance where a 4% loss is acceptable but do not exceed 2% drop for wire between PV modules and batteries. A 4 to 5% loss is acceptable between batteries and lighting circuits in most cases. 48 VDC System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

Reference

Wire Loss Tables - 48 V and 120 V

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

2% voltage drop 1A

180'

280'

460'

720'

1,160'

1,824'

2,880'

90'

140'

230'

360'

580'

912'

1,440'

2,320'

2,880'

4,240'

40'

70'

110'

180'

290'

456'

720'

1,160'

1,440'

2,320'

30'

48'

70'

120'

190'

300'

480'

772'

972'

1,520'

22'

34'

60'

90'

142'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,160'

10 A

18'

28 '

48'

72'

114'

182'

290'

460'

580'

920'

12'

18'

28'

48'

76'

120'

192'

306'

384'

600'

20 A

14'

22'

36'

58'

90'

144'

230'

290'

464'

25 A

7.2'

11.2'

18'

28'

46'

72'

116'

184'

232'

368'

30 A

9.6'

14'

24'

38'

60'

96'

154'

194'

308'

40 A

11.2'

18'

28'

46'

72'

116'

144'

224'

9.2'

14.4'

22'

36'

58'

92'

116'

184'

11.6'

18.4'

28.8'

46'

58'

92'

150 A

19.2'

30.8'

38.8'

60'

200 A

14.4'

23.2'

29.2 '

44'

120 VDC System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

450'

700'

1,150'

1,800'

2,900'

4,560'

7,200'

225'

350'

575'

900'

1,450'

2,280'

3,600'

5,800'

7,200'

10,600'

100'

175'

275'

450'

725'

1,140'

1,800'

2,900'

3,600'

5,800'

75'

120'

175'

300'

475'

750'

1,200'

1,930'

2,430'

3,800'

55'

85'

150'

225'

355'

570'

900'

1,450'

1,800'

2,900'

10 A

45'

70'

120'

180'

285'

455'

725'

1,150'

1,450'

2,300'

15 A

30'

45'

70'

120'

190'

300'

480'

765'

960'

1,500'

20 A

20'

35'

55'

90'

145'

225'

360'

575'

725'

1,160'

25 A

18'

28'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

460'

580'

920'

30 A

15'

24'

35'

60'

95'

150'

240'

385'

485'

770'

40 A

28'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

360'

560'

50 A

23'

36'

55'

90'

145'

230'

290'

460'

100 A

18'

29'

46'

72'

115'

145'

230'

150 A

48'

77'

97'

150'

200 A

36'

58'

73'

110'

2% voltage drop

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

245

Wire Loss Tables

50 A 100 A

Solar Insolation Reference

This table shows solar insolation in kilowatt-hours per square meter per day in many U.S. locations, known as â&#x20AC;&#x153;sun-hours" per day. To find average sun-hours per day in your area, check local weather data, look at the maps on the following pages, or find a city in the table below that has similar latitude and weather to your location.

For year-round autonomy, use the low figure. For autonomy in summer only, use the high number. For a utility grid-tie system with net metering, use the average figures. State AK AL AR

Solar Insolation

City

High Low

Avg

Fairbanks

5.87

2.12

3.99

Matanuska

5.24

1.74

3.55

Montgomery

4.69

3.37

4.23

State KS KY

City

High Low

Avg

Manhattan

5.08

3.62

4.57

Dodge City

6.50

4.20

5.60

Lexington

5.97

3.60

4.94

Lake Charles

5.73

4.29

4.93

New Orleans

5.71

3.63

4.92

Bethel

6.29

2.37

3.81

Little Rock

5.29

3.88

4.69

Tucson

7.42

6.01

6.57

Shreveport

4.99

3.87

4.63

State NY

OH OK

City

High Low

Avg

Schenectady

3.92

2.53

3.55

Rochester

4.22

1.58

3.31

New York City

4.97

3.03

4.08

Columbus

5.26

2.66

4.15

Cleveland

4.79

1.99

3.94

Stillwater

5.52

4.22

4.99

Oklahoma City

6.26

4.98

5.59

Astoria

4.67

1.99

3.72

Corvallis

5.71

1.90

4.03

Page

7.30

5.65

6.36

E. Wareham

4.48

3.06

3.99

Phoenix

7.13

5.78

6.58

Boston

4.27

2.99

3.84

Santa Maria

6.52

5.42

5.94

Blue Hill

4.38

3.33

4.05

Riverside

6.35

5.35

5.87

Natick

4.62

3.09

4.10

Medford

5.84

2.02

4.51

Davis

6.09

3.31

5.10

Lynn

4.60

2.33

3.79

Pittsburgh

4.19

1.45

3.28

Fresno

6.19

3.42

5.38

Silver Hill

4.71

3.84

4.47

State College

4.44

2.79

3.91

Los Angeles

6.14

5.03

5.62

Soda Springs

6.47

4.40

5.60

La Jolla

5.24

4.29

4.77

Inyokern

8.70

6.87

7.66

Granby

7.47

5.15

5.69

Grand Lake

5.86

3.56

5.08

Grand Junction

6.34

5.23

5.85

Boulder

5.72

4.44

4.87

Washington

4.69

3.37

4.23

Apalachicola

5.98

4.92

5.49

Belie Is.

5.31

4.58

4.99

Miami

6.26

5.05

5.62

Gainesville

5.81

4.71

5.27

Tampa

6.16

5.26

5.67

Atlanta

5.16

4.09

4.74

Griffin

5.41

4.26

4.99

Caribou

5.62

2.57

4.19

Newport

4.69

3.58

4.23

Portland

5.23

3.56

4.51

Charleston

5.72

4.23

5.06

Sault Ste. Marie

4.83

2.33

4.20

Rapid City

5.91

3.84

5.23

E. Lansing

4.71

2.70

Nashville

5.20

3.14

4.45

St. Cloud

5.43

3.53

4.53

Oak Ridge

5.06

3.22

4.37

Columbia

5.50

3.97

4.73

San Antonio

5.88

4.65

5.30

St. Louis

4.87

3.24

4.38

Brownsville

5.49

4.42

4.92

Meridian

4.86

3.64

4.43

El Paso

7.42

5.87

6.72

Glasgow

5.97

4.09

5.15

Midland

6.33

5.23

5.83

Great Falls

5.70

3.66

4.93

Fort Worth

6.00

4.80

5.43

Summit

5.17

2.36

3.99

Salt Lake City

6.09

3.78

5.26

Albuquerque

7.16

6.21

6.77

Flaming Gorge

6.63

5.48

5.83

Lincoln

5.40

4.38

4.79

Richmond

4.50

3.37

4.13

N. Omaha

5.28

4.26

4.90

Seattle

4.83

1.60

3.57

Cape Hatteras

5.81

4.69

5.31

Richland

6.13

2.01

4.44

Greensboro

5.05

4.71

Pullman

6.07

2.90

4.73

ME MI MN MO

NM NB NC

UT VA

Honolulu

6.71

5.59

6.02

Bismarck

5.48

3.97

5.01

Spokane

5.53

1.16

4.48

Ames

4.80

3.73

4.40

Sea Brook

4.76

3.20

4.21

Prosser

6.21

3.06

5.03

Boise

5.83

3.33

4.92

Las Vegas

7.13

5.84

6.41

Madison

4.85

3.28

4.29

Twin Falls

5.42

3.42

4.70

Chicago

4.08

1.47

3.14

Indianapolis

5.02

2.55

4.21

246

NV NY

Ely

6.48

5.49

5.98

Charleston

4.12

2.47

3.65

Binghamton

3.93

1.62

3.16

Lander

6.81

5.50

6.06

Ithaca

4.57

2.29

3.79

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

North America

Reference

These maps show the average value of total solar energy received in peak-sun-hours per day on an optimally-tilted surface during the month with the lowest solar radiation (not the yearly average). This is the best number to use in off-grid system design where the electrical demand is continuous or is not expected to vary seasonally and the system must be designed to operate year-round (Use this number for line 3 in the Off-Grid Solar-Array Sizing Worksheet in the System Design section).

Peak Sun-Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

247

South America

Reference Peak Sun-Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average 248

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Reference

Europe

Africa

Peak Sun-Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

249

India

Reference Peak Sun-Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average 250

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

New Zealand

251

Peak Sun-Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

Australia

Reference

Asia

Glossary Reference

Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM): A valve-regulated lead-acid battery with the electrolyte suspended in a fiberglass matrix. (See also: Lead-acid battery) Alternating Current (AC): An electric current which switches voltage polarity at a given frequency; the US electrical grid supplies AC electricity with a frequency of 60 Hz. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Originally established by multiple engineering societies and several government agencies as the American Engineering Standards Committee, ANSI is responsible for reviewing, approving and maintaining standards for measurements, manufacturing and safety. Ampere (A or Amp): The standard unit of electrical current, equal to 1 Coulomb per second. Anode: The proper term for the “negative” terminal in a discharging battery, an anode is any material or component that acts as a current input point for an electrochemical reaction. The anode eventually dissolves in such reactions and coats the positively charged cathode material. Recharging a battery effectively reverses the anode and cathode. (See also: Cathode) Anodized: Refers to metal components, such as aluminum module frames or rails, that have a thick layer of oxidation to protect them from the environment. Anodized components are typically also sealed and can be dyed as well. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI): A device designed to detect an unintended electrical arc and disconnect the power before the arc starts a fire. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): The oldest national engineering society, ASCE publishes a wide variety of engineering standards and recommendations, such as wind-loading guidance and soil mechanics data. Amorphous silicon (a-Si): A non-crystalline form of silicon used in some thin-film transistors and PV cells.

Glossary

Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): The state or local agency responsible for permitting and inspection of new construction or electrical installations. Azimuth: For PV systems, the azimuth is the angle between a line normal to the face of the PV modules and true North. Ideal azimuth for PV arrays in the Northern hemisphere is typically 180°. Back Plate: A specialized wall-mount bracket for mounting inverters or power systems. Back Sheet: The material, usually high-density polyethylene, that protects the rear surface of a PV module. Balance of System (BOS): All parts needed to complete the PV system that are not expressly called out. i.e. "modules, inverter and BOS.” Ballasted mounting: Typically refers to PV mounting systems on flat roofs that use ballast blocks or stones to reduce the number of roof penetrations. Battery: A device that stores electrical energy by converting it to chemical energy. Several chemistries and formfactors are used for batteries. (See also: Lead-acid battery, Lithium-ion battery, Sodium-ion battery, Nickel-iron battery) Battery Backup: A battery bank and inverter used to provide power during a grid outage. Battery-based inverter: An inverter that converts DC power from a battery bank into AC power suitable for use by common loads or for export to the grid. Typically, battery-based inverters must be installed with batteries in order to function and may or may not be grid interactive. (See also: Inverter, Grid-interactive) Battery Management System (BMS): A computer-controlled-electronics package that ensures a battery bank is properly charged and discharged. Many advanced chemistries, such as lithium-ion, require a BMS for safety and longevity. Bonding (electrical): Bonding refers to the practice of electrically connecting all exposed metal components so that they can be reliably connected to ground for safety. Also referred to as equipment grounding. British Standard (BS) 6290: A safety standard relating to stationary lead-acid batteries that specifies mechanical, electrical and material requirements. Bronze anodized: Typically refers to aluminum rail or other mounting components that are anodized with a dark bronze dye so as to appear black. (See also Anodized) Bus/busbar: A conductor used to distribute current between multiple sources and loads, analogous to a manifold. Cathode: The proper term for the “positive” terminal of a discharging battery, a cathode is the material and/or point where current leaves an electrochemical reaction. Cell: A photovoltaic cell generates a DC voltage (usually ~0.5 V) when exposed to light. Cells are typically assembled into modules prior to use.

252

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Canadian Standards Association (CSA): Now CSA Group, CSA is a standards organization similar to Underwriters’ Laboratories (See UL) in the U.S.A. Like UL, CSA also performs certification testing as an NRTL to its own and many other US and Canadian standards. Combiner: A bus assembly used to connect module strings in parallel. Usually includes overcurrent protection for each string. May be integrated with inverter or in separate enclosure.

Reference

California Energy Commission (CEC): The CEC is California’s primary energy policy and planning agency. It is responsible for energy forecasting, setting energy efficiency standards, supporting, promoting and developing renewable energy technologies and resources, certifying thermal power plants and responding to energy emergencies.

Composition (Comp) shingle: Also known as asphalt shingles, this thin, flexible roofing material is common on sloped residential roofs and is relatively easy to work with. CSA 22: Also known as the Canadian Electrical Code, CSA 22.1 contains prescriptive standards for electrical and related work while CSA 22.2 contains safety and testing standards for related equipment. Analogous to the NEC and associated UL standards used in the U.S.A. Class I Division 2 (CI-D2): Usually encountered in oil & gas extraction applications, special equipment certification (typically by Factory Mutual) is required to operate in a Class I environment – where flammable gasses or vapors are likely to be present in sufficient concentrations to ignite. Division refers to whether the flammables are normally present (Division 1) or only in abnormal conditions (Division 2). Certification testing is designed to verify that the product does not present an ignition source, such as a spark or hot surface. Cradle to Cradle™ (C2C): A product standard that evaluates products with respect to material health and reutilization, energy and carbon management, water stewardship and social fairness.

Demand Charge: Part of a utility rate structure that assesses a fixed charge based on the peak kW demand, usually sustained for 15 minutes or more. Derate Factor (Derate): Can apply to any reduction of a device’s safety or output ratings when normal operating conditions (usually temperature) are exceeded. Often also applied to a value used in the PVWatts calculator where it represents losses in the system due to the difference between the PV module’s nameplate DC ratings, and actual expected output in real-world conditions, module mismatch, losses in diodes, connections and wiring, module soiling, array shading, tracking error, system aging, and the inverter efficiency at maximum power. The default 0.82 derate is based on 14% systemic losses and 96% inverter efficiency. Direct Current (DC): An electric current with constant voltage; PV modules and batteries supply DC electricity. Dual in-line package (DIP) switch: A manual switch packaged in a group on a circuit board; typically used to customize an electrical device, such as a charge controller, by changing settings or logic. Delta: A three-phase power configuration where transformers or loads are connected between each of the currentcarrying lines. (See also: Three-phase power) Deutsches Institut für Normung (DIN) rail: A standard rail used to mount circuit breakers or other control equipment in enclosures or racks. Several DIN standards are used globally, but the top hat EN 50022 profile is most common in the U.S.A. Disconnect (Disco): A switch that electrically isolates a given component or portion of a system from the load or generator. i.e. Most inverters feature a DC Disco that isolates the PV array from the inverter. Dynamic load: A load who’s direction and amplitude changes with time, i.e. a PV module in gusty winds will tend to flex toward and away from the roof. Electric Current: The flow of an electric charge, typically carried by electrons through a conductor; analogous to the flow of liquid through a pipe. Electrolyte: Any substance that forms an electrically conductive solution with water. While electrolytes such as sulfuric acid are vital to battery chemistry, others, such as salt water or even rain, are the primary cause of corrosion in metal components. Energy: The ability of a system to perform work; the standard unit of energy is the Joule, but electrical energy is most often measured in kilowatt-hours. Equalization charge (Equalize): A sustained charge cycle intended to “boil” the electrolyte in a flooded battery in order to prevent or correct stratification of varying electrolyte concentration. Flash test: A test performed on PV modules to determine their nameplate capacity. The flash test is performed under standard test conditions (1,000 W/m2 of light at 25 °C) typically at the factory or by an NRTL. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

253

Glossary

Current transducer (CT): A current sensor that generates a voltage signal proportional to the current passing through a conductor it is placed around. Most revenue-grade metering systems use CTs.

Reference

Flashing: Thin pieces of material, usually aluminum or steel, used to prevent water intrusion through a roofing system at joints and transitions. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15: Properly known as the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47, part 15, “FCC Part 15” regulates unlicensed radio emissions, such as those from power electronics like inverters. Any product sold in the U.S.A. that emits radio energy, but doesn’t require a license to operate, must comply with 47 CFR 15. Float Charge: A low-current charge applied to a battery bank at roughly the rate of self-discharge. Float charge voltage is regulated to prevent overcharging the battery. Flooded battery: Refers to battery types where the electrolyte is in liquid form and can be added to or spilled. Typically applied to traditional lead-acid batteries, but also describes some nickel-iron batteriesl. Galvanized: Refers to iron or steel that has been coated with zinc to prevent corrosion. The zinc provides both a protective layer as well as a sacrificial anode to both prevent and mitigate rust formation. Galvanic corrosion: Dissimilar metals, such as copper and steel, brought into contact by a conductive electrolyte, such as rain or salt-spray, will react much like a battery and dissolve the anode into the electrolyte. This is why equipment grounding methods must prevent dissimilar metals from coming into contact with one another. Grid: The electric grid is an electric distribution system that provides power to connected loads from geographicallydispersed generators. Grid-interactive: Able to export power to the electrical grid. Usually refers to a battery-based “Hybrid” or “dualfunction” inverter that can operate with or without a grid connection. Grid-tied: Connected to the electrical grid; usually referring to a PV system.

Glossary

Hanger bolt: A specialized fastener used for mounting structures that has wood-screw thread on the bottom and machine thread on the top. Harmonic: A whole-number multiple of a fundamental frequency. i.e. an inverter outputting 60 Hz may have harmonic outputs at 120 Hz, 180 Hz and so on, so distortions caused by certain types of loads (battery chargers, variable frequency drives, etc.) will also have effects at each of the higher harmonic frequencies. Harmonic Distortion: The extent to which certain types of electrical loads can cause increased peak currents, heating and EMF emissions in an inverter or other AC power source. Head: The vertical distance, typically expressed in feet, between a water source and where it is being delivered. Also used as a shorthand for pressure, 1 foot of head = .43 psi. Hybrid Inverter: A battery inverter that can interconnect with the grid for net metering. IEEE 1547: The Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems establishes acceptable frequency and voltage windows, and related parameters, that govern how and when a generator or inverter can feed into the electrical grid. Compliance with IEEE 1547 is part of the UL 1741 test standard. IEEE 929: IEEE’s Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV) Systems contains guidance to ensure that grid-tied PV systems are safe and effective. IEEE C62.41: IEEE’s Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits provides guidance for testing whether a given device can withstand surge voltage. IEC 60034: IEC’s standard for rotating electrical machines, such as motors and generators. IEC 60896: This section of IEC’s battery standard covers stationary lead-acid batteries. Various subsections cover materials and test protocols. IEC 61000: Refers to IEC standards starting with 61, which covers most electrical devices. IEC 61215: The IEC standard for testing PV modules, analogous to UL 1703. IEC 62109: The IEC standard defining minimum requirements for power-conversion equipment in PV systems. IEC 62109 is analogous to UL 1741, but includes performance requirements as well as safety standards. IEC 62509: The IEC standard that establishes minimum requirements for function and performance of battery charge controllers used with lead-acid batteries in PV systems. IEC 62446: IEC’s Grid connected photovoltaic systems - Minimum requirements for system documentation, commissioning tests and inspection defines the minimal tests, inspections and documentation that should be presented to a customer upon completion of a PV installation. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): The largest association of electrical engineers, IEEE is very active in the development of codes and standards. While not typically binding as such, IEEE standards are often incorporated into IEC, UL, ANSI and other standards that are referenced by building and electrical codes. 254

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

International Fire Code (IFC): A comprehensive fire safety code, similar to the NFPA, parts of which are i ncorporated into the building codes of some jurisdictions in the U.S.A. Inspector: A Code inspector is a representative of the AHJ who physically inspects construction or electrical installations to determine whether they are compliant with the standards of the jurisdiction.

Reference

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC): The leading global standards developer and publisher. IEC standards are commonly referred to in the European Union and other parts of the world, much like UL standards in the U.S.A. While IEC standards are not binding in the U.S.A., they are often incorporated, in part or in whole, into UL, ANSI and other standards that are referenced by building and electrical codes.

Inverter: A device that converts DC electric power into AC power for use by AC loads and/or for export to the electric grid. Ingress Protection (IP ##): The IP rating specifies the level of environmental protection provided by an enclosure. The first number rates protection from particulates (e.g. dust) from zero to six, with zero being unprotected and six being completely protected. The second number rates protection against liquid ingress from zero (no protection) to eight, which denotes fully submersible. IP 67 is typical for module junction boxes. Insolation: The amount of solar energy received over a unit of time per a unit of surface area. Often expressed as sun-hours, which is equivalent to kWh/m2. Most solar resource maps provide sun-hours per day. (See also: Irradiance) Irradiance: The amount of electromagnetic or solar power received by a unit surface area. Standard solar irradiance is considered to be 1,000 W/m2, also referred to as one sun. (See also: insolation) Junction Box (J-box): A container for electrical connections that protects them from weather and/or tampering. Many types of electrical j-box are used for PV installation and modules typically feature a sealed j-box on the back which connects the output leads to the positive and negative bus. Kilowatt (kW): A commonly used unit of power equal to 1,000 W. A PV system is typically referred to by the kilowatt rating of either the modules or inverter Kilowatt-hour (kWh): A common unit of energy used to express the consumption or production of electrical power over time, especially for billing purposes. A PV system which produces 1 kW consistently for 1 hour will have produced 1 kWh. Laminate: A subassembly of a PV module consisting of the cells, busses, encapsulant, glass and back sheet. Lead-acid battery: A rechargeable battery which makes use of the conversion between lead-oxide and lead-sulfate in sulfuric acid to charge and discharge. Common variants include flooded, sealed and valve-regulated. Listed: Certified by an NRTL as meeting the requirements of a given standard. PV modules must be listed to UL 1703 and inverters must be listed to UL 1741 per NEC article 690. Lithium-ion (Li-ion) battery: A rechargeable battery which relies on the transfer of lithium ions to charge and discharge. Lithium-ion batteries offer higher energy and power density than most other battery chemistries but require sophisticated battery management systems to operate. Lithium-cobalt-oxide (LiCoO2): Most notably used by Tesla for both EVs and stationary power, LiCoO2 batteries provide greater energy density than other common lithium chemistries, but are susceptible to thermal runaway when overcharged or over-heated. Lithium-iron-phosphate (LiFePO4) battery: Common in power tools and most stationary energy storage with lithium-ion batteries, LiFePO4 batteries provide less energy density than their cobalt counterparts, but offer improved safety and cycle life due to greater thermal stability. Marked: Products listed by an NRTL are allowed to bare the mark of that laboratory. Inspectors look for these marks whenever a listing is required by the Code. Maximum-Power Point (MPP): The corresponding voltage and current that yields maximum power from a PV cell, module, or array in the given conditions. The MPP will vary according to available light and cell temperature. Maximum-Power-Point-Tracking (MPPT): A feature of most grid-tie inverters, optimizers and MPPT charge controllers that continually seeks the maximum-power point of the module or array to ensure maximum energy harvest. Meter: An electric meter is used to measure the amount of energy produced or consumed. (see also: Meter form, Revenue-grade metering) Meter form number: The meter form designation, i.e. Form 2S, Form 16S, etc, describes the number and arrangement of meter terminals as well as the number and internal connection of meter elements. Microinverter: A small inverter used with a single module. Mill-finish: Typically refers to stamped or extruded metals that have been formed but not polished, anodized, painted nor otherwise finished. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

255

Glossary

Jurisdiction Having Authority (JHA): See: Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Reference

Modbus: Originally developed by Modicon (now part of Schneider Electric) and maintained by the non-profit Modbus Organization, Modbus is an open serial-communications protocol commonly used for communication between industrial devices and controllers. Most PV inverters use Modbus to communicate with third-party monitoring or control platforms. Module-Level Power Electronics (MLPE): Refers to optimizers or microinverters used with each module. (See also: Microinverters, Optimizers) Module: An assembly of PV cells (usually 36, 60 or 72 in series) that outputs a DC voltage when exposed to light. “AC modules” incorporate a microinverter to output AC power. Monocrystalline (mono): Refers to wafers or cells made from a single crystal of silicon, which tend to have higher efficiencies than multi-crystalline cells. Multicrystalline: Commonly referred to as “poly-crystalline,” this refers to wafers or cells that are made from a silicon casting, which tends to have lower production costs than the monocrystalline process. National Electrical Code (NEC): Also known as NFPA 70, the NEC is a standard published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) for the safe installation of electrical wiring and related equipment. It is generally adopted with or without modification by states or city/county AHJs. Article 690 addresses solar PV installation specifically but many other sections, such as article 250, apply as well. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL): Laboratories designated by the federal Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) to test products for adherence to applicable standards. Solar products sold in the U.S.A. are most often Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) or Intertek (ETL). Nameplate Capacity: The nominal output or throughput of a device or machine. PV modules typically have a nameplate capacity based on the output of the module at standard test conditions as determined by a “flash test”

Glossary

National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): An association of electrical equipment and medical imaging manufacturers, NEMA provides standards for electrical connectors and Enclosures. (See also: NEMA enclosure types, Ingress protection) NEMA enclosure types: Defined in the NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures Standard, common NEMA enclosure types include NEMA 1 – indoor use only, NEMA 3/3R – weather resistant and 4 – watertight. X (as in NEMA 4X) denotes additional corrosion resistance. Net Energy Metering (NEM): The prevalent utility billing mechanism for distributed energy systems, such as solar PV, which credits energy exported to the grid at the same (retail) rate as energy consumed from the grid. Such systems are said to be "net metered." Network Equipment Building System (NEBS): Developed by Bell Labs, NEBS provides a standard for communications equipment used in a central office and is now managed by Telcordia. NEBS has three levels that each refer to various parts of the GR-63-CORE and GR-1089-CORE standards. Level 1 concerns just personnel and equipment safety while Levels 2 and 3 expand to cover operability and reliability requirements. Non-isolated: Most transformerless inverters are “ungrounded” on the DC side in that there is no “neutral” wire. Rather, both the positive and negative inputs have an absolute voltage and require “bipolar” combiner circuits with overcurrent protection on both legs. Normal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT): The temperature of a particular PV cell when operated at 800 W/m2 of irradiance in average 20 °C ambient air with a 1 m/s average wind velocity across the back of the module. In order to better understand the performance of a PV module through a variety of operating conditions, the NOCT is typically measured by an NRTL for a sample set and reported on the module data sheet. Off-grid: Not connect to the electrical grid; usually referring to a standalone PV or wind system on a home or industrial site. See also: Grid Ohm (Ω): The standard unit of electrical resistance; a circuit with 1 Ω resistance will induce 1 A of current when 1 V of electric potential is applied. Ohm’s Law (V=IR): The mathematical relationship between the current (I), voltage (V) and resistance (R) of an electric circuit. Open-circuit voltage (VOC): The absolute difference in electrical potential across a device, such as a battery or PV module, when it is not connected in a circuit. For PV modules, VOC is typically measured and reported at standard test conditions and must be corrected for actual temperature and irradiance. Optimizer: module-level power-electronics device that provides MPPT and monitoring for each individual module in the array.

256

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

• Several PV modules mounted together on a single rail set. • An electrical load center or breaker access point. • A solar-radiation collector used for a solar hot-water system. • See: Module

Parallel: Electrical wiring scheme where the positive leads/terminals from multiple modules, batteries or strings are connected together to increase current.

Reference

Panel:

Partial State of Charge (PSoC): PSoC refers to the status of batteries that are less than fully charged. Lead-acid batteries can experience irreversible sulfation if in a PSoC condition for more than a week or two. (See also: Sulfation) Photovoltaic (PV): Famously characterized by Einstein, the photovoltaic effect is the physical phenomenon at the heart of all technology for generating electricity from light. See also: Cell and Module Powder coated: A type of surface coating that is applied as a powder then cured at elevated temperatures. Powder coating can provide thicker layers in a single coat than is achievable from liquid paints and is often used for metal components, such as steel racking or metal enclosures. Power: The rate at which work is performed or energy converted from one type to another. Power factor: The ratio, from -1 to 1, of real power (ability to do work) going to the load vs. apparent power (V x I) in the circuit. A power factor less than 1 indicates that voltage and current waveforms are out of phase, leading to losses in the power system. Polyamide 6,6 (PA66): More commonly known as Nylon 66, PA66 is a common industrial polymer often used in molded parts for its high strength and dimensional stability. The addition of carbon to improve UV resistance typically renders it black. Polysilicon (poly-Si): Typically refers to the purified silicon feedstock used to produce multicrystalline and monocrystalline silicon wafers, the precursors to PV cells. PV-direct (or Array-direct): A type of off-grid system where the load is run directly from a PV module or array rather than from a battery bank. PV System: Usually refers to complete system and includes all components necessary for energy production: modules, inverter, racking, etc. Photovoltaics for Utility Scale Applications (PVU.S.A.): A joint government/industry project in the 1980’s that included a 650 kW PV array in Davis, CA and another in Kerman, CA. The project led to a number valuable insights and established some of the earliest benchmarks and best practices for utility-scale solar, most notably the PTC module rating. PVU.S.A. Test Conditions (PTC): Developed by the PVU.S.A. project to better characterize field performance of PV modules, PTC tests are performed at 1,000 W/m2 with 20 °C ambient temperature and a 1 m/s average wind speed. The California Energy Commission lists PTC values in the equipment listings for the CSI incentive program. Quarter points: The ideal mounting points for a beam (or PV module frame) are 25% of the total length from each end. i.e. if a module frame is 1 m long, the quarter points are located 25 cm from each end. This is typically where the mounting holes in the bottom flange of the module are located. Racking: Typically refers to the module mounting system, which fixes the PV modules to a roof, carport or other ground-mount structure. Rapid Shutdown (RSD): NEC 2014 article 690.12 requires a means of shutdown, accessible to emergency responders, that can limit the DC voltage in any conductor on a building that is more 10 feet from the PV array to 40 VDC or less within 10 seconds. Most module-level power electronics are inherently compliant, but string inverters typically require a separate device. Rate Structure: The calculation method used by the electric utility to determine how a rate payer’s electricity use is billed. Common rate structures include “flat” $/kWh rates, “tiered” rates that increase as more energy is consumed and “time-of-use (TOU)” rates which vary throughout the day. Commercial rate structures often include demand charges based on peak kW use. Relay: An electrically-operated switch where a low-voltage/low power control signal is used to switch a much larger load or power source. A wide variety of relay types are used for different applications. Remote Temperature Sensor (RTS): Also referred to as a battery temperature sensor (BTS) this is a temperature probe, usually a thermocouple, used to measure the operating temperature of a battery so that the associated charge controller can adjust charging voltage appropriately. A missing or improperly installed RTS is the leading cause of premature battery failure. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

257

Glossary

Polycrystalline (poly): See Multi-crystalline.

Reference

Revenue-Grade Metering (RGM): RGM as a requirement or capability typically refers to an electric meter that meets ANSI C12.20 standards. RGM can be Class .5 (± 0.5%) or Class .2 (± 0.2%). Which class is required depends on whose revenue you’re interested in. Recommended Standard (RS)-485: Officially known as TIA-485-A, the RS-485 standard is maintained by the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and defines the electrical characteristics of the signal generator and receiver in a local communications network. Most solar inverter communication gear is compliant to RS-485 regardless of protocol. Rectifier: An electrical device that converts AC into DC power. Registered Jack (RJ): A standardized telecommunications network interface for voice and data signals. RJ-11: This four-pin connector is most commonly used for single-line telephone jacks but is often adapted for use with proprietary Datacom systems, such as connecting temperature sensors to battery-based inverters. RJ-45: Also specified by IEEE 802, this eight-pin connector is used world-wide for Ethernet devices and often for many RS485/Modbus devices used in PV installations. S-Tile: A type of roof tile, usually terra cotta or ceramic, with an “S” shaped cross-sectional profile. This type of roofing material requires special care and often special attachment hardware to prevent breaking the tiles and/or leaving the under layer exposed. Self-Consumption: In solar industry parlance, self-consumption refers to an application were all PV electricity generated on site is consumed rather than exported to the grid – as distinct from net-metered applications. Most self-consumption applications require batteries. Self-Discharge: Batteries slowly lose charge over time, even when no loads are applied. The rate of self-discharge increases with temperature and varies according to battery type and chemistry.

Glossary

Series: Electrical wiring scheme where the positive lead/terminal from a module or battery is connected to the negative lead lead/terminal of the next one to increase the voltage of the resulting string. Shake: Typically refers to a wooden roofing material. Primarily used for aesthetic reasons, shake roofs can become fire hazards and are not recommended for use with PV systems. Short Circuit Current (ISC): In solar PV applications, ISC usually refers to the prospective short-circuit current or available fault current. In this case, it represents the maximum electrical current that a device, such as a battery or PV module, can output. ISC is typically measured and reported at standard test conditions and may need to be adjusted for expected temperature, irradiance, etc. ISC is important to know for sizing current-carrying components such as breakers, wires, charge controllers and inverters. Sodium-ion battery: A type of rechargeable battery that uses sodium ions as charge carriers. While comparable to lead-acid batteries in terms of size and weight, sodium-ion batteries have much longer cycle life, can remain at low states of charge for extended periods without damage and can be manufactured without hazardous or toxic materials. Aquion Energy is the first commercial manufacturer of sodium-ion batteries. Standard Test Conditions (STC): Typically refers to the conditions, (1,000 W/m2 of light at 25 °C) under which, a PV module’s nameplate capacity is measured. More broadly, the term can refer to any set of conditions deemed standard for rating a particular device. Static Load: A load that is steady or fixed for a long period of time, i.e. snow or constant wind on a PV module. String: A group of modules or batteries wired in series is a string. Sulfation: The crystallization of lead sulfate on the plates of lead-acid batteries. Sulfation typically results from leaving the battery at a partial state of charge for an extended period of time. Sun-hour: A unit of solar insolation equivalent to 1 kWh/m2. (See also: Insolation) SunSpec Alliance: A solar/storage distributed energy trade alliance dedicated to establishing standards, protocols and related documents that improve the interoperability of solar and energy storage equipment. Three-phase power (3-P or 3Φ): Commonly used for larger, non-residential loads, a three-phase power system applies an AC current using three separate conductors with the voltage waveform offset by one-third of the period. This arrangement enables much greater power delivery using fewer conductors since each of the conductors can serve as a return path for the others. (See also: Wye and Delta) Transformerless (TL): Most inverter manufacturers have transitioned to topologies that use high-speed switching to avoid the need for a transformer. These inverters are typically non-isolated. Telcordia Technologies: Formerly known as Bellcore and now a subsidiary of Ericsson, Telcordia provides technology and other standards for the telecommunications industry. 258

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Thin-film PV: Refers to a class of photovoltaic cells that are produced by depositing nm or µm-thick layers of PV material on a metal, glass or polymer substrate. Popular thin-film PV chemistries include Amorphous silicon (a-Si), Cadmium telluride (CdTe or Cad-tel), Copper indium gallium selenide (CIGS) and Gallium Arsenide (GaAs). Tilt Angle (Array tilt): Typically refers to the angle between a line normal to the face of the PV modules and flat ground. Tilt is an important variable when determining expected kWh production of a PV array.

Reference

Telcordia SR4228: Now GR-4228, this standard covers the design, testing, installation and maintenance of VRLA batteries used in telecommunications backup applications.

Ungrounded System: See Non-isolated. Uniform Building Code (UBC): Now the International Building Code, the UBC is published by the International Council of Building Officials and contains construction and materials standards for buildings. Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL): Both an NRTL and a creator of safety-related testing standards, UL standards are some of the most referenced in the NEC and related safety codes. (See also: Marked, Listed) UL 1004: The NEC-referenced test standard for motors and generators, including wind turbines. UL 1703: The NEC-referenced test standard for PV modules includes tests for fire resistance, electrical insulation, etc. The tests are designed to demonstrate safety of the module in operation or failure conditions. (See also: Listed) UL 1741: The NEC-referenced test standard for inverters and related equipment incorporates IEEE 1547 interconnection requirements as well as additional safety requirements. (See also: Listed) UL 2703: The NEC-referenced test standard for PV module racking and grounding systems. UL 1699B: The NEC-referenced standard for Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupt (AFCI) devices.

UL 467: The NEC-referenced standard for grounding and bonding equipment. UL 508A: The NFPA-referenced standard for industrial control panels. UL 60950: The NEC-referenced standard for IT equipment. UL 1564: Standard for Industrial Battery Chargers. UL 1236: Standard for Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries. UL 458: Standard for Power Converters/Inverters and Power Converter/Inverter Systems for Land Vehicles and Marine Crafts. Valve-Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA): A type of “sealed” lead-acid battery where the electrolyte is suspended in some form and outgassing is regulated by check valves on the lid; includes Gel and AGM battery types. Volt (V): The standard unit of electric potential; One V of potential with an electric current of 1 A will dissipate 1 W of power between the points, across which, it is measured. Watt (W): The standard unit of power; equal to 1 Joule/second. Washer, Electrical Equipment Bonding (WEEB): Used to bond solar modules to aluminum solar mounting rails, eliminating the need for a bare copper wire to each module. Wild AC: Wind turbines with brushless AC generators often output voltage and frequency that varies with wind speed. Wild AC typically must be rectified before it can be used by loads. Wye: A three-phase power configuration where three current-carrying lines use a common reference point and/or neutral line. (See also: Three-phase power)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

259

Glossary

UL 1998: A safety standard for software used in programmable embedded microprocessors that is primarily concerned with preventing fires.

Thank You to our 2017 Advertisers Aerocompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Enphase Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fronius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Magnum Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 MidNite Solar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 OutBack Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 84, 90, 152, 186 REC Americas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, Back Schneider Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 95 SMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 SnapNrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 SolarEdge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

reliability of a european brand

6.3

10.2

1996

Million panels manufactured

Gigawatts generated

Million people powered at home

Founded in Norway www.recgroup.com